diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 75921e2a1..fed2101c1 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -4,13 +4,14 @@ # # Translators: # Antonio Trueba, 2016 +# Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2016 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-04-26 10:14+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-26 09:31+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-30 18:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Leonardo J. Caballero G. \n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -130,13 +131,13 @@ msgid "" "Read the documentation on our website: " "`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lea la documentación en nuestro sitio web: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user `__" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79 msgid "" "Or send your questions to our online support by e-mail at `help@odoo.com " "`__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O envíe sus preguntas a nuestro soporte en línea por e-mail a `help@odoo.com `__." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:83 msgid "What do we expect from you?" @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ msgid "" "We used to deploy full featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of services," " which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most projects" " are completed between 1 and 4 calendar months." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se utilizó para implementar proyectos de funciones completo dentro de 25 a 250 horas de servicios, que es mucho más rápido que cualquier otro proveedor de ERP en el mercado. La mayoría de los proyectos se completan entre 1 y 4 meses calendario." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "We will ask you for a single point of contact within your company work on " "the project with our project manager. To be efficient, this person must:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vamos a pedirle un único punto de contacto dentro de su empresa trabajan en el proyecto con nuestro jefe de proyecto. Para ser eficaz, esta persona debe:" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -190,7 +191,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "Integrate 95% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Integrar el 95% de su negocio, no es 100%" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -331,19 +332,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " "`__\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SLA en línea de Odoo: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla `__\\" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 msgid "" "Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seguridad en línea de Odoo: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security `__" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:211 msgid "" "Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Políticas de privacidad: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy `__" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:215 msgid "Support" @@ -361,7 +362,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "" "Send your support requests to: `help@odoo.com `__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envíe sus solicitudes de soporte a: `help@odoo.com `__." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -559,14 +560,14 @@ msgstr "Gestionando sus bases de datos" msgid "" "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" " in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para acceder a sus bases de datos, vaya a Odoo.com, inicie sesión y haga clic en **Mis bases de datos** en el menú desplegable que aparece en la esquina superior derecha." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:353 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " "before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" " with test data!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo le da la oportunidad de probar el sistema antes de ir en vivo o antes de actualizar a una versión más reciente. No ensucie el entorno de trabajo con los datos de prueba!" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index ee6e7fcf2..5d7073eef 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-17 11:45+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-26 01:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Bruce Ho <1209853370@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgid "" "CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" " well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " "bank statements." -msgstr "CODA 是比利时银行对账单文件格式。多数比利时银行，以及 Isabel 软件，允许下载你所有银行对账单 CODA 文件。" +msgstr "CODA 是比利时银行对账单文件格式。多数比利时银行, 以及 Isabel 软件, 允许下载你所有银行对账单 CODA 文件。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " "`__" -msgstr "现在测试功能 `CODA 示例文件 `__" +msgstr "现在测试功能 `CODA 示例文件 ` __" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ msgid "" "CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" " move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " "`_" -msgstr "如果您已经安装了Odoo提供的比利时科目表，CODA 导入功能会默认安装。在这种情况下，您可以直接转到下一章 `导入你的第一个 coda 文件`_" +msgstr "如果您已经安装了Odoo提供的比利时科目表, CODA 导入功能会默认安装。在这种情况下, 您可以直接转到下一章 `导入你的第一个 coda 文件` _" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ msgid "" "application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " "in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "如果CODA没激活，你首先激活它。在会计应用中，去菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 。在会计设置中，检查选项 **以 .CODA 格式导入银行对账单** 并应用。" +msgstr "如果CODA没激活, 你首先激活它。在会计应用中, 去菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 。在会计设置中, 检查选项 **以 .CODA 格式导入银行对账单** 并应用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" @@ -142,13 +142,13 @@ msgid "" "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " "**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " "Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "一旦您已经安装了此功能，您可以设置你的银行账户允许导入银行对账单文件。 要做到这一点, 去会计 **仪表板**, 并在银行账户卡上点击按钮**更多** 。然后, 点击 **导入对账单** 来加载你的第一个 CODA 文件。" +msgstr "一旦您已经安装了此功能, 您可以设置你的银行账户允许导入银行对账单文件。 要做到这一点, 去会计 **仪表板** , 并在银行账户卡上点击按钮 **更多** 。然后, 点击 **导入对账单** 来加载你的第一个 CODA 文件。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 msgid "" "Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." -msgstr "在下面界面中加载 CODA 文件并点击**导入** 来创建你的所有的银行对账单。" +msgstr "在下面界面中加载 CODA 文件并点击 **导入** 来创建你的所有的银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ msgstr "在下面界面中加载 CODA 文件并点击**导入** 来创建你的 msgid "" "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " "reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "如果成功加载该文件，您会被重定向到银行核对屏幕，所有的交易会被重新核对。" +msgstr "如果成功加载该文件, 您会被重定向到银行核对屏幕, 所有的交易会被重新核对。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 msgid "Importing CODA files" @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " "import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " "directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "在导入了您的第一个文件后，Odoo会计仪表板会自动建议为您的银行导入更多的文件。下一次导入时，您无需再去点击 * *更多* * 按钮，您可以直接在链接上点击 **导入结算单**。" +msgstr "在导入了您的第一个文件后, Odoo会计仪表板会自动建议为您的银行导入更多的文件。下一次导入时, 您无需再去点击 **更多** 按钮, 您可以直接在链接上点击 **导入结算单** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgid "" "learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" " you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " "reconciliation process." -msgstr "每当您得到一个新客户/供应商的对账单,Odoo会要求您选择正确的单据去核销。Odoo会学习这个操作信息并自动完成下一个您的付款或自动关联。这将加快核销进程。" +msgstr "每当您得到一个新客户/供应商的对账单, Odoo会要求您选择正确的单据去核销。Odoo会学习这个操作信息并自动完成下一个您的付款或自动关联。这将加快核销进程。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -185,29 +185,29 @@ msgid "" "already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" " times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" " bank statements." -msgstr "Odoo能够自动检测是否某些文件或交易已经导入。所以,你不需要担心如何避免重复导入相同的文件:Odoo将在创建新的银行对账单之前检查一切。" +msgstr "Odoo能够自动检测是否某些文件或交易已经导入。所以, 你不需要担心如何避免重复导入相同的文件 :Odoo将在创建新的银行对账单之前检查一切。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" +msgstr " :doc:`ofx` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr ":doc:`qif`" +msgstr " :doc:`qif` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr ":doc:`synchronize`" +msgstr " :doc:`synchronize` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`manual`" +msgstr " :doc:`manual` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "概述" msgid "" "With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " "but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "Odoo,可以导入你的银行对账单,同步与你的银行还可以手动登记您的银行对账单。" +msgstr "Odoo, 可以导入你的银行对账单, 同步与你的银行还可以手动登记您的银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ msgid "" "In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " "journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " "will be found underneath." -msgstr "在仪表板中,点击相关银行账的按钮* *新对账单* *。如果一些核销需要完成,新的对账单链接将出现。" +msgstr "在仪表板中, 点击相关银行账的按钮 **新对账单** 。如果一些核销需要完成, 新的对账单链接将出现。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ msgstr "期初余额和期末余额之间的差异该等于计算的余额。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "做完这些后, 点击 **保存**." +msgstr "做完这些后, 点击 **保存** ." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" @@ -277,19 +277,19 @@ msgstr "核销银行对账单" msgid "" "You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" " |manual04|" -msgstr "您可以选择直接核销对账单,通过单击按钮| manual04" +msgstr "您可以选择直接核销对账单, 通过单击按钮| manual04" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 msgid "" "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" " on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "你也可以在仪表板上开始核销进程, 通过点击**Reconcile # Items**。" +msgstr "你也可以在仪表板上开始核销进程, 通过点击 **Reconcile # Items** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " "missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "点击* *Validate* *核销你的银行对账单。如果没有业务伙伴信息,Odoo会让你 **select a partner**。" +msgstr "点击 **Validate** 核销你的银行对账单。如果没有业务伙伴信息, Odoo会让你 **select a partner** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." @@ -297,18 +297,18 @@ msgstr "点击按ctrl enter核销表上所有平衡平衡的项。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "从对账关闭银行对账单" +msgstr "从调节关闭银行对账单" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 msgid "" "If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " "reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "如果余额正确,你可以直接关闭核销,点击| manual07 |。" +msgstr "如果余额正确, 你可以直接关闭核销, 点击| manual07 |。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 msgid "" "Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "否则,单击| manual08 |打开对账单并纠正这个问题。" +msgstr "否则, 单击| manual08 |打开对账单并纠正这个问题。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 msgid "Close Bank Statements" @@ -318,20 +318,20 @@ msgstr "关闭银行对账单" msgid "" "On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " "then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "在会计仪表板,点击银行账的更多按钮,然后点击银行对账单。" +msgstr "在会计仪表板, 点击银行账的更多按钮, 然后点击银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "关闭银行对账单,只需点击**Validate**。" +msgstr "关闭银行对账单, 只需点击 **Validate** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr " :doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" +msgstr " :doc:`../feeds/synchronize` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 msgid "Import OFX statement files" @@ -342,20 +342,20 @@ msgid "" "Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " "exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " "consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "开放金融交易所(OFX)是一个统一规范金融机构之间的电子金融数据交换平台,企业和消费者通过互联网交易。" +msgstr "开放金融交易所(OFX)是一个统一规范金融机构之间的电子金融数据交换平台, 企业和消费者通过互联网交易。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " "software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " "bank statements." -msgstr "Odoo,您可以从你的银行或财务软件下载一个OFX文件并将其直接导入Odoo。这将创建所有银行对账单。" +msgstr "Odoo, 您可以从你的银行或财务软件下载一个OFX文件并将其直接导入Odoo。这将创建所有银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " "`__" -msgstr "现在测试OFX文件的功能\n`__" +msgstr "现在测试OFX文件的功能\n `__" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ msgid "" " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " "option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "为了能导入OFX对账单,您需要在Odoo激活特性。在会计应用程序中,进入菜单:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. 从会计设置,检查银行对账单选项 **Import in .OFX Format**和应用。" +msgstr "为了能导入OFX对账单, 您需要在Odoo激活特性。在会计应用程序中, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` . 从会计设置, 检查银行对账单选项 **Import in .OFX Format** 和应用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -371,13 +371,13 @@ msgid "" "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " "Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" " on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "一旦你安装这个功能,你可以设置你的银行账户,允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点,去会计仪表板,在银行账户点击**更多** 按钮。然后,点击**Import Statement**加载第一个OFX文件。" +msgstr "一旦你安装这个功能, 你可以设置你的银行账户, 允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计仪表板, 在银行账户点击 **更多** 按钮。然后, 点击 **Import Statement** 加载第一个OFX文件。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 msgid "" "Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." -msgstr "在下面的屏幕加载OFX文件,单击* *导入* *创建你所有的银行对账单。" +msgstr "在下面的屏幕加载OFX文件, 单击 **导入** 创建你所有的银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 msgid "Importing OFX files" @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " "import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " "click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "在导入你的第一个文件之后,Odoo会计仪表板将自动建议你导入更多文件。在接下来的文件导入,你不需要去 **More** 菜单了,您可以直接点击链接**Import Statement**。" +msgstr "在导入你的第一个文件之后, Odoo会计仪表板将自动建议你导入更多文件。在接下来的文件导入, 你不需要去 **More** 菜单了, 您可以直接点击链接 **Import Statement** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 @@ -400,12 +400,12 @@ msgid "" "learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" " you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " "reconciliation process." -msgstr "每次你得到一个新客户/供应商的相关对账单时,Odoo将要求您选择正确的核销对象。从此操作信息,Odoo将自动完成下一个付款或是这些联系。这将加快核销进程。" +msgstr "每次你得到一个新客户/供应商的相关对账单时, Odoo将要求您选择正确的核销对象。从此操作信息, Odoo将自动完成下一个付款或是这些联系。这将加快核销进程。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr ":doc:`coda`" +msgstr " :doc:`coda` " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ msgid "" " to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." " The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " "PayPal payments in just a click." -msgstr "使用Odoo,可以同步你的PayPal账户。这样,你不需要记录所有你的PayPal交易最喜欢的会计软件。每4小时同步完成,您点击一下就可以开始核销PayPal支付了。" +msgstr "使用Odoo, 可以同步你的PayPal账户。这样, 你不需要记录所有你的PayPal交易最喜欢的会计软件。每4小时同步完成, 您点击一下就可以开始核销PayPal支付了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " "**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " "automatically**." -msgstr "首先请安装**account_yodlee** 模块,如果尚未安装。要做到这一点,到菜单:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application。在* *银行和现金* *这部分,设置选项**Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds automatically**。" +msgstr "首先请安装 **account_yodlee** 模块,如果尚未安装。要做到这一点,到菜单 :`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application。在 **银行和现金** 这部分,设置选项 **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds automatically** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." @@ -446,18 +446,18 @@ msgid "" "PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " "Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " "field, you can set **PayPal**." -msgstr "在Odoo, PayPal账户的管理就像一个银行账户。设置你的PayPal账户,使用菜单:menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`。创建一个新的银行账户并命名为* *PayPal* *。在银行领域,可以设置* *PayPal* *。" +msgstr "在Odoo, PayPal账户的管理就像一个银行账户。设置你的PayPal账户, 使用菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts` 。创建一个新的银行账户并命名为 **PayPal** 。在银行领域, 可以设置 **PayPal** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." -msgstr "一旦创建PayPal帐户,回到* *Accounting* *仪表板, 点击* *Synchronize * *按钮。在对话框中,选择* *PayPal* *作为在线机构和点击配置按钮。" +msgstr "一旦创建PayPal帐户, 回到 **Accounting** 仪表板, 点击 **Synchronize** 按钮。在对话框中, 选择 **PayPal** 作为在线机构和点击配置按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." -msgstr "然后,你必须提供连接到PayPal的凭证。" +msgstr "然后, 你必须提供连接到PayPal的凭证。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -466,13 +466,13 @@ msgid "" " you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " "Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " "account)." -msgstr "你的Paypal* *must be in English* *(如果它不是这样,你必须改变你的Paypal账户), 如果你使用Paypal业务帐户必须切换回旧的接口才能使用在线提交(从新老界面可以切换你的Paypal账户)。" +msgstr "你的Paypal **must be in English** (如果它不是这样, 你必须改变你的Paypal账户), 如果你使用Paypal业务帐户必须切换回旧的接口才能使用在线提交(从新老界面可以切换你的Paypal账户)。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." -msgstr "如果你不这样做,你会得到一个消息, 要么说把Paypal切换成英文要么不支持该网站。" +msgstr "如果你不这样做, 你会得到一个消息, 要么说把Paypal切换成英文要么不支持该网站。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -480,13 +480,13 @@ msgid "" "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " "date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " "choose the **Paypal balance** account." -msgstr "如果你正确地配置您的Paypal帐户, 你应到下一步的在线提交配置。有一个屏幕显示获取交易的日期和供选择账户的列表。你必须选择* * Paypal balance* *帐户。" +msgstr "如果你正确地配置您的Paypal帐户, 你应到下一步的在线提交配置。有一个屏幕显示获取交易的日期和供选择账户的列表。你必须选择 **Paypal balance** 帐户。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." -msgstr "一切都完成之后,在Odoo中,你应该看得到你的PayPal交易, 你可以开始核销你的付款了。" +msgstr "一切都完成之后, 在Odoo中, 你应该看得到你的PayPal交易, 你可以开始核销你的付款了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ msgstr "享受一个完整的集成!你不需要手动记录事务了。" msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." -msgstr "你只需在第一次提供你的凭证。一旦完成,Odoo将与PayPal 每4个小时自动同步。" +msgstr "你只需在第一次提供你的凭证。一旦完成, Odoo将与PayPal 每4个小时自动同步。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 msgid "Import QIF statement files" @@ -510,20 +510,20 @@ msgid "" "writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " "QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" " the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "加快交换格式(QIF)是一种开放式的阅读和写作财务数据媒体(例如文件)的规范,。尽管仍然广泛使用,QIF比公开的金融交易(OFX)的格式要老. 你应该使用OFX版本,这样两个格式都能导出." +msgstr "加快交换格式(QIF)是一种开放式的阅读和写作财务数据媒体(例如文件)的规范, 。尽管仍然广泛使用, QIF比公开的金融交易(OFX)的格式要老. 你应该使用OFX版本, 这样两个格式都能导出." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" " and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " "statements." -msgstr "使用Odoo,你可以从从你的银行或财务软件下载一个QIF文件, 并将其直接导入Odoo实例。这将创建所有银行对账单。" +msgstr "使用Odoo, 你可以从从你的银行或财务软件下载一个QIF文件, 并将其直接导入Odoo实例。这将创建所有银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 msgid "" "Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " "`__" -msgstr "现在测试示例QIF文件的功能\n`__" +msgstr "现在测试示例QIF文件的功能\n `__" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ msgid "" " In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " "option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "为了导入QIF,您需要在在Odoo激活其特性。在会计应用程序中,进入菜单:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`。从会计设置,检查银行对账单选项**Import in .QIF Format** 和应用。" +msgstr "为了导入QIF, 您需要在在Odoo激活其特性。在会计应用程序中, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` 。从会计设置, 检查银行对账单选项 **Import in .QIF Format** 和应用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -539,13 +539,13 @@ msgid "" "allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " "Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" " on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "一旦你安装这个功能,你可以设置你的银行账户,允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点,去会计仪表板,点击银行账户的**More**按钮。然后,点击 **Import Statement**加载第一个QIF文件。" +msgstr "一旦你安装这个功能, 你可以设置你的银行账户, 允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计仪表板, 点击银行账户的 **More** 按钮。然后, 点击 **Import Statement** 加载第一个QIF文件。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 msgid "" "Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " "all your bank statements." -msgstr "在下面的屏幕中加载QIF文件,单击 **Import** 创建你所有的银行对账单。" +msgstr "在下面的屏幕中加载QIF文件, 单击 **Import** 创建你所有的银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 msgid "Importing QIF files" @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ msgid "" "forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " "can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " "`__" -msgstr "Odoo能够每4小时直接获得所有银行对账单并自动导入Odoo,与你的银行同步。在做这步之前,你应该检查你的银行是否对予支持。你可以从“Odoo会计中找到相关功能 `__" +msgstr "Odoo能够每4小时直接获得所有银行对账单并自动导入Odoo, 与你的银行同步。在做这步之前, 你应该检查你的银行是否对予支持。你可以从“Odoo会计中找到相关功能 `__" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -571,19 +571,19 @@ msgid "" " supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " "Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " "supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." -msgstr "在上面的页面中寻找你银行的名字。如果你的银行出现在其中,这意味着它受Odoo支持。完全支持的国家(即超过95%的银行)包括:美国、加拿大、新西兰、奥地利。30多个国家部分支持,包括:哥伦比亚、印度、法国、西班牙等。" +msgstr "在上面的页面中寻找你银行的名字。如果你的银行出现在其中, 这意味着它受Odoo支持。完全支持的国家(即超过95%的银行)包括 :美国、加拿大、新西兰、奥地利。30多个国家部分支持, 包括: 哥伦比亚、印度、法国、西班牙等。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" -msgstr "为了与银行连接, Odoo 使用两个 web-services:" +msgstr "为了与银行连接, Odoo 使用两个 web-services :" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." -msgstr "此处填写例如：美国的主要银行" +msgstr "此处填写例如 :美国的主要银行" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "Yodlee: 其他银行" +msgstr "Yodlee : 其他银行" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 msgid "Odoo Online Users" @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ msgid "" "If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" " already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" " module **account_yodlee**." -msgstr "如果我们支持你们国家的银行,银行特性应该已经被安装集成。如果没有安装,您可以手动安装模块**account_yodlee**。" +msgstr "如果我们支持你们国家的银行, 银行特性应该已经被安装集成。如果没有安装, 您可以手动安装模块 **account_yodlee** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" @@ -605,21 +605,21 @@ msgid "" "If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " "you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " "registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." -msgstr "如果你计划使用Odoo企业版中的银行接口,你不需要做什么特别的,只是确保数据库已在Odoo企业合同注册。" +msgstr "如果你计划使用Odoo企业版中的银行接口, 你不需要做什么特别的, 只是确保数据库已在Odoo企业合同注册。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 msgid "" "you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " "following addresses" -msgstr "你可能需要检查一下,没有防火墙/代理屏蔽以下地址" +msgstr "你可能需要检查一下, 没有防火墙/代理屏蔽以下地址" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "https ://onlinesync.odoo.com/" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" +msgstr "https ://api.plaid.com/" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 msgid "Sync your bank feeds" @@ -631,26 +631,26 @@ msgid "" "your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" " accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" " account." -msgstr "一旦Plaid或Yodlee接口安装后,您可以将Odoo连接到你的银行。这样做,在银行会计仪表板上点击**More** 。在菜单中,单击设置配,置该银行账户。" +msgstr "一旦Plaid或Yodlee接口安装后, 您可以将Odoo连接到你的银行。这样做, 在银行会计仪表板上点击 **More** 。在菜单中, 单击设置配, 置该银行账户。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 msgid "" "In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " "**Bank Synchronization**." -msgstr "在银行界面,从银行帐户选项卡,设置银行选项为**Bank Synchronization**.。" +msgstr "在银行界面, 从银行帐户选项卡, 设置银行选项为 **Bank Synchronization** .。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 msgid "" "Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " "**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " "and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "一旦完成,回到你的会计仪表板。在你的银行卡上,您应该能看到一个 **Online Synchronization**的按钮。点击这个按钮,填写你的银行凭证。" +msgstr "一旦完成, 回到你的会计仪表板。在你的银行卡上, 您应该能看到一个 **Online Synchronization** 的按钮。点击这个按钮, 填写你的银行凭证。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 msgid "" "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " "every 4 hours." -msgstr "一旦你填写你的凭证,将会每4小时与你的银行同步一次。" +msgstr "一旦你填写你的凭证, 将会每4小时与你的银行同步一次。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ msgid "" "will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " "money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " "manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "当你们公司集中从客户收到支票后,他们往往会把这些钱批次地放到银行账户。这钱已经以一个物理形式收到了,你的公司的人必须手动把支票登记到银行。" +msgstr "当你们公司集中从客户收到支票后, 他们往往会把这些钱批次地放到银行账户。这钱已经以一个物理形式收到了, 你的公司的人必须手动把支票登记到银行。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -680,13 +680,13 @@ msgstr "银行将要求填写一张包含支票或现金的细节的交易事项 msgid "" "The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " "reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "银行对账单将反映总计和存款单的参考信息,而不是个人支票。" +msgstr "银行对账单将反映总计和存款单的参考信息, 而不是个人支票。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 msgid "" "Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " "reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "Odoo帮助您准备和打印你的押金单据,之后与银行对账单核销就很容易了。" +msgstr "Odoo帮助您准备和打印你的押金单据, 之后与银行对账单核销就很容易了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" @@ -696,20 +696,20 @@ msgstr "安装批量缴存功能" msgid "" "In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " "Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "为了使用批处理存款功能,你需要安装模块**批存款**。" +msgstr "为了使用批处理存款功能, 你需要安装模块 **批存款** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 msgid "" "Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" " your country." -msgstr "通常, 如果支票在你的国家被广泛使用,这个模块是自动安装的。" +msgstr "通常, 如果支票在你的国家被广泛使用, 这个模块是自动安装的。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 msgid "" "To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " "application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "验证 **Batch Deposit** 功能是否安装,去:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting application。检查功能: **Allow batch deposit**。" +msgstr "验证 **Batch Deposit** 功能是否安装, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting application。检查功能 : **Allow batch deposit** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ msgstr "在银行账户激活该功能" msgid "" "Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " "deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "一旦你已经安装了这个特性,Odoo将自动激活你的银行账户内的押金功能。" +msgstr "一旦你已经安装了这个特性, Odoo将自动激活你的银行账户内的押金功能。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -727,13 +727,13 @@ msgid "" "the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " "'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " "Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "哪个银行账户可以做批处理押金,哪些不能,这个控制可以去账内定义,通常被称为“支票”或“银行”(参见:doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`,会计应用程序:menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." +msgstr "哪个银行账户可以做批处理押金, 哪些不能, 这个控制可以去账内定义, 通常被称为“支票”或“银行”(参见 :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check` , 会计应用程序 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals` ." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 msgid "" "In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" " to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "在 **Advanced Settings** 项卡中,**Miscellaneous**节,设置借记方式为**Batch Deposit**。" +msgstr "在 **Advanced Settings** 项卡中, **Miscellaneous** 节, 设置借记方式为 **Batch Deposit** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ msgid "" "payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " "make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " "Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "如果你在借记方式中检查**Batch Deposit**,这意味着付款时使用这个账(当收款或是付款时称为支付方式), 将适用于之后的押金批处理。" +msgstr "如果你在借记方式中检查 **Batch Deposit** , 这意味着付款时使用这个账(当收款或是付款时称为支付方式), 将适用于之后的押金批处理。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 msgid "From checks received to the bank" @@ -757,18 +757,18 @@ msgid "" "you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" " is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." " Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "一旦你将登记收到的支票,作为保证金登记在银行账上。一旦你选择的银行账户(或支票账户),Odoo建议您使用批处理。选择这个选项,如果你计划批处理。" +msgstr "一旦你将登记收到的支票, 作为保证金登记在银行账上。一旦你选择的银行账户(或支票账户), Odoo建议您使用批处理。选择这个选项, 如果你计划批处理。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "在备忘录字段，你可以设置支票的参考。" +msgstr "在备忘录字段, 你可以设置支票的参考。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 msgid "" "payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " "Payment** button." -msgstr "可在此菜单中登记付款:menuselection::`Sales --> Payments`,或直接在相关发票上登记,使用 **Register Payment** 按钮。" +msgstr "可在此菜单中登记付款 :menuselection: :`Sales --> Payments` , 或直接在相关发票上登记, 使用 **Register Payment** 按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "预备批量缴存" msgid "" "From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "从会计程序,进入菜单:menuselection :menuselection:`Sales --> Batch Deposit`,并创建一个新的**Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "从会计程序, 进入菜单 :menuselection : menuselection :`Sales --> Batch Deposit` , 并创建一个新的 **Batch Deposit** ." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -786,13 +786,13 @@ msgid "" "deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " "deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " "check." -msgstr "选择银行,然后选择你想要添加的付款(支票)。默认情况下,Odoo建议你保存所有的支票。这样,您就可以确认你不要忘记或丢失支票。" +msgstr "选择银行, 然后选择你想要添加的付款(支票)。默认情况下, Odoo建议你保存所有的支票。这样, 您就可以确认你不要忘记或丢失支票。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 msgid "" "You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " "the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "然后你可以打印批存款,这将是非常有用的, 银行通常需要。" +msgstr "然后你可以打印批存款, 这将是非常有用的, 银行通常需要。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" @@ -804,14 +804,14 @@ msgid "" "ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " "is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " "the bank statement line." -msgstr "当核销银行对账单时, 对账单中将会看到存款单的号码。核销运行时,用户将能够选择匹配的批处理存款。" +msgstr "当核销银行对账单时, 对账单中将会看到存款单的号码。核销运行时, 用户将能够选择匹配的批处理存款。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 msgid "" "If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " "contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " "deposit the example below)" -msgstr "如果您选择一批存款,Odoo将自动填充所匹配的支票存款。(下面的例子中有2账支票是作为批处理的)" +msgstr "如果您选择一批存款, Odoo将自动填充所匹配的支票存款。(下面的例子中有2账支票是作为批处理的)" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 @@ -827,14 +827,14 @@ msgstr "在银行对帐单上没有此明细行？" msgid "" "If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " "be two reasons:" -msgstr "如果在银行对账单中没有批存款链接,可能是两个原因:" +msgstr "如果在银行对账单中没有批存款链接, 可能是两个原因 :" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 msgid "" "After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " "page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" " button of your browser." -msgstr "安装批存款功能后,您需要重新加载页面,这样浏览器知道这个新特性。点击浏览器的刷新按钮。" +msgstr "安装批存款功能后, 您需要重新加载页面, 这样浏览器知道这个新特性。点击浏览器的刷新按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." @@ -849,13 +849,13 @@ msgid "" "If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " "in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " "refused." -msgstr "如果银行对账单的金额小于实际批存款的金额,它可能意味着你的某一张支票已经被拒绝了。" +msgstr "如果银行对账单的金额小于实际批存款的金额, 它可能意味着你的某一张支票已经被拒绝了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 msgid "" "In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " "bank statement matching." -msgstr "在这种情况下,在银行对账单中,点击相应的行并删除." +msgstr "在这种情况下, 在银行对账单中, 点击相应的行并删除." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" @@ -866,14 +866,14 @@ msgid "" "A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " "clicks." -msgstr "一个公司可能有几个银行账号或现金账号。使用odoo,内部转移钱只是几个点击就可解决了。" +msgstr "一个公司可能有几个银行账号或现金账号。使用odoo, 内部转移钱只是几个点击就可解决了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " "to the another one." -msgstr "我们用下面的例子来说明。我公司有两个银行账户,我想把50.000欧元从我们的银行账户转移到另一个。" +msgstr "我们用下面的例子来说明。我公司有两个银行账户, 我想把50.000欧元从我们的银行账户转移到另一个。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" @@ -886,20 +886,20 @@ msgid "" " your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " "default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "处理内部转移你需要在科目表中需要一个转移科目。Odoo将自动生成一个帐户基于你国家的科目表。参数科目表, 在会计模块中检查默认的转账科目,选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "处理内部转移你需要在科目表中需要一个转移科目。Odoo将自动生成一个帐户基于你国家的科目表。参数科目表, 在会计模块中检查默认的转账科目, 选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` ." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." -msgstr "当你注册时, 会根据你的国家信息, 预设科目表,它不能被改变。" +msgstr "当你注册时, 会根据你的国家信息, 预设科目表, 它不能被改变。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." -msgstr "自动生成默认的转移帐户取决于你们国家的立法。如果有必要,可以修改相同的页面。" +msgstr "自动生成默认的转移帐户取决于你们国家的立法。如果有必要, 可以修改相同的页面。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." " You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " "your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "在我们可以注册一个内部转让之前, 我们需要在会计仪表板上添加一个新的银行账户。进入会计模块,点击:menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. 创建一个新的银行账户。你应该填写 **Account Number**. 您还可以创建和编辑你的银行详细信息。" +msgstr "在我们可以注册一个内部转让之前, 我们需要在会计仪表板上添加一个新的银行账户。进入会计模块,点击 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts` . 创建一个新的银行账户。你应该填写 **Account Number** . 您还可以创建和编辑你的银行详细信息。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." @@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "登记一个从一个银行到另外一个银行的内部转账。" msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." -msgstr "现在我们将把50.000欧元从我们的 **Bank** 转到**Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498**账户。" +msgstr "现在我们将把50.000欧元从我们的 **Bank** 转到 **Bank BE57 0633 9533 1498** 账户。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" @@ -937,20 +937,20 @@ msgid "" "The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " "accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." -msgstr "第一步是注册内部paiement。为此,进入你的会计仪表板。点击的**more** 按钮并选择:menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +msgstr "第一步是注册内部paiement。为此, 进入你的会计仪表板。点击的 **more** 按钮并选择 :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer` ." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " "**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." -msgstr "创建一个新的付款。付款类型将自动设置为内部转让。选择您想要转移的* *银行* *,指定**Amount**和添加一个 **Memo** (如果你需要)。" +msgstr "创建一个新的付款。付款类型将自动设置为内部转让。选择您想要转移的 **银行** , 指定 **Amount** 和添加一个 **Memo** (如果你需要)。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" "The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " "`_)." -msgstr "备忘录是很重要的,如果你想自动核销(`see `_)." +msgstr "备忘录是很重要的, 如果你想自动核销( `see ` _)." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ msgstr "导入银行对账单并核销" msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." -msgstr "注意,银行余额在Odoo的计算与银行最新的对账单是不同的." +msgstr "注意, 银行余额在Odoo的计算与银行最新的对账单是不同的." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ msgid "" "statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." -msgstr "这是因为我们没有导入银行对账单来确认付出和收到的钱。因此需要导入你的银行对账单,将付款和正确的银行对账单行核销。一旦你收到银行对账单点, 在相应的银行点击**new statement**导入。" +msgstr "这是因为我们没有导入银行对账单来确认付出和收到的钱。因此需要导入你的银行对账单, 将付款和正确的银行对账单行核销。一旦你收到银行对账单点, 在相应的银行点击 **new statement** 导入。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -989,18 +989,18 @@ msgid "" "your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " "that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " "**Reconcile** button." -msgstr "填上**Transactions line**。一旦完成,Odoo将显示 **Computed Balance**。计算的余额是理论上你的账户的余额。如果与银行对账单一致,就意味着没有错误。填写**Ending balance** ,然后点击**Reconcile** 按钮。" +msgstr "填上 **Transactions line** 。一旦完成, Odoo将显示 **Computed Balance** 。计算的余额是理论上你的账户的余额。如果与银行对账单一致, 就意味着没有错误。填写 **Ending balance** , 然后点击 **Reconcile** 按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "下列窗口将会打开：" +msgstr "下列窗口将会打开 :" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "你需要为paiement选择同行。选择正确的银行对账单对应paiement, 点击* *核销* *按钮。关闭对账单来完成这项交易." +msgstr "你需要为paiement选择同行。选择正确的银行对账单对应paiement, 点击 **核销** 按钮。关闭对账单来完成这项交易." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ msgid "" "statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" " both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." -msgstr "一旦你收到第二个银行对账单, 需要重复相同的步骤。注意,如果指定了正确的金额,在银行对账单和付款事务有相同的备忘录, 核销就会自动发生。" +msgstr "一旦你收到第二个银行对账单, 需要重复相同的步骤。注意, 如果指定了正确的金额, 在银行对账单和付款事务有相同的备忘录, 核销就会自动发生。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 @@ -1025,14 +1025,14 @@ msgstr "配置条目模型" msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " "order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "在Odoo中,可以预先填入一些会计分录,如银行费用, 这样核销就很容易。" +msgstr "在Odoo中, 可以预先填入一些会计分录, 如银行费用, 这样核销就很容易。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 msgid "" "We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " "my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " "current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "我们将下面的例子来说明这一概念:每个月, 我公司收到银行费用成本,这取决于我们的银行账户当前余额。这个费用是变量。" +msgstr "我们将下面的例子来说明这一概念 :每个月, 我公司收到银行费用成本, 这取决于我们的银行账户当前余额。这个费用是变量。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" @@ -1043,13 +1043,13 @@ msgid "" "First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " "to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " ":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." -msgstr "首先，我们需要配置两个核销凭证。为此，会计应用程序仪表盘。在银行账点击 :menuselection:`更多(More) --> 核销模型(Reconciliation Models)` 。" +msgstr "首先, 我们需要配置两个核销凭证。为此, 会计应用程序仪表盘。在银行账点击 :menuselection:`更多(More) --> 核销模型(Reconciliation Models)` 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 msgid "" "We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " "depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "我们银行费用容易记账。我们的银行扣除费用根据余额,也就是说它可以每个月都不同。" +msgstr "我们银行费用容易记账。我们的银行扣除费用根据余额, 也就是说它可以每个月都不同。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ msgid "" "book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " "\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " "Odoo to take the entire fee into account." -msgstr "我们创建一个名为银行费用的按钮标签,选择正确的科目记录这些费用。此外我们还需要指定类型是\"Percentage of balance\" ,比例为100%。这个参数将告诉Odoo考虑整个费用。" +msgstr "我们创建一个名为银行费用的按钮标签, 选择正确的科目记录这些费用。此外我们还需要指定类型是\" Percentage of balance\\ \\ \", 比例为100%。这个参数将告诉Odoo考虑整个费用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 msgid "Save your changes when you are done." @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ msgstr "当完成时保存变更。" msgid "" "If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " "under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "如果你的银行费用是固定的,也可以选择 **固定的(Fixed)** 以及定义金额。" +msgstr "如果你的银行费用是固定的, 也可以选择 **固定的(Fixed)** 以及定义金额。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1083,32 +1083,32 @@ msgstr "基于对账模型登记付款" msgid "" "Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " "impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "通过导入你的银行对账单来登记付款,这会影响银行的支付费用。" +msgstr "通过导入你的银行对账单来登记付款, 这会影响银行的支付费用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 msgid "" "When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " "**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" " relevant data instantly." -msgstr "进行核销时，您可以选择一个未清的余额，点击 **核销模型(Reconcilication Model)** 按钮(在这种情况下， **银行费用(Bank Fees)** )立即获得所有相关的数据。" +msgstr "进行核销时, 您可以选择一个未清的余额, 点击 **核销模型(Reconcilication Model)** 按钮(在这种情况下, **银行费用(Bank Fees)** )立即获得所有相关的数据。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "最后，点击 **核销(Reconcile)** 完成过程." +msgstr "最后, 点击 **核销(Reconcile)** 完成过程." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +msgstr " :doc:`../feeds/manual` " #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +msgstr " :doc:`../feeds/ofx` " #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr " :doc:`use_cases` " #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" @@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ msgid "" "need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " "administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " "easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." -msgstr "将账户链接到银行对账单的工作量比较大。你需要找到发票,相关的付款, 这需要很多的时间。幸运的是,使用Odoo, 您可以很容易地将发票或是付款链接到相关的银行对账单。" +msgstr "将账户链接到银行对账单的工作量比较大。你需要找到发票, 相关的付款, 这需要很多的时间。幸运的是, 使用Odoo, 您可以很容易地将发票或是付款链接到相关的银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." @@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ msgstr "使用案例" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "案例1: 付款登记" +msgstr "案例1 : 付款登记" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ msgid "" "only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " "invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " "customer." -msgstr "我们开了张2100欧元的发票给史密斯公司。因为我们出售的产品是服务,要求立即付款。而我们的会计只在周末处理银行对账单,所以我们在发票上做标记为支付, 就可以为我们的客户提供服务。" +msgstr "我们开了张2100欧元的发票给史密斯公司。因为我们出售的产品是服务, 要求立即付款。而我们的会计只在周末处理银行对账单, 所以我们在发票上做标记为支付, 就可以为我们的客户提供服务。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1173,23 +1173,23 @@ msgstr "我们的客户发给我们付款凭证。我们可以登记付款, 相 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" -msgstr "通过点击 **付款登记(register payment)** ，我们告诉Odoo，客户已支付。我们因此需要指定金额和支付方式" +msgstr "通过点击 **付款登记(register payment)** , 我们告诉Odoo, 客户已支付。我们因此需要指定金额和支付方式" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 msgid "" "We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " ":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "我们可以找到付款信息，通过单击发票上 :menuselection:`信息(Info) --> 开启付款(Open Payment)` 。" +msgstr "我们可以找到付款信息, 通过单击发票上 :menuselection:`信息(Info) --> 开启付款(Open Payment)` 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" -msgstr "发票已经支付， **自动核销已完成** 。" +msgstr "发票已经支付, **自动核销已完成** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "案例2: 银行对账单对账" +msgstr "案例2 : 银行对账单对账" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -1201,39 +1201,39 @@ msgstr "我们开始已开给Smith & Co的3000欧元的发票。让我们也假 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " "been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "我们收到银行对账单, 不仅是史密斯公司的款已支付,Buzz的92欧元也已支付。" +msgstr "我们收到银行对账单, 不仅是史密斯公司的款已支付, Buzz的92欧元也已支付。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "**导入(Import)** 或 **创建(Create)** 银行对账单。请在银行提要部分参考相关文档。" +msgstr " **导入(Import)** 或 **创建(Create)** 银行对账单。请在银行提要部分参考相关文档。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "在仪表板, 点击 **核销 # 项**" +msgstr "在仪表板, 点击 **核销 # 项** " #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "如果一切是正确的(正确的业务伙伴名字，金额正确), odoo会 **自动(automatically)** 核销。" +msgstr "如果一切是正确的(正确的业务伙伴名字, 金额正确), odoo会 **自动(automatically)** 核销。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "如果发现某些问题，需要执行 **手工动作** 。" +msgstr "如果发现某些问题, 需要执行 **手工动作** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" -msgstr "例如,如果在银行对账单中缺少业务伙伴,请填写" +msgstr "例如, 如果在银行对账单中缺少业务伙伴, 请填写" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "如果用首付完成了付款,只检查它是否正确并验证所有相关的付款" +msgstr "如果用首付完成了付款, 只检查它是否正确并验证所有相关的付款" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." @@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " "guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " "account." -msgstr "在Odoo，您可以管理多个银行账户。在这个页面，你会在银行或信用卡帐户的创建，修改或删除的指导。" +msgstr "在Odoo, 您可以管理多个银行账户。在这个页面, 你会在银行或信用卡帐户的创建, 修改或删除的指导。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 msgid "Edit a bank account" @@ -1262,13 +1262,13 @@ msgstr "编辑银行账户" msgid "" "To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" " it first before filling your own bank information." -msgstr "为了简化这一过程,银行账户已经存在。我们建议你在填写银行信息前先编辑它。" +msgstr "为了简化这一过程, 银行账户已经存在。我们建议你在填写银行信息前先编辑它。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " "click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." -msgstr "去:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, 然后点击* *银行* *项。编辑它。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` , 然后点击 **银行** 项。编辑它。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ msgid "" " on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" " number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " "Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." -msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`.点击* *创建* *和填写表格。你可以决定在文件上显示银行帐号, 就如销售订单或发票。选择银行账户的支付方式。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` .点击 **创建** 和填写表格。你可以决定在文件上显示银行帐号, 就如销售订单或发票。选择银行账户的支付方式。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ msgstr "如果你在多公司环境内工作, 如你添加、编辑或删除银 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看*银行帐户*" +msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看 *银行帐户*" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " "menu" -msgstr "从银行账户列表中,选择要删除的项, 从行动菜单删除它们, 或者去表单和在行动菜单中删除" +msgstr "从银行账户列表中, 选择要删除的项, 从行动菜单删除它们, 或者去表单和在行动菜单中删除" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" @@ -1327,27 +1327,27 @@ msgid "" "transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " "the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " "transaction." -msgstr "每一笔交易都被记录在公司的默认货币。对于其他货币，Odoo同时存储在该公司的货币值和交易货币的价值发生的交易。 Odoo可以在日记项目的核对后产生的货币收益和损失。" +msgstr "每一笔交易都被记录在公司的默认货币。对于其他货币, Odoo同时存储在该公司的货币值和交易货币的价值发生的交易。 Odoo可以在日记项目的核对后产生的货币收益和损失。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" -msgstr "当你有一个外币的银行账户,对于每笔交易,Odoo都保存两个值:" +msgstr "当你有一个外币的银行账户, 对于每笔交易, Odoo都保存两个值 :" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" -msgstr "以公司货币为单位的 借方／贷方" +msgstr "公司币别中的借方／贷方" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" -msgstr "以银行账户货币为单位的借方／贷方" +msgstr "银行账户币别中的借方／贷方" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." -msgstr "汇率会自动更新, 使用yahoo.com,或者欧洲央行的在线服务。" +msgstr "汇率会自动更新, 使用yahoo.com, 或者欧洲央行的在线服务。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " "Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "为了让贵公司使用多种货币,你应该激活多种货币的模式。在会计应用程序中,进入:menuselection:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance Features` , 确保**Allow Multi-currencies** 已勾选。提供一个 **Currency Exchange Gain / Loss**科目,然后点击* *应用* *。" +msgstr "为了让贵公司使用多种货币,你应该激活多种货币的模式。在会计应用程序中,进入 :menuselection: menuselection :`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance Features` , 确保 **Allow Multi-currencies** 已勾选。提供一个 **Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** 科目,然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" @@ -1373,18 +1373,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " "created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " "(to activate a currency, check his active field)" -msgstr "一旦Odoo配置为支持多种货币,你应该激活您计划使用的货币。要做到这一点,菜单:menuselection:menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. 。默认情况下,所有货币都已创建. 但是你应该激活你计划的货币。(激活一种货币,检查他的活跃的字段)" +msgstr "一旦Odoo配置为支持多种货币,你应该激活您计划使用的货币。要做到这一点,菜单 :menuselection: menuselection :`Configuration --> Currencies` . 。默认情况下,所有货币都已创建. 但是你应该激活你计划的货币。(激活一种货币,检查他的活跃的字段)" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" "After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" -msgstr "激活货币后,你可以配置的参数自动更新汇率。这些选项的设置也在会计应用程序中,在页面的底部:" +msgstr "激活货币后, 你可以配置的参数自动更新汇率。这些选项的设置也在会计应用程序中, 在页面的底部 :" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "点击* *现在更新* *链接到目前最新的汇率。" +msgstr "点击 **现在更新** 链接到目前最新的汇率。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" @@ -1394,16 +1394,16 @@ msgstr "创建银行账户" msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." -msgstr "在会计应用程序中,我们首先去:menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting / Bank account`,我们创建一个新的账户。" +msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 我们首先去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting / Bank account` , 我们创建一个新的账户。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" -msgstr "一旦你保存这个银行账户,Odoo将为您创建的所有文件:" +msgstr "一旦你保存这个银行账户, Odoo将为您创建的所有文件 :" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" -msgstr "试算表中的科目" +msgstr "科目试算平衡表" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" @@ -1413,29 +1413,29 @@ msgstr "将此帐簿显示在仪表盘上" msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" -msgstr "如果选择框* *在发票页脚显示* *, 银行信息将在发票页脚显示" +msgstr "如果选择框 **在发票页脚显示** , 银行信息将在发票页脚显示" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "例如：外币的供应商账单" +msgstr "例如 :外币的供应商账单" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." -msgstr "根据上面的例子中,我们假设我们收到中国供应商的发票。" +msgstr "根据上面的例子中, 我们假设我们收到中国供应商的发票。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" -msgstr "在:menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` ,你可以看到:" +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , 你可以看到 :" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." -msgstr "一旦你已经准备好支付这个账单,点击登记付款记录付款。" +msgstr "一旦你已经准备好支付这个账单, 点击登记付款记录付款。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@ msgstr "这是你所要做的。Odoo将在核销时, 自动将发票日和付款 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." -msgstr "注意,您可以用另一种货币支付外汇发票。在这种情况下,Odoo将自动完成两种货币之间的转换。" +msgstr "注意, 您可以用另一种货币支付外汇发票。在这种情况下, Odoo将自动完成两种货币之间的转换。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" @@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." -msgstr "客户和供应商的报表是用发票货币来管理的。所以,客户(供应商)的到期金额总是用发票的货币表示。" +msgstr "客户和供应商的报表是用发票货币来管理的。所以, 客户(供应商)的到期金额总是用发票的货币表示。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1476,14 +1476,14 @@ msgid "" " in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " "this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" " be converted in this currency." -msgstr "在上面的报告, Camptocamp相关的应收帐款没有用第二种货币管理,这意味着, 每笔交易都使用自己的货币。如果你喜欢,你可以为该客户的应收帐款设置第二种货币, 他所有的债务将自动转换货币。" +msgstr "在上面的报告, Camptocamp相关的应收帐款没有用第二种货币管理, 这意味着, 每笔交易都使用自己的货币。如果你喜欢, 你可以为该客户的应收帐款设置第二种货币, 他所有的债务将自动转换货币。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" "In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " "amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" -msgstr "在这种情况下,客户对账单总是只有一种货币。一般来说,这不是什么客户所希望的, 他更喜欢看到他收到发票的货币金额;" +msgstr "在这种情况下, 客户对账单总是只有一种货币。一般来说, 这不是什么客户所希望的, 他更喜欢看到他收到发票的货币金额;" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a cash register?" @@ -1494,19 +1494,19 @@ msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." -msgstr "收银是日记注册receivings和支付交易。它计算总资金进出，计算总余额。" +msgstr "收银是日记注册receivings和支付交易。它计算总资金进出, 计算总余额。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." -msgstr "配置现金账, 在 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "配置现金账, 在 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` ." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" -msgstr "在选项卡日记帐分录，默认的借记卡和信用卡帐号可同时配置为期刊的货币" +msgstr "在选项卡日记帐分录, 默认的借记卡和信用卡帐号可同时配置为期刊的货币" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1642,13 +1642,13 @@ msgstr "如何登记现金付款？" msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" -msgstr "要注册特定于该客户的现金支付，你应该遵循以下步骤：" +msgstr "要注册特定于该客户的现金支付, 你应该遵循以下步骤 :" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" -msgstr "去:menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register Transactions`" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register Transactions` " #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" @@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ msgstr "开始和结束余额填写" msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" -msgstr "注册交易，指定链接到交易的客户" +msgstr "注册交易, 指定链接到交易的客户" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 msgid "Put money in" @@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" -msgstr "把钱放入, 在交易开始前用于手动放置你的现金。从登记交易窗口,去 :menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "把钱放入, 在交易开始前用于手动放置你的现金。从登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`More --> Put money in` " #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 msgid "Take money out" @@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@ msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -msgstr "把钱拿出, 是在所有的交易结束后, 收集你的现金。在登记交易窗口,去 :menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "把钱拿出, 是在所有的交易结束后, 收集你的现金。在登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`More --> Take money out` " #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ msgstr "顾问" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "管理长期资产" +msgstr "管理固定资产" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ msgid "" "machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " "depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " "assets and perform reports on your company assets." -msgstr "在 \"资产\" 模块，可以让你保持跟踪机械，土地和建筑物等固定资产。该模块可以自动生成每月的折旧项，获得折旧板，出售或处置资产，并对公司的资产产生报告。" +msgstr "在 \" 资产\\ \\ \"模块, 可以让你保持跟踪机械, 土地和建筑物等固定资产。该模块可以自动生成每月的折旧项, 获得折旧板, 出售或处置资产, 并对公司的资产产生报告。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1715,21 +1715,21 @@ msgid "" "create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " "$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" " for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." -msgstr "举个例子，你可以买一辆车的$ 36,000个（总值），并且计划的期限平均摊销超过36个月（3年）。每月（周期），Odoo将创建一个折旧分录自动降低自己的资产价值由$ 1,000，并通过1000 $的费用。 3年后，该资产在资产负债表占$ 0（残值）。" +msgstr "举个例子, 你可以买一辆车的$ 36, 000个（总值）, 并且计划的期限平均摊销超过36个月（3年）。每月（周期）, Odoo将创建一个折旧分录自动降低自己的资产价值由$ 1, 000, 并通过1000 $的费用。 3年后, 该资产在资产负债表占$ 0（残值）。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 msgid "" "The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " "describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" -msgstr "不同类型的资产分为'资产类型'，描述了如何折旧资产。下面是资产类型的两个例子：" +msgstr "不同类型的资产分为 '资产类型' , 描述了如何折旧资产。下面是资产类型的两个例子 :" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "建筑：10年，按年直线折旧" +msgstr "建筑 :10年, 按年直线折旧" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "汽车：5年，按月直线折旧" +msgstr "汽车 :5年, 按月直线折旧" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 msgid "Install the Asset module" @@ -1737,27 +1737,27 @@ msgstr "安装资产模块" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "首先，*安装资产模块。*" +msgstr "首先, *安装资产模块。*" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" " application:" -msgstr "一旦模块被安装了，你应该看到在财务应用程序了两个新的菜单：" +msgstr "一旦模块被安装了, 你应该看到在财务应用程序了两个新的菜单 :" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`顾问(Adviser) --> 资产(Assets)`" +msgstr " :menuselection:`顾问(Adviser) --> 资产(Assets)` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 资产类型(Asset Types)`" +msgstr " :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 资产类型(Asset Types)` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "" "Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " "`." -msgstr "在登记你的第一资产之前,您必须定义资产类型`." +msgstr "在登记你的第一资产之前, 您必须定义资产类型 `." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 msgid "Defining Asset Types" @@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ msgid "" "configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " "provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " "asset type on the supplier bill." -msgstr "资产类型用于配置资产的所有信息: 资产和弃用帐户、 摊销方法等。这样一来，顾问可以配置资产类型，用户可以进一步记录资产，而无需提供任何复杂的会计信息。他们只需要提供资产类型供应商条例草案 》。" +msgstr "资产类型用于配置资产的所有信息 : 资产和弃用帐户、 摊销方法等。这样一来, 顾问可以配置资产类型, 用户可以进一步记录资产, 而无需提供任何复杂的会计信息。他们只需要提供资产类型供应商条例草案 》。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -1778,12 +1778,12 @@ msgid "" "like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " "assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " "duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." -msgstr "您应当为每一个资产组你经常买喜欢中创建资产类型'汽车：5年'，'计算机硬件：3年'。对于所有其他资产，你可以创建通用的资产类型。根据资产的期限如'36个月'的名字他们，'10年'，..." +msgstr "您应当为每一个资产组你经常买喜欢中创建资产类型 '汽车 :5年' , '计算机硬件: 3年' 。对于所有其他资产, 你可以创建通用的资产类型。根据资产的期限如 '36个月' 的名字他们, '10年' , ..." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "要定义资产类型，进入 :menuselection:`配置--> 资产类型`" +msgstr "要定义资产类型, 进入 :menuselection:`配置--> 资产类型` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 msgid "Create assets manually" @@ -1793,25 +1793,25 @@ msgstr "手动创建资产" msgid "" "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Assets`." -msgstr "要手动登记资产，进入菜单 :menuselection:`顾问--> 资产`。" +msgstr "要手动登记资产, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`顾问--> 资产` 。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 msgid "" "Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " "on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " "confirming the asset." -msgstr "一旦资产创建,别忘了确认一下。在确认资产前, 可以单击计算折旧按钮检查折旧。" +msgstr "一旦资产创建, 别忘了确认一下。在确认资产前, 可以单击计算折旧按钮检查折旧。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 msgid "" "if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" " this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " "entries, not those related to the supplier bill." -msgstr "如果您手动创建的资产，你仍然需要建立供应商账单这一资产。资产文件只会产生折旧日记帐分录，而不是那些涉及到供应商账单。" +msgstr "如果您手动创建的资产, 你仍然需要建立供应商账单这一资产。资产文件只会产生折旧日记帐分录, 而不是那些涉及到供应商账单。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "字段的说明:" +msgstr "字段的说明 :" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." @@ -1894,7 +1894,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "尝试创建一个*资产*我们的在线演示" +msgstr "尝试创建一个 *资产* 我们的在线演示" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" @@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ msgid "" "is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " "the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " "the supplier bill." -msgstr "资产可以从供应商账单中自动创建。所有你需要做的是设置您的帐单上线的资产类别。当用户将验证票据，资产将被自动创建，使用供应商帐单的信息。" +msgstr "资产可以从供应商账单中自动创建。所有你需要做的是设置您的帐单上线的资产类别。当用户将验证票据, 资产将被自动创建, 使用供应商帐单的信息。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -1916,13 +1916,13 @@ msgid "" " *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " "you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " "accounts." -msgstr "根据资产类别上的信息, 可直接生成草稿资产或是直接确认。直接生成确认的资产更容易,这样你不会忘记确认。(检查字段*跳过草案状态* 在*资产类别上*). 如果你想要在过账前检查你的资产, 可生成草稿资产." +msgstr "根据资产类别上的信息, 可直接生成草稿资产或是直接确认。直接生成确认的资产更容易, 这样你不会忘记确认。(检查字段 *跳过草案状态* 在 *资产类别上* ). 如果你想要在过账前检查你的资产, 可生成草稿资产." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 msgid "" "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " "be filled in the supplier bill." -msgstr "如果你把资产的产品，资产类别将自动填入该供应商的法案。" +msgstr "如果你把资产的产品, 资产类别将自动填入该供应商的法案。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 msgid "How to deprecate an asset?" @@ -1934,20 +1934,20 @@ msgid "" "date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" " depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " "been created for this line." -msgstr "Odoo将在合适的日期为每位确认资产自动创建折旧日记帐分录。 （不是那些草案）。您可以在贬值板控制：绿色圆点表示日记帐分录已经为这个系列创作。" +msgstr "Odoo将在合适的日期为每位确认资产自动创建折旧日记帐分录。 （不是那些草案）。您可以在贬值板控制 :绿色圆点表示日记帐分录已经为这个系列创作。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 msgid "" "But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " "on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." -msgstr "但你也可以通过点击绿色子弹，迫使建立相关的折旧入境后的预产期前日记帐分录。" +msgstr "但你也可以通过点击绿色子弹, 迫使建立相关的折旧入境后的预产期前日记帐分录。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 msgid "" "In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " "entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " "entries which are already posted." -msgstr "在折旧板，点击红色子弹后日记帐分录。点击 :guilabel:`Items` 键在顶部，看看哪些是已经发布的日记帐分录。" +msgstr "在折旧板, 点击红色子弹后日记帐分录。点击 :guilabel:`Items` 键在顶部, 看看哪些是已经发布的日记帐分录。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" @@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ msgstr "如何修改现有的资产？" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" +msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 msgid "Change the number of depreciation" @@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ msgid "" " Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " "full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " "should be registered through a customer invoice." -msgstr "如果您出售或处置资产，则需要完全地贬低该资产。点击按钮 :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`。这一行动将在本资产的全部成本，但它不会记录应通过客户发票登记的销售交易。" +msgstr "如果您出售或处置资产, 则需要完全地贬低该资产。点击按钮 :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose` 。这一行动将在本资产的全部成本, 但它不会记录应通过客户发票登记的销售交易。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" @@ -1994,21 +1994,21 @@ msgid "" "with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " "project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " "than 700." -msgstr "我们将使用下面的例子来说明。我们与Smith&Co刚刚开始一个项目,我们希望做这个项目的收入和费用的预算。我们计划收入1000,费用不超700。" +msgstr "我们将使用下面的例子来说明。我们与Smith&Co刚刚开始一个项目, 我们希望做这个项目的收入和费用的预算。我们计划收入1000, 费用不超700。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 msgid "" "First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" " is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " "and Finance** app." -msgstr "首先我们需要安装预算相应的应用程序。会计的主要模块应用。在应用程序模块, 安装* *会计和金融* *应用。" +msgstr "首先我们需要安装预算相应的应用程序。会计的主要模块应用。在应用程序模块, 安装 **会计和金融** 应用。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 msgid "" "Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" -msgstr "也进一步配置是必要的。去:menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Settings` ,使用* *预算管理* *功能" +msgstr "也进一步配置是必要的。去 :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Settings` , 使用 **预算管理** 功能" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -2033,23 +2033,23 @@ msgstr "预算的位置一般是科目, 用于保存预算(通常是费用或收 msgid "" "To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " "Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "定义位置, 进入 :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "定义位置, 进入 :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> Budgetary Positions` ." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" "For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " "expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "在我们的示例中,我们需要定义关联到项目费用的科目。创建一个位置并将条目添加到选择账户。" +msgstr "在我们的示例中, 我们需要定义关联到项目费用的科目。创建一个位置并将条目添加到选择账户。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:57 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." -msgstr "在这种情况下,我们选择使用的三个相关科目,用来登记费用。" +msgstr "在这种情况下, 我们选择使用的三个相关科目, 用来登记费用。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "点击*选择*。" +msgstr "点击 *选择* 。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." @@ -2074,7 +2074,7 @@ msgid "" "account by entering the Accounting module and clicking " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a " "new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner." -msgstr "如果你想具体分析发票或供应商账单, 你需要利用分析科目。Odoo需要知道指定预算的成本或费用。所以, 我们需要将发票和费用链接到分析科目。创建分析科目, 需进入会计模块和点击:menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. 创建一个名为Smith&Co项目并选择相关的合作伙伴。" +msgstr "如果你想具体分析发票或供应商账单, 你需要利用分析科目。Odoo需要知道指定预算的成本或费用。所以, 我们需要将发票和费用链接到分析科目。创建分析科目, 需进入会计模块和点击 :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts` . 创建一个名为Smith&Co项目并选择相关的合作伙伴。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 msgid "Set a budget" @@ -2084,20 +2084,20 @@ msgstr "设置预算" msgid "" "Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " "gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "现在,让我们为我们的预算设定我们的目标。我们规定,我们期望这个项目获得1000, 话费不超过700。" +msgstr "现在, 让我们为我们的预算设定我们的目标。我们规定, 我们期望这个项目获得1000, 话费不超过700。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:94 msgid "" "To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "设定这些目标,进入会计程序,选择 :menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` ,创建一个新的预算。" +msgstr "设定这些目标, 进入会计程序, 选择 :menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` , 创建一个新的预算。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:97 msgid "" "We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " "Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" " an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "我们需要为这个预算命名。在这种情况下,我们把它叫做“史密斯项目”。选择预算适用的期间。下一步, 在预算行定义目标。" +msgstr "我们需要为这个预算命名。在这种情况下, 我们把它叫做“史密斯项目”。选择预算适用的期间。下一步, 在预算行定义目标。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -2107,13 +2107,13 @@ msgid "" "Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " "cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " "corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "选择相关预算行的预算位置。换句话说,选择你想要的位置科目。在这种情况下,我们将开始费用目标, 不超700。选择“成本”预算位置, 指定计划预算金额。我们记录成本,我们需要指定一个* * 负数金额 * *。最后,选择相应的分析科目。" +msgstr "选择相关预算行的预算位置。换句话说, 选择你想要的位置科目。在这种情况下, 我们将开始费用目标, 不超700。选择“成本”预算位置, 指定计划预算金额。我们记录成本, 我们需要指定一个 **负数金额** 。最后, 选择相应的分析科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 msgid "" "Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " "is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "点击* *Save & new* *输入收入预算。预算的位置是收入, 计划是1000。保存并关闭" +msgstr "点击 **Save & new** 输入收入预算。预算的位置是收入, 计划是1000。保存并关闭" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:117 msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." @@ -2127,25 +2127,25 @@ msgstr "检查预算" msgid "" "You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "你可以在任何时间检查你的预算。查看进化,让我们录入一些发票和供应商账单。" +msgstr "你可以在任何时间检查你的预算。查看进化, 让我们录入一些发票和供应商账单。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 msgid "" "if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" " in the invoice and / or purchase line." -msgstr "如果你使用分析账户, 请记住,您需要在发票上和/或购买行指定科目。" +msgstr "如果你使用分析账户, 请记住, 您需要在发票上和/或购买行指定科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" -msgstr "关于发票和采购订单的信息请看：" +msgstr "关于发票和采购订单的信息请看 :" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." @@ -2156,7 +2156,7 @@ msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " "Amount** column." -msgstr "通过分析账户,Odoo可以计算发票行和采购发票行, 金额将显示在* *实际金额* *列。" +msgstr "通过分析账户, Odoo可以计算发票行和采购发票行, 金额将显示在 **实际金额** 列。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -2165,7 +2165,7 @@ msgid "" "budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " "january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " "amount that could have been realised." -msgstr "理论数据代表理论上可用/可收到的金额。当你12个月的预算是1200 (1月至12月),今天是1月31日,理论数量将达到1000,因为这是实际的数量。" +msgstr "理论数据代表理论上可用/可收到的金额。当你12个月的预算是1200 (1月至12月), 今天是1月31日, 理论数量将达到1000, 因为这是实际的数量。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" @@ -2176,40 +2176,40 @@ msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," " and accurate:" -msgstr "在关闭一个财政年度前, 需要做几步以确保你的会计是正确的,最新的,和精确的:" +msgstr "在关闭一个财政年度前, 需要做几步以确保你的会计是正确的, 最新的, 和精确的 :" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." -msgstr "确保你完全核销了* *银行账户(s)* *直至年底, 同时确认登帐期末余额和银行对账单的期末余额一致。" +msgstr "确保你完全核销了 **银行账户(s)** 直至年底, 同时确认登帐期末余额和银行对账单的期末余额一致。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "确认所有**客户发票**已输入和批准。" +msgstr "确认所有 **客户发票** 已输入和批准。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "确认您已输入并同意的所有 **供应商账单**。" +msgstr "确认您已输入并同意的所有 **供应商账单** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "审核所有的费用，保证其正确。" +msgstr "审核所有的费用, 保证其正确。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." -msgstr "证实,所有的 **received payments**已登记并准确记录。" +msgstr "证实, 所有的 **received payments** 已登记并准确记录。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "年终检查表" +msgstr "年终（科目）余额" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "运行 **税报表**, 并验证你的税务信息是正确的。" +msgstr "运行 **税报表** , 并验证你的税务信息是正确的。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" @@ -2219,20 +2219,20 @@ msgstr "在 **资产负债表** 上核销所有科目 :" msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用* *Bank Reconciliation* *报表来辅助。" +msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用 **Bank Reconciliation** 报表来辅助。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "通过运行**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables**报表, 核销所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" +msgstr "通过运行 **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** 报表, 核销所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "检查你的科目, 确定理解所有交易对科目的影响和交易的性质,确保包括贷款和固定资产。" +msgstr "检查你的科目, 确定理解所有交易对科目的影响和交易的性质, 确保包括贷款和固定资产。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2241,35 +2241,35 @@ msgid "" "Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" " the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "运行选项* *付款匹配 * *特性, 在仪表盘上的下拉* *更多 * *,验证所有* *供应商账单* *和* * 客户发票* *以及他们的付款。这一步是可选的, 如果所有未付款和发票已核销, 同时可能会发现系统中的错误,但是它可能帮助年终操作, 。" +msgstr "运行选项 **付款匹配** 特性, 在仪表盘上的下拉 **更多** , 验证所有 **供应商账单** 和 **客户发票** 以及他们的付款。这一步是可选的, 如果所有未付款和发票已核销, 同时可能会发现系统中的错误, 但是它可能帮助年终操作, 。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" -msgstr "你的会计/登记员可能会验证您的资产负债表项目和登记凭证:" +msgstr "你的会计/登记员可能会验证您的资产负债表项目和登记凭证 :" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "年终手动调整,使用* *Adviser Journal Entries* *菜单(例如,* *当年收入* * 和* *留存收益* *报告)。" +msgstr "年终手动调整, 使用 **Adviser Journal Entries** 菜单(例如, **当年收入** 和 **留存收益** 报告)。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**进行中**." +msgstr " **工作进度** ." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "**折旧分类账分录**" +msgstr "折旧帐簿明细" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**贷款**" +msgstr "贷款" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**税金调整**" +msgstr "纳税调整" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -2277,7 +2277,7 @@ msgid "" "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " "loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " "these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "如果你的会计正经历今年年底审计,他们可能想要复印纸质的所有资产负债表项目(如贷款、银行账户、预付款、销项税,等等…), 这些应与Odoo内的余额一致。" +msgstr "如果你的会计正经历今年年底审计, 他们可能想要复印纸质的所有资产负债表项目(如贷款、银行账户、预付款、销项税, 等等…), 这些应与Odoo内的余额一致。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -2300,7 +2300,7 @@ msgid "" " date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " "Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "在Odoo, 不需要做一个特定的年底关闭凭证以关闭损益表科目。这些报表实时产生,这意味着* *损益表* *直接对应于您指定的年终Odoo日期。因此,任何时候你生成* *损益表* *,开始日期与* * 财政年度* *一致, 科目余额都是0。" +msgstr "在Odoo, 不需要做一个特定的年底关闭凭证以关闭损益表科目。这些报表实时产生, 这意味着 **损益表** 直接对应于您指定的年终Odoo日期。因此, 任何时候你生成 **损益表** , 开始日期与 **财政年度** 一致, 科目余额都是0。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@ msgid "" " of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " "or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " "reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "一旦会计创建凭证用于分配* *当年利润* *,你应该设置本财政年度的最后一天为* *锁定日期* *。确保在这样做之前,您确认是否当前年度收入* *资产负债表 * *中正确余额为0。" +msgstr "一旦会计创建凭证用于分配 **当年利润** , 你应该设置本财政年度的最后一天为 **锁定日期** 。确保在这样做之前, 您确认是否当前年度收入 **资产负债表** 中正确余额为0。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" @@ -2317,13 +2317,13 @@ msgstr "分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "如何追踪采购成本，费用，外包合同？" +msgstr "如何追踪采购成本, 费用, 外包合同？" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." -msgstr "多亏分析会计, 我们可以跟踪采购成本,费用和分包的会计模块。" +msgstr "多亏分析会计, 我们可以跟踪采购成本, 费用和分包的会计模块。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2332,13 +2332,13 @@ msgid "" "We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" " as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" " to the project." -msgstr "我们将使用以下的例子。我们售了套咨询方案给客户。方案包容了所有, 意思是没有额外成本。我们不过想遵循需要被附加到这个交易的成本, 例如采购,费用,和分包成本。" +msgstr "我们将使用以下的例子。我们售了套咨询方案给客户。方案包容了所有, 意思是没有额外成本。我们不过想遵循需要被附加到这个交易的成本, 例如采购, 费用, 和分包成本。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" -msgstr "下面的模块需要安装跟踪成本。进入应用程序模块和安装以下程序:" +msgstr "下面的模块需要安装跟踪成本。进入应用程序模块和安装以下程序 :" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2346,13 +2346,13 @@ msgid "" "**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " "costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" " the Sales management app as well." -msgstr "请注意,这些应用程序提供的程序只允许我们* *记录* *成本。我们无法向我们的客户自动重新发票。跟踪和* *将成本再开票* *, 你应该安装销售管理应用程序。" +msgstr "请注意, 这些应用程序提供的程序只允许我们 **记录** 成本。我们无法向我们的客户自动重新发票。跟踪和 **将成本再开票** , 你应该安装销售管理应用程序。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:36 msgid "" "You can refer to the following docs about reinvoicing costs through " "analytical accounts: :doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting`" -msgstr "关于使用分析账户, 您可以参考以下文档: doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting`" +msgstr "关于使用分析账户, 您可以参考以下文档 : doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting` " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:40 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" @@ -2363,13 +2363,13 @@ msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " "accounting box." -msgstr "下一步是启动分析会计。在会计软件,选择:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 选择分析会计。" +msgstr "下一步是启动分析会计。在会计软件, 选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 选择分析会计。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:49 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and thick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." -msgstr "此外,向下滚动,点击 **Analytic accounting for purchases** 选项框。" +msgstr "此外, 向下滚动, 点击 **Analytic accounting for purchases** 选项框。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Don't forget to save our changes." @@ -2385,7 +2385,7 @@ msgid "" "all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." -msgstr "首先, 你应该创建一个分析科目用来记录所有的费用。输入会计应用程序,选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. 创建一个新的。在这种情况下, 我们将称之为“咨询包”, 为我们的客户Smith&Co所创建。" +msgstr "首先, 你应该创建一个分析科目用来记录所有的费用。输入会计应用程序, 选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts` . 创建一个新的。在这种情况下, 我们将称之为“咨询包”, 为我们的客户Smith&Co所创建。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." @@ -2403,7 +2403,7 @@ msgstr "我们先登记一个费用。我们的IT技术人员乘火车去看我 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:78 msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "创建费用产品" +msgstr "创建一个费用产品" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -2411,7 +2411,7 @@ msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " "product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" " the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." -msgstr "我们首先需要创建一个费用性产品。进入* *费用* *模块,点击:menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. 创建一个新产品, 名为火车票, 设置成本价格为15.50欧元。确保**Can be expensed** 已勾选。" +msgstr "我们首先需要创建一个费用性产品。进入 **费用** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products` . 创建一个新产品, 名为火车票, 设置成本价格为15.50欧元。确保 **Can be expensed** 已勾选。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:89 msgid "Book the expense" @@ -2422,13 +2422,13 @@ msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " "discussed above." -msgstr "进入费用模块,点击 :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. 选择火车票产品, 将其链接之前讨论过的科目上。" +msgstr "进入费用模块, 点击 :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create` . 选择火车票产品, 将其链接之前讨论过的科目上。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:98 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." -msgstr "向经理提交,等待经理批准, 和凭证过账. " +msgstr "向经理提交, 等待经理批准, 和凭证过账." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" @@ -2446,14 +2446,14 @@ msgid "" "Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. " "Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm " "the sale." -msgstr "我们还需要为我们的客户买一个软件。在购买应用程序中, 创建一个软件产品的购买订单。(请参考以下文档:doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`). 在产品行上, 我们可以将成本链接到分析科目上。指定订单行, 选择正确的分析科目。确认销售。" +msgstr "我们还需要为我们的客户买一个软件。在购买应用程序中, 创建一个软件产品的购买订单。(请参考以下文档 :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` ). 在产品行上, 我们可以将成本链接到分析科目上。指定订单行, 选择正确的分析科目。确认销售。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " "account." -msgstr "收货并登记发票。发票一旦进入成本价格(* *供应商价格* *字段)同时将记录在分析科目上。" +msgstr "收货并登记发票。发票一旦进入成本价格( **供应商价格** 字段)同时将记录在分析科目上。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:121 msgid "Subcontracting" @@ -2471,11 +2471,11 @@ msgstr "采购模块可以使用相同的方式, 就如之前的分包处理。 msgid "" "For more information about subcontracting please refer to the following " "document: :doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting`" -msgstr "关于分包的更多信息, 请参考以下文档:doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting`" +msgstr "关于分包的更多信息, 请参考以下文档 :doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting` " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "你也可以用工时表跟踪成本,请参阅: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "你也可以用工时表跟踪成本, 请参阅 : : doc :`timesheets` " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "Track costs in accounting" @@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ msgstr "现在一切都是入账并指到分析账户。只是打开它检查科 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "进入会计模块,点击 :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "进入会计模块, 点击 :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts` ." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -2504,7 +2504,7 @@ msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " "analytical account." -msgstr "收入的话, 在发票菜单下开具'咨询包'的发票, 将发票行链接到分析科目。" +msgstr "收入的话, 在发票菜单下开具 '咨询包' 的发票, 将发票行链接到分析科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" @@ -2524,21 +2524,21 @@ msgid "" "**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " "would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " "compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." -msgstr "我们采用以下例子：我们两位雇员**Harry Potter** 和 **Cedric Digory** 都为我们的客户** Smith&Co **提供**Consultancy pack**工作。哈利每小时支付18€，塞德里克的工资是每小时 12€ 。我们用会计应用中跟踪他们的工时费，并比较他们咨询服务收益。" +msgstr "我们采用以下例子 :我们两位雇员 **Harry Potter** 和 **Cedric Digory** 都为我们的客户 **Smith&Co** 提供 **Consultancy pack** 工作。哈利每小时支付18€, 塞德里克的工资是每小时 12€ 。我们用会计应用中跟踪他们的工时费, 并比较他们咨询服务收益。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." -msgstr "首先,安装必要的三个应用程序,即**Accounting**, **Sales** 和 **Timesheet**. 。进入应用程序模块, 并安装它们。" +msgstr "首先, 安装必要的三个应用程序, 即 **Accounting** , **Sales** 和 **Timesheet** . 。进入应用程序模块, 并安装它们。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" "Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" -msgstr "接下来您将需要启用分析会计。这样, 进入**Accounting app**。选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` 和点击 **Analytic accounting** 选项(见下图)" +msgstr "接下来您将需要启用分析会计。这样, 进入 **Accounting app** 。选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` 和点击 **Analytic accounting** 选项(见下图)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." @@ -2553,14 +2553,14 @@ msgid "" "In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " "new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." -msgstr "为了检查员工的收入,你需要有一个。进入**Employee** 应用, 创建一个员工。选择**Employee** ,并创建一个新员工,填写名称和基本信息。" +msgstr "为了检查员工的收入, 你需要有一个。进入 **Employee** 应用, 创建一个员工。选择 **Employee** , 并创建一个新员工, 填写名称和基本信息。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" "On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." -msgstr "在员工表上进入 **HR settings** 选项卡。在这里你可以指定员工的* *工时成本* *。在这种情况下,哈利花费18欧元/小时。在这个字段我们将填写18。" +msgstr "在员工表上进入 **HR settings** 选项卡。在这里你可以指定员工的 **工时成本** 。在这种情况下, 哈利花费18欧元/小时。在这个字段我们将填写18。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -2572,7 +2572,7 @@ msgstr "如果你希望员工能够进入工时表, 他需要相关用户。" msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." -msgstr "重复操作, 创建员工Cedric Digory。别忘了指定相关用户和* *工时表成本 * *。" +msgstr "重复操作, 创建员工Cedric Digory。别忘了指定相关用户和 **工时表成本** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" @@ -2590,14 +2590,14 @@ msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." -msgstr "因此我们需要创建一个* *销售订单* * , 产品是* *服务 * *, * *基于时间和材料* *开票, 公式以小时为单位。" +msgstr "因此我们需要创建一个 **销售订单** , 产品是 **服务** , **基于时间和材料** 开票, 公式以小时为单位。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " "material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " "Progress)." -msgstr "有关基于时间和材料, 如何创建销售订单的更多信息请参阅*How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in Progress)." +msgstr "有关基于时间和材料, 如何创建销售订单的更多信息请参阅 *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in Progress)." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -2606,11 +2606,11 @@ msgid "" "is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" " **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" " below)." -msgstr "我们保存一个销售订单, 订单内产品为**External Consulting**. **Sales Order**一旦确认, 分析科目会自动生成。我们的员工将被指定一个科目(在本例中* * SO002-Smith&Co * *), 是为了将工时开票给客户(见下图)。" +msgstr "我们保存一个销售订单, 订单内产品为 **External Consulting** . **Sales Order** 一旦确认, 分析科目会自动生成。我们的员工将被指定一个科目(在本例中 **SO002-Smith&Co** ), 是为了将工时开票给客户(见下图)。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "填写记工单" +msgstr "输入记工单" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -2618,7 +2618,7 @@ msgid "" "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " "the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" " Account** discussed above." -msgstr "一个员工链接到一个用户,哈利可以进入* *工时表* *应用, 为工时单指定相应的合同。登入哈利的帐户, 进入**Timesheet**应用程序, 输入明细行, 指定上面所讨论的* *分析账户* *。" +msgstr "一个员工链接到一个用户, 哈利可以进入 **工时表** 应用, 为工时单指定相应的合同。登入哈利的帐户, 进入 **Timesheet** 应用程序, 输入明细行, 指定上面所讨论的 **分析账户** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." @@ -2629,13 +2629,13 @@ msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "同时, Cedric与客户讨论需要1小时, 指定到他个人的工时表, 也指向 **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "同时, Cedric与客户讨论需要1小时, 指定到他个人的工时表, 也指向 **Analytic Account** ." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." -msgstr "在* *销售订单* *中, 我们注意到交付的时间会自动计算(见下图)。" +msgstr "在 **销售订单** 中, 我们注意到交付的时间会自动计算(见下图)。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 msgid "Analytic accounting" @@ -2646,7 +2646,7 @@ msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " "registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." -msgstr "由于分析科目, 我们能够对人力资源成本和收入有个总的概念。所有交易的收入和成本都将登记在* * SO002-Smith&Co * *科目。" +msgstr "由于分析科目, 我们能够对人力资源成本和收入有个总的概念。所有交易的收入和成本都将登记在 **SO002-Smith&Co** 科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." @@ -2654,7 +2654,7 @@ msgstr "在该情景下我们可以使用两种方式。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "没有过滤" +msgstr "不要过滤" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -2662,14 +2662,14 @@ msgid "" "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " "this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "如果所有项目的成本和收入的分析科目都正确, 我们可以轻松地检索相关的成本和收益。输入*Accounting*应用,选择:menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "如果所有项目的成本和收入的分析科目都正确, 我们可以轻松地检索相关的成本和收益。输入 *Accounting* 应用, 选择 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts` ." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." -msgstr "注意:您可以为 **Analysis**指定一个时间。如果你想打开当前状态, 你应该保持空的字段。我们可以看到借贷方余额。" +msgstr "注意 :您可以为 **Analysis** 指定一个时间。如果你想打开当前状态, 你应该保持空的字段。我们可以看到借贷方余额。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -2689,21 +2689,21 @@ msgstr "有过滤" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." -msgstr "因此我们可以在**分析分录**中过滤该信息。" +msgstr "因此我们可以在 **分析分录** 中过滤该信息。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." -msgstr "进入**Accounting**程序,点击 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Entries`. 在这个菜单中,我们有几个选项来分析人力资源成本。" +msgstr "进入 **Accounting** 程序, 点击 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Entries` . 在这个菜单中, 我们有几个选项来分析人力资源成本。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " "contains the **Sales Order** number." -msgstr "过滤* *分析账户* *, 我们可以看到项目的成本和收入。添加一个自定义的* *过滤器* *: **Analytic Account** 包括 **Sales Order** " +msgstr "过滤 **分析账户** , 我们可以看到项目的成本和收入。添加一个自定义的 **过滤器**: **Analytic Account** 包括 **Sales Order** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -2716,7 +2716,7 @@ msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " "**Graph view** to have a clear overview." -msgstr "我们可以组合不同的分析科目,检查各自的收入。简单的组合 * *分析账户* *并选择* *图形视图* *, 会提供一个清晰的概况。" +msgstr "我们可以组合不同的分析科目, 检查各自的收入。简单的组合 **分析账户** 并选择 **图形视图** , 会提供一个清晰的概况。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" @@ -2724,53 +2724,53 @@ msgstr "分析会计使用案例" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "分析会计可以用于以下几种目的：" +msgstr "分析会计可以用于以下几种目的 :" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "分析公司的成本" +msgstr "公司的成本分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "将工时开票给顾客" +msgstr "给顾客再开记工单发票" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "分析服务或项目的绩效" +msgstr "分析服务或者项目的绩效" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "管理分析会计,你必须激活它, 在 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "管理分析会计, 你必须激活它, 在 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` :" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" -msgstr "说明分析账户, 很明显,你将遵循三个实例,用三种不同类型的公司:" +msgstr "说明分析账户, 很明显, 你将遵循三个实例, 用三种不同类型的公司 :" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "工业公司：成本分析" +msgstr "工业公司 :成本分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "法律公司：为花费的时间开票" +msgstr "法律公司 :花费时间的再开票" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "IT/服务公司：绩效分析" +msgstr "IT/服务公司 :绩效分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "案例1：工业公司：成本分析" +msgstr "案例1 :工业公司: 成本分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." -msgstr "在工业上,你会发现分析科目是基于部门和产品, 是基于公司自己的情况而建。" +msgstr "在工业上, 你会发现分析科目是基于部门和产品, 是基于公司自己的情况而建。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -2783,7 +2783,7 @@ msgstr "目的是按部门/人员和产品检查成本、销售和利润。第 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" -msgstr "* *工业制造公司的分析科目表* *:" +msgstr " **工业制造公司的分析科目表**: " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" @@ -2818,26 +2818,26 @@ msgid "" "entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " "each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " "that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." -msgstr "在日常使用中, 在采购发票上标记分析科目是有用的。当发票被批准后,它会自动生成一般的凭证和分析科目的凭证。每一个一般的凭证, 当部门有发生成本, 至少有一个分析科目凭证。" +msgstr "在日常使用中, 在采购发票上标记分析科目是有用的。当发票被批准后, 它会自动生成一般的凭证和分析科目的凭证。每一个一般的凭证, 当部门有发生成本, 至少有一个分析科目凭证。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" -msgstr "这里可能会出现的会计分录故障，例如上面的例子，分配给各种分析帐户：" +msgstr "这里可能会出现的会计分录故障, 例如上面的例子, 分配给各种分析帐户 :" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr "**总账科目**" +msgstr " **总账科目** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr "**分析账户**" +msgstr " **分析账户** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "**称呼**" +msgstr " **称呼** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 @@ -2847,25 +2847,25 @@ msgstr "**称呼**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "**科目**" +msgstr " **科目** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**借方**" +msgstr " **借方** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**贷方**" +msgstr " **贷方** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "**值**" +msgstr " **值** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" @@ -2977,7 +2977,7 @@ msgid "" "only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " "production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " "accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." -msgstr "这是一个树形结构的例子,你不仅可以分析每个产品的成本范围,而且可以分析整个生产成本。一份报告,涉及一般科目和分析科目, 能按照所给的部门分类。" +msgstr "这是一个树形结构的例子, 你不仅可以分析每个产品的成本范围, 而且可以分析整个生产成本。一份报告, 涉及一般科目和分析科目, 能按照所给的部门分类。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -2997,31 +2997,31 @@ msgid "" "A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " "This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." -msgstr "成本不是分配至销售和营销部门,而是将每个成本分配给其相应的产品范围。这将给你一个分析每种产品的盈利能力范围。" +msgstr "成本不是分配至销售和营销部门, 而是将每个成本分配给其相应的产品范围。这将给你一个分析每种产品的盈利能力范围。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" "Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " "product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" -msgstr "选择一种取决于你如何看待你的营销努力。一般是全球成本分配,或者是每个产品负责自己的营销成本?" +msgstr "选择一种取决于你如何看待你的营销努力。一般是全球成本分配, 或者是每个产品负责自己的营销成本?" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "案例2：法律公司：人力资源的成本？" +msgstr "案例2 :法律公司: 人力资源的成本？" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" "Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" " given file/analytic account." -msgstr "律师事务所普遍采用案例管理,每个案例代表了当前客户端文件。所有的费用和产品被添加到一个给定的文件/分析账户。" +msgstr "律师事务所普遍采用案例管理, 每个案例代表了当前客户端文件。所有的费用和产品被添加到一个给定的文件/分析账户。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." -msgstr "律师事务所的主要关注的是工时的发票,和每个案件每个员工的盈利。" +msgstr "律师事务所的主要关注的是工时的发票, 和每个案件每个员工的盈利。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -3030,13 +3030,13 @@ msgid "" "integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " "cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " "cost." -msgstr "编码工作时间机制将在时间表文档中详细介绍。像大多数系统流程,工作时间集成到分析会计。在员工的表格中,指定员工的成本。每小时的费用是员工的成本的函数。" +msgstr "编码工作时间机制将在时间表文档中详细介绍。像大多数系统流程, 工作时间集成到分析会计。在员工的表格中, 指定员工的成本。每小时的费用是员工的成本的函数。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." -msgstr "所以律师事务所将选择一个分析表示,反映了员工为不同客户工作的时间管理。" +msgstr "所以律师事务所将选择一个分析表示, 反映了员工为不同客户工作的时间管理。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -3045,7 +3045,7 @@ msgid "" "invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" " have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" " basis of the hourly cost per employee." -msgstr "不同情况下的账单有点不寻常。一般的情况下, 不匹配任何科目的凭证不是来自采购或销售发票。他们所代表的各种分析操作,在一般科目中找不到确切的匹配。他们是计算每个员工的每小时成本的基础。" +msgstr "不同情况下的账单有点不寻常。一般的情况下, 不匹配任何科目的凭证不是来自采购或销售发票。他们所代表的各种分析操作, 在一般科目中找不到确切的匹配。他们是计算每个员工的每小时成本的基础。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -3055,21 +3055,21 @@ msgid "" "relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " "the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " "depending on the time actually worked." -msgstr "在月底支付工资和福利时, 你将它们集成到一般帐户,而不是在分析账户,因为他们在发票时已登记。一份报告,相关的数据来自于分析账户和一般账户, 然后你可以比较总数,所以你可以调整你的估计每个员工每小时成本." +msgstr "在月底支付工资和福利时, 你将它们集成到一般帐户, 而不是在分析账户, 因为他们在发票时已登记。一份报告, 相关的数据来自于分析账户和一般账户, 然后你可以比较总数, 所以你可以调整你的估计每个员工每小时成本." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" -msgstr "下表显示了不同分析凭证的例子,你可以找到分析科目:" +msgstr "下表显示了不同分析凭证的例子, 你可以找到分析科目 :" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "**总量**" +msgstr " **总量** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr "**总账科目**" +msgstr " **总账科目** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" @@ -3173,7 +3173,7 @@ msgstr "这种结构能让您具体看到多种交易盈利能力。" msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "关于利润的更多细节,请阅读以下文档 :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "关于利润的更多细节, 请阅读以下文档 :doc:`timesheets` " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -3182,23 +3182,23 @@ msgid "" " recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " "invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " "products that manage timesheet or expenses ." -msgstr "但分析会计并不局限于一个简单的对不同客户的盈利能力的分析。在月底, 相同的数据可以用于自动开票给客户. 开票给客户,就将分析帐户链接到销售订单和销售产品,管理工时表或费用。" +msgstr "但分析会计并不局限于一个简单的对不同客户的盈利能力的分析。在月底, 相同的数据可以用于自动开票给客户. 开票给客户, 就将分析帐户链接到销售订单和销售产品, 管理工时表或费用。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "案例3：IT服务公司：绩效分析" +msgstr "案例3 :IT服务公司: 绩效分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" -msgstr "大多数IT服务公司都面临者如下问题：" +msgstr "大多数IT服务公司都面临者如下问题 :" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," -msgstr "项目计划，" +msgstr "项目计划," #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," -msgstr "开票，项目的盈利能力和财务跟踪，" +msgstr "开票, 项目的盈利能力和财务跟踪," #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." @@ -3208,7 +3208,7 @@ msgstr "管理支持合同。" msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." -msgstr "为了处理这些问题,你会用项目和销售订单结构的分析科目表。" +msgstr "为了处理这些问题, 你会用项目和销售订单结构的分析科目表。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -3224,7 +3224,7 @@ msgid "" "the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " "create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " "an analytic account" -msgstr "但现在看看支持合同。这些合同通常局限于一个预付的工时数。每个过账到分析账户的服务显示剩余的支持时间。管理支持合同,您将创建一个产品配置为发票订单, 链接销售订单到分析账户. " +msgstr "但现在看看支持合同。这些合同通常局限于一个预付的工时数。每个过账到分析账户的服务显示剩余的支持时间。管理支持合同, 您将创建一个产品配置为发票订单, 链接销售订单到分析账户." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -3233,7 +3233,7 @@ msgid "" "GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " "and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " "contract remain." -msgstr "在Odoo,每个分析行列出了出售或使用的数量, 你通常会发现——含货币单位的合计(美元或英镑,或其他选择)。所以, 你可以得出每一笔销售订单的销售和使用数量, 这些用来确定是否支持合同时间有剩余。" +msgstr "在Odoo, 每个分析行列出了出售或使用的数量, 你通常会发现——含货币单位的合计(美元或英镑, 或其他选择)。所以, 你可以得出每一笔销售订单的销售和使用数量, 这些用来确定是否支持合同时间有剩余。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" @@ -3244,17 +3244,17 @@ msgid "" "Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " "production performance." -msgstr "分析会计能帮助你分析成本和收入。你可以出售或购买服务,跟踪时间和分析生产性能。" +msgstr "分析会计能帮助你分析成本和收入。你可以出售或购买服务, 跟踪时间和分析生产性能。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." -msgstr "分析会计灵活, 方便使用. 可应用于所有程序(销售、采购、工时、生产、发票,…)。" +msgstr "分析会计灵活, 方便使用. 可应用于所有程序(销售、采购、工时、生产、发票, …)。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "怎么理解科目类型，如何配置呢？" +msgstr "怎么理解科目类型, 如何配置呢？" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 msgid "What is an account type ?" @@ -3271,7 +3271,7 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " "country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " "generate opening entries." -msgstr "在Odoo,账户类型用于信息的目的,来生成特定国家的法律报告,制定规则关闭一个财政年度,生成凭证。" +msgstr "在Odoo, 账户类型用于信息的目的, 来生成特定国家的法律报告, 制定规则关闭一个财政年度, 生成凭证。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -3287,19 +3287,19 @@ msgstr "odoo中有哪些科目类型？" msgid "" "Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " "types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "Odoo涵盖所有会计类型。因此,您不能创建新帐户类型。只选择一个与您的帐户有关的类型。" +msgstr "Odoo涵盖所有会计类型。因此, 您不能创建新帐户类型。只选择一个与您的帐户有关的类型。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "**科目类型列表**" +msgstr " **科目类型列表** " #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "应收" +msgstr "应收账款" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 msgid "Payable" -msgstr "应付" +msgstr "应付账款" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 msgid "Bank and Cash" @@ -3320,7 +3320,7 @@ msgstr "预付账款" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "固定资产" +msgstr "长期资产" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 msgid "Current Liabilities" @@ -3356,7 +3356,7 @@ msgstr "折旧" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "费用" +msgstr "费用报销" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 msgid "Direct Costs" @@ -3364,40 +3364,40 @@ msgstr "直接成本" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "如何配置科目？" +msgstr "我如何来配置我的科目？" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " "By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " "related to your country." -msgstr "在创建科目表时, 科目类型会自动产生。默认情况下,Odoo提供了大量的会计科目表,只安装一个与你的国家有关。" +msgstr "在创建科目表时, 科目类型会自动产生。默认情况下, Odoo提供了大量的会计科目表, 只安装一个与你的国家有关。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 msgid "" "It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " "you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "它将安装通用账户。但是如果它不涵盖你所有的情况,你也可以创建自己的帐户。" +msgstr "它将安装通用账户。但是如果它不涵盖你所有的情况, 你也可以创建自己的帐户。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 msgid "" "If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " "installed." -msgstr "如果你是Saas用户，贵国的科目表会自动安装。" +msgstr "如果你是Saas用户, 贵国的科目表会自动安装。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " "button." -msgstr "要创建一个新科目，转到会计应用模块。打开菜单:menuselection:'顾问 -->科目表'，点击**新建**按钮。" +msgstr "要创建一个新科目, 转到会计应用模块。打开菜单 :menuselection: '顾问 -->科目表' , 点击 **新建** 按钮。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "" "Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " "legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" " entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "科目类型用于信息目的, 用来生成特定国家的法定报告, 制定关闭一个财政年度以及生成开帐分录的规则。" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" @@ -3422,7 +3422,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看*新建会计科目*" +msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看 *新建会计科目*" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" @@ -3438,7 +3438,7 @@ msgid "" "`__, one of " "the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" " average cost." -msgstr "在 `*inventory valuation page* `__, 一个可能的成本方式是你可以使用永恒的库存成本估值方式,平均成本。" +msgstr "在 ` *inventory valuation page* ` __, 一个可能的成本方式是你可以使用永恒的库存成本估值方式, 平均成本。" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -3448,11 +3448,11 @@ msgid "" "is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " "to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " "standard of FIFO)." -msgstr "本文档能解决一个经常性的问题, 使用这种方法使他们的股票估价: 退还给供应商的货将如何影响平均成本和会计凭证吗? 本文档* * 只* *具体定义了永恒估值(而不是周期性)和平均价格成本核算方法(而不是标准的FIFO)。" +msgstr "本文档能解决一个经常性的问题, 使用这种方法使他们的股票估价 : 退还给供应商的货将如何影响平均成本和会计凭证吗? 本文档 **只** 具体定义了永恒估值(而不是周期性)和平均价格成本核算方法(而不是标准的FIFO)。" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "平均成本定义" +msgstr "平均成本的定义" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -3464,18 +3464,18 @@ msgstr "平均成本法, 在计算期末存货和销货成本的基础上, 计 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" -msgstr "加权平均单位成本计算使用以下公式:" +msgstr "加权平均单位成本计算使用以下公式 :" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" -msgstr "新产品到达仓库时,重新计算新的平均成本为:" +msgstr "新产品到达仓库时, 重新计算新的平均成本为 :" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" -msgstr "当产品离开仓库:平均成本* *不* *变化" +msgstr "当产品离开仓库 :平均成本 **不** 变化" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" @@ -3487,7 +3487,7 @@ msgid "" "not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " "the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " "products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." -msgstr "购买价格是接收产品时的暂估 (您可能没有收到供应商发票)和评估单据。购买价格包括支付产品成本,但它也可能包括额外的成本,像到岸成本。" +msgstr "购买价格是接收产品时的暂估 (您可能没有收到供应商发票)和评估单据。购买价格包括支付产品成本, 但它也可能包括额外的成本, 像到岸成本。" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" @@ -3555,7 +3555,7 @@ msgstr "以$10收到8个产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "+8\\ *$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 @@ -3582,7 +3582,7 @@ msgstr "以$16收到4个产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "+4\\ *$16" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 @@ -3625,7 +3625,7 @@ msgstr "发货10片产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "-10\\ *$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 @@ -3648,21 +3648,21 @@ msgid "" "At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " "logically the purchase price." -msgstr "起初, 平均成本设置为0,因为产品没有库存. 当收到第一个货时, 平均成本成为逻辑上购买价格。" +msgstr "起初, 平均成本设置为0, 因为产品没有库存. 当收到第一个货时, 平均成本成为逻辑上购买价格。" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" "At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " "the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -msgstr "在接收第二单货时,平均成本更新,因为库存总额现在 ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. 我们手头有12件,平均价格每单位是``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "在接收第二单货时, 平均成本更新, 因为库存总额现在\" $80 + 4 *$16 = $144 \". 我们手头有12件, 平均价格每单位是\" $144 / 12 = $12 \"." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" " each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -msgstr "根据定义, 交付的10个产品并不改变平均成本。的确,现在库存价值24美元,因为我们只剩下2件, 每件为“24美元/ 2 = $ 12 ' '。" +msgstr "根据定义, 交付的10个产品并不改变平均成本。的确, 现在库存价值24美元, 因为我们只剩下2件, 每件为“24美元/ 2 = $ 12 '' 。" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" @@ -3677,7 +3677,7 @@ msgstr "如果收到货后退货, 将使用平均成本公式减少库存成本( #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" -msgstr "意味着以上表格将会按照如下更新：" +msgstr "意味着以上表格将会按照如下更新 :" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 @@ -3691,7 +3691,7 @@ msgstr "以原始购买价格$10退回1个产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "-1\\ *$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 @@ -3703,21 +3703,21 @@ msgstr "1" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" -msgstr "解释:反例" +msgstr "解释 :反例" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" "Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," " you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." -msgstr "记得* *平均成本 * *的定义,说出库时不更新产品的平均成本。如果你打破这个规则,你可能会导致库存不一致。" +msgstr "记得 **平均成本** 的定义, 说出库时不更新产品的平均成本。如果你打破这个规则, 你可能会导致库存不一致。" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" "As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " "purchased it). Here is the operation:" -msgstr "作为一个例子,当你向客户交货并退货给供应商(购买的成本)。这是操作:" +msgstr "作为一个例子, 当你向客户交货并退货给供应商(购买的成本)。这是操作 :" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 @@ -3726,39 +3726,39 @@ msgstr "给客户发货1片产品" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "-1\\ *$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "**$2**" +msgstr " **$2** " #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" -msgstr "**0**" +msgstr " **0** " #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." -msgstr "正如你所看到的在这个例子中,这是不正确的:0件产品2美元的存货估价在仓库里。" +msgstr "正如你所看到的在这个例子中, 这是不正确的 :0件产品2美元的存货估价在仓库里。" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" -msgstr "正确的场景应该是返回货物目前的平均成本:" +msgstr "正确的场景应该是返回货物目前的平均成本 :" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "**$0**" +msgstr " **$0** " #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." -msgstr "另一方面,利用平均成本估值退货, 确保正确的库存价值。" +msgstr "另一方面, 利用平均成本估值退货, 确保正确的库存价值。" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" @@ -3771,14 +3771,14 @@ msgid "" "product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " "receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." -msgstr "人们在使用* *anglo saxon accounting * *会计原则,还有另一个概念需考虑:产品的入库科目, 这是为了保存收票时的价值。所以这个账户在收货时会增加, 收到发票时会减少. " +msgstr "人们在使用 **anglo saxon accounting** 会计原则, 还有另一个概念需考虑 :产品的入库科目, 这是为了保存收票时的价值。所以这个账户在收货时会增加, 收到发票时会减少." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" "Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" " price:" -msgstr "回到我们的例子中,我们看到,当退货时按平均价格, 输入的价格是原购买价格:" +msgstr "回到我们的例子中, 我们看到, 当退货时按平均价格, 输入的价格是原购买价格 :" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" @@ -3806,11 +3806,11 @@ msgstr "收到供应商的账单$64" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "**$10**" +msgstr " **$10** " #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "**$12**" +msgstr " **$12** " #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" @@ -3827,7 +3827,7 @@ msgid "" "operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" " located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " "average cost and the original purchase price." -msgstr "供应商退款将使用原始的购买价格,所以退货时会零差异,我们需要重用原来的价格。产品类别上的价格差异, 用于记录平均成本和原购买价格之间的差异。" +msgstr "供应商退款将使用原始的购买价格, 所以退货时会零差异, 我们需要重用原来的价格。产品类别上的价格差异, 用于记录平均成本和原购买价格之间的差异。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" @@ -3837,7 +3837,7 @@ msgstr "在付款时登记汇率" msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." -msgstr "任何公司做国际贸易时都会面临这个情况: 不同的货币支付。" +msgstr "任何公司做国际贸易时都会面临这个情况 : 不同的货币支付。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3854,25 +3854,25 @@ msgstr "启用多币种" msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "会计模块,去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` ,勾选* *允许多货币* *,然后点击* *应用* *。" +msgstr "会计模块, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 勾选 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "汇率的配置:menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. 写下汇率, 确保货币是活跃的。" +msgstr "汇率的配置 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies` . 写下汇率, 确保货币是活跃的。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." -msgstr "在本文档中,基础货币是* *欧元 * *,我们将收付款记录在* *美元 * *。" +msgstr "在本文档中, 基础货币是 **欧元** , 我们将收付款记录在 **美元** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." -msgstr "您可以从**European Central Bank** 或 **Yahoo**自动获取欧洲央行的汇率。请阅读文档 :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "您可以从 **European Central Bank** 或 **Yahoo** 自动获取欧洲央行的汇率。请阅读文档 :doc:`how_it_works` ." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 @@ -3884,14 +3884,14 @@ msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " "Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "为了用其他货币登记收付款,你必须在账上**remove the currency constraint** 。去财务应用程序,点击* *更多* *和* *设置* *。" +msgstr "为了用其他货币登记收付款, 你必须在账上 **remove the currency constraint** 。去财务应用程序, 点击 **更多** 和 **设置** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " "you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "检查* *货币* *字段是否为空, 或是您将用来登记收付款的外币。如果货币已填写,这意味着你只可以用这种货币登记收付款。" +msgstr "检查 **货币** 字段是否为空, 或是您将用来登记收付款的外币。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你只可以用这种货币登记收付款。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" @@ -3902,7 +3902,7 @@ msgid "" "In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" " currency. Then click on **confirm**." -msgstr "在* *会计 * *应用程序中,至 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击* *确定* *。" +msgstr "在 **会计** 应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments` . 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 **确定** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 @@ -3914,7 +3914,7 @@ msgstr "日记帐分录已过账但不分配。" msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." -msgstr "回到发票(:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`)并点击* *添加* *分配付款。" +msgstr "回到发票( :menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices` )并点击 **添加** 分配付款。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" @@ -3926,14 +3926,14 @@ msgid "" "the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " "currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " "in which it was paid." -msgstr "创建或导入银行对账单。* *合计 * *是公司货币。有两个互补的字段,* *外币额* *是实际用外币支付的金额。" +msgstr "创建或导入银行对账单。 **合计** 是公司货币。有两个互补的字段, **外币额** 是实际用外币支付的金额。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." -msgstr "核销的时候,Odoo将直接与正确的* * 发票* *匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" +msgstr "核销的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" @@ -3944,7 +3944,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." -msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries`, 找到* * Exchange difference* *凭证。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** 凭证。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -3954,17 +3954,17 @@ msgstr "在会计设置上, 可以更改汇率差异账的设置." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure` " #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases` " #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Odoo的多币种是如何工作的？" +msgstr "Odoo多币种是如何工作的？" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -3973,7 +3973,7 @@ msgid "" "currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " "bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " "activities." -msgstr "在Odoo选择使用多种货币选项, 在销售发票,报价和采购订单或收到账单和支付货款时, 可选择货币而不是本位币。用多种货币, 还可以用外币设置银行账户, 也可用于报表。" +msgstr "在Odoo选择使用多种货币选项, 在销售发票, 报价和采购订单或收到账单和支付货款时, 可选择货币而不是本位币。用多种货币, 还可以用外币设置银行账户, 也可用于报表。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" @@ -3983,13 +3983,13 @@ msgstr "开启多币种" msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "会计模块,去:menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 选择* *允许多货币* *,然后点击* *应用* *。" +msgstr "会计模块, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 选择 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "汇兑汇率日记账" +msgstr "汇率分类账" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -3997,11 +3997,11 @@ msgid "" "registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " "month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " "The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "* *率差异账* *记录收款和预计收款之间的差异。例如,如果发票开具1个月后才付款, 汇率可能已经改变了。波动意味着Odoo将记录一些损益。" +msgstr " **率差异账** 记录收款和预计收款之间的差异。例如, 如果发票开具1个月后才付款, 汇率可能已经改变了。波动意味着Odoo将记录一些损益。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "你可以在设置中更改：" +msgstr "你可以在设置中更改 :" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" @@ -4012,17 +4012,17 @@ msgid "" "You can manually configure the currency rates in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " "to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "您可以手动配置的汇率 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. 打开你想要使用的货币并编辑它。确保货币是活跃的。" +msgstr "您可以手动配置的汇率 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies` . 打开你想要使用的货币并编辑它。确保货币是活跃的。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "点击**查看汇率**编辑并查看历史记录：" +msgstr "点击 **查看汇率** 编辑并查看历史记录 :" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "点击**创建**添加汇率，输入日期和汇率。完成后点击**保存**。" +msgstr "点击 **创建** 添加汇率, 输入日期和汇率。完成后点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" @@ -4035,18 +4035,18 @@ msgid "" "converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank `__. " "In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " "Rate** section." -msgstr "默认情况下,货币需要手动更新。但是你可以同步`Yahoo ` __或是 `European Central Bank `__. 在 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, 去* *Live Currency Rate* *部分。" +msgstr "默认情况下,货币需要手动更新。但是你可以同步 `Yahoo ` __或是 `European Central Bank ` __. 在 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 去 **Live Currency Rate** 部分。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" " are set !" -msgstr "选择间隔:手动,每日,每周或每月。你可以强制更新, 通过点击* *现在更新* *。选择供应商,并设置!" +msgstr "选择间隔 :手动, 每日, 每周或每月。你可以强制更新, 通过点击 **现在更新** 。选择供应商, 并设置!" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "只有**有效的**币别被更新" +msgstr "只有 **有效的** 币别被更新" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 msgid "Configure your charts of account" @@ -4057,13 +4057,13 @@ msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " "for this account to have the account currency." -msgstr "在会计应用程序中,去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of Accounts`. 在每个科目,您可以设置一个货币。所有这个账目的账都使用这个货币。" +msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of Accounts` . 在每个科目, 您可以设置一个货币。所有这个账目的账都使用这个货币。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." -msgstr "如果留空，就意味着可以处理所有有效的币别。" +msgstr "如果留空, 就意味着可以处理所有有效的币别。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 msgid "Configure your journals" @@ -4074,7 +4074,7 @@ msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "用外币登记收付款, 需在账上去除货币限制。去财务应用程序,点击* *更多* *和* *设置* *。" +msgstr "用外币登记收付款, 需在账上去除货币限制。去财务应用程序, 点击 **更多** 和 **设置** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 @@ -4082,14 +4082,14 @@ msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " "can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "检查外币的字段是否为空, 或者需要在哪个货币下登记收付款。如果货币已填写,这意味着你可只能用这种货币登记收付款。" +msgstr "检查外币的字段是否为空, 或者需要在哪个货币下登记收付款。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你可只能用这种货币登记收付款。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." -msgstr "现在你在多种货币环境中,所有科目将链接一个货币,国内或国外。" +msgstr "现在你在多种货币环境中, 所有科目将链接一个货币, 国内或国外。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" @@ -4123,7 +4123,7 @@ msgstr "付款登记" msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " "payment and set the currency." -msgstr "在会计应用程序中,去 **Sales > Payments**。登记收付款, 设置货币。" +msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 去 **Sales > Payments** 。登记收付款, 设置货币。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 msgid "Bank Statements" @@ -4135,7 +4135,7 @@ msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " "actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." -msgstr "当创建或导入银行对账单, 是本位币的金额。但是现在有两个字段,实际支付的金额和原币支付的金额。" +msgstr "当创建或导入银行对账单, 是本位币的金额。但是现在有两个字段, 实际支付的金额和原币支付的金额。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -4149,16 +4149,16 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." -msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries`, 找到* * Exchange difference* *凭证。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** 凭证。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr " :doc:`invoices_payments` " #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr " :doc:`exchange` " #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" @@ -4184,7 +4184,7 @@ msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." -msgstr "在创建发票时,改变货币很容易; 然而公司本位币是作为一个默认值。Odoo将自动将外币转换成本位币." +msgstr "在创建发票时, 改变货币很容易; 然而公司本位币是作为一个默认值。Odoo将自动将外币转换成本位币." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" @@ -4194,14 +4194,14 @@ msgstr "启用多币种" msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "更多多货币的信息,请阅读文档:医生: :doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "更多多货币的信息, 请阅读文档 :医生: :doc:`how_it_works` " #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "为了用其他货币登记收付款,你必须在账上**remove the currency constraint** 。去财务应用程序,点击* *更多* *和* *设置* *。" +msgstr "为了用其他货币登记收付款, 你必须在账上 **remove the currency constraint** 。去财务应用程序, 点击 **更多** 和 **设置** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" @@ -4224,7 +4224,7 @@ msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " "Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "在会计应用程序中,至 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击* *确定* *。" +msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments` . 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 **确定** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" @@ -4235,18 +4235,18 @@ msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." -msgstr "核销的时候,Odoo将直接与正确的* * 发票* *匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" +msgstr "核销的时候, Odoo将直接与正确的 **发票** 匹配。你会看到的发票货币下的金额及本位币下的总额。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." -msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries`, 找到* * Exchange difference* *凭证。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** 凭证。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr " :doc:`how_it_works` " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 @@ -4263,7 +4263,7 @@ msgid "" "Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " "new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" " to suit your needs is now easier than ever." -msgstr "Odoo 9提供了一个有用且便捷的报告框架。创建新报告(如税收报告或资产负债表, 在指定国家),以适应您的需求, 现在比以往更容易。" +msgstr "Odoo 9提供了一个有用且便捷的报告框架。创建新报告(如税收报告或资产负债表, 在指定国家), 以适应您的需求, 现在比以往更容易。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 msgid "Activate the developer mode" @@ -4274,11 +4274,11 @@ msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " "**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " "user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "进入财务报告创建界面, 需激活* * 开发人员模式* *。要做到这一点,首先在右上角目录中点击用户资料,然后点击**About* *。" +msgstr "进入财务报告创建界面, 需激活 **开发人员模式** 。要做到这一点,首先在右上角目录中点击用户资料,然后点击 **About** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "点击：**激活开发者模式**。" +msgstr "点击 : **激活开发者模式** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 msgid "Create your financial report" @@ -4288,21 +4288,21 @@ msgstr "创建财务报表" msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "首先,您需要创建您的财务报告。要做到这一点,去:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "首先, 您需要创建您的财务报告。要做到这一点, 去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports` " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" -msgstr "一旦命名,还需配置两个参数:" +msgstr "一旦命名, 还需配置两个参数 :" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "**显示借方和贷方栏位**" +msgstr " **显示借方和贷方栏位** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "**分析期间 ** :" +msgstr " **分析期间**: " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" @@ -4331,30 +4331,30 @@ msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "创建了报告之后,需要填充行。他们都需要一个* *姓名* *,* * 代码* *(用于行),* *序列号* *和* *级* *(用于补充行)。" +msgstr "创建了报告之后, 需要填充行。他们都需要一个 **姓名** , **代码** (用于行), **序列号** 和 **级** (用于补充行)。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" -msgstr "在* *公式* *字段可以添加一个或多个列公式到余额行 (和借方和贷方列如果适用-隔开;)" +msgstr "在 **公式** 字段可以添加一个或多个列公式到余额行 (和借方和贷方列如果适用-隔开;)" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "在公式中有几个可用对象：" +msgstr "在公式中有几个可用对象 :" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." -msgstr "``Ndays`` : 选择的期间的天数 (报表的日期范围)。" +msgstr "\" Ndays \" : 选择的期间的天数 (报表的日期范围)。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "另一份报告,引用的代码。使用“。平衡“获得其余额(也可用``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "另一份报告, 引用的代码。使用“。平衡“获得其余额(也可用\" .credit \",\" .debit \"and\" .amount_residual \")" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -4364,38 +4364,38 @@ msgid "" "formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " "domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " "by one of their columns." -msgstr "一行也来自所选域的科目的总和。在何种情况下, 需要填写域字段. 然后一个额外的对象可以在公式,即' '和' ',科目的总和。您还可以使用group by字段组合科目行。" +msgstr "一行也来自所选域的科目的总和。在何种情况下, 需要填写域字段. 然后一个额外的对象可以在公式, 即 '' 和 '' , 科目的总和。您还可以使用group by字段组合科目行。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "其余有用的字段：" +msgstr "其余有用的字段 :" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "**类型**：公式结果的类型。 " +msgstr " **类型**: 公式结果的类型。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "* *正数增长是好的吗* *:在计算比较列时使用。检查增长是否是好事(显示在绿色)。" +msgstr " **正数增长是好的吗**: 在计算比较列时使用。检查增长是否是好事(显示在绿色)。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "* *特别日期改变 * *:如果报表中一个特定的行不应使用与其余部分相同的日期。" +msgstr " **特别日期改变**: 如果报表中一个特定的行不应使用与其余部分相同的日期。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "**Show domain** : 显示行的域。可以折叠(“默认”, 藏在开始处, 但可以展开),“总是”(总是显示)或“never”(永远不会)。" +msgstr " **Show domain**: 显示行的域。可以折叠(“默认”, 藏在开始处, 但可以展开), “总是”(总是显示)或“never”(永远不会)。" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr " :doc:`main_reports` " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 msgid "What are the main reports available?" @@ -4406,47 +4406,47 @@ msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " "countries :" -msgstr "除了每个本地化模块创建报表, 有一些非常有用的* *generic* * 和**dynamic reports**也非常有用:" +msgstr "除了每个本地化模块创建报表, 有一些非常有用的 **generic** 和 **dynamic reports** 也非常有用 :" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "**余额表 **" +msgstr " **资产负债表** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "**损益**" +msgstr " **损益表** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "**科目表**" +msgstr " **科目表** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "**经营综合报告**" +msgstr " **执行概要** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "**总账**" +msgstr " **总账** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "**应付账龄**" +msgstr " **到期应付** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "**应收账龄**" +msgstr " **到期应收** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "**现金流量报表**" +msgstr " **现金流量表** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "**税表**" +msgstr " **税金报告** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**银行对账**" +msgstr " **银行对账** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -4494,7 +4494,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "经营综合报告" +msgstr "执行概要" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -4510,11 +4510,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "**绩效:**" +msgstr " **绩效 :** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "**毛利润：**" +msgstr " **毛利润 :** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -4524,7 +4524,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "**净利润：**" +msgstr " **净利润 :** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -4536,7 +4536,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**投资回报率(每年)：**" +msgstr " **投资回报率(每年) :** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -4546,11 +4546,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "**位置:**" +msgstr " **位置 :** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**平均债务人天数：**" +msgstr " **平均债务人天数 :** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -4560,7 +4560,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**平均债权人天数：**" +msgstr " **平均债权人天数 :** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -4570,7 +4570,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**短期现金预测：**" +msgstr " **短期现金预测 :** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -4581,7 +4581,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "**流动资产负债：**" +msgstr " **流动资产到负债 :** " #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -4606,7 +4606,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "到期的应付款" +msgstr "到期应付" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -4617,7 +4617,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "到期的应收款" +msgstr "到期应收" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -4627,7 +4627,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "现金流报告" +msgstr "现金流量表" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -4638,7 +4638,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "税务报告" +msgstr "税金报告" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -4649,11 +4649,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "税" +msgstr "税金" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to apply specific taxes by country, state or city?" -msgstr "如何根据国家，省份或者城市设置特定的税？" +msgstr "如何根据国家, 省份或者城市设置特定的税？" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4832,7 +4832,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:132 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create`" +msgstr " :doc:`create` " #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to define new taxes?" @@ -4868,11 +4868,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:27 msgid "When you create a new tax, you can set the following information:" -msgstr "在创建新的税的时候，你可以设置如下信息：" +msgstr "在创建新的税的时候, 你可以设置如下信息 :" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:29 msgid "**Scope**: Sales, Purchases or None (e.g. deprecated tax)" -msgstr "**范围**：销售，采购或者没有(例如，过时的税收)" +msgstr " **范围**: 销售, 采购或者没有(例如, 过时的税收)" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -4909,23 +4909,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:50 msgid "Taxes allow different computation mechanism:" -msgstr "税有不同的计算机制：" +msgstr "税有不同的计算机制 :" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:52 msgid "**Fixed**, example: an eco-tax of $1.34 per battery" -msgstr "**固定的**，例如：每节电池1.34元的生态税" +msgstr " **固定的** , 例如 :每节电池1.34元的生态税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:54 msgid "**Percentage**, example: 15% sales tax" -msgstr "**百分比**，例如：15%的销项税" +msgstr " **百分比** , 例如 :15%的销项税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:56 msgid "**Percentage of price**, tax included: example in brazil" -msgstr "**价格的百分比**，含税：例如巴西" +msgstr " **价格的百分比** , 含税 :例如巴西" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:58 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "**税组**：能使用复合税" +msgstr " **税组**: 能使用复合税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -4943,19 +4943,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:74 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "如果价格中不含税，你会得到：" +msgstr "如果价格中不含税, 你会得到 :" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:76 msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "不含税价格： $100" +msgstr "不含税价格 : $100" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:78 msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "税：$10" +msgstr "税 :$10" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:80 msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "待支付总计： $110" +msgstr "待支付总计 : $110" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:82 msgid "If the tax is included in the price" @@ -4963,15 +4963,15 @@ msgstr "如果税包含在价格中" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:84 msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "不含税价格：90.91" +msgstr "不含税价格 :90.91" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:86 msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "税： $9.09" +msgstr "税 : $9.09" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:88 msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "总计待支付：$100" +msgstr "总计待支付 :$100" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:94 msgid "Stop using a tax" @@ -5011,11 +5011,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application`" +msgstr " :doc:`application` " #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`retention`" -msgstr ":doc:`retention`" +msgstr " :doc:`retention` " #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" @@ -5181,7 +5181,7 @@ msgstr "主要概念" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo之外的会计学" +msgstr "Odoo背后的会计学" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5198,19 +5198,19 @@ msgid "" "Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " "order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "Odoo针对每个业务自动创建背后的会计凭证，包括：客户发票，销售点订单，报销，收发货，等等。" +msgstr "Odoo针对每个业务自动创建背后的会计凭证, 包括 :客户发票, 销售点订单, 报销, 收发货, 等等。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "Odoo采用复式簿记规则：所有日记帐分录自动平衡（借方金额=学分的总和）。" +msgstr "Odoo采用复式簿记规则 :所有日记帐分录自动平衡（借方金额=学分的总和）。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "`__" -msgstr "`理解每个单据的odoo会计交易 `__" +msgstr " `理解每个单据的odoo会计交易 ` __" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" @@ -5221,7 +5221,7 @@ msgid "" "Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "ODOO支持权责发生制和收付实现制的报表。允许你按交易发生时间出收入/费用报表（即，权责发生制），或者按付款时间出收入/费用报表（即，收付实现制）。" +msgstr "ODOO支持权责发生制和收付实现制的报表。允许你按交易发生时间出收入/费用报表（即, 权责发生制）, 或者按付款时间出收入/费用报表（即, 收付实现制）。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" @@ -5232,12 +5232,12 @@ msgid "" "Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "ODOO允许使用一个数据库管理几个公司。每个公司有自己的科目表和规则。依据你的合并规则，你能得到合并报告。" +msgstr "ODOO允许使用一个数据库管理几个公司。每个公司有自己的科目表和规则。依据你的合并规则, 你能得到合并报告。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "用户可以访问几家公司，但总是在同一时间工作于一个公司。" +msgstr "用户可以访问几家公司, 但总是在同一时间工作于一个公司。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" @@ -5250,7 +5250,7 @@ msgid "" "the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " "transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " "reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "每一笔交易都被记录在公司的默认货币。对于其他货币，Odoo同时存储在该公司的货币值和交易货币的价值发生的交易。 Odoo可以在日记项目的核对后产生的货币收益和损失。" +msgstr "每一笔交易都被记录在公司的默认货币。对于其他货币, Odoo同时存储在该公司的货币值和交易货币的价值发生的交易。 Odoo可以在日记项目的核对后产生的货币收益和损失。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -5267,28 +5267,28 @@ msgid "" "implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific " "modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the " "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "Odoo会计支持超过50个国家。每个国家的Odoo核心会计实施的会计准则是通用于所有国家和特定模块的存在，为国家像账目，税收，或银行接口的图表的特殊性。" +msgstr "Odoo会计支持超过50个国家。每个国家的Odoo核心会计实施的会计准则是通用于所有国家和特定模块的存在, 为国家像账目, 税收, 或银行接口的图表的特殊性。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "特别的，Odoo内核会计引擎支持：" +msgstr "特别的, Odoo内核会计引擎支持 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "盎格鲁 - 撒克逊会计（美国，英国,,等英语国家包括爱尔兰，加拿大，澳大利亚和新西兰），其中售出良好的成本报告时，产品主要销往/发表。" +msgstr "盎格鲁 - 撒克逊会计（美国, 英国, , 等英语国家包括爱尔兰, 加拿大, 澳大利亚和新西兰）, 其中售出良好的成本报告时, 产品主要销往/发表。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "欧洲会计，费用记账在供应商帐单。" +msgstr "欧洲会计, 费用记账在供应商帐单。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 msgid "" "Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " "instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "意大利会计，退款发票使用负数借/贷，而不是翻转原始的记账项目。" +msgstr "意大利会计, 退款发票使用负数借/贷, 而不是翻转原始的记账项目。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." @@ -5303,14 +5303,14 @@ msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " "per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "默认，odoo使用单一科目用于所有的应收账款分录，另外一个单一科目用于所有的应付账款分录。你能为你的客户/供应商创建独立的科目，但是没有必要这样做。" +msgstr "默认, odoo使用单一科目用于所有的应收账款分录, 另外一个单一科目用于所有的应付账款分录。你能为你的客户/供应商创建独立的科目, 但是没有必要这样做。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "由于交易关联到客户或供应商，你会得到分别对每个客户/供应商分析的报告，，如客户陈述，按客户的赢收，到期的应收/应付账款，..." +msgstr "由于交易关联到客户或供应商, 你会得到分别对每个客户/供应商分析的报告, , 如客户陈述, 按客户的赢收, 到期的应收/应付账款, ..." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" @@ -5321,16 +5321,16 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" -msgstr "在Odoo，你可以实时生成财务报告。 Odoo的报告范围从高级管理报告的基本会计报告。 Odoo的报告包括：" +msgstr "在Odoo, 你可以实时生成财务报告。 Odoo的报告范围从高级管理报告的基本会计报告。 Odoo的报告包括 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "绩效报告（如损益表，预算差异）" +msgstr "绩效报告（如损益表, 预算差异）" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "位置报告（如资产负债表，到期应付款，到期应收款）" +msgstr "位置报告（如资产负债表, 到期应付款, 到期应收款）" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" @@ -5342,7 +5342,7 @@ msgstr "详细报告（如试算表和总账）" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "管理报告（如预算，执行概要）" +msgstr "管理报告（如预算, 执行概要）" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -5362,7 +5362,7 @@ msgid "" "lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " "have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "银行对帐是一个过程，在总账由银行提供的，你的会计交易相匹配的银行对账单行。 Odoo使得银行对帐容易被频繁导入银行对帐单行从银行直接到你的Odoo帐户。这意味着你可以有你的现金流的日线看，而无需登录到您的网上银行或等待你的论文银行对账单。" +msgstr "银行对帐是一个过程, 在总账由银行提供的, 你的会计交易相匹配的银行对账单行。 Odoo使得银行对帐容易被频繁导入银行对帐单行从银行直接到你的Odoo帐户。这意味着你可以有你的现金流的日线看, 而无需登录到您的网上银行或等待你的论文银行对账单。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -5381,7 +5381,7 @@ msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "Odoo总计所有的会计事项为您的纳税期限，并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后，您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表检查你的销售税。" +msgstr "Odoo总计所有的会计事项为您的纳税期限, 并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后, 您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表检查你的销售税。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "Inventory Valuation" @@ -5398,7 +5398,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo支持定期及自动库存估价。可用的成本方法有标准 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "`__" -msgstr "`查看计价方法对交易的影响 `__" +msgstr " `查看计价方法对交易的影响 ` __" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "Easy retained earnings" @@ -5430,13 +5430,13 @@ msgstr "Odoo是针对21世纪需求设计的完美的会计软件。" msgid "" "Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " "synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "Odoo直接连到你的付款账户。每小时做一次交易同步，核销也是超级快。就像魔法。" +msgstr "Odoo直接连到你的付款账户。每小时做一次交易同步, 核销也是超级快。就像魔法。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 msgid "" "Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " "them." -msgstr "即刻创建发票，点一个按钮就发送出去。不需要打印。" +msgstr "即刻创建发票, 点一个按钮就发送出去。不需要打印。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." @@ -5444,24 +5444,24 @@ msgstr "Odoo可以帮你以电子邮件或普通邮件的方式发送它们。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "你的客户在线付款，意味着你马上就能拿到钱。" +msgstr "你的客户在线付款, 意味着你马上就能拿到钱。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 msgid "" "Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " "inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "Odoo财务和你的所有Odoo模块无缝衔接，如销售、采购、库存、订阅服务。" +msgstr "Odoo财务和你的所有Odoo模块无缝衔接, 如销售、采购、库存、订阅服务。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 msgid "" "This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " "the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "这样，记录供应商的发票也很快。输入供应商，选择采购订单，Odoo会自动为你填充其他字段。" +msgstr "这样, 记录供应商的发票也很快。输入供应商, 选择采购订单, Odoo会自动为你填充其他字段。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "然后，只需调用SEPA协议或打印支票批量付款给供应商。" +msgstr "然后, 只需调用SEPA协议或打印支票批量付款给供应商。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." @@ -5472,17 +5472,17 @@ msgid "" "Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " "to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " "intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "等等，还不仅这些。你会喜欢Odoo的报表。包括外账报表和内帐汇总，快速又灵活。用Odoo商务智能功能浏览贵公司所有数据。" +msgstr "等等, 还不仅这些。你会喜欢Odoo的报表。包括外账报表和内帐汇总, 快速又灵活。用Odoo商务智能功能浏览贵公司所有数据。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " "go." -msgstr "当然，Odoo支持移动设备。你可以用手机随时查看你的科目。" +msgstr "当然, Odoo支持移动设备。你可以用手机随时查看你的科目。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." -msgstr "马上试用Odoo，加入200万欢乐的用户中来。" +msgstr "马上试用Odoo, 加入200万欢乐的用户中来。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" @@ -5492,45 +5492,45 @@ msgstr "GAAP的企业会计" msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." -msgstr "**损益表(P&L)** 反映企业在一个特定期间内的经营状况（一般是当年）" +msgstr " **损益表(P&L)** 反映企业在一个特定期间内的经营状况（一般是当年）" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." -msgstr "**毛利** 等于销售收入减销售成本。" +msgstr " **毛利** 等于销售收入减销售成本。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 msgid "" "**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " "beyond the costs of products sold." -msgstr "**期间费用(OPEX)** 包含管理费用、销售和研发部门的工资，房屋租金，设备，其他支出，保险。也就是不含在销售成本里的所有支出。" +msgstr " **期间费用(OPEX)** 包含管理费用、销售和研发部门的工资, 房屋租金, 设备, 其他支出, 保险。也就是不含在销售成本里的所有支出。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr "**资产负债表** 是某个特定日期企业财务状况的快照。（而损益是针对一个期间的分析）" +msgstr " **资产负债表** 是某个特定日期企业财务状况的快照。（而损益是针对一个期间的分析）" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 msgid "" "**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " "cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." -msgstr "**资产** 是企业拥有的钱和物。固定资产包含建筑物和办公室，流动资产包含银行存款和现金。客户欠款也是资产。员工并不是资产。" +msgstr " **资产** 是企业拥有的钱和物。固定资产包含建筑物和办公室, 流动资产包含银行存款和现金。客户欠款也是资产。员工并不是资产。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." -msgstr "**负债** 是过去事项引起的将来必须支付的款项（租金、借款和应付账款）" +msgstr " **负债** 是过去事项引起的将来必须支付的款项（租金、借款和应付账款）" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." -msgstr "**所有者权益** 是公司投资者（创始人或股东）加上以前年度留存的利润或亏损。" +msgstr " **所有者权益** 是公司投资者（创始人或股东）加上以前年度留存的利润或亏损。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." @@ -5547,7 +5547,7 @@ msgid "" "A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " "having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." -msgstr "资产购置支出和其他费用支出是有区别的。资产的价值不变，而费用的价值体现在公司 \"运作过程\" 中的消耗。" +msgstr "资产购置支出和其他费用支出是有区别的。资产的价值不变, 而费用的价值体现在公司 \" 运作过程\\ \\ \"中的消耗。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" @@ -5578,30 +5578,30 @@ msgid "" "Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " "impacting several accounts." -msgstr "公司的每一份财务单据（如发票、银行回单、工资单、增资合同）都被记录为会计分录，影响几个会计科目。" +msgstr "公司的每一份财务单据（如发票、银行回单、工资单、增资合同）都被记录为会计分录, 影响几个会计科目。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "会计分录要保持 *平衡* ，借方合计必须等于贷方合计。" +msgstr "会计分录要保持 *平衡* , 借方合计必须等于贷方合计。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "各种交易的会计分录的例子。示例：" +msgstr "各种交易的会计分录的例子。示例 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "例1：客户发票：" +msgstr "例1 :客户发票: " #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "解释：" +msgstr "解释 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "产生收入 $ 1,000" +msgstr "产生收入 $ 1, 000" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" @@ -5609,25 +5609,25 @@ msgstr "支付税金 $ 90" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "客户欠 $ 1,090" +msgstr "客户欠 $ 1, 090" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "配置：" +msgstr "配置 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "收入：在产品定义，或者产品类别" +msgstr "收入 :在产品定义, 或者产品类别" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "应收账款：定义在客户" +msgstr "应收账款 :定义在客户" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "税：在发票上线税收集中定义" +msgstr "税 :在发票上线税收集中定义" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -5637,19 +5637,19 @@ msgstr "发票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "例2：客户付款方式：" +msgstr "例2 :客户付款方式: " #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "你的客户欠$ 1,090少" +msgstr "你的客户欠$ 1, 090少" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "你收到$ 1,090您的银行帐户" +msgstr "你收到$ 1, 090您的银行帐户" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "银行账户：在相关的银行存款日记帐定义" +msgstr "银行账户 :在相关的银行存款日记帐定义" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 @@ -5663,24 +5663,24 @@ msgstr "对账" msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." -msgstr "对账是匹配借方和贷方，关联某一指定科目的会计分录行的过程。" +msgstr "对账是匹配借方和贷方, 关联某一指定科目的会计分录行的过程。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 msgid "" "Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " "done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." -msgstr "它的主要目的是关联付款到相关的发票，以便标识发票已经被支付，清理客户对账单。在 *应收账款* 科目上执行对账来完成。" +msgstr "它的主要目的是关联付款到相关的发票, 以便标识发票已经被支付, 清理客户对账单。在 *应收账款* 科目上执行对账来完成。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." -msgstr "当应收账款记账项目与相关的付款记账项目被调节后，发票会被标记为已付。" +msgstr "当应收账款记账项目与相关的付款记账项目被调节后, 发票会被标记为已付。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "对账在这些场景下是被系统自动执行：" +msgstr "对账在这些场景下是被系统自动执行 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" @@ -5804,36 +5804,36 @@ msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " "from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" -msgstr "银行对账是匹配银行对账单明细行（银行提供的）和内部交易（供应商付款或者客户付款）。每个银行对账单行可以：" +msgstr "银行对账是匹配银行对账单明细行（银行提供的）和内部交易（供应商付款或者客户付款）。每个银行对账单行可以 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "与先前记录的付款匹配：" +msgstr "与先前记录的付款匹配 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "当从客户收到支票时，付款已登记，在核对银行对账单时匹配上" +msgstr "当从客户收到支票时, 付款已登记, 在核对银行对账单时匹配上" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "记录为新的付款：" +msgstr "记录为新的付款 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 msgid "" "the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " "` with the related invoice when processing the " "bank statement" -msgstr "在处理银行对账单时，付款的会计分录建立，并与相关的发票 :ref:`reconciled ` 。" +msgstr "在处理银行对账单时, 付款的会计分录建立, 并与相关的发票 :ref:`reconciled ` 。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "记录为另一个交易：" +msgstr "记录为另一个交易 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "银行转账，银行费用等。" +msgstr "银行转账, 银行费用等。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -5849,7 +5849,7 @@ msgstr "支票处理" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" -msgstr "有两种方法来管理的检查和内部电汇：" +msgstr "有两种方法来管理的检查和内部电汇 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" @@ -5863,7 +5863,7 @@ msgstr "1笔日记帐分录和1笔银行对账核销记录" msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "第一个日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。注册银行对账单时，第二个是创建。" +msgstr "第一个日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。注册银行对账单时, 第二个是创建。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 @@ -5926,7 +5926,7 @@ msgid "" "A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" " journal entry." -msgstr "日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。当核对银行对账单，该声明是连接到现有的日记帐分录。" +msgstr "日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。当核对银行对账单, 该声明是连接到现有的日记帐分录。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 msgid "Bank Statement" @@ -6036,7 +6036,7 @@ msgstr "分析条目" msgid "" "Costs or revenues posted to analytic accounts, usually related to journal " "entries." -msgstr "营收或者成本过账到成本账户，通常和会计分录相关。" +msgstr "营收或者成本过账到成本账户, 通常和会计分录相关。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:70 msgid "Sales Receipt" @@ -6162,19 +6162,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "让我们用如下信息创建一张客户发票：" +msgstr "让我们用如下信息创建一张客户发票 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "客户: Agrolait" +msgstr "客户 : Agrolait" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "产品: iMac" +msgstr "产品 : iMac" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "数量: 1" +msgstr "数量 : 1" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" @@ -6182,19 +6182,19 @@ msgstr "单价 : 100" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "税: 15%的税" +msgstr "税 : 15%的税" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "该文档由三部分构成：" +msgstr "该文档由三部分构成 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "在发票上方，有客户信息，" +msgstr "在发票上方, 有客户信息," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "发票的主体有详细的发票行，" +msgstr "发票的主体有详细的发票行," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." @@ -6249,12 +6249,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "**合作伙伴**" +msgstr " **合作伙伴** " #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "**到期日 **" +msgstr " **到期日** " #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 @@ -6298,7 +6298,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "从付款生成的特定的会计分录看起来如下：" +msgstr "从付款生成的特定的会计分录看起来如下 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" @@ -6373,7 +6373,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "客户的账龄报表：" +msgstr "客户的账龄报表 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -6496,26 +6496,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "**应付科目 :**在供应商页面维护" +msgstr " **应付科目 :** 在供应商页面维护" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "**税:**在产品或者订单行上维护" +msgstr " **税 :** 在产品或者订单行上维护" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "**费用科目:**在产品上维护 " +msgstr " **费用科目 :** 在产品上维护" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于盎格鲁 - 撒克逊(US)会计, 分类账分录将会使用以下科目 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **收到的货物 :** 定义在产品表单" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -6606,7 +6606,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr " :doc:`customer_invoice` " #: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" @@ -6629,11 +6629,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "汽车旅行，根据距离按照每单位进行报销(英里或者公里)，" +msgstr "汽车旅行, 根据距离按照每单位进行报销(英里或者公里)," #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "生活费，根据小票进行报销，" +msgstr "生活费, 根据小票进行报销," #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -6663,47 +6663,47 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "一些示例产品可以是：" +msgstr "一些示例产品可以是 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "**出差 (汽车)**" +msgstr " **出差 (汽车)** " #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "产品类型：服务" +msgstr "产品类型 :服务" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "开票策略：基于记工单开票" +msgstr "开票策略 :基于记工单开票" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "费用开票原则：根据销售价格" +msgstr "费用开票原则 :根据销售价格" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "销售价: 0.32" +msgstr "销售价 : 0.32" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 msgid "" "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "计量单位：公里(Km) 或 英里(mile) (需在菜单[销售模块]-->[配置]中勾选\"多个计量单位\"" +msgstr "计量单位 :公里(Km) 或 英里(mile) (需在菜单[销售模块]-->[配置]中勾选\" 多个计量单位\\ \\ \"" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "**酒店**" +msgstr " **酒店** " #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "费用开票原则：基于成本" +msgstr "费用开票原则 :基于成本" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "计量单位：个" +msgstr "计量单位 :个" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -6724,7 +6724,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "Odoo支持两种类型的费用：" +msgstr "Odoo支持两种类型的费用 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" @@ -6751,7 +6751,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "员工登记自己的费用，然后提交给自己的经理" +msgstr "员工登记自己的费用, 然后提交给自己的经理" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" @@ -6765,25 +6765,25 @@ msgstr "会计对会计分录过账" msgid "" "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " "with a payable account)" -msgstr "公司报销员工费用 （员工就像一个供应商，有应付款科目）" +msgstr "公司报销员工费用 （员工就像一个供应商, 有应付款科目）" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 msgid "" "if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " "the customer" -msgstr "如果费用链接到分析帐户，该公司可以重开发票给客户" +msgstr "如果费用链接到分析帐户, 该公司可以重开发票给客户" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "每个费用，员工至少应该登记：" +msgstr "每个费用, 员工至少应该登记 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "描述：应该包含票据／账单的号码参照" +msgstr "描述 :应该包含票据／账单的号码参照" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "一个产品：费用类型" +msgstr "一个产品 :费用类型" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -6832,13 +6832,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "经理能：" +msgstr "经理能 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 msgid "" "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " "bill is missing);" -msgstr "讨论费用索要更多的信息 （例如，单据复印件丢失）;" +msgstr "讨论费用索要更多的信息 （例如, 单据复印件丢失）;" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" @@ -6883,7 +6883,7 @@ msgid "" "To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." " (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " "invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "开发票给顾客，只需单击客户销售订单的发票按钮。（如果你给所有订单整批开票，则会在周/月末自动完成）" +msgstr "开发票给顾客, 只需单击客户销售订单的发票按钮。（如果你给所有订单整批开票, 则会在周/月末自动完成）" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 msgid "Reimburse the employee" @@ -6910,7 +6910,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " "options:" -msgstr "如果一些费用不可以重开发票给客户，你有两个选项 ︰" +msgstr "如果一些费用不可以重开发票给客户, 你有两个选项 ︰" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -6920,11 +6920,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**基于记工单**：重新给客户开票" +msgstr " **基于记工单**: 重新给客户开票" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**基于销售订单：**不给客户重新开票" +msgstr " **基于销售订单 :** 不给客户重新开票" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -6935,7 +6935,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr " :doc:`forecast` " #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" @@ -6953,11 +6953,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." -msgstr "幸运的是，Odoo 提供了适合的工具，有效管理供应商付款订单。" +msgstr "幸运的是, Odoo 提供了适合的工具, 有效管理供应商付款订单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置 :付款条款" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -7093,7 +7093,7 @@ msgstr "美国" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "对于美国，Odoo默认支持支票格式：" +msgstr "对于美国, Odoo默认支持支票格式 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" @@ -7147,7 +7147,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "付款界面字段的解释：" +msgstr "付款界面字段的解释 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" @@ -7245,11 +7245,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 msgid "`Print checks `_" -msgstr "` 打印支票 `_" +msgstr " ` 打印支票 ` _" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" -msgstr "` 银行对账 `_" +msgstr " ` 银行对账 ` _" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" @@ -7335,7 +7335,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "登记付款，随后核销" +msgstr "登记付款, 随后核销" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -7345,13 +7345,13 @@ msgstr "你也可以在付款登记之后对付款进行核销。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "首先，我们来创建一个付款" +msgstr "首先, 我们来创建一个付款" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "这可以在以下处理：`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款 `" +msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款 ` " #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -7364,7 +7364,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "如你所见，账单的状态显示什么已经过账什么还没有过账。" +msgstr "如你所见, 账单的状态显示什么已经过账什么还没有过账。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -7375,7 +7375,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "详情参见银行核销过程，请参阅：" +msgstr "详情参见银行核销过程, 请参阅 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" @@ -7412,7 +7412,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "我们已经创建了以下账单：" +msgstr "我们已经创建了以下账单 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -7432,7 +7432,7 @@ msgstr "现在我们回到银行对账单并打开核销视图。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "带有模型选项的银行对账单的核销，见" +msgstr "带有模型选项的银行对账单的核销, 见" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 @@ -7600,7 +7600,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:168 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr ":doc:`check`" +msgstr " :doc:`check` " #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Supplier Bills" @@ -7706,7 +7706,7 @@ msgstr "如何管理供应商账单？" msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "**采购**程序允许你在同一个地方无缝管理你的采购单，买入的产品，和供应商账单。" +msgstr " **采购** 程序允许你在同一个地方无缝管理你的采购单, 买入的产品, 和供应商账单。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7714,41 +7714,41 @@ msgid "" "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" " and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " "management processes." -msgstr "如果你要设置供应商订单控制流程，首先你要在Odoo里有采购数据.知道什么被采购和收到货是理解你的采购管理流程的第一步。" +msgstr "如果你要设置供应商订单控制流程, 首先你要在Odoo里有采购数据.知道什么被采购和收到货是理解你的采购管理流程的第一步。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "odoo标准工作流程：" +msgstr "odoo标准工作流程 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." -msgstr "从发送一个**申购单**(RFQ)给你的供应商开始。" +msgstr "从发送一个 **申购单** (RFQ)给你的供应商开始。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." -msgstr "一旦供应商接受这询价单，确认这询价单为 **采购订单(PO)**。" +msgstr "一旦供应商接受这询价单, 确认这询价单为 **采购订单(PO)** 。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." -msgstr "确认采购当生成一个**新进货物**如果你采购的是库存产品。" +msgstr "确认采购当生成一个 **新进货物** 如果你采购的是库存产品。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "一旦当你从你的供应商处收到一个**供应商账单**，和前一步收到的货物做一个验证来确保准确性。" +msgstr "一旦当你从你的供应商处收到一个 **供应商账单** , 和前一步收到的货物做一个验证来确保准确性。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." -msgstr "这个过程也许在同一家公司由三个人做，也可能是一个人。" +msgstr "这个过程也许在同一家公司由三个人做, 也可能是一个人。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" @@ -7776,7 +7776,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " "it is important:" -msgstr "当创建产品时，注意**产品类型**字段，这很重要：" +msgstr "当创建产品时, 注意 **产品类型** 字段, 这很重要 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -7799,11 +7799,11 @@ msgid "" "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " "management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" " type to **Service**." -msgstr "建议生成一个**杂项**产品对于那些不是经常采购的并且不需要库存评估和管理的产品。如果你创建类似产品，建议设置产品类型为**服务**." +msgstr "建议生成一个 **杂项** 产品对于那些不是经常采购的并且不需要库存评估和管理的产品。如果你创建类似产品, 建议设置产品类型为 **服务** ." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "管理供应商账单" +msgstr "管理你的供应商账单" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 msgid "Purchasing products or services" @@ -7817,7 +7817,7 @@ msgid "" "Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " "Reference)" -msgstr "从采购程序，你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在**供应商 参考**字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" +msgstr "从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商 参考** 字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -7886,7 +7886,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" " (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "当发票是草稿状态时，你可以做任何更改(比如移走或添加产品行，更改数量，更改价格)" +msgstr "当发票是草稿状态时, 你可以做任何更改(比如移走或添加产品行, 更改数量, 更改价格)" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" @@ -7918,14 +7918,14 @@ msgstr "供应商账单匹配" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "如果供应商的账单和你收到的产品不符，怎么办" +msgstr "如果供应商的账单和你收到的产品不符, 怎么办" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " "Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " "reasons:" -msgstr "如果你收到的账单和Odoo自动填写的数量不符，也许是由以下原因引起的：" +msgstr "如果你收到的账单和Odoo自动填写的数量不符, 也许是由以下原因引起的 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -7948,13 +7948,13 @@ msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "在这些例子中，建议你验证账单和其他与此供应商有关的采购是准确的，并且知道哪些是你订购的，哪些是你已经收到的。" +msgstr "在这些例子中, 建议你验证账单和其他与此供应商有关的采购是准确的, 并且知道哪些是你订购的, 哪些是你已经收到的。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "如果你不能找到和供应商账单关联的定购单，也许是由以下原因之一造成的：" +msgstr "如果你不能找到和供应商账单关联的定购单, 也许是由以下原因之一造成的 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -7973,13 +7973,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "产品数量是如何管理的" +msgstr "产品数量如何管理" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "一般，服务是基于订单数量管理，而库存商品和消耗品都是基于到货数量管理。" +msgstr "一般, 服务是基于订单数量管理, 而库存商品和消耗品都是基于到货数量管理。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -7995,7 +7995,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" -msgstr "然后你可以更改默认管理方法基于：" +msgstr "然后你可以更改默认管理方法基于 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" @@ -8115,7 +8115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "**Amount**: 100%" -msgstr "**合计**: 100%" +msgstr " **合计**: 100%" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 msgid "**Taxes**: depending on your country, you may put a tax on the cash" @@ -8193,11 +8193,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr " :doc:`overview` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "递延收入: 如何自动处理？" +msgstr "递延收入 : 如何自动处理？" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8246,7 +8246,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "定义递延收入类型" +msgstr "定义递延收益类型" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8261,7 +8261,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "递延收益类型的一些例子：" +msgstr "递延收益类型的一些例子 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 msgid "1 year service contract" @@ -8295,15 +8295,15 @@ msgstr "产品" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "递延收入类型" +msgstr "递延收益类型" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "支持合同：3年" +msgstr "支持合同 :3年" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "Netflix订阅:3年" +msgstr "Netflix订阅 :3年" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "Flowers every month" @@ -8328,12 +8328,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "**借**" +msgstr " **借** " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "**贷**" +msgstr " **贷** " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 msgid "Accounts receivable" @@ -8384,7 +8384,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "例如，对于一个特定发票：" +msgstr "例如, 对于一个特定发票 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 @@ -8427,11 +8427,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "客户的付款条款" +msgstr "付款方式为客户" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以设置付款条款 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8470,7 +8470,7 @@ msgstr "到期日" msgid "" "If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " "days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "如果你做发票1月1日的10％，3天之内付款期限，并在30天内的平衡，你会得到以下日记帐分录：" +msgstr "如果你做发票1月1日的10％, 3天之内付款期限, 并在30天内的平衡, 你会得到以下日记帐分录 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 @@ -8500,7 +8500,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" +msgstr " :doc:`payment_terms` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:3 msgid "How to modify a validated invoice?" @@ -8520,7 +8520,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:12 msgid "Refund the original invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "退款原始发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:13 msgid "Create a new invoice" @@ -8545,7 +8545,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:25 msgid "Refund the original invoice;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "退款原始发票；" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:26 msgid "Reconcile the original invoice with the refund to void them;" @@ -8586,11 +8586,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:50 msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr ":doc:`refund`" +msgstr " :doc:`refund` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "开票过程概述" +msgstr "开票流程概述" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8600,13 +8600,13 @@ msgid "" "documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " "validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " "email)." -msgstr "根据您的企业和您使用的应用程序，也有不同的方法来自动执行客户发票创作Odoo。通常情况下，发票草案由系统创建的（与其他文件，如销售订单或合同信息，敬请）和会计师只需要验证发票的草案，并发送发票批（通过普通邮件或电子邮件）。" +msgstr "根据您的企业和您使用的应用程序, 也有不同的方法来自动执行客户发票创作Odoo。通常情况下, 发票草案由系统创建的（与其他文件, 如销售订单或合同信息, 敬请）和会计师只需要验证发票的草案, 并发送发票批（通过普通邮件或电子邮件）。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" -msgstr "根据您的业务，您可以选择的以下方式创建发票草案之一：" +msgstr "根据您的业务, 您可以选择的以下方式创建发票草案之一 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" @@ -8617,29 +8617,29 @@ msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "在大多数公司中，销售人员创建报价之成为销售订单一旦被验证。然后，发票草案是根据销售订单的创建。你有这样不同的选项：" +msgstr "在大多数公司中, 销售人员创建报价之成为销售订单一旦被验证。然后, 发票草案是根据销售订单的创建。你有这样不同的选项 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" -msgstr "手工发票：利用出售才能触发发票草案上的一个按钮" +msgstr "手工发票 :利用出售才能触发发票草案上的一个按钮" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" -msgstr "发票交付之前：触发交付订单之前发票的完整的订单" +msgstr "发票交付之前 :触发交付订单之前发票的完整的订单" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "根据送货单发票：参见下一节" +msgstr "根据送货单发票 :参见下一节" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "分娩前发票通常所用的电子商务应用程序，当客户支付的订单，我们提供算账。 （预付费）" +msgstr "分娩前发票通常所用的电子商务应用程序, 当客户支付的订单, 我们提供算账。 （预付费）" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -8647,7 +8647,7 @@ msgid "" "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " "whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " "fixed advance." -msgstr "对于大多数其他用途的情况下，建议手动发票。它可以让销售人员引发与期权需求的发票：发票整个订单，发票百分比（前进），发票的某些行，发票固定的前进。" +msgstr "对于大多数其他用途的情况下, 建议手动发票。它可以让销售人员引发与期权需求的发票 :发票整个订单, 发票百分比（前进）, 发票的某些行, 发票固定的前进。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." @@ -8663,14 +8663,14 @@ msgid "" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " "you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" " actual Kg)." -msgstr "零售商和电子商务通常是基于发票，而不是销售订单交货订单。这种方法适用于企业，你从订购数量交付量可能会有所不同：食品（根据实际公斤发票）。" +msgstr "零售商和电子商务通常是基于发票, 而不是销售订单交货订单。这种方法适用于企业, 你从订购数量交付量可能会有所不同 :食品（根据实际公斤发票）。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "这样，如果你提供一个偏序，您只需为您真正提供发票。如果你做回单（交付部分，其余更高版本），客户将收到两张发票，每个传递顺序。" +msgstr "这样, 如果你提供一个偏序, 您只需为您真正提供发票。如果你做回单（交付部分, 其余更高版本）, 客户将收到两张发票, 每个传递顺序。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" @@ -8682,7 +8682,7 @@ msgid "" "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " "creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " "received." -msgstr "电子商务订单也会触发创建订单的时候才缴足。如果允许以支票或电汇付款的订单，Odoo只创建一个订单，一旦收到付款发票将被触发。" +msgstr "电子商务订单也会触发创建订单的时候才缴足。如果允许以支票或电汇付款的订单, Odoo只创建一个订单, 一旦收到付款发票将被触发。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" @@ -8690,23 +8690,23 @@ msgstr "合同" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "常规合同‣发票" +msgstr "定期合同‣发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " "salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." -msgstr "如果您使用的合同，您可以根据时间和材料的花费，费用或服务/产品固定线路引发的发票。每个月，营业员将根据有关合同规定的活动引发的发票。" +msgstr "如果您使用的合同, 您可以根据时间和材料的花费, 费用或服务/产品固定线路引发的发票。每个月, 营业员将根据有关合同规定的活动引发的发票。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "活动可以是：" +msgstr "活动可以是 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" -msgstr "固定的产品/服务，从销售订单来了链接到该合同" +msgstr "固定的产品/服务, 从销售订单来了链接到该合同" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" @@ -8719,7 +8719,7 @@ msgstr "基于时间表或购买（分包）时间和材料" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "喜欢旅行和住宿费用，你重新发票给客户" +msgstr "喜欢旅行和住宿费用, 你重新发票给客户" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -8727,18 +8727,18 @@ msgid "" " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " "time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " "use a regular sales order." -msgstr "您可以在合同结束发票或触发中间发票。这种方法使用该发票大多是基于时间和材料服务公司。对于发票上的固定价格服务公司，他们使用常规的销售订单。" +msgstr "您可以在合同结束发票或触发中间发票。这种方法使用该发票大多是基于时间和材料服务公司。对于发票上的固定价格服务公司, 他们使用常规的销售订单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "定期性合同‣发票" +msgstr "经常性合同‣发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" " the contract." -msgstr "对于订阅，发票定期触发，自动。开票和服务的频率/产品发票上的合同的定义。" +msgstr "对于订阅, 发票定期触发, 自动。开票和服务的频率/产品发票上的合同的定义。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" @@ -8749,13 +8749,13 @@ msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "用户也可以手动创建发票，不使用合同或销售订单。这是，如果你不需要管理销售过程（报价）推荐的方法，或产品或服务的交付。" +msgstr "用户也可以手动创建发票, 不使用合同或销售订单。这是, 如果你不需要管理销售过程（报价）推荐的方法, 或产品或服务的交付。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "即使你生成销售订单的发票，您可能需要在特殊情况下使用手动创建的发票：" +msgstr "即使你生成销售订单的发票, 您可能需要在特殊情况下使用手动创建的发票 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 msgid "if you need to create a refund" @@ -8779,7 +8779,7 @@ msgstr "具体模块" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "一些特定的模块还能够生成发票草案：" +msgstr "一些特定的模块还能够生成发票草案 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" @@ -8804,7 +8804,7 @@ msgid "" "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several times. If, for a " "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " "term but invoice conditions." -msgstr "付款期限为从开票不同了好几次。如果在一个特定的顺序，发票的客户分为两部分，这不是一个付款期限，但是发票的条件。" +msgstr "付款期限为从开票不同了好几次。如果在一个特定的顺序, 发票的客户分为两部分, 这不是一个付款期限, 但是发票的条件。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -8820,7 +8820,7 @@ msgid "" "several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" " days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " "100%)" -msgstr "的支付期限可有一条线（例如：21天）或几条线（3天以内10％，并在21天内平衡）。如果您创建的几行付款期限，确保最新的一个是平衡的。 （避免做的50％在10天及21天的50％，因为，与舍入，它可能无法做完全100％）" +msgstr "的支付期限可有一条线（例如 :21天）或几条线（3天以内10％, 并在21天内平衡）。如果您创建的几行付款期限, 确保最新的一个是平衡的。 （避免做的50％在10天及21天的50％, 因为, 与舍入, 它可能无法做完全100％）" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" @@ -8828,7 +8828,7 @@ msgstr "使用付款条款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "付款方式可以设置：" +msgstr "付款方式可以设置 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -8852,12 +8852,12 @@ msgid "" "If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " "is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " "this journal entry:" -msgstr "如果发票有付款条件，日记条目相关的发票是不同的。如果没有付款条件或税收，$ 100的发票将产生此日记帐分录：" +msgstr "如果发票有付款条件, 日记条目相关的发票是不同的。如果没有付款条件或税收, $ 100的发票将产生此日记帐分录 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 msgid "" "In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." -msgstr "在客户的声明中，你会看到两行不同的到期日。" +msgstr "在客户的声明中, 你会看到两行不同的到期日。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" @@ -8868,7 +8868,7 @@ msgid "" "The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " "date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" " is enough." -msgstr "管理付款条件的供应商票据的最简单方法是记录对账单的到期日期。你并不需要分配付款条件，就在预产期是不够的。" +msgstr "管理付款条件的供应商票据的最简单方法是记录对账单的到期日期。你并不需要分配付款条件, 就在预产期是不够的。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -8876,11 +8876,11 @@ msgid "" "still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " "payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" " due date for all installments will be automatically created." -msgstr "但是，如果你需要管理供应商方面有几批，你仍然可以使用的付款条件，完全像在顾客发票。如果设置于供应商的账单付款期限，则不需要设置一个截止日期。确切的截止日期为所有分期付款将被自动创建。" +msgstr "但是, 如果你需要管理供应商方面有几批, 你仍然可以使用的付款条件, 完全像在顾客发票。如果设置于供应商的账单付款期限, 则不需要设置一个截止日期。确切的截止日期为所有分期付款将被自动创建。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr " :doc:`cash_discounts` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" @@ -8892,7 +8892,7 @@ msgid "" "sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " "legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " "original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo, 不能在发票已经验证并发送给客户之后修改。假如在验证的发票上出现错误, 合法的方式是对发票进行退款, 将它与原始发票调节, 然后创建新发票。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" @@ -8908,7 +8908,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 msgid "Odoo will automatically:" -msgstr "Odoo会自动：" +msgstr "Odoo会自动 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 @@ -8929,7 +8929,7 @@ msgstr "创建一个新的发票草案可以修改" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 msgid "" "Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." -msgstr "然后，你可以修改发票草案，并对其进行验证，一旦它是正确的。" +msgstr "然后, 你可以修改发票草案, 并对其进行验证, 一旦它是正确的。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 msgid "Cancelling an invoice" @@ -8946,7 +8946,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " "email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." -msgstr "没有别的需要做的事情。您可以发送退款通过普通邮件或电子邮件给你的客户，如果你已经发送的原始发票。" +msgstr "没有别的需要做的事情。您可以发送退款通过普通邮件或电子邮件给你的客户, 如果你已经发送的原始发票。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" @@ -8957,14 +8957,14 @@ msgid "" "If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " "button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " "refund\"." -msgstr "如果您需要退还部分现有发票，使用发票的退款发票按钮。在退款方法域，选择'创建退款草案'。" +msgstr "如果您需要退还部分现有发票, 使用发票的退款发票按钮。在退款方法域, 选择 '创建退款草案' 。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " "(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," " send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." -msgstr "Odoo会自动创建一个退款草案。你可以修改的退款（例如：删除您不想退还线），并对其进行验证。然后，发送退款通过普通邮件或电子邮件给你的客户。" +msgstr "Odoo会自动创建一个退款草案。你可以修改的退款（例如 :删除您不想退还线）, 并对其进行验证。然后, 发送退款通过普通邮件或电子邮件给你的客户。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -8980,7 +8980,7 @@ msgstr "客户付款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何用支票登记客户付款？" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9027,11 +9027,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "选项1: 未缴存的资金" +msgstr "选项1 : 未缴存的资金" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "创建 **支票** 分类账" +msgstr "创建一个分类账 **支票** " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" @@ -9068,7 +9068,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **备忘**: 写上支票号码" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 @@ -9102,7 +9102,7 @@ msgstr "100.00" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未存入的款項" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 @@ -9150,11 +9150,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **付款方式**: 用于存款的银行" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **备忘**: 写上支票号码" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -9262,7 +9262,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once it's done, don't forget to set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow " "Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "完成后，请别忘了将信用卡科目设为允许核销" +msgstr "完成后, 请别忘了将信用卡科目设为允许核销" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 @@ -9285,11 +9285,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "**付款方法**: 信用卡" +msgstr " **付款方法**: 信用卡" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **备忘**: 写上发票参照" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" @@ -9333,11 +9333,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **付款方式**: 用于存款的银行" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "**备忘**: 写信用卡交易编号" +msgstr " **备忘**: 写信用卡交易编号" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -9367,17 +9367,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167 msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr " :doc:`recording` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr " :doc:`paypal` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr " :doc:`followup` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?" @@ -9507,7 +9507,7 @@ msgstr "发送客户对账单" msgid "" "Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Customer Statements`." -msgstr "在菜单中分批发送您的客户提醒 :菜单选择:`销售--> 客户报表`." +msgstr "在菜单中分批发送您的客户提醒 :菜单选择:`销售--> 客户报表` ." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -9559,19 +9559,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127 msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date" -msgstr "**Email**: 截止日期前3天" +msgstr " **Email**: 截止日期前3天" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:129 msgid "**Email+Letter**: at the overdue date" -msgstr "**Email+Letter**:在截止日" +msgstr " **Email+Letter**: 在截止日" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:131 msgid "**Email+Call**: 15 days after the overdue date" -msgstr "**Email+Call**: 截止日期后 15 天" +msgstr " **Email+Call**: 截止日期后 15 天" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:133 msgid "**Email+Letter**: 60 days after the overdue date" -msgstr "**Email+Letter**: 截止日期后60天" +msgstr " **Email+Letter**: 截止日期后60天" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -9620,7 +9620,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:10 msgid "Paypal support two modes:" -msgstr "Paypal 支持两种模式:" +msgstr "Paypal 支持两种模式 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -9642,7 +9642,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:26 msgid "Install the \"PayPal Payment Acquirer\" module" -msgstr "安装 \"PayPal 付款托收\" 模块" +msgstr "安装 \" PayPal 付款托收\\ \\ \"模块" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Start by installing the **PayPal Payment Acquirer** module." @@ -9697,20 +9697,20 @@ msgstr "访问”网站参考“并配置自动回复" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:68 msgid "**Database name**: yourcompany" -msgstr "**数据库名称**: 你的公司" +msgstr " **数据库名称**: 你的公司" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:87 msgid "**Website URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/" -msgstr "**网址**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/" +msgstr " **网址**: https: //yourcompany.odoo.com/" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:70 msgid "**Return URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation" -msgstr "**返回网址**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation" +msgstr " **返回网址**: https: //yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:75 msgid "These settings will redirect your buyer to your web confirmation page." -msgstr "这些设置将重定向买家到网站确认页。 " +msgstr "这些设置将重定向买家到网站确认页。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:79 msgid "Access and edit Instant payment notifications settings - IPN" @@ -9722,11 +9722,11 @@ msgstr "例子" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:86 msgid "**Database name**: \"yourcompany\"" -msgstr "**数据库名称**: \"yourcompany\"" +msgstr " **数据库名称**: “你的公司”" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:88 msgid "**Notification URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn/" -msgstr "**通知网址**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn/" +msgstr " **通知网址**: https: //yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn/" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:90 msgid "verify that your Notify URL uses the correct protocol (HTTP / HTTPS)" @@ -9760,15 +9760,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:120 msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Payments --> Payment Acquirers --> Paypal`" -msgstr ":菜单选择:`设置--> 付款--> 付款托收--> Paypal`" +msgstr " :菜单选择:`设置--> 付款--> 付款托收--> Paypal` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:122 msgid "**Paypal Email ID**: your paypal account email address" -msgstr "**Paypal Email ID**: 你的 paypal 账户 email 地址" +msgstr " **Paypal Email ID**: 你的 paypal 账户 email 地址" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:124 msgid "**Paypal Merchant ID**: ID retrieved at previous step" -msgstr "" +msgstr " **Paypal商家ID**: 在上一步检索到的ID" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -9799,11 +9799,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgstr " :doc:`credit_cards` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有哪些不同的方式来记录付款？" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9853,7 +9853,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款没有绑定到发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 msgid "Registering a payment" @@ -9884,7 +9884,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调节发票与付款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -9982,7 +9982,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:14 msgid "Here is an example of a plan:" -msgstr "这是计划的一个例子:" +msgstr "这里是一项计划的例子 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 msgid "When?" @@ -9998,7 +9998,7 @@ msgstr "谁？" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 msgid "3 days before due date" -msgstr "到期日前3天" +msgstr "3天后过期" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 msgid "Email" @@ -10064,7 +10064,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:44 msgid "Define Payment Follow-ups Levels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义付款追踪等级" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -10087,7 +10087,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:59 msgid "Odoo defines several actions for every reminder:" -msgstr "Odoo为每个提醒定义了几个行动:" +msgstr "Odoo为每个提醒定义了几个行动 :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -10096,12 +10096,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:62 msgid "**Send an Email:** send an email to customer using the provided text" -msgstr "**发送一个邮件:** 使用所提供的文本发送一封电子邮件给客户" +msgstr " **发送一个邮件 :** 使用所提供的文本发送一封电子邮件给客户" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:63 msgid "" "**Send a Letter:** send a letter by regular mail, using the provided note" -msgstr "**发送一个信件:** 使用提供的备注，通过定期邮件发送一个信件" +msgstr " **发送一个信件 :** 使用提供的备注, 通过定期邮件发送一个信件" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -10184,7 +10184,7 @@ msgstr "发送一份申明邮件" msgid "" "Print a letter, or send a regular mail (if you installed the Docsaway " "integration)" -msgstr "打印一封信，或发送定期邮件 (如果您安装了 Docsaway 集成)" +msgstr "打印一封信, 或发送定期邮件 (如果您安装了 Docsaway 集成)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -10200,7 +10200,7 @@ msgstr "深入一张发票" msgid "" "Change the expected payment date of an invoice (thus, impacting the next " "time Odoo will propose you to send a reminder)" -msgstr "更改发票的预期的付款日期 (因此，影响下一次 Odoo 建议您发送提醒的时间)" +msgstr "更改发票的预期的付款日期 (因此, 影响下一次 Odoo 建议您发送提醒的时间)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -10217,15 +10217,15 @@ msgstr "如何从自动催款里面排除发票？" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:137 msgid "To see all **overdue invoices** or **on need of action**," -msgstr "查看所有 **逾期发票** 或 **需要的行动**" +msgstr "查看所有 **逾期发票** 或 **需要的行动** " #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`" -msgstr "转到 :菜单选择:`会计--> 销售--> 客户对账单`" +msgstr "转到 :菜单选择:`会计--> 销售--> 客户对账单` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145 msgid "Exclude a specific invoice for a specific date" -msgstr "排除特定日期的特定发票" +msgstr "排除特定日期的特定日期" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -10244,14 +10244,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:162 msgid "Exclude a specific invoice forever" -msgstr "永远排除某个发票" +msgstr "永久的排除特定的发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:164 msgid "" "Odoo can exclude an invoice for a specific customer by clicking on the " "checkbox **Excluded**" -msgstr "Odoo 可以为特定客户免开发票 ，通过点击复选框** 排除**" +msgstr "Odoo 可以为特定客户免开发票 , 通过点击复选框 **排除** " #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168 msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions." -msgstr "如果你在**历史记录**点击，你会看到所有相关的动作。" +msgstr "如果你在 **历史记录** 点击, 你会看到所有相关的动作。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index ae87eae00..199d2fdd4 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,8 +4,10 @@ # # Translators: # fausthuang, 2016 +# fausthuang, 2016 # Gary Wei , 2016 # Jeffery Chenn , 2016 +# Jeffery Chenn , 2016 # Joshua Jan , 2016 # Melody , 2015 # mrshelly , 2015-2016 @@ -13,9 +15,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-04-26 10:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-26 10:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:14+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -48,7 +50,7 @@ msgid "" "reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team " "is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically " "create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "有几种方式为你的公司使用Odoo CRM 生成线索。一种是使用你公司的公共邮箱地址作为触法生成一个新的线索。在Odoo中，每个销售团队被链接到他们自己的邮箱地址以便潜在客户能联系上他们。比如，如果你的Direct团队的个人邮件地址是**direct@mycompany.example.com** ,每个发送的邮件会自动生成一个新的机会在销售团队中。" +msgstr "有几种方式为你的公司使用Odoo CRM 生成线索。一种是使用你公司的公共邮箱地址作为触法生成一个新的线索。在Odoo中, 每个销售团队被链接到他们自己的邮箱地址以便潜在客户能联系上他们。比如, 如果你的Direct团队的个人邮件地址是 **direct@mycompany.example.com** , 每个发送的邮件会自动生成一个新的机会在销售团队中。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73 @@ -64,13 +66,13 @@ msgid "" "The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email " "servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings " "module --> General Settings`." -msgstr "你需要做的第一件事是配置你的 **发送电子邮件服务器** 和 **接收电子邮件网关** ，从 :menuselection:`设置模块(Settings module) --> 常规设置(General Settings)` 。" +msgstr "你需要做的第一件事是配置你的 **发送电子邮件服务器** 和 **接收电子邮件网关** , 从 :menuselection:`设置模块(Settings module) --> 常规设置(General Settings)` 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19 msgid "" "Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on " "**Apply**." -msgstr "然后从这里下图所示的字段设置您的别名域，然后点击**应用**。" +msgstr "然后从这里下图所示的字段设置您的别名域, 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26 msgid "Set up team alias" @@ -81,7 +83,7 @@ msgid "" "Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the " "activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your" " existing sales teams." -msgstr "转到销售模块上，然后点击**仪表板**。您将看到您的域别名的激活产生了一个默认的电子邮件别名为您现有的销售团队。" +msgstr "转到销售模块上, 然后点击 **仪表板** 。您将看到您的域别名的激活产生了一个默认的电子邮件别名为您现有的销售团队。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -89,13 +91,13 @@ msgid "" "button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access " "the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias " "and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone." -msgstr "您可以轻松地个性化您的销售团队的别名。点击销售团队所选择的\"更多\"按钮，然后在**设定**进入销售团队的形式。进入**电子邮件别名**字段中输入您的电子邮件别名，然后点击**保存**。确保允许从所有人接收电子邮件。" +msgstr "您可以轻松地个性化您的销售团队的别名。点击销售团队所选择的\" 更多\\ \\ \"按钮, 然后在 **设定** 进入销售团队的形式。进入 **电子邮件别名** 字段中输入您的电子邮件别名, 然后点击 **保存** 。确保允许从所有人接收电子邮件。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41 msgid "" "From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead " "into the related sales team." -msgstr "从那里，发送到这个电子邮件地址的每个电子邮件将生成一个新的线索进入相关的销售团队。" +msgstr "从那里, 发送到这个电子邮件地址的每个电子邮件将生成一个新的线索进入相关的销售团队。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48 msgid "Set up catch-all email domain" @@ -108,7 +110,7 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email " "domain." -msgstr "此外，以您的销售团队的别名，你还可以创建一个通用的电子邮件别名(例如 *@联系人* 或 *信息@* )，也将产生Odoo CRM新的联系。仍然在销售模块，去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 并设置捕获所有电子邮件域。" +msgstr "此外, 以您的销售团队的别名, 你还可以创建一个通用的电子邮件别名(例如 *@联系人* 或 *信息@* ), 也将产生Odoo CRM新的联系。仍然在销售模块, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 并设置捕获所有电子邮件域。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -116,25 +118,25 @@ msgid "" "become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the " "screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not " "activated in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "您可以在这里看到下面的截图单选按钮选择从 catch-all 电子邮件产生的联系是否成为线索或机会。需要注意的是，默认情况下，线索阶段不在Odoo CRM激活。" +msgstr "您可以在这里看到下面的截图单选按钮选择从 catch-all 电子邮件产生的联系是否成为线索或机会。需要注意的是, 默认情况下, 线索阶段不在Odoo CRM激活。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194 msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`manual`" +msgstr " :doc:`manual` " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195 msgid ":doc:`import`" -msgstr ":doc:`import`" +msgstr " :doc:`import` " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73 msgid ":doc:`website`" -msgstr ":doc:`website`" +msgstr " :doc:`website` " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3 msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?" @@ -146,7 +148,7 @@ msgid "" "for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be" " wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or " "opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:" -msgstr "在Odoo CRM，您可以通过CSV文件导入潜在客户的数据库，例如陌生的电子邮件或陌生的电话拜访活动。你可能会想，如果最好的选择是导入你的联系情况作为线索或机会。这取决于你的业务特点和工作流程：" +msgstr "在Odoo CRM, 您可以通过CSV文件导入潜在客户的数据库, 例如陌生的电子邮件或陌生的电话拜访活动。你可能会想, 如果最好的选择是导入你的联系情况作为线索或机会。这取决于你的业务特点和工作流程 :" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -155,7 +157,7 @@ msgid "" " an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start " "from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship " "management." -msgstr "一些公司可能决定不使用线索，而是直接保持所有信息作为机会。对于一些公司，线索仅仅是在销售过程中的额外步骤。你可以称之为扩展(从开始线索)与简化的客户关系管理(从机会开始)." +msgstr "一些公司可能决定不使用线索, 而是直接保持所有信息作为机会。对于一些公司, 线索仅仅是在销售过程中的额外步骤。你可以称之为扩展(从开始线索)与简化的客户关系管理(从机会开始)." #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -163,7 +165,7 @@ msgid "" "your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to " "activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your " "database as leads" -msgstr "Odoo完全允许这些方法中的选择任何一个。如果你的公司处理从一个预先验证步骤的销售，如下面顺序描述首先激活线索阶段以便可以作为线索导入数据库。" +msgstr "Odoo完全允许这些方法中的选择任何一个。如果你的公司处理从一个预先验证步骤的销售, 如下面顺序描述首先激活线索阶段以便可以作为线索导入数据库。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9 @@ -178,14 +180,14 @@ msgid "" "import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " "if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "默认情况下，线索阶段是不再Odoo里被激活的.如果你要导入你的联系做为线索而不是机会，如下所示去到 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` ，选择 **使用线索如果...** 并点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "默认情况下, 线索阶段是不再Odoo里被激活的.如果你要导入你的联系做为线索而不是机会, 如下所示去到 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 选择 **使用线索如果...** 并点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33 msgid "" "This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` " "from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** " "button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here `)" -msgstr "这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单：`销售 - > 线索`从中你将能够从**导入**按钮，导入联系人(如果你想手动创建一个线索，：doc：`点击这里<手册>`)" +msgstr "这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单 :`销售 - > 线索` 从中你将能够从 **导入** 按钮, 导入联系人(如果你想手动创建一个线索, : doc :`点击这里<手册>` )" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 msgid "Import your CSV file" @@ -198,14 +200,14 @@ msgid "" " its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File " "format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings" " and display your columns properly." -msgstr "在新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索(Leads)`，点击 **导入** 并选择您的Excel文件，从 **选择文件** 按钮导入。确保它的扩展名是 **.csv** 文件，不要忘记设置正确的文件格式选项( **编码** 和 **分离器** )，以配合您的本地设置和正确显示你的列。" +msgstr "在新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索(Leads)` , 点击 **导入** 并选择您的Excel文件, 从 **选择文件** 按钮导入。确保它的扩展名是 **.csv** 文件, 不要忘记设置正确的文件格式选项( **编码** 和 **分离器** ), 以配合您的本地设置和正确显示你的列。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50 msgid "" "If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can " "easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / " "LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc." -msgstr "如果您的潜在客户数据库是以另一种格式而非CSV提供的，你可以使用Microsoft Excel，OpenOffice/ LibreOffice，谷歌文档等很容易地将其转换为CSV格式。" +msgstr "如果您的潜在客户数据库是以另一种格式而非CSV提供的, 你可以使用Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice/ LibreOffice, 谷歌文档等很容易地将其转换为CSV格式。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58 msgid "Select rows to import" @@ -219,7 +221,7 @@ msgid "" "file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to " "describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, " "Email, etc.)." -msgstr "如果你打勾*文件的第一行包含列的标签*的选项，从CSV文件中的列标题将自动映射到相应的字段。这使得导入更加容易，特别是当文件有很多列。当然，你可以重新映射列标题来描述你要导入的数据属性(姓，名，电子邮件等)." +msgstr "如果你打勾 *文件的第一行包含列的标签* 的选项, 从CSV文件中的列标题将自动映射到相应的字段。这使得导入更加容易, 特别是当文件有很多列。当然, 你可以重新映射列标题来描述你要导入的数据属性(姓, 名, 电子邮件等)." #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -227,27 +229,27 @@ msgid "" " sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate " "whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an " "opportunity (type = Opportunity)." -msgstr "如果你要导入你的联系作为机会而不是线索，确信增加*类型*列到你的CSV.这列用来表明你的导入是作为一个线索(类型=线索)还是作为一个机会(类型=机会)。" +msgstr "如果你要导入你的联系作为机会而不是线索, 确信增加 *类型* 列到你的CSV.这列用来表明你的导入是作为一个线索(类型=线索)还是作为一个机会(类型=机会)。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77 msgid "" "Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything" " seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import " "button: the same validations will be done." -msgstr "点击**验证**按钮，如果你要在导入前让Odoo校验一切看上去就可以了。除此以外，你可以直接按导入按钮：相同的验证也会被执行。" +msgstr "点击 **验证** 按钮, 如果你要在导入前让Odoo校验一切看上去就可以了。除此以外, 你可以直接按导入按钮 :相同的验证也会被执行。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83 msgid "" "For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo " "CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the " "Import tool on the same window." -msgstr "其他关于如何导入联系情况到Odoo CRM的技术信息，可以阅读统一窗口中导入工具下的**常见问题**" +msgstr "其他关于如何导入联系情况到Odoo CRM的技术信息, 可以阅读统一窗口中导入工具下的 **常见问题** " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196 msgid ":doc:`emails`" -msgstr ":doc:`emails`" +msgstr " :doc:`emails` " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3 msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?" @@ -264,14 +266,14 @@ msgid "" "By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go " "to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option \"\"use " "leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "默认情况下，线索阶段在Odoo CRM. 里是不激活的. 要激活它的话，去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`，如下所示选择选项 **选择线索如果...** 并点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "默认情况下, 线索阶段在Odoo CRM. 里是不激活的. 要激活它的话, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 如下所示选择选项 **选择线索如果...** 并点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18 msgid "" "This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " "gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to " "create a new contact." -msgstr "这个激活会产生一个新的子菜单**线索**在**销售**里使你可以访问所有你的线索并创建新的联系人。" +msgstr "这个激活会产生一个新的子菜单 **线索** 在 **销售** 里使你可以访问所有你的线索并创建新的联系人。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26 msgid "Create a new lead" @@ -280,7 +282,7 @@ msgstr "创建新线索" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button." -msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索(Leads)`, 并点击 **创建** 按钮. " +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索(Leads)` , 并点击 **创建** 按钮." #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -289,14 +291,14 @@ msgid "" " the **Internal notes** field. You can also link the lead to an existing " "company by editing the**Customer** field. Click on save and the contact will" " be visible as a lead in your pipeline ." -msgstr "从联系人界面，提供您所拥有的所有的细节(联系人姓名，电子邮件，电话，地址等)，以及在**内部票据**字段的一些附加信息。您也可以通过编辑**客户**链接到现有的公司。点击保存，联系情况将在您的管道中的线索中可见。" +msgstr "从联系人界面, 提供您所拥有的所有的细节(联系人姓名, 电子邮件, 电话, 地址等), 以及在 **内部票据** 字段的一些附加信息。您也可以通过编辑 **客户** 链接到现有的公司。点击保存, 联系情况将在您的管道中的线索中可见。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:41 msgid "" "your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson" " by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the " "screen." -msgstr "你的线索可以直接交给指定的销售团队和销售人员通过点击在屏幕左上角的**转换成机会**" +msgstr "你的线索可以直接交给指定的销售团队和销售人员通过点击在屏幕左上角的 **转换成机会** " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45 msgid "Create a new opportunity" @@ -311,7 +313,7 @@ msgid "" "<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in " "the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created " "opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline." -msgstr "您也可以直接将联系添加到特定的销售团队，而无需先转换成线索。在销售模块，进入你的仪表板和点击所需的销售团队的**管道**按钮。如果你没有任何的销售团队呢，：DOC：'你需要先创建一个<../../销售组/设置/ 创建_队伍>`。然后，点击**创建**并如上图所示的方法填写联系情况。默认情况下，新创建的机会将出现在您的销售管道的第一个阶段。" +msgstr "您也可以直接将联系添加到特定的销售团队, 而无需先转换成线索。在销售模块, 进入你的仪表板和点击所需的销售团队的 **管道** 按钮。如果你没有任何的销售团队呢, :DOC: '你需要先创建一个<../../销售组/设置/ 创建_队伍> `。然后, 点击 **创建** 并如上图所示的方法填写联系情况。默认情况下, 新创建的机会将出现在您的销售管道的第一个阶段。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -323,7 +325,7 @@ msgid "" " create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the " "corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking" " on it." -msgstr "另一个创建机会的方式是直接在特定阶段添加。比如，如果你已经和史密斯先生在会议上说过并且你马上要发一个报价给他。你可以直接添加他的联系细节在“主张\"阶段. 从你的销售团队的看板视图，点击在你的阶段的右侧的**+**图标以生成联系情况。新的机会会在相对应的阶段显示，然后你可以点击它填写具体的联系情况" +msgstr "另一个创建机会的方式是直接在特定阶段添加。比如, 如果你已经和史密斯先生在会议上说过并且你马上要发一个报价给他。你可以直接添加他的联系细节在“主张\" 阶段. 从你的销售团队的看板视图, 点击在你的阶段的右侧的 **+** 图标以生成联系情况。新的机会会在相对应的阶段显示, 然后你可以点击它填写具体的联系情况 " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3 msgid "How to generate leads from my website?" @@ -337,25 +339,25 @@ msgid "" "lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order" " to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales" " funnel." -msgstr "您的网站应该是你公司的第一线索生成工具。您的网站是您的在线营销活动的中心枢纽，你自然会推动合格的流量养活你的销售管道。当一个潜在客户登陆你的网站，你的目标是捕捉到他的信息，以便能够留在与他联系，进一步推动他来到销售漏斗。" +msgstr "您的网站应该是你公司的第一线索生成工具。您的网站是您的在线营销活动的中心枢纽, 你自然会推动合格的流量养活你的销售管道。当一个潜在客户登陆你的网站, 你的目标是捕捉到他的信息, 以便能够留在与他联系, 进一步推动他来到销售漏斗。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12 msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :" -msgstr "这就是一个典型的在线线索产生过程中的工作：" +msgstr "这就是一个典型的在线线索产生过程中的工作 :" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14 msgid "" "Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your " "marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a " "blog post)" -msgstr "您的网站访问者点击号召行动(CTA)从你的营销方式中的一种(例如电子邮件通讯，社交媒体消息或博客文章)" +msgstr "您的网站访问者点击号召行动(CTA)从你的营销方式中的一种(例如电子邮件通讯, 社交媒体消息或博客文章)" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18 msgid "" "The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to " "collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his " "phone number)" -msgstr "该CTA引领你的访问者到收集个人信息的形式登陆页面(如他的名字，他的电子邮件地址，他的电话号码)." +msgstr "该CTA引领你的访问者到收集个人信息的形式登陆页面(如他的名字, 他的电子邮件地址, 他的电话号码)." #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -370,7 +372,7 @@ msgid "" "those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party " "applications. Learn more `here `__." -msgstr "你的号召行动，登陆页面和表单是线索生成过程的关键部分。随着Odoo网站，你可以轻松地创建和优化的关键要素，而无需编写代码或使用第三方应用程序。在这里了解更多`__。" +msgstr "你的号召行动, 登陆页面和表单是线索生成过程的关键部分。随着Odoo网站, 你可以轻松地创建和优化的关键要素, 而无需编写代码或使用第三方应用程序。在这里了解更多 `__。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -378,7 +380,7 @@ msgid "" "can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, " "even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to" " fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website." -msgstr "在Odoo，网站和CRM模块完全集成，这意味着您可以轻松地通过您的网站的各种方式生成线索。但是，即使你的网站托管在另一个CMS，仍然可以使用Odoo CRM从您的网站产生线索。" +msgstr "在Odoo, 网站和CRM模块完全集成, 这意味着您可以轻松地通过您的网站的各种方式生成线索。但是, 即使你的网站托管在另一个CMS, 仍然可以使用Odoo CRM从您的网站产生线索。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -388,14 +390,14 @@ msgid "" "rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " "if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "默认情况下，线索阶段在Odoo CRM 里是不激活的。而是，新的线索自动成成机会.你能轻松地激活增加线索步骤的选项.如果你要导入你的联系活动作为线索而不是机会,从销售模块的 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`，如下所示选择 **使用线索如果...** 的选项并点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "默认情况下, 线索阶段在Odoo CRM 里是不激活的。而是, 新的线索自动成成机会.你能轻松地激活增加线索步骤的选项.如果你要导入你的联系活动作为线索而不是机会, 从销售模块的 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 如下所示选择 **使用线索如果...** 的选项并点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50 msgid "" "Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is" " still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities " "dashboard." -msgstr "注意即使没有激活这个步骤，以下信息依然适用 -生成的线索会位于仪表盘的机会中" +msgstr "注意即使没有激活这个步骤, 以下信息依然适用 -生成的线索会位于仪表盘的机会中" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55 msgid "From an Odoo Website" @@ -409,7 +411,7 @@ msgid "" "his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and " "Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process " "thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules" -msgstr "让我们假设你要尽可能多的得到你的网站访问者的信息。但是你怎么能确保每个想知道更多关于你公司的产品和服务的人真的留下了他的信息？感谢Odoo在CRM和网站模块间的集成,你能轻松地自动收集线索，感谢**联系表**和**表单生成**模块。" +msgstr "让我们假设你要尽可能多的得到你的网站访问者的信息。但是你怎么能确保每个想知道更多关于你公司的产品和服务的人真的留下了他的信息？感谢Odoo在CRM和网站模块间的集成, 你能轻松地自动收集线索, 感谢 **联系表** 和 **表单生成** 模块。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -418,21 +420,21 @@ msgid "" "CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's " "mailing list. Learn more `here `__." -msgstr "另外好的方法是从你的Odoo网站的通讯或通讯弹窗收集来访者的邮件地址来产生线索。这些摘要会在你的邮件营销的邮件列表上生成新的联系人。这里可以了解更多`__." +msgstr "另外好的方法是从你的Odoo网站的通讯或通讯弹窗收集来访者的邮件地址来产生线索。这些摘要会在你的邮件营销的邮件列表上生成新的联系人。这里可以了解更多 `__." #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75 msgid "" "Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, " "click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on " "**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface." -msgstr "从安装网站建设者模块开始。从主仪表盘，点击**应用**，在搜索栏中输入“**网站**”，并点击**安装**。您将被自动重定向到Web界面。" +msgstr "从安装网站建设者模块开始。从主仪表盘, 点击 **应用** , 在搜索栏中输入“ **网站** ”, 并点击 **安装** 。您将被自动重定向到Web界面。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84 msgid "" "A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you " "use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be " "able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it." -msgstr "该教程将在屏幕上弹出窗口，如果这是你用Odoo网站上的第一次。这将帮助你开始使用的工具，你就可以在几分钟内使用它。因此，我们强烈建议您使用它。" +msgstr "该教程将在屏幕上弹出窗口, 如果这是你用Odoo网站上的第一次。这将帮助你开始使用的工具, 你就可以在几分钟内使用它。因此, 我们强烈建议您使用它。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89 msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module" @@ -444,7 +446,7 @@ msgid "" "us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It " "will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically " "generate a lead from forms submissions." -msgstr "您可以毫不费力地通过联系表格生成线索在**联系我们**的页面上。要做到这一点，首先需要安装联系表格模块。它会在你的**联系我们**页面添加联系人的形式，并自动生成表格提交线索。" +msgstr "您可以毫不费力地通过联系表格生成线索在 **联系我们** 的页面上。要做到这一点, 首先需要安装联系表格模块。它会在你的 **联系我们** 页面添加联系人的形式, 并自动生成表格提交线索。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -452,7 +454,7 @@ msgid "" "left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact " "Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag " "otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**." -msgstr "要安装它，使用在屏幕的左上角方形图标回到后台。然后，点击**应用程序**，输入“**联系表**”，在搜索栏(不要忘记删除**应用程序**标记，否则你将看不到该模块)，然后单击* *安装**。" +msgstr "要安装它, 使用在屏幕的左上角方形图标回到后台。然后, 点击 **应用程序** , 输入“ **联系表** ”, 在搜索栏(不要忘记删除 **应用程序** 标记, 否则你将看不到该模块), 然后单击 **安装** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -460,7 +462,7 @@ msgid "" "your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all " "data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a " "new lead." -msgstr "一旦模块安装完，如下联系表单会集成到你的“联系我们”的页面。这个表单被链接到Odoo CRM,意味着所有通过这个表单输入的数据会被CRM捕获并生成一个新线索。" +msgstr "一旦模块安装完, 如下联系表单会集成到你的“联系我们”的页面。这个表单被链接到Odoo CRM, 意味着所有通过这个表单输入的数据会被CRM捕获并生成一个新线索。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -470,7 +472,7 @@ msgid "" "other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a" " salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an " "opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost." -msgstr "通过联系表单创建的所有线索都可以在销售模块中访问，通过点击：菜单选择：`销售 - > Leads`。线索的名字对应与联系表格上的“主题”字段，其他所有的信息都存储在CRM中的相应字段。作为销售人员，你可以添加更多的信息，率先转变成一个机会，甚至直接将其标记为赢或输。" +msgstr "通过联系表单创建的所有线索都可以在销售模块中访问, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售 - > Leads` 。线索的名字对应与联系表格上的“主题”字段, 其他所有的信息都存储在CRM中的相应字段。作为销售人员, 你可以添加更多的信息, 率先转变成一个机会, 甚至直接将其标记为赢或输。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123 msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module" @@ -482,7 +484,7 @@ msgid "" "website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the " "Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has " "completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**." -msgstr "您可以在您的网站上的任何目标网页上使用格式生成器创建完全可编辑的自定义表单。至于联系表格模块，访问者已完成表格并点击该按钮后，表单生成器会自动生成一个线索**发送**。" +msgstr "您可以在您的网站上的任何目标网页上使用格式生成器创建完全可编辑的自定义表单。至于联系表格模块, 访问者已完成表格并点击该按钮后, 表单生成器会自动生成一个线索 **发送** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -491,7 +493,7 @@ msgid "" "will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your " "desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The" " Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section." -msgstr "从后端，转到设置和安装“**网站表单生成器**”模块(不要忘记删除**应用程序**标记，否则你将看不到模块)。然后，回到网站上，去你想要的目标网页，然后点击编辑访问可用片段。表单生成器片段位于**功能**部分。" +msgstr "从后端, 转到设置和安装“ **网站表单生成器** ”模块(不要忘记删除 **应用程序** 标记, 否则你将看不到模块)。然后, 回到网站上, 去你想要的目标网页, 然后点击编辑访问可用片段。表单生成器片段位于 **功能** 部分。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -502,20 +504,20 @@ msgid "" " redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any " "URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the " "submission)." -msgstr "一旦你已经把你的表单放置在您希望的网页位置上，一个**表单参数**窗口会弹出。从**行动**下拉列表中，选择**创建一个线索**在Odoo CRM自动创建线索。在**谢谢**字段中，选择要重定向访问者提交表单后(你不添加任何URL，消息“表格已成功发送”网页的URL将确认提交)。" +msgstr "一旦你已经把你的表单放置在您希望的网页位置上, 一个 **表单参数** 窗口会弹出。从 **行动** 下拉列表中, 选择 **创建一个线索** 在Odoo CRM自动创建线索。在 **谢谢** 字段中, 选择要重定向访问者提交表单后(你不添加任何URL, 消息“表格已成功发送”网页的URL将确认提交)。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151 msgid "" "You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on " "**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 " "options will appear:" -msgstr "然后，您可以开始创建自定义窗体。要添加新的领域，请点击**选择容器块**，然后在蓝色**自定义**按钮。 3个选项就会出现：" +msgstr "然后, 您可以开始创建自定义窗体。要添加新的领域, 请点击 **选择容器块** , 然后在蓝色 **自定义** 按钮。 3个选项就会出现 :" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158 msgid "" "**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and" " change the configuration" -msgstr "**变更表参数**：让你回到表单参数和更改配置" +msgstr " **变更表参数**: 让你回到表单参数和更改配置" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -523,7 +525,7 @@ msgid "" "CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, " "the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the " "CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form." -msgstr "**添加一个模型字段**：允许您从下拉列表中添加Odoo CRM现有的字段。例如，如果您选择的字段*国家*，在线索中输入的这个值就会出现在CRM*国家*字段里 - 即使你改变窗体上的字段的名称。" +msgstr " **添加一个模型字段**: 允许您从下拉列表中添加Odoo CRM现有的字段。例如, 如果您选择的字段 *国家* , 在线索中输入的这个值就会出现在CRM *国家* 字段里 - 即使你改变窗体上的字段的名称。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -531,7 +533,7 @@ msgid "" "default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within" " the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, " "decimal number, etc." -msgstr "**添加自定义字段**：允许您添加默认情况下不会在Odoo CRM存在额外的字段。输入的值将添加在CRM中的“注意事项”中。您可以创建任意字段类型：复选框，单选按钮，文本，十进制数等。" +msgstr " **添加自定义字段**: 允许您添加默认情况下不会在Odoo CRM存在额外的字段。输入的值将添加在CRM中的“注意事项”中。您可以创建任意字段类型: 复选框, 单选按钮, 文本, 十进制数等。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172 msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend." @@ -548,14 +550,14 @@ msgid "" "button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to " "your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here " "`)." -msgstr "如果您使用Odoo CRM但不是Odoo网站，您依然可以用电子邮件网关自动化您的在线销售过程，通过编辑表单上“提交”按钮，更换超级链接，用一个mailto到你的相关的邮件别名(了解如何创建销售别名：DOC：'<电子邮件>`)。" +msgstr "如果您使用Odoo CRM但不是Odoo网站, 您依然可以用电子邮件网关自动化您的在线销售过程, 通过编辑表单上“提交”按钮, 更换超级链接, 用一个mailto到你的相关的邮件别名(了解如何创建销售别名 :DOC: '<电子邮件> `)。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183 msgid "" "For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add" " ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)" " to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "例如，如果你的公司的别名是**salesEMEA@mycompany.com**，加``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com``到常规超链接的代码(CTRL + K)来生成一个线索到相关销售团队Odoo CRM。" +msgstr "例如, 如果你的公司的别名是 **salesEMEA@mycompany.com** , 加\" mailto :salesEMEA@mycompany.com \"到常规超链接的代码(CTRL + K)来生成一个线索到相关销售团队Odoo CRM。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage leads" @@ -570,7 +572,7 @@ msgid "" "Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your" " incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. " "Here are a few example:" -msgstr "根据您的业务流程和需求，您可能需要分派您的进来的线索到不同的销售团队，甚至具体的销售人员。这里有几个例子：" +msgstr "根据您的业务流程和需求, 您可能需要分派您的进来的线索到不同的销售团队, 甚至具体的销售人员。这里有几个例子 :" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -583,7 +585,7 @@ msgid "" "One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large " "companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign" " leads based on the company size;" -msgstr "您的一个销售团队，致力于大型企业到的机会而另一个是专门为中小型企业。您将要根据公司的大小分配线索;" +msgstr "您的一个销售团队, 致力于大型企业到的机会而另一个是专门为中小型企业。您将要根据公司的大小分配线索;" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -591,7 +593,7 @@ msgid "" " while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to " "assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking " "countries." -msgstr "您的一个销售代表的是讲外语，而团队的其他成员只能讲母语。因此，你会想分配给那个人所有来自非母语国家的线索。" +msgstr "您的一个销售代表的是讲外语, 而团队的其他成员只能讲母语。因此, 你会想分配给那个人所有来自非母语国家的线索。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -602,20 +604,20 @@ msgid "" "interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you" " will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the " "right sales teams and/or salesman." -msgstr "你可以想像，手动分配新的线索给特定个人可能是乏味且耗时的 - 尤其是如果你的公司每天产生引线的高容量。幸运的是，Odoo CRM可以让你根据特定要求自动分配线索，比如地点，兴趣，公司规模等，在具体工作流程和精确的规则的过程中，您将能够自动重新分配所有的机会给正确的销售团队和/或推销员。" +msgstr "你可以想像, 手动分配新的线索给特定个人可能是乏味且耗时的 - 尤其是如果你的公司每天产生引线的高容量。幸运的是, Odoo CRM可以让你根据特定要求自动分配线索, 比如地点, 兴趣, 公司规模等, 在具体工作流程和精确的规则的过程中, 您将能够自动重新分配所有的机会给正确的销售团队和/或推销员。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32 msgid "" "If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team " "nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first " "<../../overview/started/setup>`." -msgstr "如果你刚刚开始Odoo CRM而且没有设置您的销售团队，也没有注册您的销售人员，：DOC：`先阅读本文档<../../概述/开始/设置>`。" +msgstr "如果你刚刚开始Odoo CRM而且没有设置您的销售团队, 也没有注册您的销售人员, :DOC:`先阅读本文档<../../概述/开始/设置>` 。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36 msgid "" "You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps`" " and install it if it's not the case already." -msgstr "你必须安装模块**线索评分**。转到：菜单选择：`Apps`，如果不是这种情况已经安装。" +msgstr "你必须安装模块 **线索评分** 。转到 :菜单选择:`Apps` , 如果不是这种情况已经安装。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40 msgid "Define rules for a sales team" @@ -627,7 +629,7 @@ msgid "" " of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any " "sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " "<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`." -msgstr "从销售模块，进入你的仪表板和在期望的销售团队上点击**更多**按钮，然后在**设定**。如果你没有任何的销售团队呢，：DOC：'你需要先创建一个<../../销售团队/设置/制作团队>`。" +msgstr "从销售模块, 进入你的仪表板和在期望的销售团队上点击 **更多** 按钮, 然后在 **设定** 。如果你没有任何的销售团队呢, :DOC: '你需要先创建一个<../../销售团队/设置/制作团队> `。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -638,17 +640,17 @@ msgid "" "`Syntax reference guide " "`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain." -msgstr "在您的销售团队菜单，**域**字段使用特定的域规则(关于域的技术细节，参考构建模块教程`__或`语法参考指南`__)，将只允许线索匹配团队域。" +msgstr "在您的销售团队菜单, **域** 字段使用特定的域规则(关于域的技术细节, 参考构建模块教程 `__或` 语法参考指南 `__), 将只允许线索匹配团队域。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56 msgid "" "For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads " "coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :" -msgstr "例如，如果你希望你的 *直接销售团队* 只接收从美国和加拿大来的线索，你的 domain 将如下：" +msgstr "例如, 如果你希望你的 *直接销售团队* 只接收从美国和加拿大来的线索, 你的 domain 将如下 :" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59 msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" -msgstr "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" +msgstr "\" [[country_id, 'in' , [ 'United States' , 'Canada' ]]] \"" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -657,7 +659,7 @@ msgid "" "under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and " "the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how " "to score leads here `." -msgstr "您还可以基于您的线索评分进行自动分配。例如，我们可以想像，你希望所有100下得分的线索分配给普通的销售团队和超过100导致了更有经验的销售团队。了解更多关于：DOC：'这里怎么得分线索<线索得分>`。" +msgstr "您还可以基于您的线索评分进行自动分配。例如, 我们可以想像, 你希望所有100下得分的线索分配给普通的销售团队和超过100导致了更有经验的销售团队。了解更多关于 :DOC: '这里怎么得分线索<线索得分> `。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72 msgid "Define rules for a salesperson" @@ -670,26 +672,26 @@ msgid "" "Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from" " Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from " "that country." -msgstr "你可以一步完成你的分配规则，决定一个销售团队内部线索分配给特定的销售人员。例如，如果我希望托尼·布坎南从*直接销售*只接受来自加拿大的线索，我可以创建一个规则将自动分配他从该国来的线索的规则。" +msgstr "你可以一步完成你的分配规则, 决定一个销售团队内部线索分配给特定的销售人员。例如, 如果我希望托尼·布坎南从 *直接销售* 只接受来自加拿大的线索, 我可以创建一个规则将自动分配他从该国来的线索的规则。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80 msgid "" "Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of" " your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the " "*Domain* field." -msgstr "依然从销售团队菜单(见本文上面)，分配子菜单下点击您所选择的销售人员。然后，在*域*字段中输入您的规则。" +msgstr "依然从销售团队菜单(见本文上面), 分配子菜单下点击您所选择的销售人员。然后, 在 *域* 字段中输入您的规则。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89 msgid "" "In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to " "a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of " "your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team." -msgstr "在Odoo，线索总是先被分配到一个销售团队再分配给销售人员。因此，你需要确保你的销售人员的分配规则是销售团队的分配规则的子类。" +msgstr "在Odoo, 线索总是先被分配到一个销售团队再分配给销售人员。因此, 你需要确保你的销售人员的分配规则是销售团队的分配规则的子类。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95 #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../overview/started/setup` " #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?" @@ -702,7 +704,7 @@ msgid "" "\"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to" " your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality " "opportunities." -msgstr "Odoo线索评分模块允许你给基于特定标准线索评分 - 值越高，就越有可能的前景“准备销售”。因此，机会最好的导线会自动分配给您的销售人员，质量差的机会不会充斥你的销售管道。" +msgstr "Odoo线索评分模块允许你给基于特定标准线索评分 - 值越高, 就越有可能的前景“准备销售”。因此, 机会最好的导线会自动分配给您的销售人员, 质量差的机会不会充斥你的销售管道。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -710,21 +712,21 @@ msgid "" "strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to " "engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion" " rate and your sales team's efficiency." -msgstr "线索的评分分是一个有效的线索管理战略的重要组成部分。通过帮助您的销售代表按优先级排序行事，你会增加他们的总体转化率和你的销售团队的效率。" +msgstr "线索的评分分是一个有效的线索管理战略的重要组成部分。通过帮助您的销售代表按优先级排序行事, 你会增加他们的总体转化率和你的销售团队的效率。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22 msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module" -msgstr "安装**线索评分**模块" +msgstr "安装 **线索评分** 模块" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24 msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module." -msgstr "开始安装**线索评分**模块" +msgstr "开始安装 **线索评分** 模块" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26 msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`" -msgstr "一旦模块安装后，你可以看到一条行的菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索管理(Leads Management) --> 评分规则(Scoring Rules)`" +msgstr "一旦模块安装后, 你可以看到一条行的菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索管理(Leads Management) --> 评分规则(Scoring Rules)` " #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "Create scoring rules" @@ -737,13 +739,13 @@ msgid "" "(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so " "you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given " "criteria." -msgstr "信息评分允许你基于您设置的人口统计或行为准则，分配正分或负分给你的潜在客户(国家或地区，访问的页面，行业，角色，类型等)。要做到这一点，你需要先创建将分数分配给一个给定的标准规则。" +msgstr "信息评分允许你基于您设置的人口统计或行为准则, 分配正分或负分给你的潜在客户(国家或地区, 访问的页面, 行业, 角色, 类型等)。要做到这一点, 你需要先创建将分数分配给一个给定的标准规则。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43 msgid "" "In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these " "two methods:" -msgstr "为了正确分配分数您的各种规则，可以使用这两种方法：" +msgstr "为了正确分配分数您的各种规则, 可以使用这两种方法 :" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -751,7 +753,7 @@ msgid "" "interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in " "California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score " "than a prospect coming from New York." -msgstr "建立一份可能对你公司感兴趣的理想客户的清单。例如，如果你在加州做当地业务，从旧金山来的潜在业务应该有一个更高的分数比来自纽约的。" +msgstr "建立一份可能对你公司感兴趣的理想客户的清单。例如, 如果你在加州做当地业务, 从旧金山来的潜在业务应该有一个更高的分数比来自纽约的。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -764,12 +766,12 @@ msgid "" "Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and " "feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until " "getting the desired result." -msgstr "请注意，这不是一个精确的科学，所以你需要一段时间和来自你的销售团队的反馈来适应和微调您的规则，直到获得期望的结果。" +msgstr "请注意, 这不是一个精确的科学, 所以你需要一段时间和来自你的销售团队的反馈来适应和微调您的规则, 直到获得期望的结果。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56 msgid "" "In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule." -msgstr "在**评分规则**菜单，点击**创建**写你的第一个规则。" +msgstr "在 **评分规则** 菜单, 点击 **创建** 写你的第一个规则。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -778,39 +780,39 @@ msgid "" "more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the " "leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and " "``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain." -msgstr "首先命名您的规则，然后输入一个值和一个域(请参`官方Python文档的`__了解更多信息)。例如，如果要分配8分给从**比利时**来的所有引线，你需要给``8``为**值**和``[['国家\\_id' ，=，'比利时']]``作为一个域。" +msgstr "首先命名您的规则, 然后输入一个值和一个域(请参 `官方Python文档的` __了解更多信息)。例如, 如果要分配8分给从 **比利时** 来的所有引线, 你需要给\" 8 \"为 **值** 和\" [[ '国家\\_id' , =, '比利时' ]] \"作为一个域。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :" -msgstr "下面是一些标准你可以用来建立一个评分规则：" +msgstr "下面是一些标准你可以用来建立一个评分规则 :" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70 msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``" -msgstr "原产地 : ``'country_id'``" +msgstr "原产地 :\" 'country_id' \"" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72 msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``" -msgstr "销售周期的阶段：``'stage_id'``" +msgstr "销售周期的阶段 :\" 'stage_id' \"" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74 msgid "" "email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :" " ``'email_from'``" -msgstr "电子邮件地址(例如，如果你想给专业电子邮件地址评分)：``'email_from'``" +msgstr "电子邮件地址(例如, 如果你想给专业电子邮件地址评分) :\" 'email_from' \"" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76 msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" -msgstr "页面访问：``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" +msgstr "页面访问 :\" 'score_pageview_ids.url' \"" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78 msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``" -msgstr "营销活动名称：``'campaign_id'``" +msgstr "营销活动名称 :\" 'campaign_id' \"" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80 msgid "" "After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new " "incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view." -msgstr "激活了您的规则后，Odoo会对所有新进入的线索给出一个值。这个值可以直接在你的潜在客户表单视图中找到。" +msgstr "激活了您的规则后, Odoo会对所有新进入的线索给出一个值。这个值可以直接在你的潜在客户表单视图中找到。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88 msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams" @@ -824,7 +826,7 @@ msgid "" " **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales " "team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** " "field." -msgstr "现在下一步是自动将您的最佳线索转化为机遇。为了做到这一点，你需要决定什么是最低分数线索应该被移交给一个指定的销售团队。去你**的销售仪表板**，然后点击**更多**您期望的销售队伍的按钮，然后在**设定**。 在**最低分数**字段输入你的值。" +msgstr "现在下一步是自动将您的最佳线索转化为机遇。为了做到这一点, 你需要决定什么是最低分数线索应该被移交给一个指定的销售团队。去你 **的销售仪表板** , 然后点击 **更多** 您期望的销售队伍的按钮, 然后在 **设定** 。 在 **最低分数** 字段输入你的值。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -832,18 +834,18 @@ msgid "" "opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower " "score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team" " which has set up a different minimum score." -msgstr "从上面的例子中，**直销**队只会收到不低于``50``的机会。分数较低的前景可以保持在线索阶段或分配给其他已设置了不同的最低分数的销售团队。" +msgstr "从上面的例子中, **直销** 队只会收到不低于\" 50 \"的机会。分数较低的前景可以保持在线索阶段或分配给其他已设置了不同的最低分数的销售团队。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106 msgid "" "Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order " "to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready" " lead." -msgstr "组织你的**营销**和**销售之**团队之间的会议，对于什么样的最低得分可以使得线索作为销售准备取得一致。" +msgstr "组织你的 **营销** 和 **销售之** 团队之间的会议, 对于什么样的最低得分可以使得线索作为销售准备取得一致。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" -msgstr ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" +msgstr " :doc:`automatic_assignation` " #: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3 msgid "Odoo VOIP" @@ -864,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "依赖" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "安装Asterisk之前，您需要安装以下依存关系：" +msgstr "安装Asterisk之前, 您需要安装以下依存关系 :" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" @@ -911,31 +913,31 @@ msgid "" "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " "`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" -msgstr "你也需要安装PJSIP,你可以从如下链接下载 `_.一旦资源目录被提取。" +msgstr "你也需要安装PJSIP, 你可以从如下链接下载 `_.一旦资源目录被提取。" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:36 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "**更改为pjproject源目录:**" +msgstr " **更改为pjproject源目录 :** " #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:42 msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "**运行:**" +msgstr " **运行 :** " #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:48 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "**编译并安装pjproject：**" +msgstr " **编译并安装pjproject :** " #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:56 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "**更新共享库链接：**" +msgstr " **更新共享库链接 :** " #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:62 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "**确保已经安装了pjproject：**" +msgstr " **确保已经安装了pjproject :** " #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:68 msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "**结果应该是：**" +msgstr " **结果应该是 :** " #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:75 msgid "Asterisk" @@ -946,7 +948,7 @@ msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there `_." -msgstr "为了安装Asterisk的13.7.0，你可以直接从下面链接下载资源`\n`_." +msgstr "为了安装Asterisk的13.7.0, 你可以直接从下面链接下载资源 `\n` _." #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:79 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" @@ -970,11 +972,11 @@ msgid "" "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." -msgstr "在菜单，到资源选项确保res_srtp 是激活的。如果是 3 x's 到res_srtp,就说明strp库有问题，你必须重新安装它。保存配置(按 X). 你可以看到在res_pjsip 行前的星星。" +msgstr "在菜单, 到资源选项确保res_srtp 是激活的。如果是 3 x 's 到res_srtp, 就说明strp库有问题, 你必须重新安装它。保存配置(按 X). 你可以看到在res_pjsip 行前的星星。" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:105 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "编译和安装Asterisk的：" +msgstr "编译和安装Asterisk的 :" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -993,13 +995,13 @@ msgstr "然后你要安装DTLS认证" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "进入Asterisk脚本目录：" +msgstr "进入Asterisk脚本目录 :" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:128 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "创建DTLS认证(用你的IP 地址或dns名字替换pbx.mycompany.com，用你的公司名替换我的超级公司)" +msgstr "创建DTLS认证(用你的IP 地址或dns名字替换pbx.mycompany.com, 用你的公司名替换我的超级公司)" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:135 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" @@ -1012,7 +1014,7 @@ msgid "" "well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" " by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " "uncommented:" -msgstr "对于WebRTC技术，很多需要的设置必须是对等设置。全局设置不是很好。默认情况下，Asterisk的配置文件位于在/ etc /asterisk/。通过编辑http.conf，并确保下面的行是取消注释的：" +msgstr "对于WebRTC技术, 很多需要的设置必须是对等设置。全局设置不是很好。默认情况下, Asterisk的配置文件位于在/ etc /asterisk/。通过编辑http.conf, 并确保下面的行是取消注释的 :" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -1021,17 +1023,17 @@ msgid "" "Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " "allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" -msgstr "接下来，编辑sip.conf。该WebRTC技术需要加密，AVPF和冰支持是启用的。在大多数情况下，直接媒体应禁用。此外，根据客户WebRTC技术，传输需要被列为“WS”来允许WebSocket连接。所有这些配置行应该在peer自己下面;全局范围内设置这些配置行可能无法正常工作：" +msgstr "接下来, 编辑sip.conf。该WebRTC技术需要加密, AVPF和冰支持是启用的。在大多数情况下, 直接媒体应禁用。此外, 根据客户WebRTC技术, 传输需要被列为“WS”来允许WebSocket连接。所有这些配置行应该在peer自己下面;全局范围内设置这些配置行可能无法正常工作 :" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:175 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" -msgstr "在sip.conf和rtp.conf文件，您还需要添加或取消注释行：" +msgstr "在sip.conf和rtp.conf文件, 您还需要添加或取消注释行 :" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:182 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "最后，建立extensions.conf文件：" +msgstr "最后, 建立extensions.conf文件 :" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:191 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" @@ -1039,7 +1041,7 @@ msgstr "配置Odoo VOIP" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "在Odoo，配置应该在用户的偏好来实现。" +msgstr "在Odoo, 配置应该在用户的偏好来实现。" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -1048,7 +1050,7 @@ msgid "" " chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " "required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" " an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." -msgstr "该SIP登录/浏览器的分机号是您先前在sip.conf文件中配置的号码。在我们的例子，1060的SIP密码就是您在sip.conf文件中选择的保密号。你的办公室的电话的分机不是必填字段，但如果你想从Odoo转移您的呼叫转移到外部电话就需啊在sip.conf文件还配置它。" +msgstr "该SIP登录/浏览器的分机号是您先前在sip.conf文件中配置的号码。在我们的例子, 1060的SIP密码就是您在sip.conf文件中选择的保密号。你的办公室的电话的分机不是必填字段, 但如果你想从Odoo转移您的呼叫转移到外部电话就需啊在sip.conf文件还配置它。" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -1082,7 +1084,7 @@ msgid "" "salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and " "organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well " "structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team." -msgstr "嗨，我的名字叫尼古拉，我是纺织行业的业务经理。我是配件零售商。你知道一个好的销售人员和优秀的销售人员的区别吗？关键是要富有成效的和有组织来完成这项工作。这就是Odoo用武之地。由于一个良好的组织结构，你会改变一个团队使之成为一个出色的团队。" +msgstr "嗨, 我的名字叫尼古拉, 我是纺织行业的业务经理。我是配件零售商。你知道一个好的销售人员和优秀的销售人员的区别吗？关键是要富有成效的和有组织来完成这项工作。这就是Odoo用武之地。由于一个良好的组织结构, 你会改变一个团队使之成为一个出色的团队。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1091,7 +1093,7 @@ msgid "" "also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. " "I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of" " $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance." -msgstr "随着Odoo CRM，这份工作对于我和我的整个团队变得容易的多。当我登录到Odoo CRM，我对于我进行中的表现有一个直接的大概了解。对于未来7天的活动，及在上个月的表现。对比发票，我看到上个月我超额完成了我的$200,000的目标。我的绩效有结构化的方法呈现。" +msgstr "随着Odoo CRM, 这份工作对于我和我的整个团队变得容易的多。当我登录到Odoo CRM, 我对于我进行中的表现有一个直接的大概了解。对于未来7天的活动, 及在上个月的表现。对比发票, 我看到上个月我超额完成了我的$200, 000的目标。我的绩效有结构化的方法呈现。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1102,13 +1104,13 @@ msgid "" "closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a " "first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation" " stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well." -msgstr "如果我想更深入地了解细节，我点击下一步行动，我可以看到，今天我已经计划与Think Big Systems 通电话。我通常会去我的销售管道做我每天的回顾。这个过程对于团队中每个人是一样的。我们的工作是找到分销商，在任何交易结束之前我们必须经历不同阶段。我们通常首先联系客户来验证机会，然后由“获得”进入报价和协商阶段，最终以‘赢得’结束..嗯，这是如果一切顺利。" +msgstr "如果我想更深入地了解细节, 我点击下一步行动, 我可以看到, 今天我已经计划与Think Big Systems 通电话。我通常会去我的销售管道做我每天的回顾。这个过程对于团队中每个人是一样的。我们的工作是找到分销商, 在任何交易结束之前我们必须经历不同阶段。我们通常首先联系客户来验证机会, 然后由“获得”进入报价和协商阶段, 最终以‘赢得’结束..嗯, 这是如果一切顺利。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38 msgid "" "The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business " "opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks." -msgstr "用户界面很平顺，我可以拖放任何业务机会从一个阶段到另一个阶段只需点击几下。" +msgstr "用户界面很平顺, 我可以拖放任何业务机会从一个阶段到另一个阶段只需点击几下。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1128,14 +1130,14 @@ msgid "" "Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the " "view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities " "for example." -msgstr "现在，对一个有趣的接触可以走得更远点：有一家百货公司。我通过改变颜色高亮显示他们的文件。对于每个联系人，我有我可以访问有关联系人的所有必要的信息的表单视图。我在这里看到我的机会，梅西有$ 50,000的估计收入和10％的成功率。我需要有关此次合作进行讨论，所以我安排直接的会议：梅西的合作伙伴会议。这可以很轻松地和任何联系人创建一个新的会议。我也可以从机会界面直接发送电子邮件，回复也会在系统中弹出显示。现在，让我们假设，这次会议发生了，所以我可以将其标记为已完成。系统自动显示下一个活动。其实，我们配置Odoo进行了一组处理每一个机会的典型活动，一个很棒的彻底跟进。下一个活动将是一个后续的电子邮件。从一个屏幕到另一个的浏览也是是非常简单和友好的！我可以看到我机会作为下一个活动在待办事项列表中。" +msgstr "现在, 对一个有趣的接触可以走得更远点 :有一家百货公司。我通过改变颜色高亮显示他们的文件。对于每个联系人, 我有我可以访问有关联系人的所有必要的信息的表单视图。我在这里看到我的机会, 梅西有$ 50, 000的估计收入和10％的成功率。我需要有关此次合作进行讨论, 所以我安排直接的会议: 梅西的合作伙伴会议。这可以很轻松地和任何联系人创建一个新的会议。我也可以从机会界面直接发送电子邮件, 回复也会在系统中弹出显示。现在, 让我们假设, 这次会议发生了, 所以我可以将其标记为已完成。系统自动显示下一个活动。其实, 我们配置Odoo进行了一组处理每一个机会的典型活动, 一个很棒的彻底跟进。下一个活动将是一个后续的电子邮件。从一个屏幕到另一个的浏览也是是非常简单和友好的！我可以看到我机会作为下一个活动在待办事项列表中。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 msgid "" "With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me" " and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales " "pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more." -msgstr "使用Odoo CRM，我有一个真正有效销售管理工具，我和我的团队能够很好地被组织起来。我对我销售渠道，会议，收入等一目了然。" +msgstr "使用Odoo CRM, 我有一个真正有效销售管理工具, 我和我的团队能够很好地被组织起来。我对我销售渠道, 会议, 收入等一目了然。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -1146,7 +1148,7 @@ msgid "" "existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them " "for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that " "simple." -msgstr "回到我的销售管道。梅西的业务成功取得到了资格，这意味着我可以将他们的文件移动到下一步，我会调整预期的收入。一旦，我已经完成资格审查程序，我将基于从我的接触得到的反馈创建一个新的报价。对于我的老客户，我也能通过使用Odoo模块的活动，快速发现和他们的活动，并继续和他们进行讨论。就这么简单。" +msgstr "回到我的销售管道。梅西的业务成功取得到了资格, 这意味着我可以将他们的文件移动到下一步, 我会调整预期的收入。一旦, 我已经完成资格审查程序, 我将基于从我的接触得到的反馈创建一个新的报价。对于我的老客户, 我也能通过使用Odoo模块的活动, 快速发现和他们的活动, 并继续和他们进行讨论。就这么简单。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1160,33 +1162,33 @@ msgid "" "reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can " "search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the " "details, I choose the list view and can click on any item" -msgstr "我们已经看到了作为业务经理或销售人员,我如何管理我的日常工作。最后，我希望有我的客户关系和预期收入的具体情况。如果我去到Odoo CRM的报告，我可以确切地知道在过去几个月里线索的演变，或者看看潜在的收入和不同团队在从线索到机会转换方面的表现。因此，所以用Odoo我可以根据预定指标或收藏的每一次活动得到一个明确的报告。我可以搜索其它过滤器及相关的视图。如果我想查找细节，我选择列表视图，并可以点击项目" +msgstr "我们已经看到了作为业务经理或销售人员, 我如何管理我的日常工作。最后, 我希望有我的客户关系和预期收入的具体情况。如果我去到Odoo CRM的报告, 我可以确切地知道在过去几个月里线索的演变, 或者看看潜在的收入和不同团队在从线索到机会转换方面的表现。因此, 所以用Odoo我可以根据预定指标或收藏的每一次活动得到一个明确的报告。我可以搜索其它过滤器及相关的视图。如果我想查找细节, 我选择列表视图, 并可以点击项目" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90 msgid "" "Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with " "structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but" " also allows me to:" -msgstr "Odoo CRM不仅是一个通过强大结构化的活动，性能仪表板，下一个活动等来实现与结构化我们的销售目标的强大工具，同时也可以让我：" +msgstr "Odoo CRM不仅是一个通过强大结构化的活动, 性能仪表板, 下一个活动等来实现与结构化我们的销售目标的强大工具, 同时也可以让我 :" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94 msgid "" "Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have " "gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those " "leads can then be converted into opportunities." -msgstr "使用那些从会议或通过网站收集得到的有目标的，但没有进行资格审核的线索，这些线索可以被转化为机遇。" +msgstr "使用那些从会议或通过网站收集得到的有目标的, 但没有进行资格审核的线索, 这些线索可以被转化为机遇。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99 msgid "" "Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, " "manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform." -msgstr "通过Odoo CRM VoIP 功能来管理电话。比如：呼叫客户，管理呼叫队列，通话记录，日程安排电话和进行下一步行动。" +msgstr "通过Odoo CRM VoIP 功能来管理电话。比如 :呼叫客户, 管理呼叫队列, 通话记录, 日程安排电话和进行下一步行动。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103 msgid "" "Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and " "turn them into sales orders." -msgstr "与Odoo销售集成，创建漂亮的网络报价或是PDF报价，使他们成为销售订单。" +msgstr "与Odoo销售集成, 创建漂亮的网络报价或是PDF报价, 使他们成为销售订单。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -1198,14 +1200,14 @@ msgid "" "Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile " "app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to " "quotes." -msgstr "无缝连接得管理我的业务，即使在旅途中。事实上，Odoo提供了一个手机应用程序，让每一笔生意可以组织从线索到报价的销售活动。" +msgstr "无缝连接得管理我的业务, 即使在旅途中。事实上, Odoo提供了一个手机应用程序, 让每一笔生意可以组织从线索到报价的销售活动。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113 msgid "" "Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales " "planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you " "getting started quickly too." -msgstr "Odoo CRM是一个功能强大，易于使用的应用程序。我首先使用销售计划来清楚地说明我的目标，并建立我们的CRM。这将帮助你快速入门了。" +msgstr "Odoo CRM是一个功能强大, 易于使用的应用程序。我首先使用销售计划来清楚地说明我的目标, 并建立我们的CRM。这将帮助你快速入门了。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies" @@ -1213,18 +1215,18 @@ msgstr "Odoo CRM名词术语" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10 msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:" -msgstr "** CRM(客户关系管理)**：" +msgstr " **CRM(客户关系管理)**: " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 msgid "" "System for managing a company's interactions with current and future " "customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and " "synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support." -msgstr "管理当前和未来客户公司的互动的系统。它往往涉及到使用技术来组织，自动化，并同步销售，营销，客户服务和技术支持。" +msgstr "管理当前和未来客户公司的互动的系统。它往往涉及到使用技术来组织, 自动化, 并同步销售, 营销, 客户服务和技术支持。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 msgid "**Sales cycle** :" -msgstr "**销售周期**：" +msgstr " **销售周期**: " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1233,59 +1235,59 @@ msgstr "公司通过使用阶段顺序把潜在客户转换成客户。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20 msgid "**Pipeline :**" -msgstr "**管道：**" +msgstr " **管道 :** " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 msgid "" "Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the " "final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and " "close leads through your sales cycle." -msgstr "你的销售过程，从第一次接触到最终成交的可视化呈现。它是指通过你的销售周期：生成，资格审核，结束线索的过程。" +msgstr "你的销售过程, 从第一次接触到最终成交的可视化呈现。它是指通过你的销售周期 :生成, 资格审核, 结束线索的过程。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24 msgid "**Sales stage** :" -msgstr "**销售阶段**：" +msgstr " **销售阶段**: " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23 msgid "" "In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and" " its probability to close a sale." -msgstr "在Odoo CRM，一个阶段定义了一个机会在销售周期及其概率在完成销售过程中的位置。" +msgstr "在Odoo CRM, 一个阶段定义了一个机会在销售周期及其概率在完成销售过程中的位置。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 msgid "**Lead :**" -msgstr "**线索 :**" +msgstr " **线索 :** " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27 msgid "" "Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to " "pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet." -msgstr "有人觉察您的公司或你决定追求销售，即使他们还不了解你的公司。" +msgstr "有人觉察您的公司或你决定追求销售, 即使他们还不了解你的公司。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 msgid "**Opportunity :**" -msgstr "**商机 :**" +msgstr " **商机 :** " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32 msgid "" "A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your " "products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales " "representative" -msgstr "线索表示出更多地了解你的产品/服务的兴趣，因此销售线索被移交给销售代表" +msgstr "线索表示出更多地了解你的产品/服务的兴趣, 因此销售线索被移交给销售代表" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 msgid "**Customer :**" -msgstr "**客户：**" +msgstr " **客户 :** " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37 msgid "" "In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether " "it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company." -msgstr "在Odoo CRM，客户适用于数据库内的任何接触，无论是线索，机会，客户或公司。" +msgstr "在Odoo CRM, 客户适用于数据库内的任何接触, 无论是线索, 机会, 客户或公司。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45 msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :" -msgstr "**关键绩效指标(KPI)**：" +msgstr " **关键绩效指标(KPI)**: " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1296,18 +1298,18 @@ msgstr "关键绩效指标是体现出一个公司是如何有效地实现关键 #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 msgid "**Lead scoring** :" -msgstr "**线索得分**：" +msgstr " **线索得分**: " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48 msgid "" "System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to " "their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether " "they are \"ready for sales\" or not." -msgstr "系统会根据他们的网络活动和个人信息对潜在客户分配正分或负分，以确定他们是否“准备销售”。" +msgstr "系统会根据他们的网络活动和个人信息对潜在客户分配正分或负分, 以确定他们是否“准备销售”。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62 msgid "**Kanban view :**" -msgstr "**看板视图：**" +msgstr " **看板视图 :** " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1318,39 +1320,39 @@ msgid "" "views-form>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped " "in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or " "work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)." -msgstr "在Odoo中，看板视图是一个工作流程可视化得工具介于'列表视图’`— 和不可编辑的‘表单视图’`__ 像\"卡片\"一样显示记录。记录被组合在列中用以在工作流程的可视化和操纵使用(如任务或工作进度管理)，或取消组合(只是用来显示记录)" +msgstr "在Odoo中, 看板视图是一个工作流程可视化得工具介于 '列表视图’ `— 和不可编辑的‘表单视图’` __ 像\" 卡片\\ \\ \"一样显示记录。记录被组合在列中用以在工作流程的可视化和操纵使用(如任务或工作进度管理), 或取消组合(只是用来显示记录)" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66 msgid "**List view :**" -msgstr "**列表视图 ：**" +msgstr " **列表视图 :** " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 msgid "" "View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) " "listed in a table." -msgstr "视图让你看到你的对象(联系人，公司，任务等)在表中列出。" +msgstr "视图让你看到你的对象(联系人, 公司, 任务等)在表中列出。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71 msgid "**Lead generation:**" -msgstr "**线索生成：**" +msgstr " **线索生成 :** " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 msgid "" "Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers" " in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales " "cycle." -msgstr "通过公司收集潜在客户的相关数据，建立关系并进一步推动销售周期。" +msgstr "通过公司收集潜在客户的相关数据, 建立关系并进一步推动销售周期。" #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76 msgid "**Campaign:**" -msgstr "**营销:**" +msgstr " **营销 :** " #: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 msgid "" "Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience " "and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the" " campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency." -msgstr "通过不同的渠道协调发送一系列动作给目标受众来建立线索。在Odoo CRM，您可以在链接一个线索到营销活动来衡量它的效率。" +msgstr "通过不同的渠道协调发送一系列动作给目标受众来建立线索。在Odoo CRM, 您可以在链接一个线索到营销活动来衡量它的效率。" #: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" @@ -1377,7 +1379,7 @@ msgid "" "about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically," " a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to " "centralize, track and manage leads." -msgstr "例如，一个网站的访问者填写了联系表单来了解更多你的产品和服务从而变成了你的公司一个线索。典型的比如Odoo 这样一个客户关系管理系统被用来集中，追踪，管理线索。" +msgstr "例如, 一个网站的访问者填写了联系表单来了解更多你的产品和服务从而变成了你的公司一个线索。典型的比如Odoo 这样一个客户关系管理系统被用来集中, 追踪, 管理线索。" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18 msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?" @@ -1390,7 +1392,7 @@ msgid "" "generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver " "great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring" " revenue and more work." -msgstr "生成高品质的潜在的稳定客户流是营销团队的最重要的职责之一。事实上，一个管理良好的线索生成过程就像是燃料，这将使你的公司提供出色的成就 - 线索带来的会议，会议带来销量，销售收入带来更多的工作。" +msgstr "生成高品质的潜在的稳定客户流是营销团队的最重要的职责之一。事实上, 一个管理良好的线索生成过程就像是燃料, 这将使你的公司提供出色的成就 - 线索带来的会议, 会议带来销量, 销售收入带来更多的工作。" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27 msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?" @@ -1405,15 +1407,15 @@ msgid "" " release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead" " generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your " "sales processes easily." -msgstr "信息可以通过多种来源捕获 - 营销活动，展览展销，外部数据库等。最常见的挑战是成功地收集所有数据，并跟踪任何线索的活动。把线索集中存储在一个地方，如Odoo CRM将解放你的这些忧虑，并会帮助你更好地自动化您的线索生成过程，与你的团队共享信息，并轻松地分析你的销售过程中的线索信息。" +msgstr "信息可以通过多种来源捕获 - 营销活动, 展览展销, 外部数据库等。最常见的挑战是成功地收集所有数据, 并跟踪任何线索的活动。把线索集中存储在一个地方, 如Odoo CRM将解放你的这些忧虑, 并会帮助你更好地自动化您的线索生成过程, 与你的团队共享信息, 并轻松地分析你的销售过程中的线索信息。" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37 msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:" -msgstr "Odoo CRM提供了几种方法来生成线索：" +msgstr "Odoo CRM提供了几种方法来生成线索 :" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` " #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1423,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "发送到您的公司的通用电子邮箱的查询邮件可以自动生 #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../leads/generate/manual` " #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1434,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "您可能要跟进一个在展览见过一面并给了你他的名片的 #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../leads/generate/website` " #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1444,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "网站访问者填写表单自动在Odoo CRM 里生成线索或机会。 #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../leads/generate/import` " #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -1458,14 +1460,14 @@ msgstr "开始" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?" -msgstr "如何建立你的团队，销售过程和目标" +msgstr "如何建立你的团队, 销售过程和目标" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you " "handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from" " lead to customer." -msgstr "这种快速的一步一步的指南将引导您完成Odoo CRM，帮助您轻松处理您的销售渠道，时刻从线索到客户管理您的销售渠道。" +msgstr "这种快速的一步一步的指南将引导您完成Odoo CRM, 帮助您轻松处理您的销售渠道, 时刻从线索到客户管理您的销售渠道。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1473,14 +1475,14 @@ msgid "" "`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install," " fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be " "directed to the module when the database is ready." -msgstr "从`www.odoo.com/start `__生成你的数据库，选择CRM 作为第一个app安装，填写表单，点击”马上创建“。你会自动直接到这个模块当数据库准备好后。" +msgstr "从 `www.odoo.com/start ` __生成你的数据库, 选择CRM 作为第一个app安装, 填写表单, 点击”马上创建“。你会自动直接到这个模块当数据库准备好后。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the " "submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every " "feature of the app is running smoothly." -msgstr "你会发现，客户关系管理模块的安装创造了子模块即时通讯，日历和联系人。为了使应用程序的每一个功能平稳运行，他们是强制安装的。" +msgstr "你会发现, 客户关系管理模块的安装创造了子模块即时通讯, 日历和联系人。为了使应用程序的每一个功能平稳运行, 他们是强制安装的。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27 msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner" @@ -1495,14 +1497,14 @@ msgid "" "personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it " "does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail " "whenever you feel it is needed." -msgstr "销售计划是一个有用的一步一步的指导，帮您实现您的销售渠道，并方便的确定自己的销售目标。我们强烈建议您首次使用Odoo CRM时遵循要求按指南的每一步走。您的输入定制是完全个人的，并准备引导你的工作。因为它不与后端交互，你可以自由适应任何你觉得需要的细节。" +msgstr "销售计划是一个有用的一步一步的指导, 帮您实现您的销售渠道, 并方便的确定自己的销售目标。我们强烈建议您首次使用Odoo CRM时遵循要求按指南的每一步走。您的输入定制是完全个人的, 并准备引导你的工作。因为它不与后端交互, 你可以自由适应任何你觉得需要的细节。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37 msgid "" "You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by " "clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen." " It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner." -msgstr "您可以从CRM模块内的任何地方通过点击位于右上侧屏幕进度条使用销售计划。它会告诉你，你离你的销售计划有多远。" +msgstr "您可以从CRM模块内的任何地方通过点击位于右上侧屏幕进度条使用销售计划。它会告诉你, 你离你的销售计划有多远。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46 msgid "Set up your first sales team" @@ -1517,7 +1519,7 @@ msgid "" "A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either " "use it or create a new one. Refer to the page " ":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." -msgstr "一个直接销售团队在一开始时就默认被建立了。你可以使用它或建一个新的。参照：:doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." +msgstr "一个直接销售团队在一开始时就默认被建立了。你可以使用它或建一个新的。参照 : : doc :`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56 msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team" @@ -1531,7 +1533,7 @@ msgid "" "products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to" " different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to " "them." -msgstr "当你的销售团队被建好后，下一步是链接你的销售人员到你的团队，以便他们能够处理他们应该收到的机会。比如，在你的公司里，Tim卖产品，John 卖维护合同，他们会被分配到不同的团队并且只收到对他们有意义的机会。" +msgstr "当你的销售团队被建好后, 下一步是链接你的销售人员到你的团队, 以便他们能够处理他们应该收到的机会。比如, 在你的公司里, Tim卖产品, John 卖维护合同, 他们会被分配到不同的团队并且只收到对他们有意义的机会。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -1539,19 +1541,19 @@ msgid "" "a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your " "selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** " "section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team." -msgstr "在Odoo CRM 里，你能快速生成一个新用户并直接分配给一个销售团队.从**仪表盘**，点击你选择的销售团队的**更多**，然后点击**设置**。在**分配**中，点击**生成**来增加一个新的销售给这个团队。" +msgstr "在Odoo CRM 里, 你能快速生成一个新用户并直接分配给一个销售团队.从 **仪表盘** , 点击你选择的销售团队的 **更多** , 然后点击 **设置** 。在 **分配** 中, 点击 **生成** 来增加一个新的销售给这个团队。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71 msgid "" "From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can " "assign someone on your team:" -msgstr "从**生成：销售员**跳出窗口(如下截屏)，你可以分配某人到你的团队。" +msgstr "从 **生成 :销售员** 跳出窗口(如下截屏), 你可以分配某人到你的团队。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need " "to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team" -msgstr "或者你的销售人员已经存在于系统中，你只需在下拉框中点击它，他会被分配到团队中。" +msgstr "或者你的销售人员已经存在于系统中, 你只需在下拉框中点击它, 他会被分配到团队中。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -1562,7 +1564,7 @@ msgid "" "The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into " "the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for " "more information about that process" -msgstr "或者你还想分配一个不在系统中的新的销售人员 - 可以从销售团队中快速建立一个新的用户。只需输入你的新销售人员的名称，然后单击创建(见下文)，以创建一个新用户进入系统，然后直接将其分配给你的团队。新用户将收到一封电子邮件邀请来设置自己的密码，登录到系统中。参见：DOC：`../../销售团队/经理/有关该过程的详细信息，创建salesperson`" +msgstr "或者你还想分配一个不在系统中的新的销售人员 - 可以从销售团队中快速建立一个新的用户。只需输入你的新销售人员的名称, 然后单击创建(见下文), 以创建一个新用户进入系统, 然后直接将其分配给你的团队。新用户将收到一封电子邮件邀请来设置自己的密码, 登录到系统中。参见 :DOC:`../../销售团队/经理/有关该过程的详细信息, 创建salesperson` " #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90 msgid "Set up your pipeline" @@ -1575,7 +1577,7 @@ msgid "" " will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. " "Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to " "define the stages of your pipeline." -msgstr "现在已经创建了您的销售团队并把您的销售人员都链接到它，你将需要设置您的管道 -通过你的销售周期创建你的团队生成，资格及关闭机会的过程。请参阅文档：DOC：`../../销售团队/设置/组织_管道`来定义管道的阶段。" +msgstr "现在已经创建了您的销售团队并把您的销售人员都链接到它, 你将需要设置您的管道 -通过你的销售周期创建你的团队生成, 资格及关闭机会的过程。请参阅文档 :DOC:`../../销售团队/设置/组织_管道` 来定义管道的阶段。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99 msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities" @@ -1588,11 +1590,11 @@ msgid "" "email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com " "`__\\, every email sent will " "automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "在Odoo CRM，一种在您的销售团队中创建机会的方法是创建一个通用的电子邮件地址作为触发。例如，如果你的团队直接的个人电子邮件地址`direct@mycompany.example.com `__\\，每封电子邮件会自动创建一个新的机会进入销售团队。" +msgstr "在Odoo CRM, 一种在您的销售团队中创建机会的方法是创建一个通用的电子邮件地址作为触发。例如, 如果你的团队直接的个人电子邮件地址 `direct@mycompany.example.com ` __\\, 每封电子邮件会自动创建一个新的机会进入销售团队。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108 msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up." -msgstr "参照: :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` 进行配置." +msgstr "参照 : : doc :`../../leads/generate/emails` 进行配置." #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111 msgid "Automate lead assignation" @@ -1603,13 +1605,13 @@ msgid "" "If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be " "useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your " "opportunities automatically to the right department." -msgstr "如果您的公司每天产生大量的线索，自动化分配将是非常有用的，这样系统会自动分配所有的机会到正确的部门。" +msgstr "如果您的公司每天产生大量的线索, 自动化分配将是非常有用的, 这样系统会自动分配所有的机会到正确的部门。" #: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117 msgid "" "Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for " "more information." -msgstr "请参阅文档：DOC：`../../引线/管理/自动分配`了解更多信息。" +msgstr "请参阅文档 :DOC:`../../引线/管理/自动分配` 了解更多信息。" #: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" @@ -1618,7 +1620,7 @@ msgstr "报告" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3 msgid "" "How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports" -msgstr "如何分析你的团队的销售业绩，并获得定制的报告" +msgstr "如何分析你的团队的销售业绩, 并获得定制的报告" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1630,14 +1632,14 @@ msgid "" "and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their " "expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales " "cycle for a given product or service." -msgstr "作为管理者，你需要不断的监测团队的表现，以帮助您为公司得到准确的相关决策。因此，** Odoo销售**的**报告**部分是一个非常重要的工具，可以帮助你得到更好地了解您的企业的优势，劣势和机会，并向您展示趋势和预测的关键指标，如机遇数量和他们的预期收入，团队的成交率或者对于一个产品或服务销售周期。" +msgstr "作为管理者, 你需要不断的监测团队的表现, 以帮助您为公司得到准确的相关决策。因此, **Odoo销售** 的 **报告** 部分是一个非常重要的工具, 可以帮助你得到更好地了解您的企业的优势, 劣势和机会, 并向您展示趋势和预测的关键指标, 如机遇数量和他们的预期收入, 团队的成交率或者对于一个产品或服务销售周期。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14 msgid "" "Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other " "KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging " "sales funnel success." -msgstr "除了这些显而易见的跟踪销售漏斗的指标，还有一些其他的关键绩效指标，当用来判断销售漏斗是否成功时对您的公司是非常有价值的。" +msgstr "除了这些显而易见的跟踪销售漏斗的指标, 还有一些其他的关键绩效指标, 当用来判断销售漏斗是否成功时对您的公司是非常有价值的。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19 msgid "Review pipelines" @@ -1654,13 +1656,13 @@ msgid "" "periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply" " by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual" " sales performance." -msgstr "您可以从**销售**模块中获得您的销售渠道业绩，通过点击：菜单选择：`销售 - >报告 - >管道分析`。默认情况下，报告组合了所有的机会，通过阶段(了解更多关于如何创建和自定义阶段阅读：DOC：'../销售团队/设置/组织_管道)和当月的预期收入。这份报告对**销售经理**定期审查销售渠道与相关销售团队是很完善的。通过访问这个基本的报告，你可以得到的实际销售业绩的快速概述。" +msgstr "您可以从 **销售** 模块中获得您的销售渠道业绩, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售 - >报告 - >管道分析` 。默认情况下, 报告组合了所有的机会, 通过阶段(了解更多关于如何创建和自定义阶段阅读 :DOC: '../销售团队/设置/组织_管道)和当月的预期收入。这份报告对 **销售经理** 定期审查销售渠道与相关销售团队是很完善的。通过访问这个基本的报告, 你可以得到的实际销售业绩的快速概述。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30 msgid "" "You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the " "**measures** icon, such as :" -msgstr "您可以通过点击**计量**图标，添加很多额外的数据到您的报告：" +msgstr "您可以通过点击 **计量** 图标, 添加很多额外的数据到您的报告 :" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33 msgid "Expected revenue." @@ -1695,7 +1697,7 @@ msgid "" "example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team," " I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales " "Team**." -msgstr "通过点击**+**和** - **图标，可以向上和向下追溯您的报告，以改变显示信息的方式。例如，如果我想看到我的**直接销售**团队的预期收入，我需要点击**+**图标在垂直轴上加上**销售团队**。" +msgstr "通过点击 **+** 和 **-** 图标, 可以向上和向下追溯您的报告, 以改变显示信息的方式。例如, 如果我想看到我的 **直接销售** 团队的预期收入, 我需要点击 **+** 图标在垂直轴上加上 **销售团队** 。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -1704,7 +1706,7 @@ msgid "" "report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar " "Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons " "highlighted on the screenshot below." -msgstr "根据你想突出的数据，你可能需要在一个更直观的视图来显示您的报告。 Odoo**CRM** 可以让你通过简单的点击来改变你的报告为3种图形视图：**饼图**，**条形图**和**线图**。这些视图可以通过下面的截图中显示的高亮图标进行访问。" +msgstr "根据你想突出的数据, 你可能需要在一个更直观的视图来显示您的报告。 Odoo **CRM** 可以让你通过简单的点击来改变你的报告为3种图形视图 : **饼图** , **条形图** 和 **线图** 。这些视图可以通过下面的截图中显示的高亮图标进行访问。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65 msgid "Customize reports" @@ -1722,20 +1724,20 @@ msgid "" " readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can " "filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your " "customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "您可以根据您要访问的**KPI**轻松地自定义您的分析报告(见：'../概述/主要概念/ terminologies`：DOC)。要做到这一点，使用**高级搜索视图**位于屏幕的右侧，通过点击搜索栏结尾处的放大镜图标按钮。此功能可以在你的报告上突出选定的数据。该**过滤**选项，显示某些类别的机遇时非常有用，同时通过**分组**选项提高您需要的报表的可读性。请注意，您可以通过任何现有的CRM字段进行过滤和分组，使您的自定义非常灵活和强大。" +msgstr "您可以根据您要访问的 **KPI** 轻松地自定义您的分析报告(见 : '../概述/主要概念/ terminologies `: DOC)。要做到这一点, 使用 **高级搜索视图** 位于屏幕的右侧, 通过点击搜索栏结尾处的放大镜图标按钮。此功能可以在你的报告上突出选定的数据。该 **过滤** 选项, 显示某些类别的机遇时非常有用, 同时通过 **分组** 选项提高您需要的报表的可读性。请注意, 您可以通过任何现有的CRM字段进行过滤和分组, 使您的自定义非常灵活和强大。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82 msgid "" "You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " "from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " "saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "您可以保存并再次使用定制的过滤，从**高级搜索视图**中点击**收藏**，然后**保存当前的搜索**。保存的过滤器将从**收藏**菜单访问。" +msgstr "您可以保存并再次使用定制的过滤, 从 **高级搜索视图** 中点击 **收藏** , 然后 **保存当前的搜索** 。保存的过滤器将从 **收藏** 菜单访问。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87 msgid "" "Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor " "your sales' performances :" -msgstr "这里是一些定制报告的例子，你可以用来监控你的销售业绩。" +msgstr "这里是一些定制报告的例子, 你可以用来监控你的销售业绩。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91 msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople" @@ -1750,7 +1752,7 @@ msgid "" "**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople " "by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales " "activities of your salespeople." -msgstr "从您的管道分析报告，首先要确保的**预期收益**选项是从**计量**下拉列表下选择。然后，使用**+**和** - **图标，并添加**销售员**和**阶段**做为你的垂直轴，并筛选所需的销售人员。然后在**图形视图中**单击图标通过阶段来显示你的销售人员的可视化表示。这种定制的报告可以让您轻松一览你的销售人员的销售活动。" +msgstr "从您的管道分析报告, 首先要确保的 **预期收益** 选项是从 **计量** 下拉列表下选择。然后, 使用 **+** 和 **-** 图标, 并添加 **销售员** 和 **阶段** 做为你的垂直轴, 并筛选所需的销售人员。然后在 **图形视图中** 单击图标通过阶段来显示你的销售人员的可视化表示。这种定制的报告可以让您轻松一览你的销售人员的销售活动。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105 msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team" @@ -1761,7 +1763,7 @@ msgid "" "In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term " "performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : " "the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**." -msgstr "为了预计月度收入和衡量你的团队的短期业绩。你需要使用两个重要的指标：**预期收入**和**预期结束**。" +msgstr "为了预计月度收入和衡量你的团队的短期业绩。你需要使用两个重要的指标 : **预期收入** 和 **预期结束** 。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -1770,18 +1772,18 @@ msgid "" "click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. " "Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected " "closing.**" -msgstr "从您的管道分析报告，首先要确保的**预期收益**选项是从**计量**下拉列表下选择。然后，使用**+**和** - **图标，并添加**销售员**和**阶段**做为你的垂直轴，并选择所需的销售组。然后在横向轴上，点击**+**，选择**预期关闭**。" +msgstr "从您的管道分析报告, 首先要确保的 **预期收益** 选项是从 **计量** 下拉列表下选择。然后, 使用 **+** 和 **-** 图标, 并添加 **销售员** 和 **阶段** 做为你的垂直轴, 并选择所需的销售组。然后在横向轴上, 点击 **+** , 选择 **预期关闭** 。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121 msgid "" "In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your " "salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue " "for each one of their opportunities" -msgstr "为了保证你的预测的准确性和相关性，要确保你的销售人员为每个机会正确建立了预期关闭和预期收入。" +msgstr "为了保证你的预测的准确性和相关性, 要确保你的销售人员为每个机会正确建立了预期关闭和预期收入。" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" -msgstr ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" +msgstr " :doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` " #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3 msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)" @@ -1793,24 +1795,24 @@ msgid "" "up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics " "in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily " "work." -msgstr "专业销售人员每天都在努力达到他们的目标并跟进销售活动。他们需要随时随地访问一些重要的指标，以了解它们是如何操作的以及更好地组织他们的日常工作。" +msgstr "专业销售人员每天都在努力达到他们的目标并跟进销售活动。他们需要随时随地访问一些重要的指标, 以了解它们是如何操作的以及更好地组织他们的日常工作。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10 msgid "" "Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized " "and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:" -msgstr "在Odoo CRM 模块里，每个小组成员都可以访问个人的独立的仪表盘来获得一个实时的概览：" +msgstr "在Odoo CRM 模块里, 每个小组成员都可以访问个人的独立的仪表盘来获得一个实时的概览 :" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13 msgid "" "Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions" -msgstr "最高优先级别：他们立即看到自己预定的会议和下一步行动" +msgstr "最高优先级别 :他们立即看到自己预定的会议和下一步行动" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16 msgid "" "Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their " "monthly targets and last month activities." -msgstr "销售业绩：他们清楚地知道他们的销售表现相比他们的每月目标和上个月的活动。" +msgstr "销售业绩 :他们清楚地知道他们的销售表现相比他们的每月目标和上个月的活动。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26 msgid "Install the CRM application" @@ -1820,7 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "安装CRM程序" msgid "" "In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need " "to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon." -msgstr "为了管理您的销售渠道和跟踪您的机会，你需要从**应用程序图标**安装的CRM模块。" +msgstr "为了管理您的销售渠道和跟踪您的机会, 你需要从 **应用程序图标** 安装的CRM模块。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35 msgid "Create opportunities" @@ -1832,7 +1834,7 @@ msgid "" "screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate " "your dashboard (read the related documentation " ":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)." -msgstr "如果您的管道是空的，你的销售仪表板看起来像下面的截图。您将需要创建一些机会来激活您的仪表板(阅读相关文档：DOC：`../线索/生成/ 手册`了解详情)。" +msgstr "如果您的管道是空的, 你的销售仪表板看起来像下面的截图。您将需要创建一些机会来激活您的仪表板(阅读相关文档 :DOC:`../线索/生成/ 手册` 了解详情)。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1845,7 +1847,7 @@ msgid "" "you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your " "activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to " "excel." -msgstr "你能点击仪表盘的任意地方来得到你的活动的具体分析。然后，你可以方便得生成喜欢的报告并导出到EXCEL." +msgstr "你能点击仪表盘的任意地方来得到你的活动的具体分析。然后, 你可以方便得生成喜欢的报告并导出到EXCEL." #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54 msgid "Daily tasks to process" @@ -1856,7 +1858,7 @@ msgid "" "The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the " "number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a " "prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days." -msgstr "销售仪表板(标**待办事项**)的左半部分显示计划于未来7天会议和下一步行动的数量(例如，如果您需要通过电子邮件调用一个前景或跟进)。" +msgstr "销售仪表板(标 **待办事项** )的左半部分显示计划于未来7天会议和下一步行动的数量(例如, 如果您需要通过电子邮件调用一个前景或跟进)。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64 msgid "Meetings" @@ -1868,7 +1870,7 @@ msgid "" "and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the " "**meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming " "appointments." -msgstr "在上面的例子中，我看到今天我没有会议安排，在接下来的7天内有3个会议安排。我只需点击**会议**按钮访问我的日历并看到近期的约会。" +msgstr "在上面的例子中, 我看到今天我没有会议安排, 在接下来的7天内有3个会议安排。我只需点击 **会议** 按钮访问我的日历并看到近期的约会。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75 msgid "Next actions" @@ -1879,7 +1881,7 @@ msgid "" "Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If" " I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the " "contact form of the corresponding opportunity." -msgstr "回到上面的例子，我有1个活动需要我的行动。如果我点击**下一步行动**绿色按钮，我将被重定向到相应机会的联系方式。" +msgstr "回到上面的例子, 我有1个活动需要我的行动。如果我点击 **下一步行动** 绿色按钮, 我将被重定向到相应机会的联系方式。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -1887,13 +1889,13 @@ msgid "" "brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click " "on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next" " actions." -msgstr "根据**下一个活动**现场，我看到，我曾计划今天通过电子邮件送一本小册子。一旦活动结束，我可以点击**完成**(或**取消**)，以便从我的下一步行动消除这种机会。" +msgstr "根据 **下一个活动** 现场, 我看到, 我曾计划今天通过电子邮件送一本小册子。一旦活动结束, 我可以点击 **完成** (或 **取消** ), 以便从我的下一步行动消除这种机会。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90 msgid "" "When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in " "your dashboard." -msgstr "当你的下一个活动之一逾期时，桔黄色将出现在你的仪表板。" +msgstr "当你的下一个活动之一逾期时, 桔黄色将出现在你的仪表板。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94 msgid "Performances" @@ -1916,7 +1918,7 @@ msgid "" "completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next " "activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting " "regarding the activities that I have completed." -msgstr "**已做活动**对应于已完成的下一个动作(这意味着你已经点击**下一个活动**的**完成**字段)。当我点击它，我可以访问我已经完成了的活动的详细报告。" +msgstr " **已做活动** 对应于已完成的下一个动作(这意味着你已经点击 **下一个活动** 的 **完成** 字段)。当我点击它, 我可以访问我已经完成了的活动的详细报告。" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116 msgid "Won in opportunities" @@ -1926,7 +1928,7 @@ msgstr "赢得机会" msgid "" "This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities " "within my pipeline with a stage **Won**." -msgstr "这节会统计所有在销售管道中**赢得**阶段的机会的预期收入" +msgstr "这节会统计所有在销售管道中 **赢得** 阶段的机会的预期收入" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125 msgid "Quantity invoiced" @@ -1937,11 +1939,11 @@ msgid "" "This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more " "information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation:" " :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "本节将统计给我的机会开具发票的数量。有关开票过程的详细信息，请参阅相关的文档：文档：`../../会计/应收账款/ 客户_发票/ 总览`" +msgstr "本节将统计给我的机会开具发票的数量。有关开票过程的详细信息, 请参阅相关的文档 :文档:`../../会计/应收账款/ 客户_发票/ 总览` " #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132 msgid ":doc:`analysis`" -msgstr ":doc:`analysis`" +msgstr " :doc:`analysis` " #: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3 msgid "Sales Team" @@ -1965,37 +1967,37 @@ msgid "" " and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his" " professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo " "instance - and a picture." -msgstr "从设置模块，进入子菜单：菜单选项：`用户 - >用户 `，然后点击**创建**。首先添加新销售人员的名字和他的个人电子邮件地址 - 他将利用登录到自己的Odoo - 和图片。" +msgstr "从设置模块, 进入子菜单 :菜单选项:`用户 - >用户 ` , 然后点击 **创建** 。首先添加新销售人员的名字和他的个人电子邮件地址 - 他将利用登录到自己的Odoo - 和图片。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16 msgid "" "Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can " "access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the " "app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:" -msgstr "在“访问权限”，你可以选择哪些应用程序您的用户可以访问和使用。权利的不同级别取决于应用程序。对于销售应用程序，可以从三个级别之间进行选择：" +msgstr "在“访问权限”, 你可以选择哪些应用程序您的用户可以访问和使用。权利的不同级别取决于应用程序。对于销售应用程序, 可以从三个级别之间进行选择 :" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20 msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only" -msgstr "**看自己线索**：用户将只能够访问他自己的数据" +msgstr " **看自己线索**: 用户将只能够访问他自己的数据" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22 msgid "" "**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every " "salesman in the sales module" -msgstr "**查看所有线索**：用户将能够访问销售模块中的每个业务员的所有记录" +msgstr " **查看所有线索**: 用户将能够访问销售模块中的每个业务员的所有记录" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25 msgid "" "**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well" " as the statistics reports" -msgstr "**经理**：用户将能够访问销售配置以及统计信息报告" +msgstr " **经理**: 用户将能够访问销售配置以及统计信息报告" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28 msgid "" "When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an " "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will " "be able to log into his personal account." -msgstr "当你完成编辑页面，并点击**保存**，一封邀请电子邮件将自动发送到用户，从那里他将能够登录到自己的个人账户。" +msgstr "当你完成编辑页面, 并点击 **保存** , 一封邀请电子邮件将自动发送到用户, 从那里他将能够登录到自己的个人账户。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36 msgid "Register your user into his sales team" @@ -2007,20 +2009,20 @@ msgid "" "can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go" " to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales " "team, then on **Settings**." -msgstr "您的用户现在已经登记在Odoo，可以登录到自己的界面。你也可以把他添到你选择的销售团队。从销售模块，进入你的仪表板和点击希望的销售团队**更多**按钮，然后点击**设定**。" +msgstr "您的用户现在已经登记在Odoo, 可以登录到自己的界面。你也可以把他添到你选择的销售团队。从销售模块, 进入你的仪表板和点击希望的销售团队 **更多** 按钮, 然后点击 **设定** 。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page " ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr "如果您需要首先创建一个新的销售团队，请参阅网页：文档：`../安装/ 生成_团队`" +msgstr "如果您需要首先创建一个新的销售团队, 请参阅网页 :文档:`../安装/ 生成_团队` " #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51 msgid "" "Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your " "salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your " "sales team." -msgstr "然后，在“团队成员”，点击**添加**，然后从列表选择您的业务员的名称。销售人员现在已经成功添加到您的销售团队。" +msgstr "然后, 在“团队成员”, 点击 **添加** , 然后从列表选择您的业务员的名称。销售人员现在已经成功添加到您的销售团队。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -2030,11 +2032,11 @@ msgid "" "After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to " "set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under " "the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu." -msgstr "您也可以从你的销售团队一步添加一个新的销售人员飞甚至在他被注册为Odoo用户之前。从上面的截图，点击“创建”，添加您的销售人员，并输入他的姓名和电子邮件地址。保存后，销售员会收到包含一个链接的邀请来设置自己的密码。然后，您将能够定义他的访问权限：菜单选择：`设置 - > 用户`菜单。" +msgstr "您也可以从你的销售团队一步添加一个新的销售人员飞甚至在他被注册为Odoo用户之前。从上面的截图, 点击“创建”, 添加您的销售人员, 并输入他的姓名和电子邮件地址。保存后, 销售员会收到包含一个链接的邀请来设置自己的密码。然后, 您将能够定义他的访问权限 :菜单选择:`设置 - > 用户` 菜单。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" +msgstr " :doc:`../setup/create_team` " #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3 msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" @@ -2047,7 +2049,7 @@ msgid "" "productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative" " ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and" " badges inspired by game mechanics." -msgstr "用目标和奖励来挑战你的员工达到具体的目的是加强好习惯和提高您的销售人员工作效率的好方法。 **游戏化**的Odoo应用程序，使用实时认证和徽章激励的游戏机制，给您提供了简单和创造性的方式来激励评估员工。" +msgstr "用目标和奖励来挑战你的员工达到具体的目的是加强好习惯和提高您的销售人员工作效率的好方法。 **游戏化** 的Odoo应用程序, 使用实时认证和徽章激励的游戏机制, 给您提供了简单和创造性的方式来激励评估员工。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2055,7 +2057,7 @@ msgid "" "can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful " "data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the " "**CRM/Sale** modules." -msgstr "从**APP**菜单，搜索并安装“Gamification**模块。你可以安装**CRM gamification**程序, 这将增加一些可用于涉及到** CRM/销售**模块使用的有用数据(目标和挑战)。" +msgstr "从 **APP** 菜单, 搜索并安装“Gamification **模块。你可以安装** CRM gamification **程序, 这将增加一些可用于涉及到** CRM/销售 **模块使用的有用数据(目标和挑战)。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23 msgid "Create a challenge" @@ -2065,7 +2067,7 @@ msgstr "创建一个挑战" msgid "" "You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "现在，您可以从菜单中创建您的第一个挑战：菜单选择：`设置 - >游戏化工具 - > 挑战`。" +msgstr "现在, 您可以从菜单中创建您的第一个挑战 :菜单选择:`设置 - >游戏化工具 - > 挑战` 。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -2074,14 +2076,14 @@ msgid "" "order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app " "(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer " "mode**." -msgstr "由于游戏化工具是一次性的技术设置，您需要激活技术特点才能访问配置。为了做到这一点，请单击上任何应用程序(右上)的**关于**再**激活开发者模式**。" +msgstr "由于游戏化工具是一次性的技术设置, 您需要激活技术特点才能访问配置。为了做到这一点, 请单击上任何应用程序(右上)的 **关于** 再 **激活开发者模式** 。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38 msgid "" "A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can " "include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. " "Configure your challenge as follows:" -msgstr "一个挑战是你将发送到您的销售人员的任务。它可包括一个或多个目标，并设置了一个特定的时间段。配置您的挑战如下：" +msgstr "一个挑战是你将发送到您的销售人员的任务。它可包括一个或多个目标, 并设置了一个特定的时间段。配置您的挑战如下 :" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42 msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged" @@ -2109,7 +2111,7 @@ msgid "" "of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " "end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is " "manually closed." -msgstr "当一个挑战结束时，授予徽章。这可能是在一个运行周期结束(例如：每月按月挑战结束)，在比赛的最后日期(如果没有周期性设置)，或者当挑战是手动关闭。" +msgstr "当一个挑战结束时, 授予徽章。这可能是在一个运行周期结束(例如 :每月按月挑战结束), 在比赛的最后日期(如果没有周期性设置), 或者当挑战是手动关闭。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2117,7 +2119,7 @@ msgid "" "**Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total " "amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the " "month, the winner will be granted with a badge." -msgstr "例如，在下面的截图，我用**月度销售目标**挑战了2名员工。我们面临的挑战将基于2个目标：总金额开具发票，产生新的线索的数量。在月底，获胜者将被授予徽章。" +msgstr "例如, 在下面的截图, 我用 **月度销售目标** 挑战了2名员工。我们面临的挑战将基于2个目标 :总金额开具发票, 产生新的线索的数量。在月底, 获胜者将被授予徽章。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67 msgid "Set up goals" @@ -2128,14 +2130,14 @@ msgid "" "The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. " "**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) " "and compare members of a team with each others and through time." -msgstr "用户可使用的目标和达到数值目标进行评估。 分配**目标**并通过**挑战**评估(见本文上面)在团队成员之间进行比较及通过的时间。" +msgstr "用户可使用的目标和达到数值目标进行评估。 分配 **目标** 并通过 **挑战** 评估(见本文上面)在团队成员之间进行比较及通过的时间。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74 msgid "" "You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on " "**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a " "goal, according to your company's needs, such as :" -msgstr "你可以一步建立一个**挑战**，通过点击在**目标**下**增加一个新项目**。你可以选择任何业务作为一个目标,按您公司的需要，比如：" +msgstr "你可以一步建立一个 **挑战** , 通过点击在 **目标** 下 **增加一个新项目** 。你可以选择任何业务作为一个目标, 按您公司的需要, 比如 :" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78 msgid "number of new leads," @@ -2149,13 +2151,13 @@ msgstr "验证线索的时间" msgid "" "total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " "based on your management preferences." -msgstr "发票总量在特定的一周，一个月或根据您的喜好管理其他任何时间框架。" +msgstr "发票总量在特定的一周, 一个月或根据您的喜好管理其他任何时间框架。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89 msgid "" "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " "and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立(比如 设定你的公司数据，一个时区，建立一个新用户，等等)" +msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立(比如 设定你的公司数据, 一个时区, 建立一个新用户, 等等)" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93 msgid "Set up rewards" @@ -2166,17 +2168,17 @@ msgid "" "For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a " "simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " "exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work." -msgstr "对于非数值的成绩，**徽章**可以授给用户。从一个简单的*谢谢*为一个特殊的成就，徽章是感激用户优秀工作一个简单的方法。" +msgstr "对于非数值的成绩, **徽章** 可以授给用户。从一个简单的 *谢谢* 为一个特殊的成就, 徽章是感激用户优秀工作一个简单的方法。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99 msgid "" "You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their " "performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "您可以轻松创建一个授予徽章基于你的员工的表现：菜单选择：'游戏化工具 - > 徽章`。" +msgstr "您可以轻松创建一个授予徽章基于你的员工的表现 :菜单选择: '游戏化工具 - > 徽章 `。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`" -msgstr "：DOC：`../../报告/分析`" +msgstr " :DOC:`../../报告/分析` " #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new team?" @@ -2189,17 +2191,17 @@ msgid "" " by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales " "team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* " "from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch." -msgstr "在销售模块，您的销售团队从 **仪表盘** 菜单访问。如果从一个新的实例启动，你会发现一个销售团队被默认安装：直接销售。您可以开始使用默认的销售团队和编辑它(请参考 :doc:`organize_pipeline` 之 *创建及组织维护阶段* )，或者从头开始创建一个新的。" +msgstr "在销售模块, 您的销售团队从 **仪表盘** 菜单访问。如果从一个新的实例启动, 你会发现一个销售团队被默认安装 :直接销售。您可以开始使用默认的销售团队和编辑它(请参考 : doc :`organize_pipeline` 之 *创建及组织维护阶段* ), 或者从头开始创建一个新的。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12 msgid "" "To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` " "and click on **Create**." -msgstr "建立一个新团队，去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 销售团队(Sales Teams)` 点击 **创建** 。" +msgstr "建立一个新团队, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 销售团队(Sales Teams)` 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18 msgid "Fill in the fields :" -msgstr "填写字段：" +msgstr "填写字段 :" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20 msgid "Enter the name of your team" @@ -2218,13 +2220,13 @@ msgid "" "Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage " "opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now " "access your new team from your Dashboard." -msgstr "不要忘记选择“机会”选择如果你要管理机会，点击保存。现在你可以从你的仪表盘上访问新团队。" +msgstr "不要忘记选择“机会”选择如果你要管理机会, 点击保存。现在你可以从你的仪表盘上访问新团队。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35 msgid "" "If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, " "refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`." -msgstr "如果你要开始在空的数据库上工作，不创建新用户。参考页面 :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson` 。" +msgstr "如果你要开始在空的数据库上工作, 不创建新用户。参考页面 :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson` 。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3 msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline" @@ -2235,7 +2237,7 @@ msgid "" "A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your" " sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities " "and customers." -msgstr "一个结构良好的销售管道是为了保持对你销售过程的控制，并有对您的线索，机会和客户有360度视图。" +msgstr "一个结构良好的销售管道是为了保持对你销售过程的控制, 并有对您的线索, 机会和客户有360度视图。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -2244,7 +2246,7 @@ msgid "" "generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, " "leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban " "view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another." -msgstr "销售管道是销售过程的可视化表示，从第一次接触到最终成交。它是指由您生成的，通过你的销售周期和资格结束线索的过程。在Odoo CRM中，线索在看板视图销售管道的左端，再沿向右从一个阶段移动到另一个。" +msgstr "销售管道是销售过程的可视化表示, 从第一次接触到最终成交。它是指由您生成的, 通过你的销售周期和资格结束线索的过程。在Odoo CRM中, 线索在看板视图销售管道的左端, 再沿向右从一个阶段移动到另一个。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -2253,13 +2255,13 @@ msgid "" " funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel " "will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor," " Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*." -msgstr "每个阶段指在销售周期中的具体步骤和特别是你的潜在客户的销售准备。阶段数量在销售漏斗中各个公司是不同的。比如一个销售漏斗包含下列阶段：*领域，资格认证，资格认证的保证，主张，谈判，赢得，丢失*。" +msgstr "每个阶段指在销售周期中的具体步骤和特别是你的潜在客户的销售准备。阶段数量在销售漏斗中各个公司是不同的。比如一个销售漏斗包含下列阶段 : *领域, 资格认证, 资格认证的保证, 主张, 谈判, 赢得, 丢失* 。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26 msgid "" "Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their " "processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist." -msgstr "当然，每个组织对销售渠道的定义取决于它们的流程和工作流，所以多点或少一点的阶段都有可能。" +msgstr "当然, 每个组织对销售渠道的定义取决于它们的流程和工作流, 所以多点或少一点的阶段都有可能。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30 msgid "Create and organize your stages" @@ -2274,7 +2276,7 @@ msgid "" "From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** " "button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you " "need to create one first." -msgstr "从销售模块，进入你的仪表板和点击选中的销售团队的**管道按钮**。如果你没有任何销售队伍，你需要首先创建一个。" +msgstr "从销售模块, 进入你的仪表板和点击选中的销售团队的 **管道按钮** 。如果你没有任何销售队伍, 你需要首先创建一个。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -2283,13 +2285,13 @@ msgid "" "propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you " "want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging" " and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location." -msgstr "从你的管道看板视图中，您可以通过点击**添加新列**添加阶段。当创建一个列，Odoo将自动建议你为了完成你的过程而添加另一列。如果你想重新排列阶段的顺序，你可以很容易地通过拖放移动列到所需位置。" +msgstr "从你的管道看板视图中, 您可以通过点击 **添加新列** 添加阶段。当创建一个列, Odoo将自动建议你为了完成你的过程而添加另一列。如果你想重新排列阶段的顺序, 你可以很容易地通过拖放移动列到所需位置。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58 msgid "" "You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having " "more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline" -msgstr "你可以增加任意多的阶段，但我们建议为了保持清楚的管道最好不要超过6列。" +msgstr "你可以增加任意多的阶段, 但我们建议为了保持清楚的管道最好不要超过6列。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -2298,7 +2300,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as " "shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " "gives you access to a listview of all your leads." -msgstr "有些公司使用一个预先验证步骤来管理他们的线索，在将它们转换成机会之前。要激活领先阶段，请访问：菜单选择：`配置 - > Settings`并选择单选按钮，如下图所示。这将创造一个新的子菜单**线索**在**销售**下面，让您可以访问所有的线索列表视图。" +msgstr "有些公司使用一个预先验证步骤来管理他们的线索, 在将它们转换成机会之前。要激活领先阶段, 请访问 :菜单选择:`配置 - > Settings` 并选择单选按钮, 如下图所示。这将创造一个新的子菜单 **线索** 在 **销售** 下面, 让您可以访问所有的线索列表视图。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74 msgid "Set up stage probabilities" @@ -2314,26 +2316,26 @@ msgid "" "opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for " "each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing " "the deal." -msgstr "为了更好地了解什么是完成交易对于在你管道中一个给定的机会，你必须为每个阶段设置概率百分比。这一比例是指完成交易的成功率。" +msgstr "为了更好地了解什么是完成交易对于在你管道中一个给定的机会, 你必须为每个阶段设置概率百分比。这一比例是指完成交易的成功率。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84 msgid "" "Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the " "expected revenues of your sales cycle" -msgstr "建立阶段的概率是至关重要的，如果你想估计你销售周期的预期收入。" +msgstr "建立阶段的概率是至关重要的, 如果你想估计你销售周期的预期收入。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88 msgid "" "For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, " "Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your " "workflow could look like this :" -msgstr "比如，如果你的销售周期包含阶段*领域，资格认证，资格认证保证，主张，谈判，赢得 和丢失，* 然后你的工作流就可以这样：" +msgstr "比如, 如果你的销售周期包含阶段 *领域, 资格认证, 资格认证保证, 主张, 谈判, 赢得 和丢失, * 然后你的工作流就可以这样 :" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92 msgid "" "**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created " "from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed." -msgstr "**领域**：机会刚刚从线索管理接收或创建从陌生的呼叫活动。顾客的兴趣还没有被证实。" +msgstr " **领域**: 机会刚刚从线索管理接收或创建从陌生的呼叫活动。顾客的兴趣还没有被证实。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96 msgid "*Success rate : 5%*" @@ -2343,7 +2345,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 5%*" msgid "" "**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are " "identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known" -msgstr "**合格**：前景的业务和工作流程的了解，痛点的鉴定，确认，预算和时间是已知的。" +msgstr " **合格**: 前景的业务和工作流程的了解, 痛点的鉴定, 确认, 预算和时间是已知的。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101 msgid "*Success rate : 15%*" @@ -2352,7 +2354,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 15%*" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103 msgid "" "**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done" -msgstr "**资格发起人**：与决策者直接接触已经完成" +msgstr " **资格发起人**: 与决策者直接接触已经完成" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106 msgid "*Success rate : 25%*" @@ -2360,7 +2362,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 25%*" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108 msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation" -msgstr "**提案**：潜在顾客收到了一个报价" +msgstr " **提案**: 潜在顾客收到了一个报价" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110 msgid "*Success rate : 50%*" @@ -2368,7 +2370,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 50%*" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112 msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation" -msgstr "**谈判**：和潜在客户针对给他的报价进行谈判" +msgstr " **谈判**: 和潜在客户针对给他的报价进行谈判" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114 msgid "*Success rate : 75%*" @@ -2378,7 +2380,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 75%*" msgid "" "**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. " "He his now a customer" -msgstr "**赢得**：潜在客户确认了给他的报价单，已经收到销售订单，他现在已经是客户了" +msgstr " **赢得**: 潜在客户确认了给他的报价单, 已经收到销售订单, 他现在已经是客户了" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" @@ -2386,7 +2388,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 100%*" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121 msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested" -msgstr "**失落**：前景不再有兴趣" +msgstr " **失落**: 前景不再有兴趣" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123 msgid "*Success rate : 0%*" @@ -2397,13 +2399,13 @@ msgid "" "Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a " "corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next " "stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt." -msgstr "对于你的管道，每个阶段应该对应于一个相应的概率。每当你移动你的机会到下一阶段，您的销售的概率会自动适应。" +msgstr "对于你的管道, 每个阶段应该对应于一个相应的概率。每当你移动你的机会到下一阶段, 您的销售的概率会自动适应。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131 msgid "" "You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is " "closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost." -msgstr "你应该考虑使用**100**作为赢得交易的概率，使用**0**作为失去机会的概率。" +msgstr "你应该考虑使用 **100** 作为赢得交易的概率, 使用 **0** 作为失去机会的概率。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135 msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?" @@ -2413,7 +2415,7 @@ msgstr "如何设置阶段概率" msgid "" "To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired " "stage then on EDIT" -msgstr "编辑一个阶段，点击**设置**在选定的阶段的编辑上。" +msgstr "编辑一个阶段, 点击 **设置** 在选定的阶段的编辑上。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -2422,7 +2424,7 @@ msgid "" "example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will " "assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or " "Won." -msgstr "自动选择更改概率复选框让Odoo适应机会在阶段中中定义的几率。例如，如果设置为0％(丢失)或100％(赢得)的概率，Odoo分配相应的阶段当机会被标记为丢失或赢得。" +msgstr "自动选择更改概率复选框让Odoo适应机会在阶段中中定义的几率。例如, 如果设置为0％(丢失)或100％(赢得)的概率, Odoo分配相应的阶段当机会被标记为丢失或赢得。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 32170b601..67f04d7da 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -6,12 +6,13 @@ # Gary Wei , 2016 # Jeffery Chenn , 2016 # mrshelly , 2016 +# 思昀 邹 <1025772003@qq.com>, 2016 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-21 13:30+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -22,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss.rst:5 ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "讨论" +msgstr "企业论坛" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:8 msgid "Overview" @@ -37,11 +38,11 @@ msgid "" "from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " "chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " "simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "odoo讨论是一个为团队打造易于使用的消息应用，将你组织的全部通讯带入到一个地方，并且与odoo平台无缝集成。讨论让你在odoo任何地方发送接收消息，以及在应用中容易的管理消息和通知。讨论允许在一个简单可查询的界面创建 **渠道** ，用于关于项目的聊天，对话，会议协调，以及更多。" +msgstr "odoo讨论是一个为团队打造易于使用的消息应用, 将你组织的全部通讯带入到一个地方, 并且与odoo平台无缝集成。讨论让你在odoo任何地方发送接收消息, 以及在应用中容易的管理消息和通知。讨论允许在一个简单可查询的界面创建 **渠道** , 用于关于项目的聊天, 对话, 会议协调, 以及更多。" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "Communicating with Your Team Using Channels" -msgstr "使用渠道与你的团队进行沟通" +msgstr "使用渠道工具和你的团队进行沟通" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -49,16 +50,16 @@ msgid "" "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " "communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," " it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "能用 **渠道** 来组织与各个团队、部门、项目，或者其他需要沟通的群组之间的讨论。通过对话，每个人都可以看到，很容易让整个团队在循环中的最新发展" +msgstr "能用 **渠道** 来组织与各个团队、部门、项目, 或者其他需要沟通的群组之间的讨论。通过对话, 每个人都可以看到, 很容易让整个团队在循环中的最新发展" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:32 msgid "Creating a Channel" -msgstr "创建渠道" +msgstr "创建一个版块" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:34 msgid "" "In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "论坛可以支持两种类型的渠道 - **公开** 与 **私有** 。" +msgstr "论坛可以支持两种类型的版块 - **公开** 与 **私有** 。" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ msgid "" "privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " "**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " "visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "公开渠道只能由拥有白色特权的管理员创建, 且对组织里的所有人都可见。相对而言, 私人渠道可以由任一用户创建并且在默认情况下只对被邀请进入这个渠道的用户可见。" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -75,11 +76,11 @@ msgid "" " a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " "specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " "information)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在员工们需要获取学术研讨或公司通知等信息的时候, 公开渠道就能被很好地利用。反之, 私人渠道则应该应用于那些应该局限于特定用户或员工的信息如特定的或者机密的信息的时候被利用。" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:51 msgid "Configuring a Channel" -msgstr "配置渠道" +msgstr "配置一个版块" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -108,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:77 msgid "Locating a Channel" -msgstr "定位渠道" +msgstr "选择一个版块" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -163,7 +164,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:121 msgid "Grabbing Attention with Direct Messages and Mentions" -msgstr "用直接消息或者提及吸引注意力" +msgstr "用直接或者简介的信息博取关注" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -175,7 +176,7 @@ msgid "" "user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" "name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " "another channel." -msgstr "你可以在渠道或者聊天中 **提及** 一个用户，通过输入 **@用户名** 。在聊天中提及一个用户，将会设置他们作为项目的关注者（如果他们还不是关注者），并且发送一个消息到他们的收件箱。包含提及的项目会在列表视图收拢。在渠道提及一个用户将发生一个消息到他们的收件箱。你不能提及一个没有订阅渠道的用户。输入 **#渠道名** 将在聊天或另外渠道提供一个链接到提及的渠道。" +msgstr "你可以在渠道或者聊天中 **提及** 一个用户, 通过输入 **@用户名** 。在聊天中提及一个用户, 将会设置他们作为项目的关注者（如果他们还不是关注者）, 并且发送一个消息到他们的收件箱。包含提及的项目会在列表视图收拢。在渠道提及一个用户将发生一个消息到他们的收件箱。你不能提及一个没有订阅渠道的用户。输入 **#渠道名** 将在聊天或另外渠道提供一个链接到提及的渠道。" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:133 msgid "Direct Messaging a User" @@ -195,7 +196,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:146 msgid "Desktop Notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "讨论的桌面通知" +msgstr "论坛桌面提醒" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:158 msgid "Tracking Important Topics, Projects, and Conversations" -msgstr "追踪重要的话题，项目，对话" +msgstr "追踪重要的话题, 项目, 对话" #: ../../discuss/getting_started.rst:160 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 557ee754a..ed4efe351 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-18 10:59+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -100,15 +100,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58 msgid "These implementation planners will:" -msgstr "这些实施计划器将会：" +msgstr "这些实施计划器将会 :" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60 msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," -msgstr "帮助你为每一个应用定义目标和KPI，" +msgstr "帮助你为每一个应用定义目标和KPI," #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62 msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," -msgstr "指导经历配置步骤，" +msgstr "指导经历配置步骤," #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64 msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " "through all the steps. But you can also:" -msgstr "如果您有任何疑问或需要支持，我们的项目经理将指导您完成所有步骤。但是，你还可以：" +msgstr "如果您有任何疑问或需要支持, 我们的项目经理将指导您完成所有步骤。但是, 你还可以 :" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 msgid "Your internal implementation manager" -msgstr "内部的实施经理" +msgstr "提供一个接洽负责人" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "Integrate 95% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "集成95%的业务，不是100%" +msgstr "满足您的95%需求, 不能完全满足您的所有需求" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:146 msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" -msgstr "投资在学习odoo的时间" +msgstr "学习 ODOO 时间耗用" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -259,13 +259,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " "`__" -msgstr "用户文档: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user `__" +msgstr "用户文档 :`https: //www.odoo.com/documentation/user ` __" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 msgid "" "Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " "`__" -msgstr "介绍视频: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos `__" +msgstr "介绍视频 :`https: //www.odoo.com/r/videos ` __" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:165 msgid "Get things done" -msgstr "完成它" +msgstr "完成后" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 msgid "This module allows you to:" -msgstr "本模块允许你：" +msgstr "本模块允许你 :" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ msgstr "订阅服务" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:199 msgid "Cloud Hosting" -msgstr "云托管" +msgstr "云主机" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " "`__" -msgstr "ODOO 安全在线: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security `__" +msgstr "ODOO 安全在线 :`https: //www.odoo.com/page/security ` __" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:211 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 313167ec9..b821d78f7 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-17 11:45+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-21 14:06+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -40,30 +40,30 @@ msgstr "怎么样使用条码来做库存调整？" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "从条形码应用:" +msgstr "从条形码应用 :" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "点击 **盘点** " +msgstr "点击 **盘点** " #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 msgid "" "Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" " use the keyboard to set the quantity)." -msgstr "扫描所有的产品(如果有5件产品，就扫5次，或者使用键盘设置数量)" +msgstr "扫描所有的产品(如果有5件产品, 就扫5次, 或者使用键盘设置数量)" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " "products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " "repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." -msgstr "如果你进行多库位管理，在扫描产品之前扫描库位，例如扫描一个货架的条码；再扫描货架上的所有产品；接着然后对仓库中所有货架重复该操作。" +msgstr "如果你进行多库位管理, 在扫描产品之前扫描库位, 例如扫描一个货架的条码；再扫描货架上的所有产品；接着然后对仓库中所有货架重复该操作。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 msgid "" "When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." -msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描，手工确认盘点或者通过扫描 **确认** 条码确认。" +msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描, 手工确认盘点或者通过扫描 **确认** 条码确认。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders?" @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ msgid "" "There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " "printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " "scan products directly)." -msgstr "有两种方法处理交货订单：你可以在打印出来的单子上操作(并且扫描单子上的所有行)，或者在屏幕上(直接扫描产品)。" +msgstr "有两种方法处理交货订单 :你可以在打印出来的单子上操作(并且扫描单子上的所有行), 或者在屏幕上(直接扫描产品)。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" @@ -90,21 +90,21 @@ msgstr "通过选择所有在 **待办** 列表中文档打印当天的发货单 msgid "" "Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " "top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "一旦你开始处理你的发货单，在文档右上角 **扫码** 下载屏幕上正确的记录" +msgstr "一旦你开始处理你的发货单, 在文档右上角 **扫码** 下载屏幕上正确的记录" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 msgid "" "Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " "product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " "accessible, visible or is missing." -msgstr "然后，给所有产品 **扫描条码** ，或者如果产品上的条码不容易够到，看不到或者丢失了，就扫描产品栈板上的条码" +msgstr "然后, 给所有产品 **扫描条码** , 或者如果产品上的条码不容易够到, 看不到或者丢失了, 就扫描产品栈板上的条码" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 msgid "" "Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " "finish the operation." -msgstr "一旦你扫描了所有的产品，扫描 **确认** 条码动作来完成操作" +msgstr "一旦你扫描了所有的产品, 扫描 **确认** 条码动作来完成操作" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ msgstr "从电脑上或者移动设备处理所有的交货单" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 msgid "" "Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." -msgstr "下载所有标记为 **待做** 的发货单，并且打开第一个" +msgstr "下载所有标记为 **待做** 的发货单, 并且打开第一个" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ msgstr "捡起并扫描每一个列出的产品" msgid "" "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " "**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "一旦完成所有产品的拣货，点击 **确认** 按钮或者扫描 **确认条码** 动作来完成该操作" +msgstr "一旦完成所有产品的拣货, 点击 **确认** 按钮或者扫描 **确认条码** 动作来完成该操作" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 msgid "" "Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " "right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "通过点击右上角的 **箭头** 或者扫描\"\"下一页\"条码动作移到下一个发货单" +msgstr "通过点击右上角的 **箭头** 或者扫描\" \\ \\ \"下一页\" 条码动作移到下一个发货单 " #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" @@ -138,26 +138,26 @@ msgstr "如何处理内部调拨?" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "Odoo有2种类型的内部调拨:" +msgstr "Odoo有2种类型的内部调拨 :" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 msgid "" "Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" -msgstr "系统自动初始化的这些(例如，质量控制)" +msgstr "系统自动初始化的这些(例如, 质量控制)" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " "of the dashboard)." -msgstr "工人创建的这些(例如，通过仪表盘区域的内部调拨)。" +msgstr "工人创建的这些(例如, 通过仪表盘区域的内部调拨)。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "进行内部调拨:" +msgstr "进行内部调拨 :" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "从条码应用的首页，扫描 **源位置** 。" +msgstr "从条码应用的首页, 扫描 **源位置** 。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ msgstr "捡起并 **扫描产品** " #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "扫描 **目的位置** " +msgstr "扫描 **目的位置** " #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" @@ -179,28 +179,28 @@ msgstr "如何使用条形码来做批次号以及序列号管理?" msgid "" "Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " "outgoing deliveries:" -msgstr "批次号能够在收货，内部调拨和出货的时候进行编码：" +msgstr "批次号能够在收货, 内部调拨和出货的时候进行编码 :" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 msgid "" "In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" -msgstr "在条码界面， **扫描** 你想创建批次的产品 " +msgstr "在条码界面, **扫描** 你想创建批次的产品" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 msgid "" "If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " "the lots/serial numbers" -msgstr "如果该产品需要进行批次管理，一个窗口会打开帮助你扫描批次号/序列号" +msgstr "如果该产品需要进行批次管理, 一个窗口会打开帮助你扫描批次号/序列号" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 msgid "" "**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" " one automatically" -msgstr " **扫描** 一个批次条码，手工的 **输入** 一个或者 **留空** 自动生成一个" +msgstr " **扫描** 一个批次条码, 手工的 **输入** 一个或者 **留空** 自动生成一个" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "一旦完成，点击或者扫描 **确认** " +msgstr "一旦完成, 点击或者扫描 **确认** " #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" @@ -210,28 +210,28 @@ msgstr " **批次号** 和 **序列号** 之间的差别是什么？" msgid "" "**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " "you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." -msgstr " **批次号** 是一些特定产品的属性，所以每次当你扫描一个批次号，Odoo会在产品计数上添加一个" +msgstr " **批次号** 是一些特定产品的属性, 所以每次当你扫描一个批次号, Odoo会在产品计数上添加一个" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 msgid "" "On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " "barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " "scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." -msgstr "相反的，一个 **序列号** 是独一无二的，只能用独一的条码表示，也只能代表唯一一个产品。这样也就意味着Odoo不接受对同一个序列号的多次扫描" +msgstr "相反的, 一个 **序列号** 是独一无二的, 只能用独一的条码表示, 也只能代表唯一一个产品。这样也就意味着Odoo不接受对同一个序列号的多次扫描" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "在此，我们配置 **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** 批次追踪" +msgstr "在此, 我们配置 **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** 批次追踪" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 msgid "" "Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" " product (you can also use the keyboard)." -msgstr "在收获中扫描一个产品，然后扫描每一个产品的批次(也可以使用键盘)" +msgstr "在收获中扫描一个产品, 然后扫描每一个产品的批次(也可以使用键盘)" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "点击保存/扫描 **确认** 然后就做完了。" +msgstr "点击保存/扫描 **确认** 然后就做完了。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" @@ -242,30 +242,30 @@ msgid "" "There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " "on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " "scan products directly)." -msgstr "有两种处理收货的方法：可以在打印出来的文档上(在文档上扫描项目行)或者在屏幕上(直接扫描产品)" +msgstr "有两种处理收货的方法 :可以在打印出来的文档上(在文档上扫描项目行)或者在屏幕上(直接扫描产品)" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "处理打印的收货单：" +msgstr "处理打印的收货单 :" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " "Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." -msgstr "从当天 **待接收** 列表中选择单据并打印入库单，并且从上面菜单打印 **分拣作业** " +msgstr "从当天 **待接收** 列表中选择单据并打印入库单, 并且从上面菜单打印 **分拣作业** " #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " "top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." -msgstr "一旦开始处理收货单，扫描收货单右上角的条码从而让该收货单的详细内容在屏幕上显示出来。" +msgstr "一旦开始处理收货单, 扫描收货单右上角的条码从而让该收货单的详细内容在屏幕上显示出来。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " "on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " "visible or is missing." -msgstr "然后，扫描每个产品的条码，或者如果产品的条码不容易够到，看不清楚或者丢了的情况下，可以在调拨单的项目行上扫描条码" +msgstr "然后, 扫描每个产品的条码, 或者如果产品的条码不容易够到, 看不清楚或者丢了的情况下, 可以在调拨单的项目行上扫描条码" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" @@ -275,13 +275,13 @@ msgstr "在电脑或者移动设备处理收货单" msgid "" "Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " "one." -msgstr "下载所有标记为 **待收** 的收货单，并且打开第一个。" +msgstr "下载所有标记为 **待收** 的收货单, 并且打开第一个。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 msgid "" "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " "**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." -msgstr "当所有的拣货都完成的时候，点击 **确认** 按钮或者扫描 **确认** 条码动作来完成操作。" +msgstr "当所有的拣货都完成的时候, 点击 **确认** 按钮或者扫描 **确认** 条码动作来完成操作。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ msgstr "扫描." msgid "" "The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " "and keyboard." -msgstr "拣货呈现，逐个扫描或者用鼠标和键盘填写所有的信息。" +msgstr "拣货呈现, 逐个扫描或者用鼠标和键盘填写所有的信息。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." -msgstr "用来进行 **盘点** 和 **条码扫描** 推荐的3种不同的条码扫描应用是**USB扫描枪**， **蓝牙扫描枪** 以及 **移动电脑扫描枪** 。" +msgstr "用来进行 **盘点** 和 **条码扫描** 推荐的3种不同的条码扫描应用是 **USB扫描枪** , **蓝牙扫描枪** 以及 **移动电脑扫描枪** 。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ msgid "" "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" " you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " "be configured to be so." -msgstr "如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描，**USB扫描枪**是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描枪和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。" +msgstr "如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描, **USB扫描枪** 是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描枪和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ msgid "" "approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " "with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" " check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." -msgstr " **蓝牙扫描枪** 能和一个手机或者平板进行配对，如果你想要是移动设备但是又不想投入太多，使用蓝牙扫描枪就是不错的选择。方法是使用手机登陆Odoo，并把手机和蓝牙链接即可在仓库中扫描作业。蓝牙扫描能满足你使用手机就可以实时的进行移动操作以及 '手工的 '登陆系统。" +msgstr " **蓝牙扫描枪** 能和一个手机或者平板进行配对, 如果你想要是移动设备但是又不想投入太多, 使用蓝牙扫描枪就是不错的选择。方法是使用手机登陆Odoo, 并把手机和蓝牙链接即可在仓库中扫描作业。蓝牙扫描能满足你使用手机就可以实时的进行移动操作以及 '手工的' 登陆系统。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ msgid "" "Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." -msgstr "在繁忙的业务中， **移动电脑扫描枪** 是最简便的解决方法。它由一个小型电脑和一个内置扫描枪构成。并且该扫描设备是操作最具有生产力的解决方法，然而，你需要在该设备能流畅的运行Odoo。最近使用Android + 谷歌 Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE浏览器的移动端的模式可以实现该功能。然而，由于模式的多样性以及市场上的不同的配置，有必要先进行测试。" +msgstr "在繁忙的业务中, **移动电脑扫描枪** 是最简便的解决方法。它由一个小型电脑和一个内置扫描枪构成。并且该扫描设备是操作最具有生产力的解决方法, 然而, 你需要在该设备能流畅的运行Odoo。最近使用Android + 谷歌 Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE浏览器的移动端的模式可以实现该功能。然而, 由于模式的多样性以及市场上的不同的配置, 有必要先进行测试。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ msgid "" "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " "characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." -msgstr "一个USB扫描枪需要配置成和电脑键盘布局一样的操作系统，不然，你的扫描枪将不会直接的翻译(例如，用'Q'代替'A')。大多数扫描枪通过扫描用户手册中的条码进行配置。" +msgstr "一个USB扫描枪需要配置成和电脑键盘布局一样的操作系统, 不然, 你的扫描枪将不会直接的翻译(例如, 用 'Q' 代替 'A' )。大多数扫描枪通过扫描用户手册中的条码进行配置。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ msgid "" " of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " "explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -msgstr "默认的，Odoo在每次成功的扫描之间有50毫秒的延时(这样可以避免偶然的重复扫描)。如果你想禁用该延时，你可以通过在每次扫描条码之后插入一个回车配置你的扫描枪。这通常是默认的配置并且能通过扫描用户手册中特定的条码进行配置('CR 后缀 ON', '申请输入后缀', 等等。)。" +msgstr "默认的, Odoo在每次成功的扫描之间有50毫秒的延时(这样可以避免偶然的重复扫描)。如果你想禁用该延时, 你可以通过在每次扫描条码之后插入一个回车配置你的扫描枪。这通常是默认的配置并且能通过扫描用户手册中特定的条码进行配置( 'CR 后缀 ON' , '申请输入后缀' , 等等。)。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ msgid "" "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." -msgstr "Odoo的条码特性能让你节省在键盘，鼠标，和扫描枪上切换的时间。正确的给产品指定条码，给拣货类型指定条码，等等。并能让你通过控制几乎完全无缝衔接的扫描枪更加有效的工作。" +msgstr "Odoo的条码特性能让你节省在键盘, 鼠标, 和扫描枪上切换的时间。正确的给产品指定条码, 给拣货类型指定条码, 等等。并能让你通过控制几乎完全无缝衔接的扫描枪更加有效的工作。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 msgid "Set products barcodes" @@ -417,14 +417,14 @@ msgid "" "interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also" " be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "为了能够完成一个调拨或者完成一次盘点，你需要确保Odoo中产品的编码和产品条码保持一致。如果还没有完成这些，你可以通过一个手持设备在产品中输入条码。进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并点击 **配置产品条码 **按钮。该接口也可以通过系统的向导进入。" +msgstr "为了能够完成一个调拨或者完成一次盘点, 你需要确保Odoo中产品的编码和产品条码保持一致。如果还没有完成这些, 你可以通过一个手持设备在产品中输入条码。进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并点击 **配置产品条码** 按钮。该接口也可以通过系统的向导进入。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " "not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " "them)." -msgstr "产品型号：注意条码需要维护在产品型号中而不是产品模板中(不然就不能区别它们)。" +msgstr "产品型号 :注意条码需要维护在产品型号中而不是产品模板中(不然就不能区别它们)。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 msgid "Set locations barcodes" @@ -439,13 +439,13 @@ msgid "" "that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " "barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " "paper." -msgstr "如果你要管理多库位，你会发现给每个库位赋予一个条码并贴在库位上。你可以在在如下配置库位条码 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 库位`。在 **打印** 菜单有一个按钮，你可以用它打印库位名称和条码。每页有4个方便打印在贴纸上的排列的条码。" +msgstr "如果你要管理多库位, 你会发现给每个库位赋予一个条码并贴在库位上。你可以在在如下配置库位条码 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 库位` 。在 **打印** 菜单有一个按钮, 你可以用它打印库位名称和条码。每页有4个方便打印在贴纸上的排列的条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "" "Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " "name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "库位命名例子： **仓库简称** - **库位简称** - (**坐标 X** - **货架 Y** - **高度 Z**) 例如: A032-025-133" +msgstr "库位命名例子 : **仓库简称** - **库位简称** - ( **坐标 X** - **货架 Y** - **高度 Z** ) 例如 : A032-025-133" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:52 msgid "Barcode formats" @@ -457,13 +457,13 @@ msgid "" "proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " "products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "大多数产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要付款才能使用：你必须支付国际物品编码协会费后才能使用EAN条码(这就是为什么在商店中任何两个产品都不会有重复条码)。" +msgstr "大多数产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要付款才能使用 :你必须支付国际物品编码协会费后才能使用EAN条码(这就是为什么在商店中任何两个产品都不会有重复条码)。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " "your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "和以前一样，Odoo支持所有字符串的条码，所以你也可以定义内部的条码格式。" +msgstr "和以前一样, Odoo支持所有字符串的条码, 所以你也可以定义内部的条码格式。" #: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ msgid "" "Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " "inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " "the right locations." -msgstr "一旦产品被定义好，就可以做库存的初始化了。你可以通过盘点库位中的存货来正确的管理存货数量。" +msgstr "一旦产品被定义好, 就可以做库存的初始化了。你可以通过盘点库位中的存货来正确的管理存货数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ msgid "" "In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " "Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " "product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "在库存模块下，打开 :menuselection:`存货控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)`，然后点击 **创建** 创建新的产品。把产品类型定义为 **库存产品** ，不要定义为消耗品。" +msgstr "在库存模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`存货控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` , 然后点击 **创建** 创建新的产品。把产品类型定义为 **库存产品** , 不要定义为消耗品。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 msgid "Start the initial inventory" @@ -515,19 +515,19 @@ msgstr "为一种产品更新产品数量" msgid "" "In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" " 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "在刚刚创建的产品中，我们可以在上方的标题栏中看到产品在手数量是0。点击 **更新在手数量** 按钮" +msgstr "在刚刚创建的产品中, 我们可以在上方的标题栏中看到产品在手数量是0。点击 **更新在手数量** 按钮" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 msgid "" "A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" " of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "一个窗口打开，在 **最新在手数量** 字段，输入当前库存中产品的数量，然后点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "一个窗口打开, 在 **最新在手数量** 字段, 输入当前库存中产品的数量, 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 msgid "" "if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " "set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "如果使用仓库的多库位，你可以从这个界面设置产品的库位。" +msgstr "如果使用仓库的多库位, 你可以从这个界面设置产品的库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ msgid "" "Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" " menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " "has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "现在，如果在 **存货控制** 菜单下点击 **存货调整** ，你会看到系统自动创建并确认了一个命名为\"INV: (产品名称)\"的行。" +msgstr "现在, 如果在 **存货控制** 菜单下点击 **存货调整** , 你会看到系统自动创建并确认了一个命名为\" INV : (产品名称)\\ \\ \"的行。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 msgid "Multiple products at once" @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ msgid "" "initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" " location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " "Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "创建所有你想要追踪产品库存的产品(作为库存类型的产品)。一旦产品在库存中产生需求，用期初盘点在系统中按照库位放置当前的数量。进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 库存调整 `开始期初盘点。" +msgstr "创建所有你想要追踪产品库存的产品(作为库存类型的产品)。一旦产品在库存中产生需求, 用期初盘点在系统中按照库位放置当前的数量。进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 库存调整 ` 开始期初盘点。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -560,13 +560,13 @@ msgid "" " of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " "Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" " (or child) locations." -msgstr "给之命名(例如期初库存)并选择库存的存放库位。注意，当你选择了父库位(例如库存可以被分成不同的子库位),你也可以选择下级(或子)库位。" +msgstr "给之命名(例如期初库存)并选择库存的存放库位。注意, 当你选择了父库位(例如库存可以被分成不同的子库位), 你也可以选择下级(或子)库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 msgid "" "You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " "only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "在盘点的时候你可以选择盘所有产品，部分产品或者只盘一个。在这种状况下，我们选择 **所有产品** 。" +msgstr "在盘点的时候你可以选择盘所有产品, 部分产品或者只盘一个。在这种状况下, 我们选择 **所有产品** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ msgid "" "one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " "enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " "field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "如果你需要将库存计价在一个不同的会计期间完成，而不是根据存货结束日期儿自动选择的默认会计期间，在强制计价期间字段输入相应的会计期间。需要安装会计模块。" +msgstr "如果你需要将库存计价在一个不同的会计期间完成, 而不是根据存货结束日期儿自动选择的默认会计期间, 在强制计价期间字段输入相应的会计期间。需要安装会计模块。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ msgstr "添加库存中每一个产品的 **实际数量** 。" msgid "" "additional information will be available according to the options you " "activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "通过你激活一些选项之后额外的信息就会出现(多库位，序列号，代销库存)。" +msgstr "通过你激活一些选项之后额外的信息就会出现(多库位, 序列号, 代销库存)。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ msgstr "报告" msgid "" "To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " "Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "检查当前的库存，进入:menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` ,并且点击 **列表按钮** ：" +msgstr "检查当前的库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` , 并且点击 **列表按钮**: " #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ msgid "" "**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " "delivery strategies." -msgstr " **最小库存规则** 和 **按订单补货** 有着同样的结果但是却有不同的规则。依赖于生产以及发货的策略，我们可以选择使用它。" +msgstr " **最小库存规则** 和 **按订单补货** 有着同样的结果但是却有不同的规则。依赖于生产以及发货的策略, 我们可以选择使用它。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ msgid "" "answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" " minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " "quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "**最小库存 **规则能来确保在你的库存中总是有最少数量的产品用来满足生产或者满足客户的需求。当库存水平到达最低库存时，系统会自动生成一个达到最大数量的需求补货单。" +msgstr " **最小库存** 规则能来确保在你的库存中总是有最少数量的产品用来满足生产或者满足客户的需求。当库存水平到达最低库存时, 系统会自动生成一个达到最大数量的需求补货单。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ msgid "" "amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " "**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " "order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr " **按单补货** 的功能会根据 **销售订单** 的产品数量触发一个该产品的 **采购订单** ，系统 **不会** 检查当前的存货计价，也就是系统不考虑产品当前的在手数量会去触发一个采购订单。" +msgstr " **按单补货** 的功能会根据 **销售订单** 的产品数量触发一个该产品的 **采购订单** , 系统 **不会** 检查当前的存货计价, 也就是系统不考虑产品当前的在手数量会去触发一个采购订单。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " "drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " "values for a given product." -msgstr "最小库存规则的配置是在菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 存货控制(Inventory Control) --> 再定点规则(Reordering Rule)` 的下拉菜单中。然后点击 **创建** 去设置给定产品最小和最大库存数值。" +msgstr "最小库存规则的配置是在菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 存货控制(Inventory Control) --> 再定点规则(Reordering Rule)` 的下拉菜单中。然后点击 **创建** 去设置给定产品最小和最大库存数值。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -712,26 +712,26 @@ msgid "" "When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," " Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " "Quantity." -msgstr "当虚拟库存低于该规则中的最小数量时，Odoo会根据重订货规则补货到最大数量。" +msgstr "当虚拟库存低于该规则中的最小数量时, Odoo会根据重订货规则补货到最大数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" "When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " "procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " "Max Quantity." -msgstr "当虚拟库存低于该规则中的最小数量时，Odoo会根据重订货规则补货到最大数量。" +msgstr "当虚拟库存低于该规则中的最小数量时, Odoo会根据重订货规则补货到最大数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" "The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " "the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "补货数量会用倍数被除取整，如果倍数是0，那么需要补货的数量会精确到和最大的数量一致。" +msgstr "补货数量会用倍数被除取整, 如果倍数是0, 那么需要补货的数量会精确到和最大的数量一致。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" "If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " "orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "如果有效字段为假，该重订货规则会被隐藏起来。无需删除它。" +msgstr "如果有效字段为假, 该重订货规则会被隐藏起来。无需删除它。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ msgstr "用来表明重订货被触发之后的一定天数后你会收到产品 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "然后，在产品点击进入产品表单，在 **库存子页面** 选择一个供应商。" +msgstr "然后, 在产品点击进入产品表单, 在 **库存子页面** 选择一个供应商。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ msgstr "按订单生产可以在产品表单配置 :menuselection:`库存模块 #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "在产品表单信息的 **库存** 页面，点击 **按单补货** " +msgstr "在产品表单信息的 **库存** 页面, 点击 **按单补货** " #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 msgid "Choice between the two options" @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ msgid "" "strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " "amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " "stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "两种选项的选择依赖于你的库存策略。如果你想有一点库存缓冲并总是在仓库中留有最少的存货数量，那么就可以使用最小库存规则。如果想只是在销售订单确认的状态下才去补充存货，那么就建议使用按照订单补货。" +msgstr "两种选项的选择依赖于你的库存策略。如果你想有一点库存缓冲并总是在仓库中留有最少的存货数量, 那么就可以使用最小库存规则。如果想只是在销售订单确认的状态下才去补充存货, 那么就建议使用按照订单补货。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" @@ -817,14 +817,14 @@ msgstr "概述" msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " "been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." -msgstr "不管是因为过快确认的原因，还是需要被修正或者其余的原因，Odoo能让我们取消一个交货方式。" +msgstr "不管是因为过快确认的原因, 还是需要被修正或者其余的原因, Odoo能让我们取消一个交货方式。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 msgid "" "Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " "delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " "any bad surprise." -msgstr "有些货代会比其他货代更加灵活，所以请在收到坏的消息之前确保在交货单取消掉。" +msgstr "有些货代会比其他货代更加灵活, 所以请在收到坏的消息之前确保在交货单取消掉。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 @@ -836,26 +836,26 @@ msgstr "销售过程" msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " "Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." -msgstr "进入 ** 销售 ** 模块，点击 ** 销售 ** 然后点击 ** 销售订单 ** 。殿后点击你想要取消的销售订单。" +msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 **销售** 然后点击 **销售订单** 。殿后点击你想要取消的销售订单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 msgid "" "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " "order." -msgstr "点击销售订单右上角的 **交货** 按钮。" +msgstr "点击销售订单右上角的 **交货** 按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " "**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" " cancel the delivery." -msgstr "现在，点击 ** 更多信息 ** 页面然后你会看到紧挨着 ** 货代运单号 ** ，有一个 ** 取消 ** 按钮。点击该按钮就可以取消交货单。" +msgstr "现在, 点击 **更多信息** 页面然后你会看到紧挨着 **货代运单号** , 有一个 **取消** 按钮。点击该按钮就可以取消交货单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 msgid "" "To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" " receive the confirmation of the cancellation." -msgstr "确保交货单已经取消，在历史记录中检查，你会收到取消的确认。" +msgstr "确保交货单已经取消, 在历史记录中检查, 你会收到取消的确认。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" @@ -865,41 +865,41 @@ msgstr "如何把一种交货方式局限于特定的国家？" msgid "" "With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " "limit them to a certain number of countries." -msgstr "用Odoo，你可以使用不同类型的交货方式，并且可以限定特定的交货方式到特定的国家。" +msgstr "用Odoo, 你可以使用不同类型的交货方式, 并且可以限定特定的交货方式到特定的国家。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " "**Delivery Methods**." -msgstr "进入 **库存** 模块，点击 **配置** 然后点击 **交货方式** 。" +msgstr "进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 **配置** 然后点击 **交货方式** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 msgid "" "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "选择你想变更的交货方式，或者创建一个新的。" +msgstr "选择你想变更的交货方式, 或者创建一个新的。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 msgid "" "In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " "this delivery method." -msgstr "在 **目的地** 页面，选择该种交货方式使用的国家。" +msgstr "在 **目的地** 页面, 选择该种交货方式使用的国家。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "现在已经完成，我们来看看结果。" +msgstr "现在已经完成, 我们来看看结果。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 msgid "" "If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " "your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " "only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." -msgstr "如果进入网站，并且你需要购买，一旦你完成详细的输入后并且完成了付款，网站会提供根据交货地址上的交货方式。" +msgstr "如果进入网站, 并且你需要购买, 一旦你完成详细的输入后并且完成了付款, 网站会提供根据交货地址上的交货方式。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 msgid "" "This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " "Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." -msgstr "该进程不在后台运行。我们假设你创建了一个销售订单，你就知道你能使用哪个已经创建的交货方式。" +msgstr "该进程不在后台运行。我们假设你创建了一个销售订单, 你就知道你能使用哪个已经创建的交货方式。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "" @@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ msgid "" "shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " "the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," " the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "直运是一个能让订单在你的系统中完成但是货物直接从供应商发送到客户的系统。在通常的发货系统中，产品从供应商发到你的仓库中，然后发送到客户中。在直运中，你仓库中不进行库存。当客户在你的店铺下了单，货物会直接从供应商发送到客户。因此，货物不需要通过你的仓库。" +msgstr "直运是一个能让订单在你的系统中完成但是货物直接从供应商发送到客户的系统。在通常的发货系统中, 产品从供应商发到你的仓库中, 然后发送到客户中。在直运中, 你仓库中不进行库存。当客户在你的店铺下了单, 货物会直接从供应商发送到客户。因此, 货物不需要通过你的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ msgid "" "stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " "are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" " space in your warehouse." -msgstr "只给那些不不想或者不能在库存中保存的产品。一个理由就是在这个过程中的你总是只有更少的利润率，所以你只有在这个时候才腾出你的仓库的大量空间进行存储。" +msgstr "只给那些不不想或者不能在库存中保存的产品。一个理由就是在这个过程中的你总是只有更少的利润率, 所以你只有在这个时候才腾出你的仓库的大量空间进行存储。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -940,13 +940,13 @@ msgid "" "price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" " be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " "sense!" -msgstr "对于消肿产品直运是最好的选择。机会是哪些有着大量需求的且有很多供应商产品你只能赚一小部分。所以使用经济的交货方式不会获得奖励。但是如果产品是独特的，情况就变得不同！" +msgstr "对于消肿产品直运是最好的选择。机会是哪些有着大量需求的且有很多供应商产品你只能赚一小部分。所以使用经济的交货方式不会获得奖励。但是如果产品是独特的, 情况就变得不同！" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 msgid "" "To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" " for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "以防生产环境中出错给客户留下不好的体验，在交接之前可以在自己的内部公司间测试直运并列出最好的" +msgstr "以防生产环境中出错给客户留下不好的体验, 在交接之前可以在自己的内部公司间测试直运并列出最好的" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -962,14 +962,14 @@ msgid "" "product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " "information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" " that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "要确保在供应商那边有足够的库存。如果知道产品在供应链上游的状况是很有用的。如果你没有这些信息，就告诉客户现在没有库存并且这取决第三方的库存。" +msgstr "要确保在供应商那边有足够的库存。如果知道产品在供应链上游的状况是很有用的。如果你没有这些信息, 就告诉客户现在没有库存并且这取决第三方的库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 msgid "" "For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " "is drop-shipping and how to use it `__." -msgstr "关于直运的详情以及更加深入，请阅读我们的博客'直运是什么以及如何使用'`__." +msgstr "关于直运的详情以及更加深入, 请阅读我们的博客 '直运是什么以及如何使用' `__." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" @@ -981,20 +981,20 @@ msgid "" "to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" " box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " "on **Apply**." -msgstr "打开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`。进入 **库位＆仓库** ，找到 **直运** 选项并勾选 **允许供应商直接发货给客户** ,然后点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "打开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。进入 **库位＆仓库** , 找到 **直运** 选项并勾选 **允许供应商直接发货给客户** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " "Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " "order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "然后进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`。找到 **订单路线** 并选择 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "然后进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **订单路线** 并选择 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 msgid "" "Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " "supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "现在，打开菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)`。给需要直运的产品添加供应商。" +msgstr "现在, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` 。给需要直运的产品添加供应商。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" @@ -1012,14 +1012,14 @@ msgid "" "Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " "procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " "will see that one shipment has been created." -msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`采购(Purchases) --> 采购(Purchases) --> 采购询价单(Requests for Quotation)` 。直运路线的产品会自动产生采购询价单。一旦订单确认，你可以看到调拨单已经创建。" +msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`采购(Purchases) --> 采购(Purchases) --> 采购询价单(Requests for Quotation)` 。直运路线的产品会自动产生采购询价单。一旦订单确认, 你可以看到调拨单已经创建。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 msgid "" "To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " "**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " "dropship card." -msgstr "要确认从供应商直接发货到客户，回到 **库存** app。在仪表盘的直运卡上，点击**# 待收**。" +msgstr "要确认从供应商直接发货到客户, 回到 **库存** app。在仪表盘的直运卡上, 点击 **# 待收** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ msgstr "这会打开直运单列表。一旦完成就确认该调拨。货物会 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr " :doc:`inventory_flow` " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" @@ -1041,27 +1041,27 @@ msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " "warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " "deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "依赖于销售产品的类型，仓库的空间大小，每天的单子数量……要发或给客户的方式可以有各种区别。" +msgstr "依赖于销售产品的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的单子数量……要发或给客户的方式可以有各种区别。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "Odoo能让我们以3种方式处理发货：" +msgstr "Odoo能让我们以3种方式处理发货 :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr " **一步(发货)** ：直接从库存发货" +msgstr " **一步(发货)**: 直接从库存发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" -msgstr " **二步(拣货＋发货)** ：先把货物到出货区然后再发货" +msgstr " **二步(拣货＋发货)**: 先把货物到出货区然后再发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" -msgstr " **三步(拣货＋包装＋发货)** ：先把货物发到一个专门位置进行包装，然后发到出货位置进行发货" +msgstr " **三步(拣货＋包装＋发货)**: 先把货物发到一个专门位置进行包装, 然后发到出货位置进行发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ msgid "" "stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " "simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " "to handle orders very quickly." -msgstr "有如果一个公司只是有一个小仓库并且不需要产品的高库存或者没有易腐产品。那么一步收发货是最简单且易用的方案，这样无需大量的配置并且可以很快的处理单子。" +msgstr "有如果一个公司只是有一个小仓库并且不需要产品的高库存或者没有易腐产品。那么一步收发货是最简单且易用的方案, 这样无需大量的配置并且可以很快的处理单子。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ msgid "" "the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " "customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " "especially when the items you stock are big in size." -msgstr "使用库存方式例如FIFO，LIFO，FEFO等，需要在发货时至少需要两步。调拨方式会取决于出库策略，并且移除的货物会发货给客户。如果你拥有一个大的库存特别是对于大尺寸的产品的库存这些就会显得很有意思。" +msgstr "使用库存方式例如FIFO, LIFO, FEFO等, 需要在发货时至少需要两步。调拨方式会取决于出库策略, 并且移除的货物会发货给客户。如果你拥有一个大的库存特别是对于大尺寸的产品的库存这些就会显得很有意思。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ msgid "" "one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " "packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " "set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." -msgstr "在更多特定的情景中，三步就会变得很有用，最主要的一个就是处理大的库存。货物被转移到一个包装区域，在那里根据最终目的地对这些货物进行分组打包，然后发送到转运码头做最后的发货。" +msgstr "在更多特定的情景中, 三步就会变得很有用, 最主要的一个就是处理大的库存。货物被转移到一个包装区域, 在那里根据最终目的地对这些货物进行分组打包, 然后发送到转运码头做最后的发货。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ msgstr "一步流程" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`one_step` " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 @@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ msgstr "两步流程" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "参阅文档: :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "参阅文档 : : doc :`two_steps` " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ msgstr "三步流程" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`three_steps` " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" @@ -1126,13 +1126,13 @@ msgid "" "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " "orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " "delivery." -msgstr "在Odoo中，你可以为交货单选择不同类型的标签。按照以下步骤给交货单选择合适的标签。" +msgstr "在Odoo中, 你可以为交货单选择不同类型的标签。按照以下步骤给交货单选择合适的标签。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" " methods**." -msgstr "在 **库存** 模块，进入 **配置** 并点击 **交货方式** 。" +msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 进入 **配置** 并点击 **交货方式** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." @@ -1143,25 +1143,25 @@ msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" " of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " "carrier." -msgstr "在 **定价** 页卡，在 **Fedex 标签库存类型**下面，你能选择可用的标签类型。系统会根据货代的不同而显示不同的可用标签。" +msgstr "在 **定价** 页卡, 在 **Fedex 标签库存类型** 下面, 你能选择可用的标签类型。系统会根据货代的不同而显示不同的可用标签。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." -msgstr "一旦设置完成，当你在销售模块中创建一张销售订单之后就能看到结果。" +msgstr "一旦设置完成, 当你在销售模块中创建一张销售订单之后就能看到结果。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" " you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." -msgstr "如果确认了销售订单并且确认了带有已经更改了标签类型的货代的交货单，该标签就会显示在历史记录中。" +msgstr "如果确认了销售订单并且确认了带有已经更改了标签类型的货代的交货单, 该标签就会显示在历史记录中。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 msgid "" "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " "bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "默认的标签类型是纸信，如果你选了标签类型只有一半，就能看到不同：" +msgstr "默认的标签类型是纸信, 如果你选了标签类型只有一半, 就能看到不同 :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" @@ -1172,13 +1172,13 @@ msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " "available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." -msgstr "一个订单进入到发货部门的最后一步时，Odoo默认会使用一步操作:　一旦所有的货物都准备好，就可以使用一张发货单进行发货" +msgstr "一个订单进入到发货部门的最后一步时, Odoo默认会使用一步操作 :　一旦所有的货物都准备好, 就可以使用一张发货单进行发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " "configured to be directly delivered from the stock." -msgstr "无需专门配置，发货会默认配置为从库存中出货。" +msgstr "无需专门配置, 发货会默认配置为从库存中出货。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ msgid "" "configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " "delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " "and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "然而，如果 **高级路径** 被激活并且在你仓库被设置另外一个交货配置，你可以在交货配置中把它设置回到一步交货，进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库` 并编辑相关的仓库。" +msgstr "然而, 如果 **高级路径** 被激活并且在你仓库被设置另外一个交货配置, 你可以在交货配置中把它设置回到一步交货, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库` 并编辑相关的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1209,13 +1209,13 @@ msgstr "创建一张需要进行产品发货的销售订单(从询价订单到 msgid "" "Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " "the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "注意现在我们在销售订单上方的 **状态按钮** 只看到该销售订单相关联的'1'张发货单。" +msgstr "注意现在我们在销售订单上方的 **状态按钮** 只看到该销售订单相关联的 '1' 张发货单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 msgid "" "If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " "picking." -msgstr "如果你点击了状态按钮的**1张发货单**，应该可以看到调拨单。" +msgstr "如果你点击了状态按钮的 **1张发货单** , 应该可以看到调拨单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 @@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ msgstr "处理交货" msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " "Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "进入 **库存** 点击看板卡上 **发货单** 下方的**# 待做**链接。" +msgstr "进入 **库存** 点击看板卡上 **发货单** 下方的 **# 待做** 链接。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 @@ -1245,14 +1245,14 @@ msgstr "点击你想要处理的分拣单" msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " "**customer**." -msgstr "点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存/出货区域** 到 **客户** 的调拨单。" +msgstr "点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存/出货区域** 到 **客户** 的调拨单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 msgid "" "This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " "product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "已经完成了 **发货步骤** 并且WH/OUT应该在页面上方的状态栏位已经显示 **完成** 状态，也就意味着产品已经发货给客户了。" +msgstr "已经完成了 **发货步骤** 并且WH/OUT应该在页面上方的状态栏位已经显示 **完成** 状态, 也就意味着产品已经发货给客户了。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" @@ -1269,13 +1269,13 @@ msgstr "Odoo能让你变更默认的包装方式并把包装方式变更为你 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " "**Settings**." -msgstr "在 **库存** 模块，进入 **配置** 然后点击 **设置** 。" +msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 进入 **配置** 然后点击 **设置** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " "on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`追踪 --> 包裹`中，标记**在打包时记录使用的包裹：栈板，箱子，……**" +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`追踪 --> 包裹` 中, 标记 **在打包时记录使用的包裹 :栈板, 箱子, ……** " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 msgid "*Sale process*" @@ -1283,35 +1283,35 @@ msgstr "*销售过程 *" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "在 **销售** 模块，进入 **销售** 并点击 **销售订单** 。" +msgstr "在 **销售** 模块, 进入 **销售** 并点击 **销售订单** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "创建新销售订单，并 **确认订单** 。" +msgstr "创建新销售订单, 并 **确认订单** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 msgid "" "Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " "redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "一旦确认了销售订单，你需要点击 **交货** ，重定向到交货单。" +msgstr "一旦确认了销售订单, 你需要点击 **交货** , 重新指定到交货单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "点击 **编辑** ，现在你能够对包装进行更改了。" +msgstr "点击 **编辑** , 现在你能够对包装进行更改了。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " "number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " "Pack**." -msgstr "在 **作业** 页面，在最后一列，把**0**变更为你想要打包在一块的产品的数量。然后点击 **放在包裹中** 。" +msgstr "在 **作业** 页面, 在最后一列, 把 **0** 变更为你想要打包在一块的产品的数量。然后点击 **放在包裹中** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 msgid "" "Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" " has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " "want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "选择你需要的包材类型，你会看到重量和包裹保持一致，如果你想要更加精确的重量，可以手工进行更改。然后点击 **保存** 。" +msgstr "选择你需要的包材类型, 你会看到重量和包裹保持一致, 如果你想要更加精确的重量, 可以手工进行更改。然后点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." @@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ msgstr "重复该操作直到所有的产品都被放进包裹。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "最终，点击 **确认** 来确认交货。" +msgstr "最终, 点击 **确认** 来确认交货。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ msgid "" "scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " "a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " "dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "计算计划日期是为了能够计划发货，收货等等。依赖于你的公司的习惯Odoo会根据排程器自动生成计划日期。Odoo排程器每行的计算，不管是生产订单，发货单，销售订单，等等。计算出来的日期依赖于Odoo中设置号的不同的提前期。" +msgstr "计算计划日期是为了能够计划发货, 收货等等。依赖于你的公司的习惯Odoo会根据排程器自动生成计划日期。Odoo排程器每行的计算, 不管是生产订单, 发货单, 销售订单, 等等。计算出来的日期依赖于Odoo中设置号的不同的提前期。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "Configuring lead times" @@ -1344,11 +1344,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuring **lead times** is a first essentiel move in order to compute " "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "配置 **提前期** 是首要的必要活动，这样可以计算出来计划日期。提前期是承诺给你的不同的业务伙伴和／或客户的延期(适用于交货，生产，……)。" +msgstr "配置 **提前期** 是首要的必要活动, 这样可以计算出来计划日期。提前期是承诺给你的不同的业务伙伴和／或客户的延期(适用于交货, 生产, ……)。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "按照以下配置不同的提前期：" +msgstr "按照以下配置不同的提前期 :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 msgid "At a product level" @@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ msgid "" "configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " "**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" " select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "是供应商需要讲采购的产品交货的时间。要，配置供应商提前期需要选择一个产品，并进入 **库存** 页签。你需要在产品上添加一个供应商用来选择一个供应商的提前期。" +msgstr "是供应商需要讲采购的产品交货的时间。要, 配置供应商提前期需要选择一个产品, 并进入 **库存** 页签。你需要在产品上添加一个供应商用来选择一个供应商的提前期。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1378,11 +1378,11 @@ msgid "" "time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" " days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " "Time**." -msgstr "一旦供应商选定后，只要打开供应商页面并填入 **交货提前期** 。在该状况下，安全天数没有任何影响，计划交货天数等于：采购订单的 **日期** ＋ **交货提前期** 。" +msgstr "一旦供应商选定后, 只要打开供应商页面并填入 **交货提前期** 。在该状况下, 安全天数没有任何影响, 计划交货天数等于 :采购订单的 **日期** ＋ **交货提前期** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr " **客户提前期** :" +msgstr " **客户提前期**: " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1390,28 +1390,28 @@ msgid "" "warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " "select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " "time**." -msgstr "客户提前期是货物从你的库存／仓库送到你的客户所需的时间。它可以在所有产品上进行配置。只要选定给一个产品，进入销售页面并标出 **客户提前期** 。" +msgstr "客户提前期是货物从你的库存／仓库送到你的客户所需的时间。它可以在所有产品上进行配置。只要选定给一个产品, 进入销售页面并标出 **客户提前期** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr " **制造提前期** ：" +msgstr " **制造提前期**: " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 msgid "" "At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" " as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " "product." -msgstr "在同一页面也可以配置 **生产提前期** ，生产提前期是制造产品所需的时间。" +msgstr "在同一页面也可以配置 **生产提前期** , 生产提前期是制造产品所需的时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " "create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "如果需要创建生产路径的话，不要忘了在库存页面中勾选生产选相框。" +msgstr "如果需要创建生产路径的话, 不要忘了在库存页面中勾选生产选相框。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "公司层面" +msgstr "站在公司层面" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ msgid "" "cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " "is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " "of delays." -msgstr "在公司层面，可以配置 **安全天数** 用来应付偶然的延期并能满足约定。该方法是从 **计算出来的计划日期** 减去 **后备** 天数用来应付延期。" +msgstr "在公司层面, 可以配置 **安全天数** 用来应付偶然的延期并能满足约定。该方法是从 **计算出来的计划日期** 减去 **后备** 天数用来应付延期。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" @@ -1434,23 +1434,23 @@ msgid "" "days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " "the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " "keep your commitment." -msgstr "销售安全天数就是 **后备** 天数，用来保证按照和客户约定的交期及时交货。它们是交货提前期的错误边际。安全天数和为了按时到达而把腕表的时间调早是同样的逻辑。该方法是从计算出来的理论交期减去安全天数并且计算一个比你承诺给客户的交期时间更早的日期。那样你就可以确保总是对客户满足你的承诺。" +msgstr "销售安全天数就是 **后备** 天数, 用来保证按照和客户约定的交期及时交货。它们是交货提前期的错误边际。安全天数和为了按时到达而把腕表的时间调早是同样的逻辑。该方法是从计算出来的理论交期减去安全天数并且计算一个比你承诺给客户的交期时间更早的日期。那样你就可以确保总是对客户满足你的承诺。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 msgid "" "To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " "settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "设置安全天数，进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 **配置公司数据** 。" +msgstr "设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 **配置公司数据** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "" "Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " "of safety days." -msgstr "一旦菜单打开，进入配置页面输入安全天数。" +msgstr "一旦菜单打开, 进入配置页面输入安全天数。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "**采购安全天数 **:" +msgstr " **采购安全天数**: " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." @@ -1462,17 +1462,17 @@ msgid "" "purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " "days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " "be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "对供应商提前期有一些错误边际。当系统生成采购订单对产品进行补货的时候，它们可以被计划早一些天数用来应付供应商一些未知的不确定的延期。采购提前期可以在销售安全天数的同一个菜单下面看到。" +msgstr "对供应商提前期有一些错误边际。当系统生成采购订单对产品进行补货的时候, 它们可以被计划早一些天数用来应付供应商一些未知的不确定的延期。采购提前期可以在销售安全天数的同一个菜单下面看到。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 msgid "" "Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " "here." -msgstr "请注意，你也可以在这里配置制造提前期。" +msgstr "请注意, 你也可以在这里配置制造提前期。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 msgid "At route level" -msgstr "路线层面" +msgstr "在路线层面" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -1492,11 +1492,11 @@ msgstr "进入其中一个路径的推规则部分设置一个延迟。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "销售订单层面：" +msgstr "在销售订单层面 :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr " **请求日期** :" +msgstr " **请求日期**: " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ msgid "" "indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" " date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" " display a warning." -msgstr "Odoo也有可能让客户在销售订单的其他信息页面选定一个特定的需求日期。如果该日期比Odoo自动计算出来的理论日期短的话，系统会弹出报警。" +msgstr "Odoo也有可能让客户在销售订单的其他信息页面选定一个特定的需求日期。如果该日期比Odoo自动计算出来的理论日期短的话, 系统会弹出报警。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -1512,28 +1512,28 @@ msgid "" "order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." " In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " "on your configuration:" -msgstr "例如，你今天可以销售一辆汽车(一月1号)，该车是按订单补货方式，并且你已经承诺会在20天内给客户交货(一月20号)。在该情景下，排程器可能会根据你的配置触发以下事件：" +msgstr "例如, 你今天可以销售一辆汽车(一月1号), 该车是按订单补货方式, 并且你已经承诺会在20天内给客户交货(一月20号)。在该情景下, 排程器可能会根据你的配置触发以下事件 :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "1月19:实际计划发货(销售安全天数的1天)" +msgstr "1月19 :实际计划发货(销售安全天数的1天)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" "January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "1月18:从供应商收货(采购天数的1天)" +msgstr "1月18 :从供应商收货(采购天数的1天)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 msgid "" "January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " "lead time)" -msgstr "1月10:给供应商下单的最后期限(供应商交货提前期的9天)" +msgstr "1月10 :给供应商下单的最后期限(供应商交货提前期的9天)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 msgid "" "January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " "need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "1月8：触发一个给到采购团队的一个采购需求，因为采购部分平均需要2天询价并下单。" +msgstr "1月8 :触发一个给到采购团队的一个采购需求, 因为采购部分平均需要2天询价并下单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" @@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@ msgid "" " they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " "process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " "before shipping." -msgstr "当一个订单进入到发货部门进入到最后的发货阶段，Odoo默认的设置是 **一步** 操作：等所有货物都准备好，就可以用一张发货单一次性的发货。然而，该过程可能不能准确的反映公司的操作，你的公司可能在发货之前需要更多的步骤。" +msgstr "当一个订单进入到发货部门进入到最后的发货阶段, Odoo默认的设置是 **一步** 操作 :等所有货物都准备好, 就可以用一张发货单一次性的发货。然而, 该过程可能不能准确的反映公司的操作, 你的公司可能在发货之前需要更多的步骤。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ msgid "" "transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " "destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " "customers." -msgstr "在 **三步** 过程中(**拣货 + 包装 + 发货**),货物先被送到包装区域，在那里按照发货的不同目的地被组合起来，然后发到发货阜用来最终发货给客户。" +msgstr "在 **三步** 过程中( **拣货 + 包装 + 发货** ), 货物先被送到包装区域, 在那里按照发货的不同目的地被组合起来, 然后发到发货阜用来最终发货给客户。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1563,21 +1563,21 @@ msgid "" "default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " "code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " "``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "在Odoo中要完成 **拣货＋包装＋发货** 一些必要的配置步骤需要被完成。这些步骤创建额外的库位，这些库位默认的被成为 **出货区域** 和 **包装区域** 。所以如果你的仓库的简称是**WH**，该配置会创建一个叫做\"WH/发货区域\"和另外一个叫做\"WH/包装区域\"的库位。" +msgstr "在Odoo中要完成 **拣货＋包装＋发货** 一些必要的配置步骤需要被完成。这些步骤创建额外的库位, 这些库位默认的被成为 **出货区域** 和 **包装区域** 。所以如果你的仓库的简称是 **WH** , 该配置会创建一个叫做\" WH/发货区域\\ \\ \"和另外一个叫做\" WH/包装区域\\ \\ \"的库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " "Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" " delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "第一步货物会从 **WH/库存** 移动到 **WH/包装区域** .。然后从 **WH/包装区域 **移动到 **WH/发货区域**.。最后从 **WH/发货区域** 移动到**最后的目的地 **." +msgstr "第一步货物会从 **WH/库存** 移动到 **WH/包装区域** .。然后从 **WH/包装区域** 移动到 **WH/发货区域** .。最后从 **WH/发货区域** 移动到 **最后的目的地** ." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " "correct method for your needs." -msgstr "检查 :doc:`仓库流程`确认该仓库流程是否是需要的正确的方法。" +msgstr "检查 :doc:`仓库流程` 确认该仓库流程是否是需要的正确的方法。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 msgid "Install the Inventory module" @@ -1585,13 +1585,13 @@ msgstr "安装库存模块" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "在**APP**菜单，搜索并安装 **库存** 模块。" +msgstr "在 **APP** 菜单, 搜索并安装 **库存** 模块。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" " orders." -msgstr "为了发布销售订单，还需要安装 **销售** 模块。" +msgstr "为了能小销售订单需要安装 **销售** 模块。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Allow managing routes" @@ -1602,20 +1602,20 @@ msgid "" "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" " mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " "the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "Odoo通过 **路线** 配置交货单的移动。路线提供了一种把不同动作链接到一块的机制。在该状况下，我们把拣货步骤链接到发货步骤。" +msgstr "Odoo通过 **路线** 配置交货单的移动。路线提供了一种把不同动作链接到一块的机制。在该状况下, 我们把拣货步骤链接到发货步骤。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`" -msgstr "要管理路径,进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)`" +msgstr "要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " "button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " "option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`库位 & 仓库 --> 路线`中，勾选激活 **产品的高级路径规则** 。并确保 **仓库多位置管理** 也被激活。" +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`库位 & 仓库 --> 路线` 中, 勾选激活 **产品的高级路径规则** 。并确保 **仓库多位置管理** 也被激活。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" @@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@ msgid "" "For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " "location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " "Ship).**" -msgstr "对于发出的交货，设置选项为**使包装到指定的库位，把它们放到出货区域然后用来发货(拣货＋包装＋发货)。**" +msgstr "对于发出的交货, 设置选项为 **使包装到指定的库位, 把它们放到出货区域然后用来发货(拣货＋包装＋发货)。** " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 msgid "Create a Sale Order" @@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ msgstr "创建销售订单" msgid "" "From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " "deliver." -msgstr "从 **销售** 模块,创建一张带有要发货产品的销售订单。" +msgstr "从 **销售** 模块, 创建一张带有要发货产品的销售订单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -1652,7 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "注意现在在销售订单上方的 **状态** 按钮上有3张转运 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "如果你点击了按钮，现在就可以看到三个不同调拨单：" +msgstr "如果你点击了按钮, 现在就可以看到三个不同调拨单 :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," @@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@ msgstr "要确保在库存中有足够的产品然后进入 **库存** 并点击 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "如果可用，点击 **预留** 预留产品" +msgstr "如果可用, 点击 **预留** 预留产品" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ msgid "" "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " "moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " "product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "已经完成了拣货步骤并且在该**WH/拣货 **单的页面上方的状态按钮显示已经** 完成**。产品已经从**WH/库存 **移动到了** WH/包装**区域，这样下一步的操作就可以进行了(包装)。" +msgstr "已经完成了拣货步骤并且在该 **WH/拣货** 单的页面上方的状态按钮显示已经 **完成** 。产品已经从 **WH/库存** 移动到了 **WH/包装** 区域, 这样下一步的操作就可以进行了(包装)。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" @@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ msgstr "如何处理包装这一步骤？" msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" " kanban card." -msgstr "进入 **库存** 并点击 **包装** 看板下方的**# TRANSFERS**链接。" +msgstr "进入 **库存** 并点击 **包装** 看板下方的 **# TRANSFERS** 链接。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ msgid "" "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " "moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " "product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "这样已经完成了包装步骤并且在该**WH/包装 **单页面上方的状态栏位显示已经** 完成**。产品已经从**WH/包装区域 **移动到了** WH/出货区域**，这样下一步的操作(发货)就可以进行了。" +msgstr "这样已经完成了包装步骤并且在该 **WH/包装** 单页面上方的状态栏位显示已经 **完成** 。产品已经从 **WH/包装区域** 移动到了 **WH/出货区域** , 这样下一步的操作(发货)就可以进行了。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 @@ -1731,7 +1731,7 @@ msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " "**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " "quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "点击 **确认** 来完成从 **库存／发货区域** 到 **客户库位** 的调拨(基于 **待做** 列表栏的数量，点击 **应用** 来修正数量)。" +msgstr "点击 **确认** 来完成从 **库存／发货区域** 到 **客户库位** 的调拨(基于 **待做** 列表栏的数量, 点击 **应用** 来修正数量)。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ msgid "" "before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" " are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " "**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "当订单走到发货部门做最后的发货时，默认的Odoo会使用 **一步** 操作：当货物都准备好了，就可以只通过一张发货单就能发货。但是，根据公司的业务流程，可能在发货之前炫耀更多的步骤。在 **两步** 过程中，货物在仓库中先被 **拣货** 并且发到 **出货区域** 来 **发货** 。然后货物才被发货。" +msgstr "当订单走到发货部门做最后的发货时, 默认的Odoo会使用 **一步** 操作 :当货物都准备好了, 就可以只通过一张发货单就能发货。但是, 根据公司的业务流程, 可能在发货之前炫耀更多的步骤。在 **两步** 过程中, 货物在仓库中先被 **拣货** 并且发到 **出货区域** 来 **发货** 。然后货物才被发货。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ msgid "" "Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " "(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " "case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "为了在Odoo中完成 **拣货＋发货** 的交货，需要进行必要的配置。这些步骤创建额外的库位，默认的称之为 **Output**。所以如果你的擦国库的简称是``WH``，配置就会创建一个称为``WH/Output``的库位。产品首先第一步(拣货)从``WH/Stock`` 移动到 ``WH/Output`，然后，第二步(发货)从``WH/Output`` 移动到 ``WH/Customers`` (如果有销售订单)。" +msgstr "为了在Odoo中完成 **拣货＋发货** 的交货, 需要进行必要的配置。这些步骤创建额外的库位, 默认的称之为 **Output** 。所以如果你的擦国库的简称是\" WH \", 配置就会创建一个称为\" WH/Output \"的库位。产品首先第一步(拣货)从\" WH/Stock \"移动到\" WH/Output `, 然后, 第二步(发货)从 \"WH/Output\" 移动到 \"WH/Customers\" (如果有销售订单)。 " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Allow management of routes" @@ -1775,13 +1775,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " "provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " "will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "Odoo通过 **路线** 配置交货单的移动。路线提供了不同动作汇集成链的机制。在该中状况下，我们可以把拣货步骤和发货步骤链接起来。" +msgstr "Odoo通过 **路线** 配置交货单的移动。路线提供了不同动作汇集成链的机制。在该中状况下, 我们可以把拣货步骤和发货步骤链接起来。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." -msgstr "要允许路线管理，进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`。" +msgstr "要允许路线管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@ msgid "" "If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " "need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " "activated beforehand." -msgstr "如果你选择了 **产品的高级路径规则** ，如果没有激活 **仓库多位置管理** 的特性，那么现在就激活它。" +msgstr "如果你选择了 **产品的高级路径规则** , 如果没有激活 **仓库多位置管理** 的特性, 那么现在就激活它。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" @@ -1810,13 +1810,13 @@ msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋发货" msgid "" "To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" " Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "配置一个 **拣货(Pick)＋发货(Ship)** 的调拨，进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouses)` 然后编辑需要使用的仓库。 " +msgstr "配置一个 **拣货(Pick)＋发货(Ship)** 的调拨, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouses)` 然后编辑需要使用的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 msgid "" "For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " "before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "对于出库设置，设置为 **发货之前先把货物发到出货区域(拣货＋发货)** " +msgstr "对于出库设置, 设置为 **发货之前先把货物发到出货区域(拣货＋发货)** " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -1836,13 +1836,13 @@ msgid "" "different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " "process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " "process." -msgstr "如果你选择了**2步转移**，现在你应该看到两个不同的调拨，一个以**PICK**开头，用来处理拣货过程，另外一个以**OUT**开头用来处理发货过程。" +msgstr "如果你选择了 **2步转移** , 现在你应该看到两个不同的调拨, 一个以 **PICK** 开头, 用来处理拣货过程, 另外一个以 **OUT** 开头用来处理发货过程。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 msgid "" "Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " "click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "确保有足够的产品在库存中，然后进入 **库存** 并点击看板卡片上 **调拨单** 下方的 **等待** 链接" +msgstr "确保有足够的产品在库存中, 然后进入 **库存** 并点击看板卡片上 **调拨单** 下方的 **等待** 链接" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ msgid "" " **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " "moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " "**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "这样已经完成了拣货步骤并且**WH/拣货 **调拨单页面上方的状态栏位已经显示为** 完成**。产品已经完成了从**WH/库存** 到 **WH/出货区**的调拨。这样产品就 **下一步操作就绪** (发货)。" +msgstr "这样已经完成了拣货步骤并且 **WH/拣货** 调拨单页面上方的状态栏位已经显示为 **完成** 。产品已经完成了从 **WH/库存** 到 **WH/出货区** 的调拨。这样产品就 **下一步操作就绪** (发货)。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -1885,26 +1885,26 @@ msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" " warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " "handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." -msgstr "取决于因子例如收到货物的类型，仓库的空间大小，每天的收货单数……处理收货和发货的方式也会因此存在差异。" +msgstr "取决于因子例如收到货物的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的收货单数……处理收货和发货的方式也会因此存在差异。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "Odoo允许有3种方式从仓库收货：" +msgstr "Odoo允许有3种方式从仓库收货 :" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr " **一步** ：直接收货入库" +msgstr " **一步**: 直接收货入库" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr " **二步** ：先入到入库区然后再进入库存" +msgstr " **二步**: 先入到入库区然后再进入库存" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." -msgstr " **三步** ：在收货区域卸货，然后质检检验，最后进入库存。" +msgstr " **三步**: 在收货区域卸货, 然后质检检验, 最后进入库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -1912,11 +1912,11 @@ msgid "" "receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " "standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " "configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "Odoo使用 **路线** 准确的定义了你如何进行收货步骤。该配置在仓库层面完成。标准状况下，收货一步完成，但是通过更改配置可以进行2或者3步收货。" +msgstr "Odoo使用 **路线** 准确的定义了你如何进行收货步骤。该配置在仓库层面完成。标准状况下, 收货一步完成, 但是通过更改配置可以进行2或者3步收货。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "原则如下：" +msgstr "原则如下 :" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." @@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ msgid "" "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr " **二步** ：在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存，因为在库存内货物不再转移，所以不会有进一步的调拨。" +msgstr " **二步**: 在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存, 因为在库存内货物不再转移, 所以不会有进一步的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ msgid "" "good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " "requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" " goods receipt process can become essential." -msgstr " **三步** ：在很多公司内，有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。" +msgstr " **三步**: 在很多公司内, 有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1944,17 +1944,17 @@ msgid "" "move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " "only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " "return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "你在收货区域接收货物，然后转移货物到质检区域进行质量检验。当质量检验完成就可以把货物从质检区域移到库存。当然，你可以更改数量并且只把满足质量标准的产品移到库存并把质量不过关的产品退回。" +msgstr "你在收货区域接收货物, 然后转移货物到质检区域进行质量检验。当质量检验完成就可以把货物从质检区域移到库存。当然, 你可以更改数量并且只把满足质量标准的产品移到库存并把质量不过关的产品退回。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "这是Odoo中默认的配置" +msgstr "Odoo中默认的配置" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr " :doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` " #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" @@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ msgid "" "to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " "with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " "receipt process can become essential." -msgstr "在很多公司，很必要对接收的货物进行检查。目的是检查接收的货物和与供应商达成的质量标砖一致。因此，在收货的过程中添加一个质检步骤就变得很有必要。" +msgstr "在很多公司, 很必要对接收的货物进行检查。目的是检查接收的货物和与供应商达成的质量标砖一致。因此, 在收货的过程中添加一个质检步骤就变得很有必要。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 @@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ msgid "" " steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," " the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " "allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "Odoo使用路径精确地定义如何处理不同的接收步骤。该配置可以在仓库层面完成。默认的，收货是一步完成，通过变更配置可以允许2步或者3步收货。" +msgstr "Odoo使用路径精确地定义如何处理不同的接收步骤。该配置可以在仓库层面完成。默认的, 收货是一步完成, 通过变更配置可以允许2步或者3步收货。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1984,7 +1984,7 @@ msgid "" " has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" " may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " "valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "3步流程如下：在收货区域接收货物，然后转移他们到质检区域。当质检过程完成后，就可以把货物从QC区域转移到库存。当然，你可以更改数量并且只转移符合质量要求的产品到库存然后把质量不好的产品退回" +msgstr "3步流程如下 :在收货区域接收货物, 然后转移他们到质检区域。当质检过程完成后, 就可以把货物从QC区域转移到库存。当然, 你可以更改数量并且只转移符合质量要求的产品到库存然后把质量不好的产品退回" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 @@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ msgstr "使用高级路线" msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "要管理路径，进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`。" +msgstr "要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 @@ -2028,14 +2028,14 @@ msgstr "进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configurati msgid "" "By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " "goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "默认的，仓库是一步收货( **直接收货入库** )。" +msgstr "默认的, 仓库是一步收货( **直接收货入库** )。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " "**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " "admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "在把产品转移到库存之前添加质量控制步骤，点选**卸货在收货区域，在入库之前通过质检区域(3步)**。" +msgstr "在把产品转移到库存之前添加质量控制步骤, 点选 **卸货在收货区域, 在入库之前通过质检区域(3步)** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 msgid "How to control a receipt?" @@ -2051,19 +2051,19 @@ msgid "" "**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" " to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " "This is the receipt step." -msgstr "在 **采购** 应用中，创建一个 **询价单** 。点击 **确认订单** 按钮。你可以看到有一个 **收货单** 在采购订单的右上角的状态按钮上和该采购订单关联。这是接收步骤。" +msgstr "在 **采购** 应用中, 创建一个 **询价单** 。点击 **确认订单** 按钮。你可以看到有一个 **收货单** 在采购订单的右上角的状态按钮上和该采购订单关联。这是接收步骤。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " "**Receipts** card." -msgstr "进入 **库存** 然后点击 **收货** 看板上的**# 待收**链接。" +msgstr "进入 **库存** 然后点击 **收货** 看板上的 **# 待收** 链接。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 msgid "" "Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " "complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "点击打开你想要完成的收货单。点击 **确认** 完成从 **供应商** 库位到**WH/收货区域**的调拨。" +msgstr "点击打开你想要完成的收货单。点击 **确认** 完成从 **供应商** 库位到 **WH/收货区域** 的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -2071,7 +2071,7 @@ msgid "" "page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" " the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " "available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "已经完成了收货步骤并且在**WH/IN **单上面的状态栏位显示** 完成**。产品已经从 **供应商** 库位移动了 **收货区域** 库位，这样下一步(移动到质检区域)就可以操作了。" +msgstr "已经完成了收货步骤并且在 **WH/IN** 单上面的状态栏位显示 **完成** 。产品已经从 **供应商** 库位移动了 **收货区域** 库位, 这样下一步(移动到质检区域)就可以操作了。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@ msgid "" "ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " "the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " "**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "进入 **库存** 仪表盘。你会看到有一个已经就绪的转移(移动到质检区域的调拨)和一个在等待的移动(在质检之后的往库存移动的调拨)。点击 **内部调拨** 的**# 转移**链接完成质检。" +msgstr "进入 **库存** 仪表盘。你会看到有一个已经就绪的转移(移动到质检区域的调拨)和一个在等待的移动(在质检之后的往库存移动的调拨)。点击 **内部调拨** 的 **# 转移** 链接完成质检。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ msgid "" "This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " "top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " "ready to be controlled." -msgstr "已经完成了内部调拨步骤并且 **WH/INT **页面上部的状态显示为** 完成**。现在收货已经可以被控制了。" +msgstr "已经完成了内部调拨步骤并且 **WH/INT** 页面上部的状态显示为 **完成** 。现在收货已经可以被控制了。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" @@ -2108,7 +2108,7 @@ msgid "" "Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " "Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " "process the quality control." -msgstr "回到 **库存** 的仪表盘中。等待状态的调拨单现在已经可以转移了，在 **内部调拨** 的仪表盘卡上点击**#调拨 **并完成质检过程。" +msgstr "回到 **库存** 的仪表盘中。等待状态的调拨单现在已经可以转移了, 在 **内部调拨** 的仪表盘卡上点击 **#调拨** 并完成质检过程。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ msgstr "已经完成了质检步骤并且 **内部调拨单** 页面上方的状 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr " :doc:`two_steps` " #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" @@ -2137,19 +2137,19 @@ msgid "" "then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " "not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " "processing." -msgstr "2步过程如下：在收货区域收货然后再进一步从收货区域转移到库存中。只要产品没有移到库存中，这些产品就不能被发放到车间或者进行销售。" +msgstr "2步过程如下 :在收货区域收货然后再进一步从收货区域转移到库存中。只要产品没有移到库存中, 这些产品就不能被发放到车间或者进行销售。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "要进行路径管理，进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`" +msgstr "要进行路径管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` " #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 msgid "" "Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " "ticked." -msgstr "确保 **\" 仓库进行多库位管理\"** 被勾选。 " +msgstr "确保 **\" 仓库进行多库位管理\\ \\ \"** 被勾选。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" @@ -2166,13 +2166,13 @@ msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) msgid "" "By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " "**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "默认情况下，仓库配置是一步收货(选项是 **收货直接入库** )。" +msgstr "默认情况下, 仓库配置是一步收货(选项是 **收货直接入库** )。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 msgid "" "To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" " steps)**." -msgstr "要添加一个控制步骤，勾选**在进入库存之前先卸货到收货区域(2步)**。" +msgstr "要添加一个控制步骤, 勾选 **在进入库存之前先卸货到收货区域(2步)** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" @@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@ msgid "" "the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " "related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " "form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "在采购模块下，创建一个 **采购询价单** ，然后点击 **确认** 订单。你可以看到在采购订单上方的 **状态栏位** 有一个 **收货单** 和采购订单关联。这是收货步骤。" +msgstr "在采购模块下, 创建一个 **采购询价单** , 然后点击 **确认** 订单。你可以看到在采购订单上方的 **状态栏位** 有一个 **收货单** 和采购订单关联。这是收货步骤。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -2200,14 +2200,14 @@ msgstr "进入 **库存** 然后点击 **收货** 看板上的 **待收** 链接 msgid "" "Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" " complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "点击想要处理的收货单，然后点击 **确认** 完成从 **供应商** 到 **库存／收货区域** 的调拨。" +msgstr "点击想要处理的收货单, 然后点击 **确认** 完成从 **供应商** 到 **库存／收货区域** 的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 msgid "" "This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" " product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " "which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "已经完成了参照为**WH/IN**的收货步骤。产品已经完成了从 **供应商** 到**WH/收货区域**的调拨，现在就可以进行下一步骤的操作了。" +msgstr "已经完成了参照为 **WH/IN** 的收货步骤。产品已经完成了从 **供应商** 到 **WH/收货区域** 的调拨, 现在就可以进行下一步骤的操作了。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" @@ -2230,15 +2230,15 @@ msgstr "点击想要处理的调拨单。点击 **确认** 完成从 **库存/ msgid "" "This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " "**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "已经完成了序列号参照为**WH/INT**的内部调拨，收货已经移动到了库存中。" +msgstr "已经完成了序列号参照为 **WH/INT** 的内部调拨, 收货已经移动到了库存中。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr " :doc:`three_steps` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "批次号和序列号 " +msgstr "批次号和序列号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" @@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" " **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." -msgstr "在Odoo中，批次号和序列号在系统中有者相同的逻辑但是不同的表现行为。他们都是在 **库存** ， **采购** ， **销售** 模块中使用。" +msgstr "在Odoo中, 批次号和序列号在系统中有者相同的逻辑但是不同的表现行为。他们都是在 **库存** , **采购** , **销售** 模块中使用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " "particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " "delivery and after-sales." -msgstr " **序列号** 是一个单独产品的唯一标识码，能让我们从收货到发货再到售后进行追踪。" +msgstr " **序列号** 是一个单独产品的唯一标识码, 能让我们从收货到发货再到售后进行追踪。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" @@ -2282,7 +2282,7 @@ msgid "" "info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " "production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " "food." -msgstr " **批次号** 通常在大批量的产品收货中使用，这能够帮你在报表，质检，或者其余信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。" +msgstr " **批次号** 通常在大批量的产品收货中使用, 这能够帮你在报表, 质检, 或者其余信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@ msgid "" "service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " "You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" " way you manage these products" -msgstr " **序列号** 对于那些需要售后的产品来说比较有用，例如手机，笔记本电脑，以及其余的电子设备。依赖于管理产品的方式，你可以使用生成序列号或者自己的序列号。" +msgstr " **序列号** 对于那些需要售后的产品来说比较有用, 例如手机, 笔记本电脑, 以及其余的电子设备。依赖于管理产品的方式, 你可以使用生成序列号或者自己的序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" @@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ msgid "" "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " "chances that you can return them for production fault." -msgstr "消耗品例如厨房用纸，厕所用纸，笔或者手写纸等使用批次是没有意义的，因为这些产品你从来不会退货。" +msgstr "消耗品例如厨房用纸, 厕所用纸, 笔或者手写纸等使用批次是没有意义的, 因为这些产品你从来不会退货。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2309,17 +2309,17 @@ msgid "" "consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " "a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " "for instance, makes no sense at all." -msgstr "另一方面，只有那些使用质保期现／或者售后服务的产品使用单个产品的序列号，除了这些，给产品分配序列号是浪费时间的行为。例如给一块面包分配一个序列号是没有一点意义的。" +msgstr "另一方面, 只有那些使用质保期现／或者售后服务的产品使用单个产品的序列号, 除了这些, 给产品分配序列号是浪费时间的行为。例如给一块面包分配一个序列号是没有一点意义的。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr " :doc:`serial_numbers` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`lots`" -msgstr ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr " :doc:`lots` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" @@ -2331,7 +2331,7 @@ msgid "" "lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" " will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." -msgstr "在结构大批量的产品时候使用批次号很有用，批次号可以在报表中，质检过程，或者其余的信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。" +msgstr "在结构大批量的产品时候使用批次号很有用, 批次号可以在报表中, 质检过程, 或者其余的信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2361,20 +2361,20 @@ msgid "" "You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" " application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " "**Track lots or serial numbers**" -msgstr "在设置中需要激活批次追踪，在 **库存** 模块中，进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码** 。" +msgstr "在设置中需要激活批次追踪, 在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " "**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "为了能对批次进行高级管理，还要勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 。" +msgstr "为了能对批次进行高级管理, 还要勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 msgid "Operation types configuration" @@ -2385,26 +2385,26 @@ msgid "" "You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" " **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Operation Types`." -msgstr "你还可以对每种操作类型设置如何管理批次。在 **库存** 应用中，进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 作业类型(Operation Types)`。" +msgstr "你还可以对每种操作类型设置如何管理批次。在 **库存** 应用中, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 作业类型(Operation Types)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" " you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "对每种操作类型(收货，发货，内部调拨，……)，你可以设置是否创建新的批次号或者使用现有的批次号。" +msgstr "对每种操作类型(收货, 发货, 内部调拨, ……), 你可以设置是否创建新的批次号或者使用现有的批次号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "最后，需要配置哪些产品你想进行批次追踪。" +msgstr "最后, 需要配置哪些产品你想进行批次追踪。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 msgid "" "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " "select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)`，并点开所选择的产品。点击 **编辑** ，并在 **库存** 页面勾选 **批次追踪** ，然后点击 **保存** 。" +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` , 并点开所选择的产品。点击 **编辑** , 并在 **库存** 页面勾选 **批次追踪** , 然后点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "Manage lots" @@ -2419,27 +2419,27 @@ msgstr "调拨" msgid "" "In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " "input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "为了能够进行批次追踪处理发货单，你需要输入序列号()。" +msgstr "为了能够进行批次追踪处理发货单, 你需要输入序列号()。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "点击批次图标:" +msgstr "点击批次图标 :" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 msgid "" "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " "and the quantity." -msgstr "一个窗口会弹出，点击 **添加新条目** 并输入批次号和数量。" +msgstr "一个窗口会弹出, 点击 **添加新条目** 并输入批次号和数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 msgid "" "Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " "new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "基于操作类型的配置，你可能需要创建新的批次号或者现存批次号。" +msgstr "基于操作类型的配置, 你可能需要创建新的批次号或者现存批次号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "在扫描枪界面，只需要扫描批次号。" +msgstr "在扫描枪界面, 只需要扫描批次号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 @@ -2448,7 +2448,7 @@ msgstr "库存调整" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "仓库中产品的批次追踪有2种方式：" +msgstr "仓库中产品的批次追踪有2种方式 :" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 @@ -2464,20 +2464,20 @@ msgstr "一个批次的库存" msgid "" "When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " "product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "在常规盘点时，有一个 **序列号** 栏位，如果产品已经有批次号，那么这个栏位就会预先显示产品的批次号。" +msgstr "在常规盘点时, 有一个 **序列号** 栏位, 如果产品已经有批次号, 那么这个栏位就会预先显示产品的批次号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 msgid "" "Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " "can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "如果产品还没有盘点过，点击 **添加条目** 。你可以容易的创建批次，只是需要在栏位中键入新的批次号。" +msgstr "如果产品还没有盘点过, 点击 **添加条目** 。你可以容易的创建批次, 只是需要在栏位中键入新的批次号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "" "You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " "fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " "type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "你还可以对一个批次的产品进行盘点。在该场景中，你需要输入 **批次号码** 。你还可以在这里创建一个新的批次。只要键入一个号码，一个窗口就会弹出来和这个产品连接。" +msgstr "你还可以对一个批次的产品进行盘点。在该场景中, 你需要输入 **批次号码** 。你还可以在这里创建一个新的批次。只要键入一个号码, 一个窗口就会弹出来和这个产品连接。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 msgid "Lots traceability" @@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ msgstr "批次追踪" msgid "" "You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "你可以查看批次追踪， 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 存货控制(Inventory Control) --> 序列号(Serial Numbers)／批次号(Lots)`" +msgstr "你可以查看批次追踪, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 存货控制(Inventory Control) --> 序列号(Serial Numbers)／批次号(Lots)` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 @@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ msgstr "点击 **追踪** 按钮可以看到详细信息。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr " :doc:`differences` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" @@ -2511,21 +2511,21 @@ msgid "" "location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" " product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " "location where the products are moved." -msgstr "序列号追踪用来追踪带有序列号的产品的每个调拨移动。你可以追踪带有序列号的当前库位。当产品从一个库位移动到你个一个库位，系统会根据产品的最后一次移动确定产品当前的库位。所有你可以得到产品在移动过程中的每一个位置。" +msgstr "序列号追踪用来追踪带有序列号的产品的每个调拨移动。你可以追踪带有序列号的当前库位。当产品从一个库位移动到你个一个库位, 系统会根据产品的最后一次移动确定产品当前的库位。所有你可以得到产品在移动过程中的每一个位置。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 msgid "" "You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " "**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "你需要在设置中激活序列号追踪。在 **库存** 模块中，进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码** 。" +msgstr "你需要在设置中激活序列号追踪。在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 msgid "" "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " "select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品`，打开所选产品，点击 **编辑** 并在 **库存** 页面选择 **根据序列号** ，然后点击 **保存** 。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品` , 打开所选产品, 点击 **编辑** 并在 **库存** 页面选择 **根据序列号** , 然后点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" @@ -2538,33 +2538,33 @@ msgid "" " products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " "transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " "Split icon." -msgstr "为了能完成序列号标识的产品的调拨，你需要在产品中维护号码(可以多个)。如果需要产品使用序列号进行追踪，首先需要把调拨标记为待做的状态。点击 **标记为待做** 按钮使批量分离图标显示出来。" +msgstr "为了能完成序列号标识的产品的调拨, 你需要在产品中维护号码(可以多个)。如果需要产品使用序列号进行追踪, 首先需要把调拨标记为待做的状态。点击 **标记为待做** 按钮使批量分离图标显示出来。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "点击序列号图标：" +msgstr "点击序列号图标 :" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 msgid "" "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " "numbers." -msgstr "一个窗口会弹出，点击 **添加新条目** 并输入序列号。" +msgstr "一个窗口会弹出, 点击 **添加新条目** 并输入序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 msgid "" "If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " "appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " "moving those serial numbers." -msgstr "如果你要调拨一个已经有序列号的产品，这就会显示在列表中。只要点击 **＋** 图标，来确认你是在调拨这些序列号。" +msgstr "如果你要调拨一个已经有序列号的产品, 这就会显示在列表中。只要点击 **＋** 图标, 来确认你是在调拨这些序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "在扫描枪页面，你只需要输入序列号。" +msgstr "在扫描枪页面, 你只需要输入序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "仓库中的产品的序列号追踪由2种方式：" +msgstr "仓库中的产品的序列号追踪由2种方式 :" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "Inventory of a serial number" @@ -2574,7 +2574,7 @@ msgstr "一个序列号的库存" msgid "" "Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " "can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." -msgstr "如果产品还没有诶盘点，点击 **添加新的条目** ，你就可以轻易的创建序列号，只需要在栏位中键入新的号码。" +msgstr "如果产品还没有诶盘点, 点击 **添加新的条目** , 你就可以轻易的创建序列号, 只需要在栏位中键入新的号码。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." @@ -2586,7 +2586,7 @@ msgid "" "will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " "here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " "product." -msgstr "你也可以给序列号做盘点。在该情景中，你需要输入序列号,你还可以在这里创建一个新的。只要键入号码，一个弹出框就会个产品链接。" +msgstr "你也可以给序列号做盘点。在该情景中, 你需要输入序列号, 你还可以在这里创建一个新的。只要键入号码, 一个弹出框就会个产品链接。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "Serial Number traceability" @@ -2597,14 +2597,14 @@ msgid "" "The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" " were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " "shipped to." -msgstr "这些货物的序列号能让你对产品从收货开始，入库，以及买给谁，发货到哪里进行追踪。" +msgstr "这些货物的序列号能让你对产品从收货开始, 入库, 以及买给谁, 发货到哪里进行追踪。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 msgid "" "To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " ":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " "serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "要追踪一个产品，打开 **库存** 模块，在 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 序列号／批次号`，点击相关的序列号。" +msgstr "要追踪一个产品, 打开 **库存** 模块, 在 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 序列号／批次号` , 点击相关的序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" @@ -2612,13 +2612,13 @@ msgstr "杂项作业" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "如何管理不属于你的库存？" +msgstr "如何处理不属于你的库存？" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" "Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " "having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "有些供应商有时候会给你的店铺送来产品但是你又无需采购这些产品：这中情景称之为 **代销库存** 。" +msgstr "有些供应商有时候会给你的店铺送来产品但是你又无需采购这些产品 :这中情景称之为 **代销库存** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -2626,7 +2626,7 @@ msgid "" " products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " "not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " "item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "代销库存是工厂和供应商发布新产品的一个很好的方法。因为零售商可能不愿意购买不确定能卖掉的产品，那么代销库存就能让他们可以先不付款就可以针对一款产品在市场上试销。" +msgstr "代销库存是工厂和供应商发布新产品的一个很好的方法。因为零售商可能不愿意购买不确定能卖掉的产品, 那么代销库存就能让他们可以先不付款就可以针对一款产品在市场上试销。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -2639,7 +2639,7 @@ msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" " in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " "(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "代开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`，在 **产品所有者** 部分选择 **管理代销产品(高级)** ，然后点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "代开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` , 在 **产品所有者** 部分选择 **管理代销产品(高级)** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" @@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@ msgid "" "reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " "line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" " it blank if you are the owner." -msgstr "在库存仪表盘中，打开 **收货** 仪表盘并创建一个新的收货。你可以在页面的右边，一个新的 **所有者** 行呈现。你可以指定该批产品的所有者，如果所有者是你，那么就留空。" +msgstr "在库存仪表盘中, 打开 **收货** 仪表盘并创建一个新的收货。你可以在页面的右边, 一个新的 **所有者** 行呈现。你可以指定该批产品的所有者, 如果所有者是你, 那么就留空。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" @@ -2667,7 +2667,7 @@ msgid "" "production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " "products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " "automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "排程器就是计划和排定根据产品上设定的规则自动生产或者自动采购的优先级的计算引擎。默认状况下，排程器被设置为一天运行一次(Odoo自动创建一个 **排程器动作** )。" +msgstr "排程器就是计划和排定根据产品上设定的规则自动生产或者自动采购的优先级的计算引擎。默认状况下, 排程器被设置为一天运行一次(Odoo自动创建一个 **排程器动作** )。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" @@ -2678,7 +2678,7 @@ msgid "" "Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " "started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " "tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "排程器只会确认已经确认的但是还没有开始的补货。该补货会对依赖于需求产品的配置要开始的生产，任务或者采购进行预留。" +msgstr "排程器只会确认已经确认的但是还没有开始的补货。该补货会对依赖于需求产品的配置要开始的生产, 任务或者采购进行预留。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -2687,7 +2687,7 @@ msgid "" "requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " "there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " "be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "在开始预留和补货的时候你要考虑到操作的优先级。过去的带有日期急迫的需求，或者那些需求日期比其余的要早的会先开始。以防库存中没有足够的产品满足需求，你可以先确保那些最先需求的产品先进行生产。" +msgstr "在开始预留和补货的时候你要考虑到操作的优先级。过去的带有日期急迫的需求, 或者那些需求日期比其余的要早的会先开始。以防库存中没有足够的产品满足需求, 你可以先确保那些最先需求的产品先进行生产。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" @@ -2695,14 +2695,14 @@ msgstr "配置并运行排程器" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "手工运行排程器" +msgstr "手工运行排程" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 msgid "" "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" " see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " "click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "默认状况下，该特性是看不到的。你需要激活 **开发者模式** 才能看到。要激活开发者模式，可以进入 :menuselection:`帮助 --> 关于` 并点击**激活开发者模式 **。" +msgstr "默认状况下, 该特性是看不到的。你需要激活 **开发者模式** 才能看到。要激活开发者模式, 可以进入 :menuselection:`帮助 --> 关于` 并点击 **激活开发者模式** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -2711,7 +2711,7 @@ msgid "" "uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " "company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," " deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 排程器 --> 运行排程器 `。排程器会使用产品上，供应商，以及公司上定义的所有相关参数来决定不同生产订单，交货单以及供应商采购订单之间的优先级。" +msgstr "你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 排程器 --> 运行排程器 ` 。排程器会使用产品上, 供应商, 以及公司上定义的所有相关参数来决定不同生产订单, 交货单以及供应商采购订单之间的优先级。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" @@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ msgid "" "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" " see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " "click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "默认状况下，该特性是看不到的。你需要激活 **开发者模式** 才能看到。要激活开发者模式，可以进入 :menuselection:`帮助 --> 关于` 并点击**激活开发者模式 **。" +msgstr "默认状况下, 该特性是看不到的。你需要激活 **开发者模式** 才能看到。要激活开发者模式, 可以进入 :menuselection:`帮助 --> 关于` 并点击 **激活开发者模式** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -2730,11 +2730,11 @@ msgid "" "corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " "configuration." -msgstr "你可以以下菜单通过更改相关的动作设置开始时间 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动 --> 排程器动作`。更改运行MRP排程器的配置。" +msgstr "你可以以下菜单通过更改相关的动作设置开始时间 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动 --> 排程器动作` 。更改运行MRP排程器的配置。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr " :doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates` " #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 msgid "How to scrap products?" @@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ msgstr "报废意味着没有经济价值或者最基本材料的价值浪费" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "通过循环的内容修复。" +msgstr "通过循环内容可以修复。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2761,39 +2761,39 @@ msgstr "在仓库中有时候你会发现有些产品坏掉了或者因为到期 msgid "" "Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " "product." -msgstr "既然这些产品不适合继续存放或者正常销售，就需把他们报废。" +msgstr "既然这些产品不适合继续存放或者正常销售, 就需把他们报废。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 msgid "" "When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " "the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "已经报废的产品作为库存的一部分不能在系统中反映出来，报废的材料将会在实际操作中移动到报废区域。" +msgstr "已经报废的产品作为库存的一部分不能在系统中反映出来, 报废的材料将会在实际操作中移动到报废区域。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 msgid "" "When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " "default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "当安装库存管理的时候，Odoo会自动创建一个命名为 **虚拟库位／报废** 报废库位。" +msgstr "当安装库存管理的时候, Odoo会自动创建一个命名为 **虚拟库位／报废** 报废库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 msgid "" "To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per " "warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "要创建额外的报废库位，进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 并点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "要创建额外的报废库位, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 并点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 msgid "" "After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " "new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" " --> Locations.`" -msgstr "选择应用了 **仓库进行多库位管理** 之后，你参照以下创建新的报废库位， 进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库管理(Warehouse Management) --> 库位(Locations)` 。" +msgstr "选择应用了 **仓库进行多库位管理** 之后, 你参照以下创建新的报废库位, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库管理(Warehouse Management) --> 库位(Locations)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 msgid "" "To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " "location form view." -msgstr "要定义一个报废库位，就需要早库位的视图页面中勾选 **是一个北欧费库位** 。" +msgstr "要定义一个报废库位, 就需要早库位的视图页面中勾选 **是一个北欧费库位** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "Different ways to scrap product" @@ -2811,13 +2811,13 @@ msgstr "1)收货时候报废(在初始需求标签页面)。" msgid "" "To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "要在收货过程中包报废产品，进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> 收货(Receipts)` 。" +msgstr "要在收货过程中包报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> 收货(Receipts)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 msgid "" "Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button." -msgstr "打开收货单，在 **原始需求** 页签面点击报废按钮。" +msgstr "打开收货单, 在 **原始需求** 页签面点击报废按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." @@ -2827,13 +2827,13 @@ msgstr "2)从发货单报废产品(初始需求标签页面)" msgid "" "To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "要在发货过承报废产品，进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> 发货单(Delivery Orders)`" +msgstr "要在发货过承报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> 发货单(Delivery Orders)` " #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 msgid "" "Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "打开发货单，在 **原始需求** 页面，点击产品报废按钮" +msgstr "打开发货单, 在 **原始需求** 页面, 点击产品报废按钮" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." @@ -2843,27 +2843,27 @@ msgstr "3)内部调拨过程中的报废(初始需求页面)" msgid "" "To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Receipts`" -msgstr "要在内部调拨单上报废产品，进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> 收货(Receipts)`" +msgstr "要在内部调拨单上报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> 收货(Receipts)` " #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 msgid "" "Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "打开内部调拨单，在 **原始需求** 页面，点击产品报废按钮。" +msgstr "打开内部调拨单, 在 **原始需求** 页面, 点击产品报废按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 msgid "" "When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " "quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " "**Scrap**." -msgstr "当你点击报废按钮，一个弹出框会打开。你可以输入要报废产品的数量，并制定报废库位，然后点击 **报废** 。" +msgstr "当你点击报废按钮, 一个弹出框会打开。你可以输入要报废产品的数量, 并制定报废库位, 然后点击 **报废** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 msgid "" "To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " "several location per warehouse** in the settings at " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" -msgstr "要按照向导变更报废库位，你需要在如下地方的设置中选择 **仓库惊醒多库位管理** ， 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Setting)`" +msgstr "要按照向导变更报废库位, 你需要在如下地方的设置中选择 **仓库惊醒多库位管理** , 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Setting)` " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" @@ -2878,21 +2878,21 @@ msgstr "如何进行存货计价?(海洋法系会计)" msgid "" "Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " "sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "每年你的库存价值都必须在资产负债表中记录，这依赖于两个主要选项：" +msgstr "每年你的库存价值都需要在余额表中记录, 这依赖于两个主要选项 :" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 msgid "" "the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " "Real Price);" -msgstr "计算库存产品成本的方式(标准，平均成本，实际价格)；" +msgstr "计算库存产品的成本方式(标准, 平均成本, 实时价格)；" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 msgid "" "the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " "Perpetual)." -msgstr "在账簿中记录存货价值的方式(定期 vs. 永续)。" +msgstr "在账簿中记录库存价值的方式(定期估值和不间断估值)。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 @@ -3017,7 +3017,7 @@ msgstr "€0" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "以€10的价格接收8个产品" +msgstr "以€10的价格入库8个产品" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 @@ -3039,7 +3039,7 @@ msgstr "8" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8 *€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 @@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ msgstr "€80" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "以€16的价格接收4个产品" +msgstr "以€16的价格入库4个产品" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 @@ -3077,7 +3077,7 @@ msgstr "12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4 *€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 @@ -3093,7 +3093,7 @@ msgstr "€120" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "交货10个产品" +msgstr "发货10片产品" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 @@ -3109,7 +3109,7 @@ msgstr "2" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10 *€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 @@ -3121,7 +3121,7 @@ msgstr "€20" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "以€9的价格接收2个产品" +msgstr "以€9的价格入库2个产品" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 @@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr "4" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2 *€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 @@ -3150,7 +3150,7 @@ msgid "" "**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " "materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " "period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr "**标准价格 **意味着在期末(通常是一年)，根据产品的直接材料，直接劳动，以及制造费用估算成本价格。在产品页面输入此成本价格。" +msgstr " **标准价格** 意味着在期末(通常是一年)根据产品的直接材料, 直接劳动以及制造费用等评估成本。你可以在产品页面输入成本价格。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 @@ -3175,7 +3175,7 @@ msgstr "€12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4 *€16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 @@ -3189,7 +3189,7 @@ msgstr "€144" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10 *€12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 @@ -3217,7 +3217,7 @@ msgstr "€9" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2 *€6" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 @@ -3230,12 +3230,12 @@ msgid "" "The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " "has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" " (see here attached)" -msgstr " **平均价格 ** 方法在收货单被处理时计算成本价，基于定义在采购订单的价格计算：公式(见下)" +msgstr " **平均价格** 的方法是当有收货的时候系统会根据采购订单的采购价格计算成本 :公式(见下)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "在产品离开仓库的时候平均成本不变。" +msgstr "当产品出库的时候平均价格不变。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 @@ -3244,7 +3244,7 @@ msgid "" " huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " "complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" " up-to-date." -msgstr "从会计的角度来看，这种方式在采购价格经常变动的时候调整，由于此种操作的复杂性该方法不经常使用。如果要用的话就需要例如Odoo这样的软件来进行实时更新。" +msgstr "从会计的角度来看, 这种方式在采购价格经常变动的时候调整, 由于此种操作的复杂性该方法不经常使用。如果要用的话就需要例如Odoo这样的软件来进行实时更新。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 @@ -3252,7 +3252,7 @@ msgid "" "This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " "business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " "matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "该方法用于特定的高级用户。因为在完成收货单的过程中会进行成本计算，所以需要很好的评估业务流程。" +msgstr "该方法用于特定的高级用户。因为在完成收货单的过程中会进行成本计算, 所以需要很好的评估业务流程。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 @@ -3267,12 +3267,12 @@ msgstr "€16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8 *€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2 *€16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 @@ -3304,29 +3304,29 @@ msgid "" "form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " "last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " "received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." -msgstr "对于 **实际价格** (FIFO,LIFO,　FEFO，等)，需要进一步在仓库的库位上或者在产品的内部分类页面设置出库策略。默认的设置是FIFO。在该种方式下，库存价值会遵从计算存储商品的真实的价值(cfr,定量估值)而不是按照产品页面的成本来计算。只要发出货物，成本价格就是会变成最后一次出货产品()的成本，这种成本方式用在哪些还没有接收的货物的估价上(例如，库存调整)。" +msgstr "对于 **实际价格** (FIFO, LIFO, 　FEFO, 等), 需要进一步在仓库的库位上或者在产品的内部分类页面设置出库策略。默认的设置是FIFO。在该种方式下, 库存价值会遵从计算存储商品的真实的价值(cfr, 定量估值)而不是按照产品页面的成本来计算。只要发出货物, 成本价格就是会变成最后一次出货产品()的成本, 这种成本方式用在哪些还没有接收的货物的估价上(例如, 库存调整)。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 msgid "" "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," " Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "Odoo中所有的流程建议使用FIFO(销售，采购，库存)。这适用于所有用户。" +msgstr "在Odoo中所有的流程建议使用FIFO(销售, 采购, 库存)。这适用于所有的用例。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "LIFO (IFRS不接受)" +msgstr "LIFO (国际财务报告准则已弃用)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "-4*€16" +msgstr "-4 *€16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "-6*€10" +msgstr "-6 *€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 @@ -3336,7 +3336,7 @@ msgstr "€8" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "美国之外LIFO不被许可。" +msgstr "美国之外不能使用LIFO。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 @@ -3345,7 +3345,7 @@ msgid "" " check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " "Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " "categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." -msgstr "Odoo中可以使用任何方式，默认的是 **标准成本** 。要更改的话，可以在采购的设置中勾选**使用'固定'，'实施'，'平均'价格等成本方法**。然后在产品的内部分类页面设置成本方法。产品的内部分类可以在产品的库存页面看到。" +msgstr "Odoo中可以使用任何方式, 默认的是 **标准成本** 。要更改的话, 可以在采购的设置中勾选 **使用 '固定' , '实施' , '平均' 价格等成本方法** 。然后在产品的内部分类页面设置成本方法。产品的内部分类可以在产品的库存页面看到。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 @@ -3353,7 +3353,7 @@ msgid "" "Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" " quantity in stock * cost price)." -msgstr "不管使用何种方式，Odoo都会提供在下列地方提供所有的库存计价，进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 报表(Reports) --> 存货计价(Inventory Valuation)` (即. 当前库存数量 * 成本价格)。" +msgstr "不管使用何种方式, Odoo都会提供在下列地方提供所有的库存计价, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 报表(Reports) --> 存货计价(Inventory Valuation)` (即. 当前库存数量 * 成本价格)。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 @@ -3367,7 +3367,7 @@ msgid "" "have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " "the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " "physical inventory." -msgstr "在定期的存货计价中，收货和发货都不会直接对会计产生影响，在月末或者年末，会计做一张实际库存的会计分录并过账。" +msgstr "在定期的存货计价中, 收货和发货都不会直接对会计产生影响, 在月末或者年末, 会计做一张实际库存的会计分录并过账。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 @@ -3413,7 +3413,7 @@ msgstr "贷" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "资产：存货" +msgstr "资产 :存货" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 @@ -3423,7 +3423,7 @@ msgstr "50" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "资产：递延税项资产" +msgstr "资产 :递延税项资产" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 @@ -3433,7 +3433,7 @@ msgstr "4.68" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "负债：应付账款" +msgstr "负债 :应付账款" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 @@ -3451,25 +3451,25 @@ msgstr "54.68" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "配置：" +msgstr "配置 :" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "材料采购科目：在产品或者产品的产品所属的内部分类上设置(费用科目字段)。" +msgstr "材料采购科目 :在产品或者产品的产品所属的内部分类上设置(费用科目字段)。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "递延税资产：在采购订单行上使用的税上设置" +msgstr "递延税资产 :在采购订单行上使用的税上设置" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "应付科目：定义在账单相关的供应商上" +msgstr "应付科目 :定义在账单相关的供应商上" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 @@ -3493,7 +3493,7 @@ msgstr "客户发票" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "收入：销售货物" +msgstr "收入 :销售货物" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 @@ -3503,7 +3503,7 @@ msgstr "100" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "负债：递延税负债" +msgstr "负债 :递延税项负债" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 @@ -3513,7 +3513,7 @@ msgstr "9" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "资产：应收账款" +msgstr "资产 :应收账款" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 @@ -3525,17 +3525,17 @@ msgstr "109" msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "收入：在产品或者产品所属种类的页面设置(收入科目字段)" +msgstr "收入 :在产品或者产品所属种类的页面设置(收入科目字段)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "递延税项负债：在发票行上使用的税上设置" +msgstr "递延税项负债 :在发票行上使用的税上设置" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "应收账款：在客户定义(应收科目)" +msgstr "应收账款 :在客户定义(应收科目)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 @@ -3559,13 +3559,13 @@ msgstr "制造订单" msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "在月／年末，依靠公司盘点或者只是依赖于Odoo中的库存来计算库存价值并入账。" +msgstr "在月／年末, 依靠公司盘点或者只是依赖于Odoo中的库存来计算库存价值并入账。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "然后你需要适应以下公式把采购产品的余额分成库存和货物销售的成本：" +msgstr "然后你需要适应以下公式把采购产品的余额分成库存和货物销售的成本 :" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 msgid "" @@ -3575,11 +3575,11 @@ msgstr "销售货物的成本 (COGS) = 期初库存价值 + 采购产品 – 期 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "在账簿中更新存货计价，记录一个分录：" +msgstr "在账簿中更新存货计价, 记录一个分录 :" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "资产：库存(期末值)" +msgstr "资产 :库存(期末余额)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 @@ -3592,15 +3592,15 @@ msgstr "X" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "费用：货物销售成本" +msgstr "费用 :货物销售成本" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "费用：采购货物" +msgstr "费用 :采购货物" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "资产：存货(期初值)" +msgstr "资产 :存货(期初值)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 @@ -3615,7 +3615,7 @@ msgid "" "date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " "As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " "testing." -msgstr "在永续存货计价方式中，收货和发货会即时记账。因此，账本在这种情景下会是一直不断更新的。这种模式只能被会计专家和高级用户使用。与定期计价相反 ，它需要额外的配置和测试。" +msgstr "在持续的存货计价方式中, 收货和发货会即时的记账。因此, 账本是在这种情景下会一直不断更新。这种模式只能被会计专家和高级用户使用。相反的定义的估值方式, 就需要额外的配置和测试。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 @@ -3625,63 +3625,63 @@ msgstr "让我们举个分销商的例子" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr " **配置:** " +msgstr " **配置 :** " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "应收／应付科目：在业务伙伴上定义(会计页卡)" +msgstr "应收／应付科目 :在业务伙伴上定义(会计页卡)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债：定义在发票行上使用的税中。" +msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债 :定义在发票行上使用的税中。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can" " be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "收入/费用: 默认定义在产品的内部分类，也能在产品表单(会计页卡)设置为替换值。" +msgstr "收入/费用 : 默认定义在产品的内部分类, 也能在产品表单(会计页卡)设置为替换值。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" -msgstr "已收货但没有采购的，设置为产品内部种类上的入库科目" +msgstr "已收货但没有采购的, 设置为产品内部种类上的入库科目" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" -msgstr "已发货但是还没有开票的货物：在产品内部种类上设置为出库科目。" +msgstr "已发货但是还没有开票的货物 :在产品内部种类上设置为出库科目。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "存货：在产品的内部种类中设置为库存价值科目" +msgstr "存货 :在产品的内部种类中设置为库存价值科目" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "价格差异：在产品或者产品的内部种类上设置形成一个特定替代值。" +msgstr "价格差异 :在产品或者产品的内部种类上设置形成一个特定替代值。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal` " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation` " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs` " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" @@ -3695,25 +3695,25 @@ msgstr "创建一个会计分录把库存产品变动值从盈利／损失账户 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "费用：存货变动" +msgstr "费用 :存货变动" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "如果库存价值减少，贷 **库存** ，借 **库存变动** 。" +msgstr "如果库存价值减少, 贷 **库存** , 借 **库存变动** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "营收/费用: 默认的在产品的内部分类中定义，也能在产品页面(会计页面)作为一个特定的值定义。" +msgstr "营收/费用 : 默认的在产品的内部分类中定义, 也能在产品页面(会计页面)作为一个特定的值定义。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" -msgstr "库存变动科目：在内部产品类别的库存入库／出库科目处进行设置" +msgstr "库存变动科目 :在内部产品类别的库存入库／出库科目处进行设置" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -3728,7 +3728,7 @@ msgid "" "A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " "products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" " locations (possibly virtual)." -msgstr "复式库存没有输入，输出(产品处置)或者转换。相反的，所有的操作都是在不同的位置(可以是虚拟的)之间库存移动。" +msgstr "复式库存没有输入, 输出(产品处置)或者转换。相反的, 所有的操作都是在不同的位置(可以是虚拟的)之间库存移动。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 msgid "Operations" @@ -3737,7 +3737,7 @@ msgstr "作业" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 msgid "" "Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." -msgstr "库存调拨表示货物或者材料在不同的库位之间的移动。" +msgstr "库存调拨表示了货物或者材料在不同的库位之间的移动。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 msgid "Production Order" @@ -3745,31 +3745,31 @@ msgstr "生产订单" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "消耗：" +msgstr "消耗 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "2个车轮：库存 → 生产" +msgstr "2个车轮 :库存 → 生产" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "1个车架：库存→生产" +msgstr "1个车架 :库存→生产" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "生产：" +msgstr "生产 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "1辆自行车：生产 → 库存" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :生产 → 库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "库存：生产订单的物流的原始位置" +msgstr "库存 :生产订单的物流的原始位置" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "产线：在产品表单上的 **生产库位** 字段" +msgstr "产线 :在产品表单上的 **生产库位** 字段" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 msgid "Drop-shipping" @@ -3777,19 +3777,19 @@ msgstr "直运" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "1辆自行车:供应商→客户" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :供应商→客户" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "配置：" +msgstr "配置 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "供应商：产品表单" +msgstr "供应商 :产品表单" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "客户：销售订单" +msgstr "客户 :销售订单" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 msgid "Client Delivery" @@ -3801,7 +3801,7 @@ msgstr "调拨" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "1辆自行车：库存 → 打包区域" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :库存 → 打包区域" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 msgid "Pack" @@ -3809,7 +3809,7 @@ msgstr "包装" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "1辆自行车:打包区域→发货" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :打包区域→发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 #: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 @@ -3818,7 +3818,7 @@ msgstr "发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "1辆自行车:出货区域→客户" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :出货区域→客户" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" @@ -3826,27 +3826,27 @@ msgstr "仓库的拣货＋包装＋发货路线" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "仓库间调拨" +msgstr "仓库内部的调拨" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "调拨：" +msgstr "调拨 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "1辆自行车:仓库1→中转区" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :仓库1→中转区" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "1辆自行车:中转区→仓库2" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :中转区→仓库2" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "仓库2：调拨的初始位置" +msgstr "仓库2 :调拨的初始位置" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "仓库1：中转路线" +msgstr "仓库1 :中转路线" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" @@ -3854,31 +3854,31 @@ msgstr "坏掉的产品(报废)" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "1辆自行车:仓库→报废" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :仓库→报废" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "报废：在报废的时的报废位置" +msgstr "报废 :在报废的时候需要的报废库位" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "库存中丢失的产品" +msgstr "存货产品丢失" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "1辆自行车:仓库→盘点" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :仓库→盘点" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "库存中的额外产品" +msgstr "存货中的额外产品" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "1辆自行车:盘点→仓库" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :盘点→仓库" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "盘点：产品\"盘点位置\"字段" +msgstr "盘点 :产品\" 盘点位置\\ \\ \"字段" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 msgid "Reception" @@ -3886,19 +3886,19 @@ msgstr "接收" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "1辆自行车:供应商→收货" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :供应商→收货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "1辆自行车:收货→库存" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :收货→库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "供应商库位：采购订单供应商" +msgstr "供应商库位 :采购订单供应商" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "收货：采购订单“目标”字段" +msgstr "收货 :采购订单“目标”字段" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 msgid "Analysis" @@ -3908,21 +3908,21 @@ msgstr "分析" msgid "" "Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " "products * product cost)." -msgstr "存货分析可以使用产品数量或者产品价值(=产品数量*产品成本)。" +msgstr "存货分析可以使用产品数量或者产品价值(=产品数量 *产品成本)。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "对于每一个盘点库位，多个数据点可以被分析：" +msgstr "对于每一个盘点库位, 多个数据点可以被分析 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "补货＆补货规则" +msgstr "补货＆拉规则" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 msgid "" "A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" " location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" -msgstr "补货就是特定位置的特定产品的特定数量的一个需求。可以手工创建，或者通过下面的方式自动触发：" +msgstr "补货就是特定位置的特定产品的特定数量的一个需求。可以手工创建, 或者通过下面的方式自动触发 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 msgid "New sale orders" @@ -3944,7 +3944,7 @@ msgstr "补货是在客户库位上创建的客户订单上的产品(需要发 msgid "" "Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " "(property)" -msgstr "补货库位：在客户信息上的字段\"客户库位\"(属性)" +msgstr "补货库位 :在客户信息上的字段\" 客户库位\\ \\ \"(属性)" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" @@ -3956,7 +3956,7 @@ msgstr "补货在规则位置创建。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "补货库位：在该规则上，字段\"库位\"" +msgstr "补货库位 :在该规则上, 字段\" 库位\\ \\ \"" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 msgid "Procurement rules" @@ -3970,7 +3970,7 @@ msgstr "新的补货是在规则上的源库位上创建的" msgid "" "*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " "be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "*补货规则*描述了特定位置上的补货如何满足，例如：" +msgstr "*补货规则* 描述了特定位置上的补货如何满足, 例如 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" @@ -3980,7 +3980,7 @@ msgstr "产品从哪里来(源库位 )" msgid "" "whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " "To Stock)`" -msgstr "补货要么是:abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` ，要么是 :abbr:`MTS (Made To Stock)`" +msgstr "补货要么是 :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` , 要么是 :abbr:`MTS (Made To Stock)` " #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 msgid "Routes" @@ -3991,13 +3991,13 @@ msgid "" "Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " "must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " "sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "补货规则被分组到路线中。路线定义了产品必须遵从的路径。根据产品/销售订单行／仓库，……路线可能会适用也可能不能适用。" +msgstr "补货规则被分组到路线中。路线定义了产品必须遵从的路径。根据产品/销售订单行／仓库, ……路线可能会适用也可能不能适用。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 msgid "" "To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " "routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "要满足补货，系统会搜索路线中定义的规则(按优先级)：" +msgstr "要满足补货, 系统会搜索路线中定义的规则(按优先级) :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4006,11 +4006,11 @@ msgstr "仓库" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "仓库路线示例：拣货→ 包装→ 发货" +msgstr "仓库路线示例 :拣货→ 包装→ 发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "分拣清单：" +msgstr "分拣清单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" @@ -4018,7 +4018,7 @@ msgstr "拣货区域→ 打包区域" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "包装清单：" +msgstr "包装清单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" @@ -4026,7 +4026,7 @@ msgstr "打包区域→ 门A" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "交货单：" +msgstr "交货单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 msgid "Gate A → Customer" @@ -4044,12 +4044,12 @@ msgstr "产品" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "产品路线示例：质量控制" +msgstr "产品路线示例 :质量控制" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "收货：" +msgstr "收货 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 @@ -4058,7 +4058,7 @@ msgstr "供应商 → 收货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "确认：" +msgstr "确认 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 msgid "Input → Quality Control" @@ -4066,7 +4066,7 @@ msgstr "收货→ 质量控制" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "库存：" +msgstr "库存 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "Quality Control → Stock" @@ -4078,11 +4078,11 @@ msgstr "产品类别" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "产品类别路线示例：越库" +msgstr "产品类别路线示例 :越库" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "越库:" +msgstr "越库 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 msgid "Input → Output" @@ -4090,7 +4090,7 @@ msgstr "收货 →发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "发货：" +msgstr "发货 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 msgid "Output → Customer" @@ -4102,11 +4102,11 @@ msgstr "销售订单行" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "销售订单行示例：直运" +msgstr "销售订单行示例 :直运" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Order:" -msgstr "订单：" +msgstr "订单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Supplier → Customer" @@ -4121,7 +4121,7 @@ msgid "" "Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " "automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" " used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr "当产品进入一个特定库位时，推式规则会触发。它们会把产品自动移动一个新的库位。推式规则是否能使用起决于适用的路线。" +msgstr "当产品进入一个特定库位时, 推式规则会触发。它们会把产品自动移动一个新的库位。推式规则是否能使用起决于适用的路线。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 @@ -4134,11 +4134,11 @@ msgstr "产品进入收货区" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "推式规则1：收货→ 质量控制" +msgstr "推式规则1 :收货→ 质量控制" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "推式规则2： 质量控制→库存" +msgstr "推式规则2 : 质量控制→库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 msgid "Warehouse Transit" @@ -4150,7 +4150,7 @@ msgstr "产品进入中转区" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "推式：中转区 → 仓库 2" +msgstr "推式 :中转区 → 仓库 2" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 msgid "Procurement Groups" @@ -4160,7 +4160,7 @@ msgstr "补货组" msgid "" "Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " "provided:" -msgstr "路线和规则定义库存的移动，对于每一个规则，都提供了一个单据类型：" +msgstr "路线和规则定义库存的移动, 对于每一个规则, 都提供了一个单据类型 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 msgid "Picking" @@ -4186,7 +4186,7 @@ msgstr "..." msgid "" "Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " "and locations are the same." -msgstr "如果它们的补货组和库位一样的话，库存移动就分组到同一单据类型。" +msgstr "如果它们的补货组和库位一样的话, 库存移动就分组到同一单据类型。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -4194,7 +4194,7 @@ msgid "" "orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " "reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " "together)" -msgstr "销售订单创建一个补货组，所以同一个销售订单的拣货和发货单组合在一起。但是你可以在重订货规则上定义特定的组(例如，可以把特定产品的采购单组合在一起)。" +msgstr "销售订单创建一个补货组, 所以同一个销售订单的拣货和发货单组合在一起。但是你可以在重订货规则上定义特定的组(例如, 可以把特定产品的采购单组合在一起)。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 msgid "Terminologies" @@ -4205,14 +4205,14 @@ msgid "" "**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " "It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " "repository." -msgstr " **仓库** ：在Odoo中的仓库就是一个存放产品的地方。可以是一个虚拟位置，也可以是实际位置。可以是一个店铺也可以是一个储藏室。" +msgstr " **仓库**: 在Odoo中的仓库就是一个存放产品的地方。可以是一个虚拟位置, 也可以是实际位置。可以是一个店铺也可以是一个储藏室。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 msgid "" "**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " "warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " "locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr " **库位** ：库位在仓库中用来对存贮区域进行划分。进一步划分为内部库位(你的仓库)，Odoo还有供应商，客户，盘点对应库位等。" +msgstr " **库位**: 库位在仓库中用来对存贮区域进行划分。进一步划分为内部库位(你的仓库), Odoo还有供应商, 客户, 盘点对应库位等。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -4220,21 +4220,21 @@ msgid "" "serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " "24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " "procurements." -msgstr " **批次** ：批次是用特定条码或者序列号指定的一批产品。一个批次的所有产品是同一产品(例如。24瓶一套)，通常的，批次号来自批量生产的工单或者补货。" +msgstr " **批次**: 批次是用特定条码或者序列号指定的一批产品。一个批次的所有产品是同一产品(例如。24瓶一套), 通常的, 批次号来自批量生产的工单或者补货。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 msgid "" "**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " "product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" " item." -msgstr " **序列号** ：序列号是一个产品的特定标识。技术上来讲，序列号可以理解为一个批次只有1个产品。" +msgstr " **序列号**: 序列号是一个产品的特定标识。技术上来讲, 序列号可以理解为一个批次只有1个产品。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 msgid "" "**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " "Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" " (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." -msgstr " **计量单位** ：定义了产品的数量如何表达。米，英镑，24一包，千克，……同种类型 (例如: 规格)的计量单位之间可以使用转换率相互之间转换(M,CM,MM)。" +msgstr " **计量单位**: 定义了产品的数量如何表达。米, 英镑, 24一包, 千克, ……同种类型 (例如 : 规格)的计量单位之间可以使用转换率相互之间转换(M, CM, MM)。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -4242,18 +4242,18 @@ msgid "" "level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " "deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " "enough stock." -msgstr " **消耗品** 一种不需要管理产品库存水平的产品(没有在手数量或者预测数量)，但是可以收货和发货。当对该种产品有需求时，Odoo会认为系统中有足够的库存。" +msgstr " **消耗品** 一种不需要管理产品库存水平的产品(没有在手数量或者预测数量), 但是可以收货和发货。当对该种产品有需求时, Odoo会认为系统中有足够的库存。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 msgid "" "**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." -msgstr " **库存产品** :一个你想要在库存水平对产品进行管理的产品。" +msgstr " **库存产品**: 一个你想要在库存水平对产品进行管理的产品。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 msgid "" "**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" " number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." -msgstr " **包裹:** 一个包裹包含一些产品(可以由它们的批次或者序列号标识或者没有)。例如：一个箱子里面有刀和叉。" +msgstr " **包裹 :** 一个包裹包含一些产品(可以由它们的批次或者序列号标识或者没有)。例如: 一个箱子里面有刀和叉。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -4263,7 +4263,7 @@ msgid "" "You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " "automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " "product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." -msgstr " **补货** ：补货就是特定库位对特定数量的产品的需求。补货由其他额单据自动触发：销售订单，最小库存你规则，和拉规则。你也可以手动的触发补货。当自动触发补货时，你需要时刻关注异常(例如，一个产品需要从一个供应商处采购，但在系统中该产品却没有维护供应商)。" +msgstr " **补货**: 补货就是特定库位对特定数量的产品的需求。补货由其他额单据自动触发: 销售订单, 最小库存你规则, 和拉规则。你也可以手动的触发补货。当自动触发补货时, 你需要时刻关注异常(例如, 一个产品需要从一个供应商处采购, 但在系统中该产品却没有维护供应商)。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -4271,14 +4271,14 @@ msgid "" "applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" " To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " "routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." -msgstr " **路线** ：路线定义产品必须遵守的路径。根据产品，销售订单行，仓库……可以使用路线，也可以不适用。要完成一个补货，系统会会搜索定义在相关产品／销售订单上的路线中的规则。" +msgstr " **路线**: 路线定义产品必须遵守的路径。根据产品, 销售订单行, 仓库……可以使用路线, 也可以不适用。要完成一个补货, 系统会会搜索定义在相关产品／销售订单上的路线中的规则。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 msgid "" "**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " "They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " "can be used depends on applicable routes." -msgstr " **推规则** ：当产品进入一个特定的库位时会触发推规则。它们会吧产品移动一个新的库位。推规则在路线中维护，所以推规则是否可用依赖于路线是够可用。" +msgstr " **推规则**: 当产品进入一个特定的库位时会触发推规则。它们会吧产品移动一个新的库位。推规则在路线中维护, 所以推规则是否可用依赖于路线是够可用。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -4286,7 +4286,7 @@ msgid "" "procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " "product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " "or MTS,..." -msgstr " **补货规则** 或者 **拉规则** ：补货规则描述了特定库位的补货如何满足，例如：产品从何而来(源库位)，补货是MTO 还是MTS，……" +msgstr " **补货规则** 或者 **拉规则**: 补货规则描述了特定库位的补货如何满足, 例如: 产品从何而来(源库位), 补货是MTO 还是MTS, ……" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -4294,19 +4294,19 @@ msgid "" "rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " "Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " "procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr " **补货组** ：路线和规则定义库存移动。对于每一个规则，都提供了单据类型，例如：拣货，包装，交货单，采购订单，…移动。如果它们的补货组以及位置时相同的，它们就被分组到相同的单据类型。" +msgstr " **补货组**: 路线和规则定义库存移动。对于每一个规则, 都提供了单据类型, 例如: 拣货, 包装, 交货单, 采购订单, …移动。如果它们的补货组以及位置时相同的, 它们就被分组到相同的单据类型。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 msgid "" "**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " "between locations." -msgstr " **库存调拨** ：库存调拨表示任何两个库位中的货物和材料的转移。" +msgstr " **库存调拨**: 库存调拨表示任何两个库位中的货物和材料的转移。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 msgid "" "**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " "in a warehouse or location." -msgstr " **在手数量** :特定产品目前在仓库或者库存中的数量。" +msgstr " **在手数量**: 特定产品目前在仓库或者库存中的数量。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -4314,7 +4314,7 @@ msgid "" "specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " "Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " "units." -msgstr " **预测数量** ：一个特定仓库或者库位的可销售产品的数量。由如下得出：在手数量－未来交货数量＋未来收货数量＋未来制造数量。" +msgstr " **预测数量**: 一个特定仓库或者库位的可销售产品的数量。由如下得出: 在手数量－未来交货数量＋未来收货数量＋未来制造数量。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -4322,7 +4322,7 @@ msgid "" "trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " "manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" " minimum stock rule." -msgstr " **再定点规则** ：定义了Odoo自动触发补货需求(该供应商下单或者发布生产订单)。当预测数量到达最低库存规则的时候会自动触发。" +msgstr " **再定点规则**: 定义了Odoo自动触发补货需求(该供应商下单或者发布生产订单)。当预测数量到达最低库存规则的时候会自动触发。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -4331,7 +4331,7 @@ msgid "" "these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " "no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " "packing zone)" -msgstr " **越库** ：交叉转运是直接从收货区域停靠的半挂车或者火车直接装货到停靠在出货码头的卡车，火车，拖车上的一种物流的实践，在卸货和装货过程之间没有存储过程。(无需进入库存，直接从卸货区域到包装区域)" +msgstr " **越库**: 交叉转运是直接从收货区域停靠的半挂车或者火车直接装货到停靠在出货码头的卡车, 火车, 拖车上的一种物流的实践, 在卸货和装货过程之间没有存储过程。(无需进入库存, 直接从卸货区域到包装区域)" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -4339,26 +4339,26 @@ msgid "" "the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" " distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " "customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr " **直运** ：直接把货物从供应商／工厂发货到客户(可以是零售商或者客户)，而不经过通常的分销渠道。产品直接从供应商送到顾客，无需经过你自己的仓库。" +msgstr " **直运**: 直接把货物从供应商／工厂发货到客户(可以是零售商或者客户), 而不经过通常的分销渠道。产品直接从供应商送到顾客, 无需经过你自己的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 msgid "" "**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " "for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr " **下架策略** 　：用在在一个特定库位上拣货的策略。例如：FIFO，LIFO，FEFO。" +msgstr " **下架策略** 　 :用在在一个特定库位上拣货的策略。例如: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO。" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 msgid "" "**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " "specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " "goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr " **上架策略** 　：特定库位的特定产品在入库时候的摆放位置的策略。(例如：电缆进来摆放在A区，3巷道)" +msgstr " **上架策略** 　 :特定库位的特定产品在入库时候的摆放位置的策略。(例如: 电缆进来摆放在A区, 3巷道)" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 msgid "" "**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" " it from the stock." -msgstr "**报废**：坏掉或者过期的产品。报废产品就是把它从库存中移除。" +msgstr " **报废**: 用于当一个产品坏掉或者过期时, 就可以通过报废产品把它从库存中移除。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" @@ -4374,7 +4374,7 @@ msgid "" "with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" " you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" " delivery." -msgstr "库存是你的业务的中心。库存真的很复杂，但是在Odoo中，无论是收货还是发货都简单得不能再简单了。我们将在本文档中演示从收货到发货是如此的简单。" +msgstr "库存是你的业务的中心。库存真的很复杂, 但是在Odoo中, 无论是收货还是发货都简单得不能再简单了。我们将在本文档中演示从收货到发货是如此的简单。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -4382,7 +4382,7 @@ msgid "" "**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " "processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " "**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." -msgstr "Odoo库存模块和其他的应用完全的集成，例如 **采购** , **销售** 或 **库存** 。但它不局限于这些过程，它还能完全的与 **电商** ， **生产** ， **维修** 等模块集成。" +msgstr "Odoo库存模块和其他的应用完全的集成, 例如 **采购** , **销售** 或 **库存** 。但它不局限于这些过程, 它还能完全的与 **电商** , **生产** , **维修** 等模块集成。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 msgid "How to process a receipt ?" @@ -4396,7 +4396,7 @@ msgstr "安装采购模块" msgid "" "First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " "to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "首先，你需要安装 **采购模块** ，进入菜单 :menuselection:`应用(Apps)` 并安装。" +msgstr "首先, 你需要安装 **采购模块** , 进入菜单 :menuselection:`应用(Apps)` 并安装。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 msgid "Make a purchase order" @@ -4406,7 +4406,7 @@ msgstr "创建采购订单" msgid "" "Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " "Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." -msgstr "进入 **采购** 模块。第一个看到的界面是 **询价需求单** 列表，点击 **创建** 按钮。" +msgstr "进入 **采购** 模块。第一个看到的界面是 **询价需求单** 列表, 点击 **创建** 按钮。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -4418,15 +4418,15 @@ msgstr "输入 **供应商** 信息并点击 **添加一个新条目** 给询价 msgid "" "Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " "quantity." -msgstr "一旦确定了产品，价格和数量等，可以点击 **确认订单** 。" +msgstr "一旦确定了产品, 价格和数量等, 可以点击 **确认订单** 。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "检索收货" +msgstr "针对收货的退货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "有2种方能式检索收货订单：" +msgstr "有2种方能式检索收货订单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 msgid "From the purchase order" @@ -4436,7 +4436,7 @@ msgstr "在采购订单" msgid "" "On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " "related **Receipt**:" -msgstr "在采购订单的右上角，你会按到一个与 **收货** 相关的按钮：" +msgstr "在采购订单的右上角, 你会按到一个与 **收货** 相关的按钮 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 @@ -4452,11 +4452,11 @@ msgstr "从仓库的仪表盘" msgid "" "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" " the list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "打开 **库存** 应用，点击**# 待收**查看待处理收货列表。" +msgstr "打开 **库存** 应用, 点击 **# 待收** 查看待处理收货列表。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "在列表中，点击与采购订单相关的一个" +msgstr "在列表中, 点击与采购订单相关的一个" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 msgid "Process the Receipt" @@ -4467,28 +4467,28 @@ msgid "" "To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " "transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " "order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "要处理库存调拨，只要简单的点击 **确认** 就可以完成调拨。一条信息会弹出问你是否要完成所有数量，如果是就点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "要处理库存调拨, 只要简单的点击 **确认** 就可以完成调拨。一条信息会弹出问你是否要完成所有数量, 如果是就点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 msgid "" "Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " ":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " "information." -msgstr "补货可以自动进行。详情请参阅我们的文档:doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto`" +msgstr "补货可以自动进行。详情请参阅我们的文档 :doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` " #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "如何处理交货订单？" +msgstr "如何处理发货单？" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "安装销售应用" +msgstr "安装销售模块" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 msgid "" "First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." -msgstr "首先，你需要安装 **销售管理** 模块。进入菜单 :menuselection:`应用(Apps)` 并安装。" +msgstr "首先, 你需要安装 **销售管理** 模块。进入菜单 :menuselection:`应用(Apps)` 并安装。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 msgid "Place a sale order" @@ -4498,7 +4498,7 @@ msgstr "下销售订单" msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" " team." -msgstr "进入 **销售** 应用，点击你所在团队的 **报价单** 按钮。" +msgstr "进入 **销售** 应用, 点击你所在团队的 **报价单** 按钮。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -4518,11 +4518,11 @@ msgstr "点击 **确认销售** 下单。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "检索交货订单" +msgstr "发货的退货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "有2种方式能检索交货订单：" +msgstr "有2种方式能检索交货订单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 msgid "From the sale order" @@ -4532,34 +4532,34 @@ msgstr "从销售订单" msgid "" "On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " "**Delivery**:" -msgstr "在销售订单的右上角，你会看到和 **发货** 相关的按钮：" +msgstr "在销售订单的右上角, 你会看到和 **发货** 相关的按钮 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 msgid "" "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " "list of your receipts to process." -msgstr "打开 **库存** 应用，点击 **＃待办** 查看待处理的收货单列表。" +msgstr "打开 **库存** 应用, 点击 **＃待办** 查看待处理的收货单列表。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "在列表中，点击与该销售订单相关的一个" +msgstr "在列表中, 点击与该销售订单相关的一个" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 msgid "" "If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" " on your dashboard." -msgstr "如果库存中没有产品，销售订单会在看板中的 **等待** 中显示。" +msgstr "如果库存中没有产品, 销售订单会在看板中的 **等待** 中显示。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "处理交货" +msgstr "处理发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 msgid "" "To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Vaidate** to complete the " "transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " "order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." -msgstr "要处理库存转移。只要简单的点击 **确认** 就可以完成转移。一条信息会弹出来问你是否需要完成所有的数量，如果是的话点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "要处理库存转移。只要简单的点击 **确认** 就可以完成转移。一条信息会弹出来问你是否需要完成所有的数量, 如果是的话点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." @@ -4570,7 +4570,7 @@ msgid "" "You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " "methods. Please read the document " ":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." -msgstr "你可以容易的把发货单和不同的发货方式集成起来，请参阅文档:doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +msgstr "你可以容易的把发货单和不同的发货方式集成起来, 请参阅文档 :doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method` ." #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 msgid "Advanced flows" @@ -4580,18 +4580,18 @@ msgstr "高级流程" msgid "" "In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " "Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." -msgstr "在该文档中，演示的流程都是最简单的，Odoo也可以通过配置仓库的高级功能适应更多公司的需求。" +msgstr "在该文档中, 演示的流程都是最简单的, Odoo也可以通过配置仓库的高级功能适应更多公司的需求。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 msgid "" "By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " "activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " "transfers**." -msgstr "默认状况下，只配置了 **收货** 和 **发货** ，但是你还可以激活多库位和多仓库来处理 **内部调拨** 。" +msgstr "默认状况下, 只配置了 **收货** 和 **发货** , 但是你还可以激活多库位和多仓库来处理 **内部调拨** 。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr " **路线** ：可以使用推/拉规则自动化流程" +msgstr " **路线**: 可以使用推/拉规则自动化流程" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -4604,7 +4604,7 @@ msgid "" "Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" "docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " "**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "更多： **条码扫描** , **序列号 **, **批次** , **越库** , **直运** , 与**第三方 **货代集成 , **上架** 以及 **下架** 策略…… 所有这些都可以在Odoo实现。" +msgstr "更多 : **条码扫描** , **序列号** , **批次** , **越库** , **直运** , 与 **第三方** 货代集成 , **上架** 以及 **下架** 策略…… 所有这些都可以在Odoo实现。" #: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -4619,17 +4619,17 @@ msgid "" "The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " "different screens you need." -msgstr "Odoo的库存应用有一个实施向导，你可以参照者对系统进行配置。它是一个按部就班的和不同页面链接起来的手册。" +msgstr "Odoo的库存应用有一个实施向导, 你可以参照者对系统进行配置。它是一个按部就班的和不同页面链接起来的手册。" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 msgid "" "Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" "right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "在完成安装 **库存** 应用之后，点击右上角的进度条产看实施向导。" +msgstr "在完成安装 **库存** 应用之后, 点击右上角的进度条产看实施向导。" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "实施向导帮你经历以下步骤：" +msgstr "实施向导帮你经历以下步骤 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 msgid "Setup your warehouse" @@ -4659,7 +4659,7 @@ msgstr "上设置补货机制" msgid "" "Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" " valuation." -msgstr "配置高级功能，例如包裹，追踪，路线和存货计价。" +msgstr "配置高级功能, 例如包裹, 追踪, 路线和存货计价。" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -4667,7 +4667,7 @@ msgid "" " should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" " inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " "and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "如果你想在你的仓库中用条码扫描枪设置操作，你需要在库存模块上安装 **条码** 应用。条码应用会引导着你优化配置并使用你的扫描枪。" +msgstr "如果你想在你的仓库中用条码扫描枪设置操作, 你需要在库存模块上安装 **条码** 应用。条码应用会引导着你优化配置并使用你的扫描枪。" #: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" @@ -4688,14 +4688,14 @@ msgid "" " will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " "are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " "from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." -msgstr "越库区域是一个不存放产品的临时区域，只是用来管理把产品发给客户的地方。这会省掉很多仓库内部调拨时间以及存储过程。我们管理转运区域的产品，在那里产品直接从供应商处，只需要在我们的仓库过一下就直接发给客户。" +msgstr "越库区域是一个不存放产品的临时区域, 只是用来管理把产品发给客户的地方。这会省掉很多仓库内部调拨时间以及存储过程。我们管理转运区域的产品, 在那里产品直接从供应商处, 只需要在我们的仓库过一下就直接发给客户。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " "docking and is it for me? `_" -msgstr "关于更多关于如何构架你的仓库，请参阅`越库是什么，以及它是否适合我？`_`" +msgstr "关于更多关于如何构架你的仓库, 请参阅 `越库是什么, 以及它是否适合我？` _ `" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "Warehouse and routes" @@ -4706,26 +4706,26 @@ msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" " --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" " products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "在 **库存** 模块下，打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置 --> 库位 & 仓库`，然后在 **路线** 中选择 **产品使用高级路线** ，然后点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "在 **库存** 模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置 --> 库位 & 仓库` , 然后在 **路线** 中选择 **产品使用高级路线** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 msgid "" "Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," " then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库`，然后打开想要进行越库的仓库并点击 **编辑** 。" +msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` , 然后打开想要进行越库的仓库并点击 **编辑** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "在 **仓库配置** 页面，选择：" +msgstr "在 **仓库配置** 页面, 选择 :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "" "**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr " **进来的送货** ：先在收货区卸货，然后再进入库存(2步)" +msgstr " **进来的送货**: 先在收货区卸货, 然后再进入库存(2步)" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr " **出去的送货** ：直接从库存发货(仅送货)" +msgstr " **出去的送货**: 直接从库存发货(仅送货)" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "then click on **Save**." @@ -4735,7 +4735,7 @@ msgstr "点击 **保存** " msgid "" "This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." -msgstr "本步骤生成了一个越库路线，你可以在以下地方看到 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configurations) --> 路径(Routes) --> 路径(Routes)` 。" +msgstr "本步骤生成了一个越库路线, 你可以在以下地方看到 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configurations) --> 路径(Routes) --> 路径(Routes)` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 msgid "Cross Docking Route" @@ -4745,7 +4745,7 @@ msgstr "越库路线" msgid "" "We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " "for the remaining part:" -msgstr "我们在流程的第一部分使用 **购买** 路线，然后为剩余部分创建一个路线。" +msgstr "我们在流程的第一部分使用 **购买** 路线, 然后为剩余部分创建一个路线。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -4755,15 +4755,15 @@ msgstr "每一个拉规则现在可以被配置。用内部的实体库位类型 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`收货(Input) --> 越库`" +msgstr " :menuselection:`收货(Input) --> 越库` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`越库 --> 出货区域(Output)`" +msgstr " :menuselection:`越库 --> 出货区域(Output)` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`出货(Output) --> 客户(Customer)`" +msgstr " :menuselection:`出货(Output) --> 客户(Customer)` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 msgid "Product with cross dock" @@ -4773,7 +4773,7 @@ msgstr "使用越库的产品" msgid "" "We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" " above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "我们创建蔬菜茴香产品，并且将路线设置为刚才创建的 **购买** 路线。" +msgstr "我们创建蔬菜茴香产品, 并且将路线设置为刚才创建的 **购买** 路线。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -4783,11 +4783,11 @@ msgstr "我们可以指定一个供应商以及用于补充产品库存的最小 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr " :doc:`use_routes` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" @@ -4798,7 +4798,7 @@ msgid "" "If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " "warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " "application in Odoo." -msgstr "如果有不同的仓库，并且想在不同仓库间调拨货物。因为有了Odoo这些变得都很容易。" +msgstr "如果有不同的仓库, 并且想在不同仓库间调拨货物。因为有了Odoo这些变得都很容易。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -4806,7 +4806,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " "application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." -msgstr "首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection:在 **库存模块 **中的`配置 --> 设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection: 在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 --> 设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -4817,7 +4817,7 @@ msgstr "如果想在你的仓库中管理多库位以及路线就需要勾选该 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "创建仓库" +msgstr "创建一个新的仓库" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -4825,37 +4825,37 @@ msgid "" "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " "Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " "**Create**." -msgstr "下一步是创建新的仓库，在库存模块，点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库`。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** 创建新的仓库。" +msgstr "下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** 创建新的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." -msgstr "输入仓库名称和一个简称，简称最多只能5个字。" +msgstr "输入仓库名称和一个简称, 简称最多只能5个字。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" "please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "需要注意的是 **简称** 非常重要，它会出现在调拨单以及其他仓库单据，定义的时候需要足够简单并且易于理解(例如：WH/[位置的首字母])。" +msgstr "需要注意的是 **简称** 非常重要, 它会出现在调拨单以及其他仓库单据, 定义的时候需要足够简单并且易于理解(例如 :WH/[位置的首字母])。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." -msgstr "如果你回到仪表盘，新的仓库会自动的生成作业类型。" +msgstr "如果你回到仪表盘, 新的仓库会自动的生成作业类型。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "创建库存" +msgstr "创建一个新的库存" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" " you can skip this step." -msgstr "如果你创建了一个新的仓库，你可能在此之前已经有一些实际的库存。这样的话你就需在Odoo中创建一个盘点。如果没有库存的话，就可以跳过该步骤。" +msgstr "如果你创建了一个新的仓库, 你可能在此之前已经有一些实际的库存。这样的话你就需在Odoo中创建一个盘点。如果没有库存的话, 就可以跳过该步骤。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -4863,7 +4863,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "进入库存管理应用模块，选择 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 库存调整 `。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** ， **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" +msgstr "进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 库存调整 ` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** , **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -4872,13 +4872,13 @@ msgid "" "**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " "not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " "orders." -msgstr "接下啦，点击 **开始盘点** 。会弹出一个你可以输入当前产品的窗口。选择添加新的条目并确认仓库中的 **实际数量** 。理论数量不能更改，因为它代表着采购和销售相关的计算数量。" +msgstr "接下啦, 点击 **开始盘点** 。会弹出一个你可以输入当前产品的窗口。选择添加新的条目并确认仓库中的 **实际数量** 。理论数量不能更改, 因为它代表着采购和销售相关的计算数量。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." -msgstr "一旦记录了所有的产品，不要忘了校验你的库存。" +msgstr "一旦记录了所有的产品, 不要忘了校验你的库存。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "Create an internal transfer" @@ -4889,42 +4889,42 @@ msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" -msgstr "最后一步就是创建内部调拨。如果你想把2片产品从第一个产品呢转移到布鲁塞尔的另外一个仓库，可以按照以下步骤：" +msgstr "最后一步就是创建内部调拨。如果你想把2片产品从第一个产品呢转移到布鲁塞尔的另外一个仓库, 可以按照以下步骤 :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "在仪表盘上，选择两个仓库中的其中一个内部调拨。要这样做，点击菜单 :menuselection:`调拨(More) --> 转移(Transfer)`。" +msgstr "在仪表盘上, 选择两个仓库中的其中一个内部调拨。要这样做, 点击菜单 :menuselection:`调拨(More) --> 转移(Transfer)` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." -msgstr "一个新的窗口会打开，在这里你可以选择源库位区域(这里是 **旧的仓库** )和目标区域(在这里是位于布鲁塞尔的 **新** 仓库)。" +msgstr "一个新的窗口会打开, 在这里你可以选择源库位区域(这里是 **旧的仓库** )和目标区域(在这里是位于布鲁塞尔的 **新** 仓库)。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "通过点击 **添加新的条目** 添加想要调拨的产品，做完之后不要忘了 **确认** 或者 **标记为待做** 。" +msgstr "通过点击 **添加新的条目** 添加想要调拨的产品, 做完之后不要忘了 **确认** 或者 **标记为待做** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." -msgstr "如果你选择了 **确认** ，Odoo会处理待调拨的全部数量。" +msgstr "如果你选择了 **确认** , Odoo会处理待调拨的全部数量。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "如果你选择了 **标记为代办** ，Odoo会把调拨单转换为 **等待可用** 状态。点击 **保留** 来保留源仓库中需要保留的数量。" +msgstr "如果你选择了 **标记为代办** , Odoo会把调拨单转换为 **等待可用** 状态。点击 **保留** 来保留源仓库中需要保留的数量。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "也有可能人工调拨每一个产品：" +msgstr "也有可能人工调拨每一个产品 :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." @@ -4948,7 +4948,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " "if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." -msgstr "如果你决定部分的完成调拨单(例如因为未知事件造成了部分产品不能发货)，Odoo会自动的问你是否需要创建一个 **未完成单子** 。如果你想稍后完成剩下部分就创建一个未完成单子，如果不打算稍后进一步操作就不创建未完成订单。" +msgstr "如果你决定部分的完成调拨单(例如因为未知事件造成了部分产品不能发货), Odoo会自动的问你是否需要创建一个 **未完成单子** 。如果你想稍后完成剩下部分就创建一个未完成单子, 如果不打算稍后进一步操作就不创建未完成订单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 msgid "What is a procurement rule?" @@ -4965,7 +4965,7 @@ msgid "" "such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" " the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " "dissatisfaction." -msgstr "补货库存控制系统始于一个客户订单。在该策略下，公司只需要满足客户订单数量的产品即可。系统的一个先进性就是不会存放多余需求数量的产品，这样就减少了库存水平和存储成本。然而拉系统的一个缺点是在这种状况下极有可能遇到订单的困境，例如供应商不能及时的发货。这就让功能不能让公司顺利完成订单，并增加客户对公司的不满。" +msgstr "补货库存控制系统始于一个客户订单。在该策略下, 公司只需要满足客户订单数量的产品即可。系统的一个先进性就是不会存放多余需求数量的产品, 这样就减少了库存水平和存储成本。然而拉系统的一个缺点是在这种状况下极有可能遇到订单的困境, 例如供应商不能及时的发货。这就让功能不能让公司顺利完成订单, 并增加客户对公司的不满。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -4974,14 +4974,14 @@ msgid "" "not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " "by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " "of storing goods." -msgstr "一个拉式库存控制系统的例子是MTO。目的是是库存水平保持在之满足需求的最低水平，不多也不少，恰好满足客户的需求。MTO系统通过减少存储空间、储存成本的总量消除浪费。" +msgstr "一个拉式库存控制系统的例子是MTO。目的是是库存水平保持在之满足需求的最低水平, 不多也不少, 恰好满足客户的需求。MTO系统通过减少存储空间、储存成本的总量消除浪费。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 msgid "" "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " "application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " "using rules\"." -msgstr "补货规则是路线的一部分。进入库存应用>配置>设置，点击\"产品的高级路线使用规则\"。" +msgstr "补货规则是路线的一部分。进入库存应用>配置>设置, 点击\" 产品的高级路线使用规则\\ \\ \"。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 msgid "Procurement rules settings" @@ -4991,21 +4991,21 @@ msgstr "补货规则设置" msgid "" "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " "go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "补货规则设置在路线上。在库存应用，进入配置>路径" +msgstr "补货规则设置在路线上。在库存应用, 进入配置>路径" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "在拉规则部分，点击添加新条目。" +msgstr "在拉规则部分, 点击添加新条目。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 msgid "" "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " "possibles :" -msgstr "你可以在这里设置规则的条件，有3种可能的动作。" +msgstr "你可以在这里设置规则的条件, 有3种可能的动作。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "从其他位置调拨规则" +msgstr "从另外库位规则移动" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -5042,19 +5042,19 @@ msgstr "有些仓库配置会用已经存在的拉规则创建路线。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr " :doc:`push_rule` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr " :doc:`inter_warehouse` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr " :doc:`cross_dock` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 msgid "What is a push rule?" @@ -5074,7 +5074,7 @@ msgid "" "advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " "have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " "inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "库存控制的推系统包含需要满足客户需求的预测数量。公司在决定采购产品的数量时候需要预测客户将要采购哪些产品。相应的公司会生产足够的产品来满足预测的需求和销售或者把产品推到消费者那里。推库存的缺点是通常情况下预测和实际销售相比不精确，差异一年年的不同。推库存的另外一个问题是太多的产品留在了库存中。这就增加了公司的产品存储成本。一个优点是公司可以保证在库存中总是有足够的产品满足客户的订单，防止无法满足客户对产品的需求。" +msgstr "库存控制的推系统包含需要满足客户需求的预测数量。公司在决定采购产品的数量时候需要预测客户将要采购哪些产品。相应的公司会生产足够的产品来满足预测的需求和销售或者把产品推到消费者那里。推库存的缺点是通常情况下预测和实际销售相比不精确, 差异一年年的不同。推库存的另外一个问题是太多的产品留在了库存中。这就增加了公司的产品存储成本。一个优点是公司可以保证在库存中总是有足够的产品满足客户的订单, 防止无法满足客户对产品的需求。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -5083,18 +5083,18 @@ msgid "" "move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " "specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " "be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "一个推流程定义了库位如何和其余的库位链接起来，形成库位链。只要在源库位中给定数量的产品发生移动，通过在流程说明中配置的参数一个链式移动会自动的生成(目标库位，延迟，移动类型，分类账)。它可以自动的触发或者手动处理。" +msgstr "一个推流程定义了库位如何和其余的库位链接起来, 形成库位链。只要在源库位中给定数量的产品发生移动, 通过在流程说明中配置的参数一个链式移动会自动的生成(目标库位, 延迟, 移动类型, 分类账)。它可以自动的触发或者手动处理。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 msgid "" "Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" " rules**." -msgstr "推规则是路线的构成，进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 并勾选 **产品使用高级路径规则** 。" +msgstr "推规则是路线的构成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 并勾选 **产品使用高级路径规则** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "推式规则设置" +msgstr "推规则设置" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -5104,7 +5104,7 @@ msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Config #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "在推规则部分，点击 **添加一个新项目** " +msgstr "在推规则部分, 点击 **添加一个新项目** " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -5112,7 +5112,7 @@ msgid "" "is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " "the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " "quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "在这里你可以设置规则的条件。在该示例中，当货物在 **收货区域** 时候，需要被移动到质检区域，在3步收货流程中，会有另外一个推规则把货物从质检区域移动到库存中。" +msgstr "在这里你可以设置规则的条件。在该示例中, 当货物在 **收货区域** 时候, 需要被移动到质检区域, 在3步收货流程中, 会有另外一个推规则把货物从质检区域移动到库存中。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." @@ -5132,7 +5132,7 @@ msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " "waiting." -msgstr "推规则会触发库存转移。通过路径中设置的规则，你会看到有些转移已经已经就绪并且在等待中。" +msgstr "推规则会触发库存转移。通过路径中设置的规则, 你会看到有些转移已经已经就绪并且在等待中。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -5145,12 +5145,12 @@ msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" " the main stock." -msgstr "在该示例中，另外一个调拨在等待第二个调拨，它的逻辑是当质检过程的调拨完成后，产品就会移动到主要库存中。" +msgstr "在该示例中, 另外一个调拨在等待第二个调拨, 它的逻辑是当质检过程的调拨完成后, 产品就会移动到主要库存中。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr " :doc:`procurement_rule` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "How to use routes?" @@ -5160,21 +5160,21 @@ msgstr "如何使用路径？" msgid "" "A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" " advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "路线就是推规则和拉规则的合并整理。Odoo可以配置高级推／拉路径的配置，例如：" +msgstr "路线就是推规则和拉规则的合并整理。Odoo可以配置高级推／拉路径的配置, 例如 :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "管理产品的制造链条" +msgstr "管理产品的生产链" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "管理每一个产品的默认库位位置" +msgstr "管理每一个产品的默认库位" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " "quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "根据业务需求在仓库中定义路线，例如质检，售后和供应商退货" +msgstr "根据业务需求在仓库中定义路线, 例如质检, 售后和供应商退货" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5187,7 +5187,7 @@ msgid "" "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " "application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " "routing of products using rules**." -msgstr "拉规则是路线的一部分，进入 **库存** 应用中 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **产品的高级路径规则** 。" +msgstr "拉规则是路线的一部分, 进入 **库存** 应用中 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **产品的高级路径规则** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 msgid "Pre-configured routes" @@ -5201,13 +5201,13 @@ msgstr "Odoo已经在仓库模块中预配置了些路线。" msgid "" "In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses`." -msgstr "在仓库模块中，点击 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouses)` 。" +msgstr "在仓库模块中, 点击 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouses)` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 msgid "" "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " "**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "在 **仓库配置** 页面， **入库** 和 **出库** 的选项会根据你的选择而创建响应的路线。" +msgstr "在 **仓库配置** 页面, **入库** 和 **出库** 的选项会根据你的选择而创建响应的路线。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 msgid "Custom Routes" @@ -5217,13 +5217,13 @@ msgstr "定制路线" msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Routes`." -msgstr "在 **库存** 应用，进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 路线`。" +msgstr "在仓库模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 路径` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 msgid "" "First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " "can combine several choices." -msgstr "首先，需要选择该路径能被选择的地方，也可以组合不同地方。" +msgstr "首先, 需要选择该路径能被选择的地方, 也可以组合不同地方。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" @@ -5234,7 +5234,7 @@ msgid "" "If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" " applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " "would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "如果在路线中勾选了 **仓库** ，就需要设置该路径适用于哪个仓库。该路线可以被设置在该仓库中的所有满足路线中推拉规则的调拨中。" +msgstr "如果在路线中勾选了 **仓库** , 就需要设置该路径适用于哪个仓库。该路线可以被设置在该仓库中的所有满足路线中推拉规则的调拨中。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 msgid "Routes applied on products" @@ -5244,14 +5244,14 @@ msgstr "应用在产品的路线" msgid "" "If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " "be applied." -msgstr "如果选择了 **产品** ，你就可以在产品上设置路径" +msgstr "如果选择了 **产品** , 你就可以在产品上设置路径" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 msgid "" "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " "(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," " select the route(s):" -msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`库存 --> 控制 --> 产品`). 在库存页面中,选择路线(可以多选):" +msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`库存 --> 控制 --> 产品` ). 在库存页面中, 选择路线(可以多选) :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" @@ -5261,14 +5261,14 @@ msgstr "应用在产品类别的路线" msgid "" "If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " "categories it will be applied." -msgstr "如果你勾选了 **产品类别** ，你需要手工的设置该产品属于那个种类。" +msgstr "如果你勾选了 **产品类别** , 你需要手工的设置该产品属于那个种类。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 msgid "" "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " "(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" " under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`配置 --> 产品类别`).在 **物流** 部分选择路径(可以多选)：" +msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`配置 --> 产品类别` ).在 **物流** 部分选择路径(可以多选) :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" @@ -5278,23 +5278,23 @@ msgstr "应用在销售订单行的路线" msgid "" "If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " "time you make a sale order." -msgstr "如果勾选了 **销售订单行** ，你就可以每次创建小受受订单的时候手工的设置路径。" +msgstr "如果勾选了 **销售订单行** , 你就可以每次创建小受受订单的时候手工的设置路径。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" "In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" " the sales order." -msgstr "为了能正常使用，我们需要激活销售订单上的路径这一功能。" +msgstr "为了能正常使用, 我们需要激活销售订单上的路径这一功能。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 msgid "" "In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "在销售模块，进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" +msgstr "在销售模块, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "现在可以给销售订单的每条订单行选择路径：" +msgstr "现在可以给销售订单的每条订单行选择路径 :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Procurement and push rules" @@ -5314,7 +5314,7 @@ msgid "" "On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " "**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " "**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "在进行补货时，你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品( :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品`)，点击**补货需求 **。在 **优先路线** 旁边选择想要使用的路径。" +msgstr "在进行补货时, 你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品( :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品` ), 点击 **补货需求** 。在 **优先路线** 旁边选择想要使用的路径。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "Make-to-Order Route" @@ -5326,7 +5326,7 @@ msgid "" "the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " "**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " "Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "如果想要无库存，或者保持最低库存，最好使用 **按订单补货** 的路径。然后和 **买** 或者 **生产** 的路径结合，之后系统就会根据路径设置在没有库存的时候自动触发采购订单或者生产订单。" +msgstr "如果想要无库存, 或者保持最低库存, 最好使用 **按订单补货** 的路径。然后和 **买** 或者 **生产** 的路径结合, 之后系统就会根据路径设置在没有库存的时候自动触发采购订单或者生产订单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 msgid "Product Costing" @@ -5350,7 +5350,7 @@ msgid "" "relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" " to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " "impact on company profits." -msgstr "所有的这些组件不一定在每个交货单上都能使用，但是相关的组件必须要作为到岸价格的组成被考虑到。我们必须指定到岸成本来决定产品的销售价格，因为这会影响到公司的利润。" +msgstr "所有的这些组件不一定在每个交货单上都能使用, 但是相关的组件必须要作为到岸价格的组成被考虑到。我们必须指定到岸成本来决定产品的销售价格, 因为这会影响到公司的利润。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 msgid "Applications configuration" @@ -5362,14 +5362,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " "accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " "**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "首先，你需要激活使用到岸成本。进入:menuselection:` `库存应用 --> 配置 --> 设置`。检查会计选项 **产品成本计算包含到岸成本** 以及 **永续存货计价** ，然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" +msgstr "首先, 你需要激活使用到岸成本。进入 :menuselection: \" 库存应用 --> 配置 --> 设置 `。检查会计选项 **产品成本计算包含到岸成本** 以及 **永续存货计价** , 然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。 " #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 msgid "" "Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " "Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " "costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "然后进入 :menuselection:`采购模块 --> 配置 --> 设置`。勾选成本方法**使用'固定价','真实价'或者'平均价'成本核算方法**,然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" +msgstr "然后进入 :menuselection:`采购模块 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。勾选成本方法 **使用 '固定价' , '真实价' 或者 '平均价' 成本核算方法** , 然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 msgid "Landed Cost Types" @@ -5380,7 +5380,7 @@ msgid "" "Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " "Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." -msgstr "从创建特定不同的 **到岸成本** 的产品开始，例如空运费，保费或者关税。进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 到岸成本类型`。" +msgstr "从创建特定不同的 **到岸成本** 的产品开始, 例如空运费, 保费或者关税。进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 到岸成本类型` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -5391,13 +5391,13 @@ msgstr "到岸成本只适用于使用实时存货计价和实际成本价方法 #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" -msgstr "链接到岸成本到调拨" +msgstr "链接到岸成本到转移单上" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59 msgid "" "To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " "Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "要计算到岸成本，进入 :menuselection:`库存--> 存货控制 --> 到岸成本 `。" +msgstr "要计算到岸成本, 进入 :menuselection:`库存--> 存货控制 --> 到岸成本 ` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5416,7 +5416,7 @@ msgstr "选择记录到岸成本的会计分类账。我们建议为分类账创 msgid "" "Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " "across the picking lines." -msgstr "点击 **计算** 按钮，查看到岸成本如何根据分配到分拣明细行" +msgstr "点击 **计算** 按钮, 查看到岸成本如何根据分配到分拣明细行" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -5437,14 +5437,14 @@ msgid "" "to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " "products off the receiving shipment and put them into the most appropriate " "location." -msgstr "好的仓库实施会考虑到把产品自动的调拨到正确的目的库位。下架就是把产品从收货的产品发出的过程，该过程把产品调拨到正确的库位。" +msgstr "好的仓库实施会考虑到把产品自动的调拨到正确的目的库位。下架就是把产品从收货的产品发出的过程, 该过程把产品调拨到正确的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" " make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " "of a potential chemical reaction." -msgstr "以防仓库中含有化学性质不稳定的物品，就要确保这些产品在存放时不能放的太近，以防止发生化学反映。" +msgstr "以防仓库中含有化学性质不稳定的物品, 就要确保这些产品在存放时不能放的太近, 以防止发生化学反映。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -5452,14 +5452,14 @@ msgid "" "affect on the destination location. Put away strategies are defined at the " "location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " "level)." -msgstr "上架策略和下架策略有着同样的原则，但是作用于目标库位。商家策略在库位层面定义(不像下架策略定义在产品层面那样)。" +msgstr "上架策略和下架策略有着同样的原则, 但是作用于目标库位。商家策略在库位层面定义(不像下架策略定义在产品层面那样)。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " "option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" " using rules**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择 **仓库管理多库位和产品使用高级路径** ，然后点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并选择 **仓库管理多库位和产品使用高级路径** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 msgid "Setting up a strategy" @@ -5468,7 +5468,7 @@ msgstr "设置一个策略" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 msgid "" "Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." -msgstr "举个例子：一个卖蔬菜水果的零售商店" +msgstr "举个例子 :一个卖蔬菜水果的零售商店" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -5480,7 +5480,7 @@ msgstr "我们可以把该类型产品放在不同的位置并维护产品数量 msgid "" "Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " "location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "假设有一个仓库库位**WH/Stock**并且有一个下级库位 **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "假设有一个仓库库位 **WH/Stock** 并且有一个下级库位 **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits** ." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -5488,31 +5488,31 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " "putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " "Strategy**." -msgstr "你可以创建一个上架策略，进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`。打开任何一个你想要设置上架策略的库位，点击 **编辑** 并选择 **上架策略** 。" +msgstr "你可以创建一个上架策略, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` 。打开任何一个你想要设置上架策略的库位, 点击 **编辑** 并选择 **上架策略** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " "form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " "strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "打开滚动菜单并点击 **创建并编辑** 。这会打开一个上架策略的页面表单，在那里你可以设置上架策略，设置上架方法，固定库位等。" +msgstr "打开滚动菜单并点击 **创建并编辑** 。这会打开一个上架策略的页面表单, 在那里你可以设置上架策略, 设置上架方法, 固定库位等。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 msgid "" "When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "等你把所有必要信息输完之后，点击 **保存** 。" +msgstr "等你把所有必要信息输完之后, 点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, when you will purchase products from those categories, they will " "automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "现在，当你要采购这些种类的产品时候，它们会自动的被移动到正确的库位。" +msgstr "现在, 当你要采购这些种类的产品时候, 它们会自动的被移动到正确的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 msgid "" "To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " "Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "要检查当前库存，进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 当前库存 `" +msgstr "要检查当前库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 当前库存 ` " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." @@ -5521,14 +5521,14 @@ msgstr "在那里　你可以看到库位中当前的库存" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "" "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Specific Indentification)?" -msgstr "什么是下架策略(FIFO,LIFO,FEFO,特定标识)？" +msgstr "什么是下架策略(FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, 特定标识)？" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 msgid "" "Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " "products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " "control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." -msgstr "下架策略在拣货过程中很有用，在拣货员对产品拣货的时候优化距离，质检或者到期产品管理等都非常有用。" +msgstr "下架策略在拣货过程中很有用, 在拣货员对产品拣货的时候优化距离, 质检或者到期产品管理等都非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5536,26 +5536,26 @@ msgid "" "that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " "on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " "on the **location**." -msgstr "当产品的移动需要被完成的时候，Odoo会在系统内部找到该调拨单上的要求数量的可用数量。Odoo会根据设置在 **产品类别** 或者 **产品** 上的**下架策略 **分配产品到该调拨单。" +msgstr "当产品的移动需要被完成的时候, Odoo会在系统内部找到该调拨单上的要求数量的可用数量。Odoo会根据设置在 **产品类别** 或者 **产品** 上的 **下架策略** 分配产品到该调拨单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`:" -msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中，进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`:" +msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` :" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 msgid "" "Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " "warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " "**Apply**." -msgstr "勾选 **追踪批次号还活着序列号** ， **仓库进行多库位管理** 和 **产品的高级路线管理** ，然后点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "勾选 **追踪批次号还活着序列号** , **仓库进行多库位管理** 和 **产品的高级路线管理** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 msgid "" "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " "location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "然后，打开：`配置 --> 库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。" +msgstr "然后, 打开 :`配置 --> 库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" @@ -5572,13 +5572,13 @@ msgid "" "are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " "short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " "they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." -msgstr " **先进先出** 策略意味着先进来的产品会先出库。如果有销售易变质的产品，就应该使用FIFO的方法。如果公司销售周期性相对短的产品，例如服装，那么也最好使用FIFO，这样不至于在库存中囤积大量的过时产品。" +msgstr " **先进先出** 策略意味着先进来的产品会先出库。如果有销售易变质的产品, 就应该使用FIFO的方法。如果公司销售周期性相对短的产品, 例如服装, 那么也最好使用FIFO, 这样不至于在库存中囤积大量的过时产品。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "进入:menuselection: `库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`，打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." @@ -5588,7 +5588,7 @@ msgstr "我们举个先进先出策略的例子" msgid "" "In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " "``iPod 32 Gb`` available." -msgstr "在你的仓库库存(``仓库/库存``)库位中，``iPod 32 Gb``的产品有``3``个批次。 " +msgstr "在你的仓库库存(\" 仓库/库存 \")库位中,\" iPod 32 Gb \"的产品有\" 3 \"个批次。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -5597,13 +5597,13 @@ msgstr "可以在存货计价报表中看到可用存货的详细信息" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." -msgstr "创建一个数量为 ``25`` 的``iPod 32 GB``销售订单并确认该订单" +msgstr "创建一个数量为\" 25 \"的\" iPod 32 GB \"销售订单并确认该订单" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "在出货单中你可以看到在使用先进先出的出库策略下系统自动带出的``Ipod 32 Gb`` 的批次是** 最旧** 的批次号。" +msgstr "在出货单中你可以看到在使用先进先出的出库策略下系统自动带出的\" Ipod 32 Gb \"的批次是 **最旧** 的批次号。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" @@ -5614,29 +5614,29 @@ msgid "" "In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " "moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " "shelf life." -msgstr "在这种仓库管理中，最后买进的产品最先出库。后进先出用在后买进的产品没有足够的空间或者货架存放的状况下。" +msgstr "在这种仓库管理中, 最后买进的产品最先出库。后进先出用在后买进的产品没有足够的空间或者货架存放的状况下。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "进入:menuselection: `库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`，打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "" "In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" " ``WH/Stock`` location." -msgstr "在我们的示例中，让我们来检查一下``WH/Stock``库位中的`Ipod 32 Gb`` 可用库存。" +msgstr "在我们的示例中, 让我们来检查一下\" WH/Stock \"库位中的 `Ipod 32 Gb\" 可用库存。 " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "创建一个数量是``10``的``Ipod 32 Gb``的销售订单" +msgstr "创建一个数量是\" 10 \"的\" Ipod 32 Gb \"的销售订单" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "在出库单中你可以看到在使用后进先出的出库策略的状况下``Ipod 32 Gb`` 被分配的批次号是 **最新的** 批次号。" +msgstr "在出库单中你可以看到在使用后进先出的出库策略的状况下\" Ipod 32 Gb \"被分配的批次号是 **最新的** 批次号。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" @@ -5646,68 +5646,68 @@ msgstr "FEFO (到期先出)" msgid "" "In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" " according to their expiration date." -msgstr "在先到期先处的仓库管理中，系统会根据产品的到期日期的先后顺序分发产品。" +msgstr "在先到期先处的仓库管理中, 系统会根据产品的到期日期的先后顺序分发产品。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" " to save changes." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存--> 配置 --> 设置`。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存--> 配置 --> 设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" "It will allow you to set **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert" " date** and **removal date** on the serial number. Go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "这能够让你在序列号上设置 **最佳日期** ， **生命终止日期** ， **移除日期** ， **警示日期** 。进入 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 序列号／批次号 `." +msgstr "这能够让你在序列号上设置 **最佳日期** , **生命终止日期** , **移除日期** , **警示日期** 。进入 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 序列号／批次号 ` ." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this serial " "number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr " **最佳日期** ：这个日期是该序列号的产品已经开始变质的日期，但是还没有危险。" +msgstr " **最佳日期**: 这个日期是该序列号的产品已经开始变质的日期, 但是还没有危险。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 msgid "" "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial " "number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr " **生命终止日期:** 这是该序列号的产品已经产生危害并且不能使用的日期。" +msgstr " **生命终止日期 :** 这是该序列号的产品已经产生危害并且不能使用的日期。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial " "Number should be removed from the stock." -msgstr " **移除日期:** 这是该序列号的产品需要从库存移除的日期。" +msgstr " **移除日期 :** 这是该序列号的产品需要从库存移除的日期。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:128 msgid "" "**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be notified about " "the goods with this serial number." -msgstr " **警示日期:** 这是该序列号产品应该被警告通知的日期。" +msgstr " **警示日期 :** 这是该序列号产品应该被警告通知的日期。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 msgid "" "Products will pick first with expiry date (removal date), So you have to set" " removal date on lot/serial numbers." -msgstr "带有到期日期(移除日期)的产品将被先移除掉，所以你需要在批次号／序列号上设置移除日期。" +msgstr "带有到期日期(移除日期)的产品将被先移除掉, 所以你需要在批次号／序列号上设置移除日期。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:134 msgid "" "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略，进入：`配置 --> 库位` 并选择FEFO。" +msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :`配置 --> 库位` 并选择FEFO。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 msgid "" "Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " "``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " "expiration date." -msgstr "让我们举个例子，在``WH/Stock`` 库位中有``3``个批次的``冰淇淋``： ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` ，分别标有不同的到期日期。" +msgstr "让我们举个例子, 在\" WH/Stock \"库位中有\" 3 \"个批次的\" 冰淇淋 \" :\" LOT0001 \",\" LOT0002 \",\" LOT0003 \", 分别标有不同的到期日期。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:145 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "**批次 / 序列号**" +msgstr " **批次 / 序列号** " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:145 msgid "**Product**" @@ -5750,27 +5750,27 @@ msgstr "2015-08-15" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" "We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "我们将创建一个带有``15kg`` 的``冰淇淋``的销售订单并确认。 " +msgstr "我们将创建一个带有\" 15kg \"的\" 冰淇淋 \"的销售订单并确认。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:156 msgid "" "The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " "removal strategy **FEFO**." -msgstr "销售订单相关的发货单将会根据**FEFO**的出库策略进行调拨。" +msgstr "销售订单相关的发货单将会根据 **FEFO** 的出库策略进行调拨。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 msgid "" "It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" " the removal dates." -msgstr "它会根据批次上的移除日期从批次``LOT0002``拿出 ``10kg`，从``LOT0003`` 拿出 ``5kg``。" +msgstr "它会根据批次上的移除日期从批次\" LOT0002 \"拿出\" 10kg `, 从 \"LOT0003\" 拿出 \"5kg\" 。 " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:167 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental` " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:168 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon` " #: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 msgid "Settings" @@ -5793,54 +5793,54 @@ msgstr "包裹是一个你想在其中放置一个或者几个产品的实际的 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:11 msgid "By default, Odoo does not take into account the use of it." -msgstr "默认状态下，Odoo不用该功能" +msgstr "默认状态下, Odoo不用该功能" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:13 msgid "" "Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several " "packages when doing your transfers." -msgstr "一旦你激活了该选项，你就可以在调拨的时候管理一个或者多个包裹。" +msgstr "一旦你激活了该选项, 你就可以在调拨的时候管理一个或者多个包裹。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19 msgid "" "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "要陪只如何使用包裹，进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **记录产品包裹的包材：栈板，盒子，……**" +msgstr "要陪只如何使用包裹, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **记录产品包裹的包材 :栈板, 盒子, ……** " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "一旦完成，点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:30 msgid "Pack products" -msgstr "包装产品" +msgstr "打包产品" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:32 msgid "" "Putting products in packs is usually done when processing warehouses " "transfers (receipt, internals or deliveries)." -msgstr "把产品分包通常在处理仓库调拨时完成(收货，内部调拨或者发货)。" +msgstr "把产品分包通常在处理仓库调拨时完成(收货, 内部调拨或者发货)。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:35 msgid "" "To be able to put products in pack, the status of your transfer has to be " "**Available**." -msgstr "要把产品放进一个包裹，调拨单的状态必须要是 **可用** 。" +msgstr "要把产品放进一个包裹, 调拨单的状态必须要是 **可用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:41 msgid "" "In the operation tab, you can put your products into one or multiple " "packages." -msgstr "在操作页面，你可以把产品放进一个或者多个包裹中。" +msgstr "在操作页面, 你可以把产品放进一个或者多个包裹中。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:44 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 msgid "" "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " "column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "在 **完成** 栏位选择你想要放进该包裹的产品的数量，然后点击 **放进一个包裹** 链接。" +msgstr "在 **完成** 栏位选择你想要放进该包裹的产品的数量, 然后点击 **放进一个包裹** 链接。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 @@ -5855,24 +5855,24 @@ msgstr "其余的产品可以按照同样的步骤进行打包。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:57 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "一旦完成，点击 **确认** 。" +msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **确认** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:60 msgid "Whole packages transfers" -msgstr "整包调拨" +msgstr "整个包裹的转移" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:62 msgid "" "If you are using several locations and/or warehouses, it is possible to " "transfer packages with its contents." -msgstr "如果有不同的库位和／或仓库，也有可能通过转移包裹来转移产品。" +msgstr "如果有不同的库位和／或仓库, 也有可能通过转移包裹来转移产品。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:68 msgid "" "You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go to" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving " "packs**:" -msgstr "你需要设置 **作业类型** 为允许调拨包裹。进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型 `。勾选 **允许调拨包裹** :" +msgstr "你需要设置 **作业类型** 为允许调拨包裹。进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型 ` 。勾选 **允许调拨包裹**: " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75 msgid "Transfer packages" @@ -5883,21 +5883,21 @@ msgid "" "Create a transfer order. Choose the source and the destination locations, " "then click on **Mark as todo**. Do not put anything under the **Initial " "Demand** tab." -msgstr "创建一个调拨单。选择源库位和目标库位，然后点击***标记为代办*。在 **原始需求** 页面不要放置任何内容。" +msgstr "创建一个调拨单。选择源库位和目标库位, 然后点击 ***标记为代办* 。在** 原始需求 **页面不要放置任何内容。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:84 msgid "" "In the Operation tab, click on **Add an item** under the **Package To Move**" " section." -msgstr "在操作页面，在 **要移动的包裹** 下面点击 **添加新的条目** 。" +msgstr "在操作页面, 在 **要移动的包裹** 下面点击 **添加新的条目** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:87 msgid "Tick the **Done** checkbox to confirm the move of the package :" -msgstr "点击 **完成** 勾选框确认包裹的移动：" +msgstr "点击 **完成** 勾选框确认包裹的移动 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:92 msgid "When it is finished, click on **Validate**." -msgstr " 一旦完成，点击 **确认** 。" +msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **确认** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:95 msgid "Packages traceability" @@ -5907,7 +5907,7 @@ msgstr "包裹追踪" msgid "" "To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "Control --> Packages`." -msgstr "要追踪一个包裹或者包裹里面的明细，进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 包裹`。" +msgstr "要追踪一个包裹或者包裹里面的明细, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 包裹` 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103 msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves." @@ -5916,16 +5916,16 @@ msgstr "点击 **包裹转移** 查看所有的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:106 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../overview/start/setup` " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`usage`" -msgstr ":doc:`usage`" +msgstr " :doc:`usage` " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:108 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr " :doc:`uom` " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "How to use different units of measure?" @@ -5937,7 +5937,7 @@ msgid "" " For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" " application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " "you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "有时候，很有必要使用产品的不同计量单位。例如，你在使用公制单位的国家采购但是却在使用英制单位的国家销售，这时就需要在单位之间转换。" +msgstr "有时候, 很有必要使用产品的不同计量单位。例如, 你在使用公制单位的国家采购但是却在使用英制单位的国家销售, 这时就需要在单位之间转换。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -5950,30 +5950,30 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " "sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " "**Apply**." -msgstr "在 **库存** 模块下，进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。在 **产品** 部分，选择 **产品的采购/销售时可以使用不同的计量单位(高级)** ，然后点击 **应用** 。 " +msgstr "在 **库存** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **产品** 部分, 选择 **产品的采购/销售时可以使用不同的计量单位(高级)** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "设置计量单位" +msgstr "给产品设置计量单位" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " "you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " "**Edit**." -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品`,打开你需要在采购/销售过程中使用不同计量单位的产品并点击 **编辑** 。" +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品` , 打开你需要在采购/销售过程中使用不同计量单位的产品并点击 **编辑** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "" "In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " "will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "在 **计量单位** 部分，选择产品销售时候的计量单位以及内部调拨时候的计量单位。" +msgstr "在 **计量单位** 部分, 选择产品销售时候的计量单位以及内部调拨时候的计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 msgid "" "In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " "purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "在 **采购计量单位** 部分，选择采购时候的计量单位。完成之后点击 **保存** 。" +msgstr "在 **采购计量单位** 部分, 选择采购时候的计量单位。完成之后点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." @@ -5986,7 +5986,7 @@ msgstr "从一种计量单位转换为另外一种" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 msgid "" "When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "在做计量单位的内部转换时，Odoo会自动的四舍五入。" +msgstr "在做计量单位的内部转换时, Odoo会自动的四舍五入。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -5996,11 +5996,11 @@ msgstr "计量单位在全程都可以变换。唯一的条件是这些计量单 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "在本示例中，我们用鸡蛋业务：" +msgstr "在本示例中, 我们用鸡蛋做示例 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "通常，我们都是按照一盘为单位购买(一盘30个)" +msgstr "通常, 我们都是按照一盘为单位购买(一盘30个)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" @@ -6029,11 +6029,11 @@ msgstr "补货" msgid "" "When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " "measure." -msgstr "在进行补货需求时，你还是可以更改计量单位。" +msgstr "在进行补货需求时, 你还是可以更改计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "在采购订单中也可以更改计量单位：" +msgstr "在采购订单中也可以更改计量单位 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "The quality control is done by unit." @@ -6049,7 +6049,7 @@ msgstr "产品的最基本的计量单位是 **个** 。因此产品数量按个 msgid "" "The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " "**Draft**." -msgstr "只有当调拨单状态是 **草稿** 状态时，计量单位才能更改。" +msgstr "只有当调拨单状态是 **草稿** 状态时, 计量单位才能更改。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 @@ -6061,23 +6061,23 @@ msgid "" "The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " "sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" " the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "鸡蛋按打销售。你可以在销售订单上选择计量单位。在变换计量单位的时候，单位价格会根据一打的单位价格自动计算。" +msgstr "鸡蛋按打销售。你可以在销售订单上选择计量单位。在变换计量单位的时候, 单位价格会根据一打的单位价格自动计算。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" " measure :" -msgstr "在发货单中，最初的需求用销售订单中的计量单位完成：" +msgstr "在发货单中, 最初的需求用销售订单中的计量单位完成 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 msgid "" "But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " "converted automatically :" -msgstr "但是调拨使用产品的计量单位已经完成，所有都自动的转换：" +msgstr "但是调拨使用产品的计量单位已经完成, 所有都自动的转换 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "何时应该使用包装，计量单位或者套装？" +msgstr "何时应该使用包装, 计量单位或者套装？" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Unit of measures" @@ -6087,7 +6087,7 @@ msgstr "计量单位" msgid "" "Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." " Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "计量单位是一个处理产品的标度的单位，产品可以使用不同计量单位表示。" +msgstr "计量单位是一个处理产品的标度的单位, 产品可以使用不同计量单位表示。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -6103,14 +6103,14 @@ msgstr "采购的计量单位可以和仓库中使用的计量单位不同。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "销售的计量单位在销售订单上设置，也可以不同。" +msgstr "销售的计量单位在销售订单上设置, 也可以不同。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 msgid "" "The conversion between the different units of measures is done " "automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " "same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "不同计量单位之间的转换是自动完成的。唯一的条件是能够转换的计量单位必须是同一个种类(个，重量，容积，长度……)" +msgstr "不同计量单位之间的转换是自动完成的。唯一的条件是能够转换的计量单位必须是同一个种类(个, 重量, 容积, 长度……)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 msgid "Packages" @@ -6128,11 +6128,11 @@ msgstr "包装是用来保护产品的物理容器。" msgid "" "If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " "notice and the power plug." -msgstr "如果你在销售电脑，包装里面会有电脑，说明书以及电源线。" +msgstr "如果你在销售电脑, 包装里面会有电脑, 说明书以及电源线。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "在Odoo中，包装使用通常用于标识功能" +msgstr "在Odoo中, 包装使用通常用于标识功能" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -6142,36 +6142,36 @@ msgstr "你可以在 **包装** 中定义使用哪种 **包材** 。但这只是 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "什么时候使用包裹，包装或者计量单位？" +msgstr "什么时候使用包裹, 包装或者计量单位？" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 msgid "" "For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " "individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" " of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "例如，你现在在销售鸡蛋，在你的仓库里单个的管理鸡蛋，很多鸡蛋坏掉了，你要一个一个的报废。 **计量单位** 是``个(一个或很多)``" +msgstr "例如, 你现在在销售鸡蛋, 在你的仓库里单个的管理鸡蛋, 很多鸡蛋坏掉了, 你要一个一个的报废。 **计量单位** 是\" 个(一个或很多) \"" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 msgid "" "If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" " ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "如果你按打销售鸡蛋，销售的 **计量单位 **就是``打``。你可以在销售订单上进行设置。" +msgstr "如果你按打销售鸡蛋, 销售的 **计量单位** 就是\" 打 \"。你可以在销售订单上进行设置。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 msgid "" "The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " "**packaging**." -msgstr "包含一打鸡蛋的 ``纸片托盘 ``就是 **包材** 。" +msgstr "包含一打鸡蛋的\" 纸片托盘 \"就是 **包材** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 msgid "" "When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " "``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "当你销售几个托盘的鸡蛋时，你可能会把不同的托盘放进一个``箱子``或者一个``塑料``包装中，这就是 **包裹** 。" +msgstr "当你销售几个托盘的鸡蛋时, 你可能会把不同的托盘放进一个\" 箱子 \"或者一个\" 塑料 \"包装中, 这就是 **包裹** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`packages`" -msgstr ":doc:`packages`" +msgstr " :doc:`packages` " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" @@ -6182,12 +6182,12 @@ msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " "(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "产品变量用来管理有不同变量的产品，例如尺寸，颜色等等。它可以让我们在产品模板层面对产品进行管理(所有的变量)，也可以在产品变量层面管理(特定一个变量)。" +msgstr "产品变量用来管理有不同变量的产品, 例如尺寸, 颜色等等。它可以让我们在产品模板层面对产品进行管理(所有的变量), 也可以在产品变量层面管理(特定一个变量)。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "例如，一个销售ｔ血衫的公司可能有以下产品：" +msgstr "例如, 一个销售ｔ血衫的公司可能有以下产品 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" @@ -6195,33 +6195,33 @@ msgstr "B&C T血衫" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "尺寸: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL, XXL" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "颜色：蓝色，红色，白色，黑色" +msgstr "颜色 :蓝色, 红色, 白色, 黑色" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "在该示例中，**B&C ｔ血衫**是产品模板，**B&C ｔ血衫，S，蓝色**是一个产品变量，尺寸和颜色是 **属性** 。" +msgstr "在该示例中, **B&C ｔ血衫** 是产品模板, **B&C ｔ血衫, S, 蓝色** 是一个产品变量, 尺寸和颜色是 **属性** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "以上示例总共有20个不同的产品(5中尺寸x4种颜色)。每一个产品都会有自己的库存，销售信息，等等。" +msgstr "以上示例总共有20个不同的产品(5中尺寸x4种颜色)。每一个产品都会有自己的库存, 销售信息, 等等。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "变型的影响" +msgstr "变动的影响" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr " **条码** ：编码和条码和一个产品型号绑定，而不是一个产品模板。每个型号都可以有自己的条码／SKU。" +msgstr " **条码**: 编码和条码和一个产品型号绑定, 而不是一个产品模板。每个型号都可以有自己的条码／SKU。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -6229,7 +6229,7 @@ msgid "" "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " "(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " "the template or the variant." -msgstr " **价格** ：每个产品变量都会根据自己的额外属性价格(红色额外加$3)在产品模板的价格 ($20)计算出自己的价格。然而，你还可以依据产品模板或者产品变量定义价格表。" +msgstr " **价格**: 每个产品变量都会根据自己的额外属性价格(红色额外加$3)在产品模板的价格 ($20)计算出自己的价格。然而, 你还可以依据产品模板或者产品变量定义价格表。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -6238,20 +6238,20 @@ msgid "" "information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " "that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " "variant)" -msgstr " **库存** ：存货在产品变量层面管理。你拥有的不是ｔ血衫，而是\"ｔ血衫, S, 红色\", 或者\"ｔ血衫, M, 蓝色\"。需要注意的是，在产品模板上你看到的产品数量是该产品模板下面所有变量的数量总和。(但是实际数量需要看产品变量)" +msgstr " **库存**: 存货在产品变量层面管理。你拥有的不是ｔ血衫, 而是\" ｔ血衫, S, 红色\\ \\ \", 或者\" ｔ血衫, M, 蓝色\\ \\ \"。需要注意的是, 在产品模板上你看到的产品数量是该产品模板下面所有变量的数量总和。(但是实际数量需要看产品变量)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr " **图片** ：图片和产品型号关联，每个型号可以有自己主要的图片。" +msgstr " **图片**: 图片和产品型号关联, 每个型号可以有自己主要的图片。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " "Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr " **其余字段** ：大部分其他字段属于产品模板。如果你对他么恩进行更新，它会自动地更新到所有相关的型号上。(例如:主营业务收入科目，税)" +msgstr " **其余字段**: 大部分其他字段属于产品模板。如果你对他么恩进行更新, 它会自动地更新到所有相关的型号上。(例如 : 主营业务收入科目, 税)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" @@ -6259,18 +6259,18 @@ msgstr "要使用产品型号吗？" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "何时使用变型？" +msgstr "何时使用产品型号呢？" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "使用变型有以下影响：" +msgstr "使用产品型号有以下影响 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " "will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr " **电商** ：在你的在线商铺，客户只会在分类页面看到产品模板。一旦访客点击这样的产品，他将能在众多的型号中间进行选择(颜色，尺寸，……)" +msgstr " **电商**: 在你的在线商铺, 客户只会在分类页面看到产品模板。一旦访客点击这样的产品, 他将能在众多的型号中间进行选择(颜色, 尺寸, ……)" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -6279,7 +6279,7 @@ msgid "" "Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" " create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " "specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr " **生产** ：使用型号可以基于产品模板和各种型号质检的细微差别只定义一个物料表。例如：你可以创建一个\"T血衫\"并添加一些特定尺寸例如S的行以及特定颜色例如红色的行，从而代替创建物料表\"T血衫, 红色, S\"。" +msgstr " **生产**: 使用型号可以基于产品模板和各种型号质检的细微差别只定义一个物料表。例如: 你可以创建一个\" T血衫\\ \\ \"并添加一些特定尺寸例如S的行以及特定颜色例如红色的行, 从而代替创建物料表\" T血衫, 红色, S\\ \\ \"。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -6288,48 +6288,48 @@ msgid "" "the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" " have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " "pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr " **价格** ：产品的默认价格是产品模板的价格加上型号上特定属性的额外价格。这样，型号的价格维护起来就很容易，你不必在每个型号上维护，当然也可以使用价格表规则固定每个型号的价格。" +msgstr " **价格**: 产品的默认价格是产品模板的价格加上型号上特定属性的额外价格。这样, 型号的价格维护起来就很容易, 你不必在每个型号上维护, 当然也可以使用价格表规则固定每个型号的价格。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "何时避免使用变型？" +msgstr "在什么时候应该避免使用产品型号？" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " "of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "使用变量有可能会增加操作的复杂程度，当你要使用产品的变量属性时，你要确保这样做只会减少操作的复杂程度。" +msgstr "使用变量有可能会增加操作的复杂程度, 当你要使用产品的变量属性时, 你要确保这样做只会减少操作的复杂程度。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " "product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "例如，如果使用型号的话，在导入期初数据的时候就比较麻烦。你不能只是导入产品的列表，还必须要导入产品模板以及相关的型号。" +msgstr "例如, 如果使用型号的话, 在导入期初数据的时候就比较麻烦。你不能只是导入产品的列表, 还必须要导入产品模板以及相关的型号。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " "example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "另外，你需要谨慎的选择尺寸作为变量，这些都术语一个单独的产品模板。局一个例子，一个公司有如下产品：" +msgstr "另外, 你需要谨慎的选择尺寸作为变量, 这些都术语一个单独的产品模板。局一个例子, 一个公司有如下产品 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "质量：T血衫，马球，衬衫" +msgstr "质量 :T血衫, 马球, 衬衫" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "颜色: 红色, 蓝色" +msgstr "颜色 : 红色, 蓝色" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "尺寸: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -6338,19 +6338,19 @@ msgid "" "different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " "shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " "e-Commerce:" -msgstr "在该用户案例中，你可以创建1个带有尺寸变量的模板(布局，ｔ血衫，保罗)。但是，我们还是建议你创建两种不同的产品把保罗或者衬衫分开，并且在你的电脑上网站客户也乐意看到这样分：" +msgstr "在该用户案例中, 你可以创建1个带有尺寸变量的模板(布局, ｔ血衫, 保罗)。但是, 我们还是建议你创建两种不同的产品把保罗或者衬衫分开, 并且在你的电脑上网站客户也乐意看到这样分 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "产品模板：T血衫" +msgstr "产品模板 :T血衫" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "产品模板：马球" +msgstr "产品模板 :马球" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "激活变型功能" +msgstr "激活产品型号特性" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -6359,22 +6359,22 @@ msgid "" "menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " "Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " "attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "在你使用产品变量之前，你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做，你需要进入销售模块，在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，找到 ** 产品变形 **　行，然后勾选 ** 产品可以有多个变体 ** ,然后点击 ** 应用 ** 。 " +msgstr "在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 找到 **产品变形** 　行, 然后勾选 **产品可以有多个变体** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "创建使用变型的产品" +msgstr "创建带有型号的产品" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "一旦你激活了变量选项，你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话，进入销售模块：`销售 --> 产品`。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" +msgstr "一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块 :`销售 --> 产品` 。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "现在，点击你想添加型号的产品。" +msgstr "现在, 点击你想添加型号的产品。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -6382,28 +6382,28 @@ msgid "" "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " "To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " "**Create**." -msgstr "在产品页面，一个新的变量页面显示出来。在页面上方的紫色数字是当前该产品的变量数量。要添加新的变量，点击该按钮，在新的窗口，点击 **创建** 。" +msgstr "在产品页面, 一个新的变量页面显示出来。在页面上方的紫色数字是当前该产品的变量数量。要添加新的变量, 点击该按钮, 在新的窗口, 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " "it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "在 ** 属性 ** 中，点击下拉菜单并选择你要添加的变量类型。。如果变量不存在，你可以通过点击创建和编辑随手创建……" +msgstr "在 **属性** 中, 点击下拉菜单并选择你要添加的变量类型。。如果变量不存在, 你可以通过点击创建和编辑随手创建……" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " "type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "在属性窗口， ** 值 ** 字段是属性的描述例如绿色，塑料或者32G， **属性** 字段是变量的类型例如颜色，材料或者内存。" +msgstr "在属性窗口, **值** 字段是属性的描述例如绿色, 塑料或者32G, **属性** 字段是变量的类型例如颜色, 材料或者内存。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " "**Save**." -msgstr "你可以在 **属性额外价格** 字段顺便给特定型号添加相关成本，或者选择稍后更改，点击 **保存** 。" +msgstr "你可以在 **属性额外价格** 字段顺便给特定型号添加相关成本, 或者选择稍后更改, 点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -6414,7 +6414,7 @@ msgstr "你也可以给型号添加不同的条码以及内部参考码。" msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." -msgstr "完成输入该型号的所有的特定属性后，点击 **保存** 。" +msgstr "完成输入该型号的所有的特定属性后, 点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" @@ -6424,7 +6424,7 @@ msgstr "管理产品型号" msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" -msgstr "以下示例就是一个产品模板上的两个不同属性的型号产品：" +msgstr "以下示例就是一个产品模板上的两个不同属性的型号产品 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" @@ -6432,11 +6432,11 @@ msgstr "B&C T血衫" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "颜色: 红色, 蓝色, 白色" +msgstr "颜色 : 红色, 蓝色, 白色" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "尺寸: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "尺寸 : S, M, L, XL, XXL" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" @@ -6447,14 +6447,14 @@ msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size does not exist for red and blue " "t-shirts, you can deactivate this product variant." -msgstr "默认地，基于以上的产品模板，你得到15个不同的产品(3种颜色，5种尺寸)，如果XXL号的红色和蓝色不存在，你可以设定这两个产品型号无效。" +msgstr "默认地, 基于以上的产品模板, 你得到15个不同的产品(3种颜色, 5种尺寸), 如果XXL号的红色和蓝色不存在, 你可以设定这两个产品型号无效。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " "XXL." -msgstr "要这样做的话，点击 **型号** 按钮，选择XXL，白色Ｔ血衫。在产品页面上，不勾选XXL，白色Ｔ血衫这个产品 **有效** 框。" +msgstr "要这样做的话, 点击 **型号** 按钮, 选择XXL, 白色Ｔ血衫。在产品页面上, 不勾选XXL, 白色Ｔ血衫这个产品 **有效** 框。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -6463,7 +6463,7 @@ msgstr "使产品无效不同于设定产品的库存为0." #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "根据变型设置价格" +msgstr "根据型号设置价格" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -6477,18 +6477,18 @@ msgid "" "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " "**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "一旦你激活了产品变量选项，你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做，进入销售模块，打开 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品`并点击你想要更改的产品，点击 ** 变量价格 ** 按钮来查看变量列表。" +msgstr "一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` 并点击你想要更改的产品, 点击 **变量价格** 按钮来查看变量列表。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " "variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "点击你想要添加值的变量名称，确保3个字段可编辑。在 **额外属性价格** 字段你，添加该变量的成本，他会自动的和原始价格相加。" +msgstr "点击你想要添加值的变量名称, 确保3个字段可编辑。在 **额外属性价格** 字段你, 添加该变量的成本, 他会自动的和原始价格相加。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "一旦你输入了所有的额外值，点击 **保存** 。" +msgstr "一旦你输入了所有的额外值, 点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" @@ -6499,7 +6499,7 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " "are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " "warehouses." -msgstr "在Odoo中，在Odoo中 **仓库** 是你存放货物的实际的建筑／地方。你可以设置多仓库并在不同的仓库质检调拨。" +msgstr "在Odoo中, 在Odoo中 **仓库** 是你存放货物的实际的建筑／地方。你可以设置多仓库并在不同的仓库质检调拨。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -6508,25 +6508,25 @@ msgid "" "aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " "not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " "as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr " **库位** 是仓库中的一个特定的位置。它可以被认为是仓库的下级，一个货架，一层楼，一个通道，等等。因此，一个库位只能是你的仓库的一部分，不能把一个库位和多个仓库链接起来。在一个仓库下你可以配置足够多的库位。" +msgstr " **库位** 是仓库中的一个特定的位置。它可以被认为是仓库的下级, 一个货架, 一层楼, 一个通道, 等等。因此, 一个库位只能是你的仓库的一部分, 不能把一个库位和多个仓库链接起来。在一个仓库下你可以配置足够多的库位。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "有3种类型的位置：" +msgstr "有3种类型的位置 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " "unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr " **物理库位** 是你所拥有的仓库中的内部库位，是你的仓库的一部分。它们可以是仓库中的装货区域，卸货区域，货架或者一个区域，等等。" +msgstr " **物理库位** 是你所拥有的仓库中的内部库位, 是你的仓库的一部分。它们可以是仓库中的装货区域, 卸货区域, 货架或者一个区域, 等等。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " "difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr " **业务伙伴库位** 是客户和／或供应商仓库中的位置。它们和物理库位的使用一样，只不过这些库位的所有者不是你。" +msgstr " **业务伙伴库位** 是客户和／或供应商仓库中的位置。它们和物理库位的使用一样, 只不过这些库位的所有者不是你。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -6535,7 +6535,7 @@ msgid "" "anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " "your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " "account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr " **虚拟库位** 是指在你仓库中没有实际物理地方的位置，但是库存中没有实际存放(或是不再有)的产品可以放置在这里。当你要把产品移出你的库存(在 **盘点库位** )，或者要计算那些已经采购但是还在路途中( **补货库位** )没有到你的仓库的产品的数量的时候,就可以很方便的使用这种库位。" +msgstr " **虚拟库位** 是指在你仓库中没有实际物理地方的位置, 但是库存中没有实际存放(或是不再有)的产品可以放置在这里。当你要把产品移出你的库存(在 **盘点库位** ), 或者要计算那些已经采购但是还在路途中( **补货库位** )没有到你的仓库的产品的数量的时候, 就可以很方便的使用这种库位。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -6543,17 +6543,17 @@ msgid "" "locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " "you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " "organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "在Odoo中，库位按照级别进行架构组织。根据库位之间的父－子关系，你可以把库位配置为一个树形结构。这能让你对库存操作进行详细的分析以及对仓库进行更好的管理。" +msgstr "在Odoo中, 库位按照级别进行架构组织。根据库位之间的父－子关系, 你可以把库位配置为一个树形结构。这能让你对库存操作进行详细的分析以及对仓库进行更好的管理。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr " :doc:`warehouse_creation` " #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr " :doc:`location_creation` " #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new location?" @@ -6570,14 +6570,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" " section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " "click on **Apply**." -msgstr "为了能创建一个新的库位，你需要能让系统进行多库位管理。在 **库存** 模块中，打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。在 **库位＆仓库** 的地方选择 **仓库进行多库位管理** ，然后点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "为了能创建一个新的库位, 你需要能让系统进行多库位管理。在 **库存** 模块中, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **库位＆仓库** 的地方选择 **仓库进行多库位管理** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " "**Create**." -msgstr "在 **库存** 模块中，打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 库位`，在库位窗口下，点击 **创建** 。" +msgstr "在 **库存** 模块中, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 库位` , 在库位窗口下, 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -6585,7 +6585,7 @@ msgid "" " **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " "partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" " to a location." -msgstr "在 **库位名称** 字段键入库位的名称。并在列表中选择 **父库位** 。父库位可以是一个物理库位或者虚拟库位，然后你可以按照需要添加足够多的下级库位。" +msgstr "在 **库位名称** 字段键入库位的名称。并在列表中选择 **父库位** 。父库位可以是一个物理库位或者虚拟库位, 然后你可以按照需要添加足够多的下级库位。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -6595,23 +6595,23 @@ msgstr "你还可以在 **额外信息** 字段输入并为该库位添加一段 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "完成后, 点击 **保存** ." +msgstr "完成后, 点击 **保存** ." #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 msgid "" "A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " "hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " "containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "一个仓库和一个库位对应，因为库位是分级的，Odoo会自动的创建一个仓库的父库位，随后所有的库位在该库位下。" +msgstr "一个仓库和一个库位对应, 因为库位是分级的, Odoo会自动的创建一个仓库的父库位, 随后所有的库位在该库位下。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr " :doc:`difference_warehouse_location` " #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "如何创建一个仓库" +msgstr "如何创建一个新的仓库" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -6620,30 +6620,30 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" " section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " "click on **apply**." -msgstr "为了能够床架一个新的仓库，你必须要让系统允许管理多库位。在 **库存** 模块下，打开菜单 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置`。在**库位&仓库**位置，点选 **仓库多位置管理** 的勾选框。然后点击 **应用** 。" +msgstr "为了能够床架一个新的仓库, 你必须要让系统允许管理多库位。在 **库存** 模块下, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置` 。在 **库位&仓库** 位置, 点选 **仓库多位置管理** 的勾选框。然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " "Warehouses`" -msgstr "打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库`" +msgstr "打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` " #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 msgid "" "In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " "fields :" -msgstr "在仓库页面中，点击 **创建** ，一个新的带有3个字段的页面会出来：" +msgstr "在仓库页面中, 点击 **创建** , 一个新的带有3个字段的页面会出来 :" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "在 **仓库名称** ，插入仓库的全名。" +msgstr "在 **仓库名称** , 插入仓库的全名。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 msgid "" "In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " "Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " "make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "在 **简称** 字段，输入一个仓库的5-位编码 。注意该编码会显示在库位的列表中，所以务必确保该简称能简明且清晰的代表你的仓库。" +msgstr "在 **简称** 字段, 输入一个仓库的5-位编码 。注意该编码会显示在库位的列表中, 所以务必确保该简称能简明且清晰的代表你的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -6651,7 +6651,7 @@ msgid "" "on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " "one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " "edit it afterwards." -msgstr "在 **地址** 字段，你可以选择一个系统存在的公司或者顺手创建一个新的。因此，你的仓库的地址回合你所选公司的地址一样。你还可以把该字段留空，然后稍后进行编辑。" +msgstr "在 **地址** 字段, 你可以选择一个系统存在的公司或者顺手创建一个新的。因此, 你的仓库的地址回合你所选公司的地址一样。你还可以把该字段留空, 然后稍后进行编辑。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." @@ -6661,7 +6661,7 @@ msgstr "点击 **保存** 完成新仓库的配置。" msgid "" "When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " "types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "当你创建了仓库，系统会自动的在后台创建调拨类型以及该主要库位的下级库位。" +msgstr "当你创建了仓库, 系统会自动的在后台创建调拨类型以及该主要库位的下级库位。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" @@ -6675,13 +6675,13 @@ msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？" msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." -msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式，包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。" +msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." -msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司，实际价格和目的地。" +msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司, 实际价格和目的地。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." @@ -6695,7 +6695,7 @@ msgstr "如何取消发货请求？" msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." -msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** ，那么该请求不会生效。你可以取消该发货单或者变更货代。" +msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以取消该发货单或者变更货代。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -6703,7 +6703,7 @@ msgid "" "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" -msgstr "如果你点击了 **确认** ，发货请求就已经生成，你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求，只需要在 **货运单号** 旁边的 **取消** 点击即可。" +msgstr "如果你点击了 **确认** , 发货请求就已经生成, 你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求, 只需要在 **货运单号** 旁边的 **取消** 点击即可。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." @@ -6722,18 +6722,18 @@ msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." -msgstr "在取消发货请求后，你可以把货代变更为你想要的。通过点击 **发送给货代** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" +msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以把货代变更为你想要的。通过点击 **发送给货代** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr " :doc:`invoicing` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr " :doc:`multipack` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" @@ -6741,7 +6741,7 @@ msgstr "如何就运费给客户开票？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "有两种方式给运输成本开票：" +msgstr "有两种方式给运输成本开票 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" @@ -6756,19 +6756,19 @@ msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." -msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用，点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式`。" +msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式` 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." -msgstr "你可以手工的给运费设置价格：可以是固定的也可以根据相关规则。" +msgstr "你可以手工的给运费设置价格 :可以是固定的也可以根据相关规则。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "或者你可以使用货运公司的计算系统。点击文档:doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "或者你可以使用货运公司的计算系统。点击文档 :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" @@ -6783,7 +6783,7 @@ msgstr "按销售订单上的价格开票" msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "在销售订单上，选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的 **发货方式** 。" +msgstr "在销售订单上, 选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的 **发货方式** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 @@ -6797,12 +6797,12 @@ msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "要给销售订单上的交货价格开票，点击 **设置价格** ，它会在销售订单上添加一个交货方式名称的产品。价格和实际价格可能会不同。" +msgstr "要给销售订单上的交货价格开票, 点击 **设置价格** , 它会在销售订单上添加一个交货方式名称的产品。价格和实际价格可能会不同。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "当你创建发票的时候，发票的金额会采用订单上的金额。" +msgstr "当你创建发票的时候, 发票的金额会采用订单上的金额。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" @@ -6812,37 +6812,37 @@ msgstr "给运费的实际成本开票" msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." -msgstr "价格会在你 * *保存 * *订单的时候计算出来。确认订单并且完成发货。" +msgstr "价格会在你 **保存** 订单的时候计算出来。确认订单并且完成发货。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" "The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." -msgstr "在发货单确认的时候，实际的成本就会自动计算。" +msgstr "在发货单确认的时候, 实际的成本就会自动计算。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." -msgstr "回到销售订单，实际成本已经添加到销售订单中。" +msgstr "回到销售订单, 实际成本已经添加到销售订单中。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "当你创建发票的时候，发票金额会用货代计算的金额。" +msgstr "当你创建发票的时候, 发票金额会用货代计算的金额。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." -msgstr "如果你把发货单分开并且分成好几个，每一个发货单给订单添加一行。" +msgstr "如果你把发货单分开并且分成好几个, 每一个发货单给订单添加一行。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr " :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr " :doc:`labels` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" @@ -6854,25 +6854,25 @@ msgid "" "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " "manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " "finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." -msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式，包含与第三方的货代的追踪信息集成。它可以让你管理货运公司，运输的实际价格和目的地。最终，你可以在Odoo直接打印运单上的标签。" +msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含与第三方的货代的追踪信息集成。它可以让你管理货运公司, 运输的实际价格和目的地。最终, 你可以在Odoo直接打印运单上的标签。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "安装货代公司连接器模块" +msgstr "安装货代公司的接口模块" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" -msgstr "在 **库存** 模块，点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司：" +msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "配置交货方式" +msgstr "配置发货方式" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 @@ -6880,7 +6880,7 @@ msgstr "配置交货方式" msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "要配置交货方式，进入 **库存** 模块，点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货方式 `。" +msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货方式 ` 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -6892,29 +6892,29 @@ msgstr "选定货代的发货方式已经被自动创建。" msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "在 **价格** 页面，货代供应商的名称意味着该发货单会被货代的系统处理和计算。" +msgstr "在 **价格** 页面, 货代供应商的名称意味着该发货单会被货代的系统处理和计算。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "货代的配置被分成两栏：" +msgstr "货代的配置被分成两栏 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发关键字，密码，……)。更多信息请参见货运供应商的网站。" +msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发关键字, 密码, ……)。更多信息请参见货运供应商的网站。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." -msgstr "第二栏根据 **供应者** 的不同而有所差别。你可以选择包材类型，服务类型，单位重量……" +msgstr "第二栏根据 **供应者** 的不同而有所差别。你可以选择包材类型, 服务类型, 单位重量……" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "一旦完成测试，就不要勾选 **测试模式** 。" +msgstr "一旦完成测试, 就不要勾选 **测试模式** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 @@ -6926,7 +6926,7 @@ msgstr "公司配置" msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." -msgstr "为了计算正确的价格，供应商需要知道你的公司信息。确保地址和电话号码的信息都是正确的。" +msgstr "为了计算正确的价格, 供应商需要知道你的公司信息。确保地址和电话号码的信息都是正确的。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 @@ -6934,7 +6934,7 @@ msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." -msgstr "要查看你的信息，进入 **设置** 应用并点选 **通用设置** 。点击第一个链接 **配置公司信息** 。" +msgstr "要查看你的信息, 进入 **设置** 应用并点选 **通用设置** 。点击第一个链接 **配置公司信息** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 @@ -6946,19 +6946,19 @@ msgstr "产品配置" msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." -msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量，不然运输价格不能计算。" +msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块，点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品`。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" +msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "产品页面上的重量的默认计量单位是千克。如果使用英制计量单位的话，不要忘了单位之间的转换。" +msgstr "产品页面上的重量的默认计量单位是千克。如果使用英制计量单位的话, 不要忘了单位之间的转换。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" @@ -6968,14 +6968,14 @@ msgstr "如何打印发货标签？" msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息，但是如果你需要的话，你可以变更货代。" +msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息, 但是如果你需要的话, 你可以变更货代。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." -msgstr "如果你在库存模块下创建一个发货转移，你可以在额外的信息页签中添加第三方货代信息。" +msgstr "如果你在库存模块下创建一个发货转移, 你可以在额外的信息页签中添加第三方货代信息。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -6986,17 +6986,17 @@ msgstr "点击 **确认** 接收追踪号和 **标签(可以多张)** ." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的标签可以在下方的历史信息中找到：" +msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的标签可以在下方的历史信息中找到 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "点击打开单据并打印：" +msgstr "点击打开单据并打印 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." -msgstr "如果你在使用多包裹发货功能，大多数情况下，每一个包裹一个标签。每张标签都可以显示在交货历史中。" +msgstr "如果你在使用多包裹发货功能, 大多数情况下, 每一个包裹一个标签。每张标签都可以显示在交货历史中。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" @@ -7007,14 +7007,14 @@ msgid "" "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " "But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " "fully integrated with the third-party shippers." -msgstr "默认状况下，Odoo会认为发货单只有一个包裹构成，但是你可以在一张发货单上配置多个包裹。它和第三方货运公司完全集成起来。" +msgstr "默认状况下, Odoo会认为发货单只有一个包裹构成, 但是你可以在一张发货单上配置多个包裹。它和第三方货运公司完全集成起来。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 msgid "" "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "要配置包裹的使用，进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择**在包装上记录包材:栈板，箱子，……**" +msgstr "要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 :栈板, 箱子, ……** " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 @@ -7038,7 +7038,7 @@ msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会带出发货信息。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "在这里，你可以把要发的货物分成不同的包" +msgstr "在这里, 你可以把要发的货物分成不同的包" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" @@ -7049,13 +7049,13 @@ msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " "The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " "the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "一旦交货单被确认后，你就能收到追踪号。 **运单追踪号** 会被自动填好。点击货运供应商网站上的 **追踪** 按钮可以查看你的发货单。" +msgstr "一旦交货单被确认后, 你就能收到追踪号。 **运单追踪号** 会被自动填好。点击货运供应商网站上的 **追踪** 按钮可以查看你的发货单。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" -msgstr "要黏贴在包裹上的 **标签** 可以在下面的历史信息中找到：" +msgstr "要黏贴在包裹上的 **标签** 可以在下面的历史信息中找到 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Setup" @@ -7063,21 +7063,21 @@ msgstr "发货设置" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "如何设置交货方法" +msgstr "如何设置发货方法" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " "but also on your e-commerce." -msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式，但是该功能在默认设置下没有激活。交货方式可以用在销售订单上，交货单上还可以用在电商中。" +msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 但是该功能在默认设置下没有激活。交货方式可以用在销售订单上, 交货单上还可以用在电商中。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " "compute the real price and the packagings." -msgstr "交货方式能让你管理货代供应商的公司，价格以及目的地。你甚至还可以集成Odoo和外部的货运公司来计算实际价格和包装" +msgstr "交货方式能让你管理货代供应商的公司, 价格以及目的地。你甚至还可以集成Odoo和外部的货运公司来计算实际价格和包装" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" @@ -7088,14 +7088,14 @@ msgid "" "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" " order to see it :" -msgstr "交货方式是由 **发货成本** 模块处理的。进入**APP**并搜索该模块。s搜索的时候你需要在过滤栏位移除**APP**：" +msgstr "交货方式是由 **发货成本** 模块处理的。进入 **APP** 并搜索该模块。s搜索的时候你需要在过滤栏位移除 **APP**: " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." -msgstr " 如果你想把交货方式和电商集成，你需要安装 ** 电商发货**模块。" +msgstr "如果你想把交货方式和电商集成, 你需要安装 **电商发货** 模块。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." @@ -7111,28 +7111,28 @@ msgid "" "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " "option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." -msgstr "如果价格是固定的，点选 **固定价格** 。你只需要定义一个价格。如果你想要在在达到一定数量时免运费，点选 **如果总量大于某一点免运费** 并设置一个价格。" +msgstr "如果价格是固定的, 点选 **固定价格** 。你只需要定义一个价格。如果你想要在在达到一定数量时免运费, 点选 **如果总量大于某一点免运费** 并设置一个价格。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " "weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." -msgstr "如果价格根据规则不同而不同，点选 **基于规则** 。点击 **添加一个价格规则的新条目** 。选择一个或者基于重量，容积，价格或者数量的条件。" +msgstr "如果价格根据规则不同而不同, 点选 **基于规则** 。点击 **添加一个价格规则的新条目** 。选择一个或者基于重量, 容积, 价格或者数量的条件。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " "limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." -msgstr "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家，省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。" +msgstr "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "你可以把Odoo和外部的货代公司进行集成，这样可以计算实际的价格，包装，以及处理打印装箱单的标签等。参照:doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "你可以把Odoo和外部的货代公司进行集成, 这样可以计算实际的价格, 包装, 以及处理打印装箱单的标签等。参照 :doc:`third_party_shipper` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -7140,7 +7140,7 @@ msgid "" "to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product." -msgstr "现在你吗可以在销售订单上选择 **交货方式** 。如果你想在销售订单上对运费进行开票，，点击 **设置价格** ，它就会把交货方式作为一种产品名称添加到订单行上。" +msgstr "现在你吗可以在销售订单上选择 **交货方式** 。如果你想在销售订单上对运费进行开票, , 点击 **设置价格** , 它就会把交货方式作为一种产品名称添加到订单行上。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 @@ -7155,16 +7155,16 @@ msgstr "你可以在发货单上添加或者变更发货方法" msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." -msgstr "在发货单上，查看 **货代信息** 。货代就是发货方式" +msgstr "在发货单上, 查看 **货代信息** 。货代就是发货方式" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr " :doc:`third_party_shipper` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr " :doc:`../operation/invoicing` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" @@ -7176,14 +7176,14 @@ msgid "" "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " "allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." -msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式，包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和货运公司的追踪系统链接。这会让你管理货代公司，运输价格以及目的地。" +msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和货运公司的追踪系统链接。这会让你管理货代公司, 运输价格以及目的地。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" -msgstr "在库存模块，点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。在 **货运接口** 下方，标识出你想要集成的货代公司：" +msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7191,13 +7191,13 @@ msgid "" "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" " provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" " shipping." -msgstr "货代供应商的交货方式已经自动创建了。大多数情况下，一些货代供应商会有**2 **种交货方式：一个是** 国际运输**，一个是 **国内运输** 。" +msgstr "货代供应商的交货方式已经自动创建了。大多数情况下, 一些货代供应商会有 **2** 种交货方式 :一个是 **国际运输** , 一个是 **国内运输** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." -msgstr "你还可以用其他配置给同一个供给创建其他方式，例如 **包装类型** 。" +msgstr "你还可以用其他配置给同一个供给创建其他方式, 例如 **包装类型** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -7207,23 +7207,23 @@ msgstr "你可以更改发货方式的 **名称** 。该名称会显示在电商 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "如何准备使用的话，就标记为 **可以发货** 。" +msgstr "如何准备使用的话, 就标记为 **可以发货** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." -msgstr "在价格栏位，选择在 **价格计算** 下面的的货代意味着价格是由货代系统计算出来的。" +msgstr "在价格栏位, 选择在 **价格计算** 下面的的货代意味着价格是由货代系统计算出来的。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "货代配置被拆分为两列：" +msgstr "货代配置被拆分为两列 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." -msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发者秘钥，密码，……)，更多信息参照货代的网站。" +msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发者秘钥, 密码, ……), 更多信息参照货代的网站。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -7232,19 +7232,19 @@ msgid "" "the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " "providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " "United States." -msgstr "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家，省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。对国内的用户很有用。例如 USPS US只在美国国内运输。" +msgstr "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。对国内的用户很有用。例如 USPS US只在美国国内运输。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品`。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." -msgstr "产品页面中的重量默认的用千克表示。如果使用英制单位，不要忘了进行转换。" +msgstr "产品页面中的重量默认的用千克表示。如果使用英制单位, 不要忘了进行转换。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -7263,20 +7263,20 @@ msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." -msgstr "如果你想要给销售订单的运费开票，点击 **设置价格** ，它就会把运输方式作为一个产品名称添加到销售订单上。可能和实际价格存在差异。" +msgstr "如果你想要给销售订单的运费开票, 点击 **设置价格** , 它就会把运输方式作为一个产品名称添加到销售订单上。可能和实际价格存在差异。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "不然，实际价格(发货单确认的时候会计算)会自动的添加到发票中。详情请参照文档 :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "不然, 实际价格(发货单确认的时候会计算)会自动的添加到发票中。详情请参照文档 :doc:`../operation/invoicing` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." -msgstr "销售订单产生的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息。如果有需要的话，可以更改货代信息。" +msgstr "销售订单产生的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息。如果有需要的话, 可以更改货代信息。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -7289,11 +7289,11 @@ msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." -msgstr "点击 **确认** 接收追踪号码。 **运单号** 字段会被自动填上。在货代的网站上点击 **追踪** 按钮查看发货单。" +msgstr "点击 **确认** 接收追踪号码。 **运单号** 字段会被自动填上。在货代的网站上点击 **追踪** 按钮查看发货单。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr " :doc:`../operation/labels` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" @@ -7301,11 +7301,11 @@ msgstr "如何得到用于集成UPS的证书？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "要使用Odoo UPS API, 你需要：" +msgstr "要使用Odoo UPS API, 你需要 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "一个 UPS.com 用户 ID 和密码 " +msgstr "一个 UPS.com 用户 ID 和密码" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" @@ -7319,7 +7319,7 @@ msgstr "登陆秘钥" msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" " UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." -msgstr "访问密钥是一个16字符的字母数字代码，允许访问的窗口开发工具包的开发和生产服务器。" +msgstr "访问密钥是一个16字符的字母数字代码, 允许访问的窗口开发工具包的开发和生产服务器。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" @@ -7330,69 +7330,69 @@ msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." -msgstr "注意：只有在美国本土的客户才可以在线开启UPS账户。如果你不在美国本土，你需要和UPS客服联系取得账号" +msgstr "注意 :只有在美国本土的客户才可以在线开启UPS账户。如果你不在美国本土, 你需要和UPS客服联系取得账号" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "`_" -msgstr "在UPS主页你可以得到更加详细的关于如何申请UPS账号的信息：\n`_" +msgstr "在UPS主页你可以得到更加详细的关于如何申请UPS账号的信息 :\n `_" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" -msgstr "如果你还没有UPS账号，你可以根据以下步骤创建一个在线的配置：" +msgstr "如果你还没有UPS账号, 你可以根据以下步骤创建一个在线的配置 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." -msgstr "1．用`www.ups.com `登入UPS.com网站并在页面上方点击 **新用户** 。" +msgstr "1．用 `www.ups.com ` 登入UPS.com网站并在页面上方点击 **新用户** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." -msgstr "2．点击**MyUPS注册**按钮，按照以下流程完成注册过程。" +msgstr "2．点击 **MyUPS注册** 按钮, 按照以下流程完成注册过程。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" -msgstr "如果你已经有了UPS账号，你可以把它添加在以下的在线配置中" +msgstr "如果你已经有了UPS账号, 你可以把它添加在以下的在线配置中" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" " using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "1．使用UPS.com的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.com网站 (`http://www.ups.com `__)" +msgstr "1．使用UPS.com的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.com网站 ( `http ://www.ups.com ` __)" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "点击**My UPS**页签。" +msgstr "点击 **My UPS** 页签。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "点击 **账户概要** 链接。 " +msgstr "点击 **账户概要** 链接。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." -msgstr "4．在该页的**UPS 账户详情** 部分点击 **添加现有的UPS账户** 链接。" +msgstr "4．在该页的 **UPS 账户详情** 部分点击 **添加现有的UPS账户** 链接。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" -msgstr "5. 在 **添加新的账户** 窗口, 输入**UPS 账户号码 **, **账户名称 **, 以及 **邮编 ** 等字段，默认的国家是美国" +msgstr "5. 在 **添加新的账户** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号码** , **账户名称** , 以及 **邮编** 等字段, 默认的国家是美国" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "点击 **下一个** 按钮继续。 " +msgstr "点击 **下一个** 按钮继续。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "Get an Access Key" @@ -7402,14 +7402,14 @@ msgstr "获取访问密匙" msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" -msgstr "在添加了UPS 账户号码到你的用户属性中之后，你将可以从UPS得到登陆秘钥：" +msgstr "在添加了UPS 账户号码到你的用户属性中之后, 你将可以从UPS得到登陆秘钥 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "" "1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " "`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " "`__" -msgstr "1. 到以下 **UPS 开发套件 ** 网页\n `https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US `__" +msgstr "1. 到以下 **UPS 开发套件** 网页\n `https ://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US ` __" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" @@ -7417,7 +7417,7 @@ msgstr "用你的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.COM" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "点击 ** 请求访问密匙** 。 " +msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 msgid "Verify your contact information" @@ -7425,11 +7425,11 @@ msgstr "验证联系信息" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "点击 ** 请求访问密匙 ** 按钮。" +msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 按钮。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." -msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到**登陆秘钥 ** ，同时带有登陆秘钥的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中" +msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **登陆秘钥** , 同时带有登陆秘钥的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index a5343a921..255bcf276 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-17 11:45+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-21 13:24+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ msgstr "条形码规则" msgid "" "To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode " "nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags." -msgstr "使用打折标签之前，让我们先看一下**条形码命名规则**来打印出正确的打折标签。" +msgstr "使用打折标签之前, 让我们先看一下 **条形码命名规则** 来打印出正确的打折标签。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode." @@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ msgid "" "Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a " "discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the " "percentage you want to set for the product." -msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`零售(Point of Sale) --> 设置(Configuration) --> 条形码定义(Barcode Nomenclatures)` ，你可以看到设置配置折扣条形码，你只要使用 ``22`` 开头的条形码并附上你要设置的百分比数值即可。" +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`零售(Point of Sale) --> 设置(Configuration) --> 条形码定义(Barcode Nomenclatures)` , 你可以看到设置配置折扣条形码, 你只要使用\" 22 \"开头的条形码并附上你要设置的百分比数值即可。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26 msgid "" "For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you" " barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the" " barcode will be:" -msgstr "例如你要设置 ``50`` 的折扣，你需要使用 ``2250`` 然后增加产品条形码，在我们的例子中，这个条形码将是：" +msgstr "例如你要设置\" 50 \"的折扣, 你需要使用\" 2250 \"然后增加产品条形码, 在我们的例子中, 这个条形码将是 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 msgid "Scanning your products" @@ -78,11 +78,11 @@ msgstr "扫描产品条形码" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36 msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**" -msgstr "如果你回到 **仪表盘** 并且开始一个 **新会话**" +msgstr "如果你回到 **仪表盘** 并且开始一个 **新会话** " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41 msgid "You have to scan:" -msgstr "您需要扫描:" +msgstr "您需要扫描 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 msgid "the product" @@ -94,13 +94,13 @@ msgstr "折扣标签" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47 msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket" -msgstr "当产品扫描后，会更新到相应的票据上" +msgstr "当产品扫描后, 会更新到相应的票据上" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52 msgid "" "Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the " "product." -msgstr "然后只要扫描折扣标签，该产品就会执行``50%`` 折扣。" +msgstr "然后只要扫描折扣标签, 该产品就会执行\" 50% \"折扣。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58 msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo." @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ msgstr "这就是你如何在Odoo中在产品上使用折扣。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" -msgstr ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" +msgstr " :doc:`../shop/cash_control` " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115 @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" +msgstr " :doc:`../shop/invoice` " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116 @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`" -msgstr ":doc:`../shop/refund`" +msgstr " :doc:`../shop/refund` " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117 @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../shop/refund`" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46 #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" -msgstr ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" +msgstr " :doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount` " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system" @@ -187,12 +187,12 @@ msgstr "配置" msgid "" "In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Settings`." -msgstr "在 **零售** 应用中，进入 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 。" +msgstr "在 **零售** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14 msgid "" "You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**." -msgstr "你可以勾选**设置忠诚项目并且给客户奖励 **。" +msgstr "你可以勾选 **设置忠诚项目并且给客户奖励** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21 msgid "Create a loyalty program" @@ -202,18 +202,18 @@ msgstr "创建忠诚项目" msgid "" "After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` " "and click on **Create**." -msgstr "在你申请后，进入：`配置 --> 忠诚项目` 并点击**创建**。" +msgstr "在你申请后, 进入 :`配置 --> 忠诚项目` 并点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29 msgid "" "Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by " "order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra " "points** on a product." -msgstr "设一个**名字**和**数量**为给出的**按币种**，**按排序**或者**按产品**。也可以增加特殊的规则给一个产品例如**特殊的点**。" +msgstr "设一个 **名字** 和 **数量** 为给出的 **按币种** , **按排序** 或者 **按产品** 。也可以增加特殊的规则给一个产品例如 **特殊的点** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33 msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**." -msgstr "要这样做，就在下面的**规则**点击**添加新的条目**。" +msgstr "要这样做, 就在下面的 **规则** 点击 **添加新的条目** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38 msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values." @@ -221,63 +221,63 @@ msgstr "你可以通过设置一些配置值配置任何规则。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule" -msgstr "**名称**：一个忠诚项目的内部标识" +msgstr " **名称**: 一个忠诚项目的内部标识" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41 msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?" -msgstr "**类型**：该规则是否影响到产品或产品的内部分类？" +msgstr " **类型**: 该规则是否影响到产品或产品的内部分类？" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42 msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule" -msgstr "**目标产品**:规则影响到的产品" +msgstr " **目标产品**: 规则影响到的产品" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43 msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule" -msgstr "**目标种类**：规则影响到的种类" +msgstr " **目标种类**: 规则影响到的种类" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 msgid "" "**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to " "other rules" -msgstr "**积累**：从这个规则赢得的积分将除了从其他规则赢得的。" +msgstr " **积累**: 从这个规则赢得的积分将除了从其他规则赢得的。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45 msgid "" "**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product " "ordered" -msgstr "**每个产品点数**:每个产品订单赚多少个积分点" +msgstr " **每个产品点数**: 每个产品订单赚多少个积分点" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46 msgid "" "**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value " "sold" -msgstr "**按消费的点数**：按销费额计算赚取的积分点" +msgstr " **按消费的点数**: 按销费额计算赚取的积分点" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51 msgid "" "Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add " "an Item** under **Rewards**." -msgstr "现在你的新规则创建好了，奖励可以通过点击**添加项目**下的**奖励**。" +msgstr "现在你的新规则创建好了, 奖励可以通过点击 **添加项目** 下的 **奖励** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57 msgid "Three types of reward can be given:" -msgstr "能提供三种类型奖励：" +msgstr "能提供三种类型奖励 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59 msgid "" "**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents " "the value of 1 point." -msgstr "**转售**:将您的积分转换为金钱。设置表示1个积分点的产品" +msgstr " **转售**: 将您的积分转换为金钱。设置表示1个积分点的产品" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64 msgid "" "**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a " "price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes." -msgstr "**折扣**：给折扣的积分点数量。设置一个价格为``0 €`` 并且没有税的产品。" +msgstr " **折扣**: 给折扣的积分点数量。设置一个价格为\" 0 € \"并且没有税的产品。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69 msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points" -msgstr "**礼品**：赠送礼物的积分点数量" +msgstr " **礼品**: 赠送礼物的积分点数量" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77 msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale" @@ -285,11 +285,11 @@ msgstr "把你的忠诚度项目应用在某的销售点上" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79 msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "在 **仪表盘**上，点击：`更多 --> 设置`。" +msgstr "在 **仪表盘** 上, 点击 :`更多 --> 设置` 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84 msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set." -msgstr "接下来是忠诚度计划，设置你的忠诚度计划。" +msgstr "接下来是忠诚度计划, 设置你的忠诚度计划。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90 msgid "Gathering and consuming points" @@ -297,11 +297,11 @@ msgstr "收集好消耗点数" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92 msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order." -msgstr "为了开始收集积分点，你要在订单上设置一个客户。" +msgstr "为了开始收集积分点, 你要在订单上设置一个客户。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94 msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one." -msgstr "点击**客户**并选择正确的" +msgstr "点击 **客户** 并选择正确的" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96 msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen." @@ -311,12 +311,12 @@ msgstr "忠诚点数会显示在屏幕上。" msgid "" "The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a" " reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given." -msgstr "下一次客户到你的商店并有足够的点数来获得一个奖励，**奖励**按钮会高亮并能给予礼物。" +msgstr "下一次客户到你的商店并有足够的点数来获得一个奖励, **奖励** 按钮会高亮并能给予礼物。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108 msgid "" "The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total." -msgstr "奖励被加入，当然积分点会从总数里扣除。" +msgstr "奖励被加入, 当然积分点会从总数里扣除。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 msgid "How to apply manual discounts?" @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ msgstr "概述" msgid "" "You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a" " discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart." -msgstr "您可以用两种不同的方式使用手动折扣。您可以直接获得的产品的折扣，也可以设置对整个购物车的全局折扣。" +msgstr "您可以用两种不同的方式使用手动折扣。您可以直接获得的产品的折扣, 也可以设置对整个购物车的全局折扣。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13 msgid "Discount on the product" @@ -341,11 +341,11 @@ msgstr "产品上的折扣" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:" -msgstr "在仪表盘上，点击 **新的会话**：" +msgstr "在仪表盘上, 点击 **新的会话**: " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20 msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :" -msgstr "你会进入主销售点界面：" +msgstr "你会进入主销售点界面 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76 @@ -354,14 +354,14 @@ msgid "" "On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " "the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " "directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "在右边你可以看到你的产品清单按顶部的分类。如果你点击一个产品，它会被加到购物车里。你可以直接看到数量或重量通过键盘输入。" +msgstr "在右边你可以看到你的产品清单按顶部的分类。如果你点击一个产品, 它会被加到购物车里。你可以直接看到数量或重量通过键盘输入。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30 msgid "" "The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the " "discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a " "specific product." -msgstr "输入数量一样，点击**折扣**，然后键入折扣(百分比)。这是你如何手工输入一个特定的产品折扣的方法。" +msgstr "输入数量一样, 点击 **折扣** , 然后键入折扣(百分比)。这是你如何手工输入一个特定的产品折扣的方法。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38 msgid "Global discount" @@ -372,23 +372,23 @@ msgid "" "If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global " "discounts**" -msgstr "如果你想设置一个全局的折扣，你需要去：菜单选择：`配置 - > Settings`并勾选**允许全局折扣** \n菜单选择:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global discounts**" +msgstr "如果你想设置一个全局的折扣, 你需要去 :菜单选择:`配置 - > Settings` 并勾选 **允许全局折扣** \n菜单选择 :`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global discounts** " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50 msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`" -msgstr "从工作面板点击 :menuselection:`更多(More) --> 设置(Settings)`" +msgstr "从工作面板点击 :menuselection:`更多(More) --> 设置(Settings)` " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55 msgid "" "You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be " "added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount." -msgstr "你需要激活**订单折扣**并且创建一个产品，这个产品会被当成一个负数价格的产品来抵扣折扣。" +msgstr "你需要激活 **订单折扣** 并且创建一个产品, 这个产品会被当成一个负数价格的产品来抵扣折扣。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61 msgid "" "On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do " "not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong." -msgstr "在用于创建折扣的产品上，设定价格为``0``，不要忘记删除所有**税**，否则可能导致计算错误。" +msgstr "在用于创建折扣的产品上, 设定价格为\" 0 \", 不要忘记删除所有 **税** , 否则可能导致计算错误。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68 msgid "Set a global discount" @@ -399,13 +399,13 @@ msgid "" "Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a " "**Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a " "**discount**." -msgstr "现在当你回到**仪表盘**开始一个**新会话**，**折扣**按钮会显示并通过点击可以设置一个**折扣**。" +msgstr "现在当你回到 **仪表盘** 开始一个 **新会话** , **折扣** 按钮会显示并通过点击可以设置一个 **折扣** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76 msgid "" "When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now " "process to the payment." -msgstr "当它被验证后，折扣行出现在订单上，然后你就可以处理付款了。" +msgstr "当它被验证后, 折扣行出现在订单上, 然后你就可以处理付款了。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?" @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ msgid "" "American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work " "with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS " "screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "**MercuryPay**账户(详见'MercuryPay'网站 `__.)需要一个集成的读卡器才能在Odoo 9 POS 里使用信用卡支付。MercuryPay 仅支持北美地区的业务。切换到读卡器到独立的读卡器，从Odoo POS 界面复制交易额到读卡器，并在Odoo POS里记录交易。" +msgstr " **MercuryPay** 账户(详见 'MercuryPay' 网站 `__.)需要一个集成的读卡器才能在Odoo 9 POS 里使用信用卡支付。MercuryPay 仅支持北美地区的业务。切换到读卡器到独立的读卡器, 从Odoo POS 界面复制交易额到读卡器, 并在Odoo POS里记录交易。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 msgid "Module installation" @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "模块安装" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application." -msgstr "去**应用程序**安装**Mercury Payment Services**的应用程序。" +msgstr "去 **应用程序** 安装 **Mercury Payment Services** 的应用程序。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26 msgid "Mercury Configuration" @@ -439,24 +439,24 @@ msgstr "Mercury配置" msgid "" "In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**." -msgstr "在**零售**模块，点击菜单:'设置-->Mercury 设置'并点击**创建**。" +msgstr "在 **零售** 模块, 点击菜单 : '设置-->Mercury 设置' 并点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35 msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them." -msgstr "介绍你的**证书**，然后保存。" +msgstr "介绍你的 **证书** , 然后保存。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on " "**Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury " "configuration** to the **Payment method**." -msgstr "然后去：菜单：`配置 - >付款方式`，然后点击**创建**。在**零售**标签，你可以设置一个**Mercury配置**的**付款方式**。" +msgstr "然后去 :菜单:`配置 - >付款方式` , 然后点击 **创建** 。在 **零售** 标签, 你可以设置一个 **Mercury配置** 的 **付款方式** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 msgid "" "Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a " "new payment method on the point of sale by editing it." -msgstr "最后，访问菜单选择：`配置 -->零售通'过编辑添加新的付款方式。" +msgstr "最后, 访问菜单选择 :`配置 -->零售通 '过编辑添加新的付款方式。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -476,12 +476,12 @@ msgstr "登记销售" msgid "" "On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New " "Session**:" -msgstr "在仪表盘上，你可以看到你的零售(s)，点击**新建会话**：" +msgstr "在仪表盘上, 你可以看到你的零售(s), 点击 **新建会话**: " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114 msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:" -msgstr "你会看到销售点主界面：" +msgstr "你会看到销售点主界面 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82 msgid "Payment with credit cards" @@ -491,13 +491,13 @@ msgstr "信用卡付款" msgid "" "Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit" " card **Payment Method**." -msgstr "一旦订单完成后，点击**付款**。您可以选择信用卡**付款方式**。" +msgstr "一旦订单完成后, 点击 **付款** 。您可以选择信用卡 **付款方式** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90 msgid "" "Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe " "the card and validate the payment." -msgstr "键入信用卡要支付**金额**信用卡支付。现在，您可以刷卡和验证付款。" +msgstr "键入信用卡要支付 **金额** 信用卡支付。现在, 您可以刷卡和验证付款。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?" @@ -518,13 +518,13 @@ msgid "" "As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of " "Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` " "menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user." -msgstr "作为先决条件，您只需要有**销售**权限的第二个用户(在菜单中选择：`常规设置 - > 用户菜单)。在**仪表板**点击**新建会话**为主要用户。" +msgstr "作为先决条件, 您只需要有 **销售** 权限的第二个用户(在菜单中选择 :`常规设置 - > 用户菜单)。在 **仪表板** 点击 **新建会话** 为主要用户。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123 msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**." -msgstr "在屏幕上方点击**用户名称**。" +msgstr "在屏幕上方点击 **用户名称** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23 msgid "And switch to another cashier." @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ msgstr "并且转换到其他收银员。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28 msgid "" "The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier." -msgstr "上面的名称已更改，这意味着你已经改变了收银员." +msgstr "上面的名称已更改, 这意味着你已经改变了收银员." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34 msgid "Switch cashier with pin code" @@ -543,17 +543,17 @@ msgstr "使用pin码切换收银员" msgid "" "If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can " "set it up in by clicking on **Settings**." -msgstr "如果你希望你的收银员需要PIN码才能使用它，你可以通过点击**设置**。" +msgstr "如果你希望你的收银员需要PIN码才能使用它, 你可以通过点击 **设置** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45 msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**." -msgstr "然后点击**管理登陆权限**。" +msgstr "然后点击 **管理登陆权限** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50 msgid "" "**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** " "tab." -msgstr "**编辑**钱箱并在**销售点**页面添加安全pin码。" +msgstr " **编辑** 钱箱并在 **销售点** 页面添加安全pin码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 msgid "Change cashier" @@ -562,20 +562,20 @@ msgstr "变更收银员" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59 #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118 msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**." -msgstr "在**仪表盘**点击**新的会话**。" +msgstr "在 **仪表盘** 点击 **新的会话** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69 msgid "Choose your **cashier**:" -msgstr "选择你的**收银员**：" +msgstr "选择你的 **收银员**: " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74 msgid "" "You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue." -msgstr "你必须插入用户的** PIN码**才能够继续。" +msgstr "你必须插入用户的 **PIN码** 才能够继续。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79 msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed." -msgstr "现在，你可以看到收银员发生了变化。" +msgstr "现在, 你可以看到收银员发生了变化。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85 msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge" @@ -585,24 +585,24 @@ msgstr "用收银员的条形码切换收银员" msgid "" "If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by " "clicking on **Settings**." -msgstr "如果你希望你的收银员扫描它的徽章，你可以通过点击**设定**设置它。" +msgstr "如果你希望你的收银员扫描它的徽章, 你可以通过点击 **设定** 设置它。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96 msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**" -msgstr "然后点击**管理访问权限**" +msgstr "然后点击 **管理访问权限** " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101 msgid "" "**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of " "Sale** tab." -msgstr "**编辑**收银员，并添加一个**安全PIN码**的**零售**标签" +msgstr " **编辑** 收银员, 并添加一个 **安全PIN码** 的 **零售** 标签" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108 msgid "" "Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a " "barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "小心条形码命名规则，默认会强迫你使用``041``开头的收银员条形码。若要更改，请访问：菜单选择：出售`点 - >配置 - >条码规则`。" +msgstr "小心条形码命名规则, 默认会强迫你使用\" 041 \"开头的收银员条形码。若要更改, 请访问 :菜单选择: 出售 `点 - >配置 - >条码规则` 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116 msgid "Change Cashier" @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ msgstr "变更收银员" msgid "" "When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the " "cashier has changed." -msgstr "当收银员扫描自己的徽章，你可以看到在顶部的收银员发生了变化。" +msgstr "当收银员扫描自己的徽章, 你可以看到在顶部的收银员发生了变化。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132 msgid "Assign session to a user" @@ -621,17 +621,17 @@ msgstr "给用户分配一个会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134 msgid "" "Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." -msgstr "点击菜单：菜单选择：`零售 - >订单 - > 会话`。" +msgstr "点击菜单 :菜单选择:`零售 - >订单 - > 会话` 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139 msgid "" "Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to " "the point of sale." -msgstr "然后，点击**新建**并指派**责任人**给正确的零售收银员。" +msgstr "然后, 点击 **新建** 并指派 **责任人** 给正确的零售收银员。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145 msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session" -msgstr "当收银员登录时，他能打开这个会话" +msgstr "当收银员登录时, 他能打开这个会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151 msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier" @@ -641,17 +641,17 @@ msgstr "把默认销售点赋予一个钱箱" msgid "" "If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "如果你要分配你的收银员给零售，去菜单选择：'零售-->配置-->设置‘" +msgstr "如果你要分配你的收银员给零售, 去菜单选择 : '零售-->配置-->设置‘" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159 msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**." -msgstr "然后点击**管理访问权限**" +msgstr "然后点击 **管理访问权限** " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164 msgid "" "**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point " "of Sale** tab." -msgstr "**编辑**收银员并添加**默认零售店**在**零售**标签下。" +msgstr " **编辑** 收银员并添加 **默认零售店** 在 **零售** 标签下。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3 msgid "How to register customers?" @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ msgid "" "On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " "the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " "directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "在右边你能看到你的产品清单，它会在顶部按品种分类。如果你点击一个产品，它会被加入到购物车中，你能直接在键盘上输入数量和重量。" +msgstr "在右边你能看到你的产品清单, 它会在顶部按品种分类。如果你点击一个产品, 它会被加入到购物车中, 你能直接在键盘上输入数量和重量。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23 msgid "Record a customer" @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ msgstr "记录一个客户。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25 msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:" -msgstr "在主界面上，点击客户。" +msgstr "在主界面上, 点击客户。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30 msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button." @@ -689,17 +689,17 @@ msgstr "点击按钮注册一个新客户。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35 msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:" -msgstr "在显示的表单中，填入相关信息：" +msgstr "在显示的表单中, 填入相关信息 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40 msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon" -msgstr "完成后点击**floppy disk**图标" +msgstr "完成后点击 **floppy disk** 图标" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45 msgid "" "You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current " "order, just tap on **Set Customer**." -msgstr "你刚建完了一个新客户。设置这个客户到现有的订单，点击**设置客户**。" +msgstr "你刚建完了一个新客户。设置这个客户到现有的订单, 点击 **设置客户** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51 msgid "The customer is now set on the order." @@ -714,14 +714,14 @@ msgid "" "If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow " "cashier to reprint receipts**." -msgstr "如果你想要允许收银员重新打印小票，进入：`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选**允许收银员重新打印小票**。" +msgstr "如果你想要允许收银员重新打印小票, 进入 :`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **允许收银员重新打印小票** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:15 msgid "" "You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " "configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**." -msgstr "你也需要在零售上许可重印小票。进入:菜单选择:`配置 --> 零售` 打开你想要配置的零售活动并勾选**重印小票**。" +msgstr "你也需要在零售上许可重印小票。进入 :菜单选择:`配置 --> 零售` 打开你想要配置的零售活动并勾选 **重印小票** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 msgid "How to reprint a receipt?" @@ -729,15 +729,15 @@ msgstr "怎样重新打印小票？" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on **More** and then on **Sales Orders**." -msgstr "在 **仪表盘**上，点击**更多**然后点击**销售订单**" +msgstr "在 **仪表盘** 上, 点击 **更多** 然后点击 **销售订单** " #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 msgid "On the orders list, search and click on the order you want to reprint." -msgstr "在订单列表，寻找并点击你想要重新打印的订单。" +msgstr "在订单列表, 寻找并点击你想要重新打印的订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35 msgid "On the order, click on reprint." -msgstr "在订单上，点击重新打印。" +msgstr "在订单上, 点击重新打印。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze sales" @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ msgstr "零售统计" msgid "" "On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you " "want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**." -msgstr "在仪表盘上，点击需要分析的零售上的**更多**按钮。然后点击**订单**。" +msgstr "在仪表盘上, 点击需要分析的零售上的 **更多** 按钮。然后点击 **订单** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale." @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ msgstr "全局统计量" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`." -msgstr "转到 :菜单选择:`报告--> 订单`。" +msgstr "转到 :菜单选择:`报告--> 订单` 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25 msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales." @@ -779,17 +779,17 @@ msgstr "出纳统计" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`." -msgstr "转到 :菜单选择:`报告--> 销售详情`。" +msgstr "转到 :菜单选择:`报告--> 销售详情` 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35 msgid "" "Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then " "click on **Print Report**." -msgstr "选择数据. 通过点击**增加一项**选择收银员。 然后点击 **打印报告**。" +msgstr "选择数据. 通过点击 **增加一项** 选择收银员。 然后点击 **打印报告** 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41 msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :" -msgstr "你将会得到一份PDF格式的报告。这里有一个例子：" +msgstr "你将会得到一份PDF格式的报告。这里有一个例子 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ msgid "" "`_. More " "information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " "website `_." -msgstr "比利时政府要求某些企业使用由政府认证的被称为**财政数据模块**设备(也称为**黑盒**)。该设备和POS程序协同工作并记录某些交易。最重要的是，所用的POS程序也必须由政府认证，必须坚持由他们指定的严格标准。 `Odoo9是经过认证的应用程序`_。有关财政数据模块的信息可以在`官方网站`_找到。" +msgstr "比利时政府要求某些企业使用由政府认证的被称为 **财政数据模块** 设备(也称为 **黑盒** )。该设备和POS程序协同工作并记录某些交易。最重要的是, 所用的POS程序也必须由政府认证, 必须坚持由他们指定的严格标准。 `Odoo9是经过认证的应用程序` _。有关财政数据模块的信息可以在 `官方网站` _找到。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 msgid "Required hardware" @@ -826,20 +826,20 @@ msgid "" "`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " "Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" -msgstr "政府认证的'财政数据模块`_POS机，都可以工作，但建议使用Cleancash SC-B，你还需要：" +msgstr "政府认证的 '财政数据模块 `_POS机, 都可以工作, 但建议使用Cleancash SC-B, 你还需要: " #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 msgid "" "Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example `__)" -msgstr "FDM串行的调制解调器电缆(例如``__)" +msgstr "FDM串行的调制解调器电缆(例如 `` __)" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " "`__)" -msgstr "FDM串口转USB适配器(例如``__)" +msgstr "FDM串口转USB适配器(例如 `` __)" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 msgid "A registered POSBox per POS configuration" @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ msgid "" "to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered POSBox will not work. You " "can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the POSBox by going " "to the *Hardware status page* via the POSBox homepage." -msgstr "为了使用财政数据模块，您将需要一个注册过的POSBox。这些POSBoxes类似于我们出售的普通邮筒，但他们与比利时政府登记。这是由法律规定。尝试使用财政数据模块上的非注册POSBox将无法正常工作。您可以通过POSBox主页验证财政数据模块P已经由POSBox认可在*硬件状态页*。" +msgstr "为了使用财政数据模块, 您将需要一个注册过的POSBox。这些POSBoxes类似于我们出售的普通邮筒, 但他们与比利时政府登记。这是由法律规定。尝试使用财政数据模块上的非注册POSBox将无法正常工作。您可以通过POSBox主页验证财政数据模块P已经由POSBox认可在 *硬件状态页* 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 msgid "Odoo" @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ msgid "" " The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, " "you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing " "card." -msgstr "一个Odoo POS应用程序可以通过安装**比利时注册的收银机**应用程序(：``pos_blackbox be``技术名称)给予认证的POS功能。因为这是政府强加的限制，这种安装不能撤消。在此之后，你必须确保每个POS配置有与它(关联的唯一注册POSBox：菜单选择：`零售 - >配置 - > 零售'，确保硬件代理/ POSBox和序列号您POSBox被设置好了)。第一次你打开零售，并尝试做一个交易，你会被要求输入您与增值税签约卡接收的PIN。" +msgstr "一个Odoo POS应用程序可以通过安装 **比利时注册的收银机** 应用程序( :\" pos_blackbox be \"技术名称)给予认证的POS功能。因为这是政府强加的限制, 这种安装不能撤消。在此之后, 你必须确保每个POS配置有与它(关联的唯一注册POSBox: 菜单选择 :`零售 - >配置 - > 零售 ', 确保硬件代理/ POSBox和序列号您POSBox被设置好了)。第一次你打开零售, 并尝试做一个交易, 你会被要求输入您与增值税签约卡接收的PIN。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 msgid "On-premise" @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ msgid "" "support the Fiscal Data Module in on-premise installations. The main " "restriction is that this requires an obfuscated version of the " "``pos_blackbox_be`` module we will provide on request." -msgstr "我们不仅支持财政数据模块在我们的SaaS平台上，我们也支持财政数据模块的预设安装。主要的限制是，这要求``pos_blackbox_be``模块，我们将按要求提供相关版本。" +msgstr "我们不仅支持财政数据模块在我们的SaaS平台上, 我们也支持财政数据模块的预设安装。主要的限制是, 这要求\" pos_blackbox_be \"模块, 我们将按要求提供相关版本。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:77 msgid "Restrictions" @@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ msgid "" "As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " "adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " "POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "正如前面提到的，为了获得认证的POS应用必须遵守严格的政府指引。由于这个原因，经过认证的Odoo POS不会像非认证Odoo POS存在一定的局限性。" +msgstr "正如前面提到的, 为了获得认证的POS应用必须遵守严格的政府指引。由于这个原因, 经过认证的Odoo POS不会像非认证Odoo POS存在一定的局限性。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:84 msgid "Refunding is disabled" @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ msgstr "使用不连POS盒的POS(以及FDM)" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "列入黑名单的模块：POS_打折，POS_重新打印，POS_忠诚度" +msgstr "列入黑名单的模块 :POS_打折, POS_重新打印, POS_忠诚度" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3 msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup" @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ msgstr "先决条件" msgid "" "Before you start setting up your POSBox make sure you have everything. You " "will need :" -msgstr "在开始设置您的POSBox之前，确保你准备好了一切。 你会需要 ：" +msgstr "在开始设置您的POSBox之前, 确保你准备好了一切。 你会需要 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:16 msgid "The POSBox" @@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ msgid "" "An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another compatible printer (officially " "supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " "`_)" -msgstr "爱普生TM USB-T20打印机或其他兼容的打印机(官方支持的打印机在`POS硬件页中列出`_)" +msgstr "爱普生TM USB-T20打印机或其他兼容的打印机(官方支持的打印机在 `POS硬件页中列出` _)" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:25 msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" @@ -1012,17 +1012,17 @@ msgid "" "Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " "`_, but other hardware " "might work as well." -msgstr "官方支持的硬件列在POS硬件页上`_，但其他硬件可能也能正常工作。" +msgstr "官方支持的硬件列在POS硬件页上 `_, 但其他硬件可能也能正常工作。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:46 msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "**打印机**：一个ESC/ POS打印机连接到USB端口，并接通电源。" +msgstr " **打印机**: 一个ESC/ POS打印机连接到USB端口, 并接通电源。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:49 msgid "" "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " "RJ25 cable." -msgstr "**钱箱**：钱箱应连接用RJ25电缆连接打印机。" +msgstr " **钱箱**: 钱箱应连接用RJ25电缆连接打印机。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1031,18 +1031,18 @@ msgid "" "configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " "character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " "your barcode scanner." -msgstr "**条形码扫描仪**：连接条形码扫描器。为了使您的条形码扫描仪是兼容的，必须表现为键盘，必须配置**US QWERTY**。它还必须一个输入字符(键码28)结束条形码。这很可能是你的条码扫描仪的默认配置。" +msgstr " **条形码扫描仪**: 连接条形码扫描器。为了使您的条形码扫描仪是兼容的, 必须表现为键盘, 必须配置 **US QWERTY** 。它还必须一个输入字符(键码28)结束条形码。这很可能是你的条码扫描仪的默认配置。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:58 msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "**电子磅秤**：连接你的电子磅秤和接通电源。" +msgstr " **电子磅秤**: 连接你的电子磅秤和接通电源。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " "Make sure this will connect the POSBox to the same network as your POS " "device." -msgstr "**以太网**：如果你不希望使用Wi-Fi，插上以太网电缆。确保这将POSBOX连接到同一个网络的POS设备。" +msgstr " **以太网**: 如果你不希望使用Wi-Fi, 插上以太网电缆。确保这将POSBOX连接到同一个网络的POS设备。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ msgid "" "compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink 5370 " "chipset. Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, because all Wi-Fi " "functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available." -msgstr "**Wi-Fi**：如果你不希望使用以太网，插上一个Linux兼容的USB Wi-Fi适配器。大多数商用的Wi-Fi适配器的Linux兼容。官方支持的是具有Ralink5370芯片组的Wi-Fi适配器。确保不要插以太网电缆插头，因为当一个有线网络连接可用时所有Wi-Fi功能将被忽略。" +msgstr " **Wi-Fi**: 如果你不希望使用以太网, 插上一个Linux兼容的USB Wi-Fi适配器。大多数商用的Wi-Fi适配器的Linux兼容。官方支持的是具有Ralink5370芯片组的Wi-Fi适配器。确保不要插以太网电缆插头, 因为当一个有线网络连接可用时所有Wi-Fi功能将被忽略。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:72 msgid "Power the POSBox" @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "POSBox通电" msgid "" "Plug the power adapter into the POSBox, a bright red status led should light" " up." -msgstr "将电源适配器插入POSBox，红色的状态灯应该亮起。" +msgstr "将电源适配器插入POSBox, 红色的状态灯应该亮起。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:78 msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready" @@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ msgid "" "Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready, it" " should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status LED, " "just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green." -msgstr "一旦供电，POSBox需要一段时间才能启动。一旦POSBox准备就绪，就应该打印带IP地址的状态条。另外，LED状态指示灯，旁边的红色电源指示灯应常亮绿色。" +msgstr "一旦供电, POSBox需要一段时间才能启动。一旦POSBox准备就绪, 就应该打印带IP地址的状态条。另外, LED状态指示灯, 旁边的红色电源指示灯应常亮绿色。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:86 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:297 @@ -1088,19 +1088,19 @@ msgid "" " is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after " "booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will " "attempt to find it on the local network." -msgstr "要设置在销售点的POSBox，请访问：菜单选择：零售点 - >配置 - > 设置`并选择您的销售点。向下滚动到``硬件代理/ POSBox``部分并激活您想要通过POSBox使用硬件的选项。推荐指定POSBox的IP(印在启动后的POSBox后打印收据上)。如果未指定IP，销售点会试图在本地网络上寻找。" +msgstr "要设置在销售点的POSBox, 请访问 :菜单选择: 零售点 - >配置 - > 设置 `并选择您的销售点。向下滚动到\" 硬件代理/ POSBox \"部分并激活您想要通过POSBox使用硬件的选项。推荐指定POSBox的IP(印在启动后的POSBox后打印收据上)。如果未指定IP, 销售点会试图在本地网络上寻找。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:97 msgid "" "If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure " "that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated." -msgstr "如果您在同一POSBox运行多个销售点，确保只有其中一个零售店了激活远程扫描/条码扫描枪。" +msgstr "如果您在同一POSBox运行多个销售点, 确保只有其中一个零售店了激活远程扫描/条码扫描枪。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your " "network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this." -msgstr "如果在你的网络中固定POSBox的IP地址，是个比较好的注意。请参阅您的路由器文档就如何实现这一目标。" +msgstr "如果在你的网络中固定POSBox的IP地址, 是个比较好的注意。请参阅您的路由器文档就如何实现这一目标。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:105 msgid "Launch the Point of Sale" @@ -1111,13 +1111,13 @@ msgid "" "If you didn't specify the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, the POS " "will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. This is " "only done once." -msgstr "如果没有在配置指定POSBox的IP地址，POS将需要一些时间来执行网络扫描来寻找POSBox。这种扫描只进行一次。" +msgstr "如果没有在配置指定POSBox的IP地址, POS将需要一些时间来执行网络扫描来寻找POSBox。这种扫描只进行一次。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:111 msgid "" "The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should be" " ready to use." -msgstr "销售点已经连接到POSBox，你的硬件应该可以使用。" +msgstr "销售点已经连接到POSBox, 你的硬件应该可以使用。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:115 msgid "Wi-Fi configuration" @@ -1129,13 +1129,13 @@ msgid "" "compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are" " Linux compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink " "5370 chipset." -msgstr "POSBox是支持WiFi的。为了使用它，你会需要一个Linux兼容的USB Wi-Fi适配器。大多数商用的Wi-Fi适配器兼容Linux。官方支持的是具有Ralink5370芯片组的Wi-Fi适配器。" +msgstr "POSBox是支持WiFi的。为了使用它, 你会需要一个Linux兼容的USB Wi-Fi适配器。大多数商用的Wi-Fi适配器兼容Linux。官方支持的是具有Ralink5370芯片组的Wi-Fi适配器。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:122 msgid "" "Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, as all Wi-Fi related " "functionality will be disabled when a wired network connection is available." -msgstr "确保不要插以太网电缆插头，因为当有线网络连接可用时所有Wi-Fi相关的功能将被禁用。" +msgstr "确保不要插以太网电缆插头, 因为当有线网络连接可用时所有Wi-Fi相关的功能将被禁用。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ msgid "" "network, fill in the password field. The POSBox will attempt to connect to " "the specified network and will print a new POSBox status receipt after it " "has connected." -msgstr "当POSBox使用Wi-Fi适配器启动时，将以您可以连接到的被称为“Posbox”的自己的Wi-Fi接入点开始。POSBox启动时的收据打印将反映这一点。为了使POSBox连接到已有的Wi-Fi网络，转到POSBox的主页(在收据上已标明)，并进入Wi-Fi配置页面。在那里，你可以选择网络连接。请注意，我们只支持开放式和WPA(2)-PSK网络。当连接到一个WPA保护的网络，填写密码字段。该POSBox将尝试连接到指定的网络，连接后将打印新的POSBox状态条。" +msgstr "当POSBox使用Wi-Fi适配器启动时, 将以您可以连接到的被称为“Posbox”的自己的Wi-Fi接入点开始。POSBox启动时的收据打印将反映这一点。为了使POSBox连接到已有的Wi-Fi网络, 转到POSBox的主页(在收据上已标明), 并进入Wi-Fi配置页面。在那里, 你可以选择网络连接。请注意, 我们只支持开放式和WPA(2)-PSK网络。当连接到一个WPA保护的网络, 填写密码字段。该POSBox将尝试连接到指定的网络, 连接后将打印新的POSBox状态条。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ msgid "" "a network. This will make the network choice persist across reboots. This " "means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" network it will always " "attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots." -msgstr "如果你打算永久设置POSBox 为Wi-Fi连接，你可以在Wi-Fi配置页上选择复选框为“一直”。这将在重新启动时网络选择一直选择WIFI。这意味着，在启动后它将始终尝试连接到指定的网络而不是自己的“Posbox”网络。" +msgstr "如果你打算永久设置POSBox 为Wi-Fi连接, 你可以在Wi-Fi配置页上选择复选框为“一直”。这将在重新启动时网络选择一直选择WIFI。这意味着, 在启动后它将始终尝试连接到指定的网络而不是自己的“Posbox”网络。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ msgid "" "it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a Wi-Fi network" " after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-establish connection " "automatically." -msgstr "当POSBox无法连接到网络时，它将退回到开始了自己的“Posbox”接入点。如果与Wi-Fi网络丢失，POSBox会尝试自动重新建立连接。" +msgstr "当POSBox无法连接到网络时, 它将退回到开始了自己的“Posbox”接入点。如果与Wi-Fi网络丢失, POSBox会尝试自动重新建立连接。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:150 msgid "Multi-POS Configuration" @@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ msgid "" "address of each POSBox in each Point of Sale. You must also configure your " "network to make sure the POSBox's IP addresses don't change. Please refer to" " your router documentation." -msgstr "建议设置多个零售点的商店是每个零售点一个POSBox. 在这个例子中，必须为每个POSBox手动指定IP 地址.你还必须配置你的网络保证每个POSBox 的IP 地址不会改变。请参考你的路由文档。" +msgstr "建议设置多个零售点的商店是每个零售点一个POSBox. 在这个例子中, 必须为每个POSBox手动指定IP 地址.你还必须配置你的网络保证每个POSBox 的IP 地址不会改变。请参考你的路由文档。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:159 msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)" @@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ msgid "" "installation process is not foolproof. You'll need at least to know how to " "install and run Odoo. You may also run into issues specific to your " "distribution or to your particular setup and hardware configuration." -msgstr "如果您运行在基于Debian的Linux的销售点，你可以不用POSBox,你可以运行本地软件。然而安装过程并不是万无一失的。你必须知道如何安装和运行Odoo.你也许会遇到关于版本的，或特定设置和硬件配置的问题。" +msgstr "如果您运行在基于Debian的Linux的销售点, 你可以不用POSBox, 你可以运行本地软件。然而安装过程并不是万无一失的。你必须知道如何安装和运行Odoo.你也许会遇到关于版本的, 或特定设置和硬件配置的问题。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ msgid "" "different from a 'real' Odoo instance however. It does not handle *any* " "business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway between the " "Point of Sale and the hardware." -msgstr "Odoo模块提供了对于不同类型的硬件的驱动支持。事实上，POSBox运行Odoo的销售点通信。在POSBox运行Odoo是一个和“真正的”Odoo有很大的不同的例子。它不处理任何**业务数据(如POS订单)，仅仅是作为销售点和硬件之间的网关。" +msgstr "Odoo模块提供了对于不同类型的硬件的驱动支持。事实上, POSBox运行Odoo的销售点通信。在POSBox运行Odoo是一个和“真正的”Odoo有很大的不同的例子。它不处理任何 **业务数据(如POS订单), 仅仅是作为销售点和硬件之间的网关。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." " This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to " "`nightly.odoo.com `_ for users to download." -msgstr "我们生成正规的POSBox 镜像使用如下脚本https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. 更加具体的话，运行 `posbox_create_image.sh'.建立一个叫\"posbox.img\"的镜像，我们压缩并上传到'nightly.odoo.com'_供用户下载。" +msgstr "我们生成正规的POSBox 镜像使用如下脚本https ://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. 更加具体的话, 运行 `posbox_create_image.sh '.建立一个叫\" posbox.img\\ \\ \"的镜像, 我们压缩并上传到' nightly.odoo.com '_供用户下载。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -1246,11 +1246,11 @@ msgid "" "then once again locally mount the image, remove the scripts that were used " "to initialize the image at boot and we copy over some extra configuration " "files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and used." -msgstr "镜像创建进程通过下载最新`Raspbian`_镜像开始。然后，它在本地挂载这个镜像，复制一些文件和脚本，这将使Raspbian镜像把自己变成一个POSBox在启动时。这些脚本将更新Raspbian，删除非必要的包和安装所需的软件包。为了引导Raspbian我们用QEMU，其能够提供ARM仿真。在此之后，仿真Raspbian操作系统将自行关闭。然后，我们再一次在本地挂载镜像，删除被用来初始化在启动镜像的脚本，我们复制了一些额外的配置文件。所产生的镜像，然后可以被用来进行测试和使用。" +msgstr "镜像创建进程通过下载最新 `Raspbian` _镜像开始。然后, 它在本地挂载这个镜像, 复制一些文件和脚本, 这将使Raspbian镜像把自己变成一个POSBox在启动时。这些脚本将更新Raspbian, 删除非必要的包和安装所需的软件包。为了引导Raspbian我们用QEMU, 其能够提供ARM仿真。在此之后, 仿真Raspbian操作系统将自行关闭。然后, 我们再一次在本地挂载镜像, 删除被用来初始化在启动镜像的脚本, 我们复制了一些额外的配置文件。所产生的镜像, 然后可以被用来进行测试和使用。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:212 msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)" -msgstr "基于Debian内核的Linux 版本(Debian,Ubuntu,Mint,etc)" +msgstr "基于Debian内核的Linux 版本(Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc)" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:213 msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale" @@ -1260,7 +1260,7 @@ msgstr "一个运行的Odoo来装载零售点" msgid "" "You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with " "Odoo's built-in driver" -msgstr "你必须卸载任何ESC/POS 打印机驱动，因为它会和Odoo内置的驱动冲突。" +msgstr "你必须卸载任何ESC/POS 打印机驱动, 因为它会和Odoo内置的驱动冲突。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:221 msgid "Extra dependencies" @@ -1270,16 +1270,16 @@ msgstr "额外的依赖" msgid "" "Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you " "need to use." -msgstr "由于Odoo在Python2上运行，你需要检查你需要使用的PIP的版本。" +msgstr "由于Odoo在Python2上运行, 你需要检查你需要使用的PIP的版本。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:226 msgid "``# pip --version``" -msgstr "``# pip --version``" +msgstr "\" # pip --version \"" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:228 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:234 msgid "If it returns something like::" -msgstr "如果它返回例如：" +msgstr "如果它返回例如 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:232 msgid "You need to try pip2 instead." @@ -1295,15 +1295,15 @@ msgstr "驱动模块需要安装新的python模块" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:242 msgid "``# pip install pyserial``" -msgstr "``# pip install pyserial``" +msgstr "\" # pip install pyserial \"" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:244 msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" -msgstr "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" +msgstr "\" # pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1 \"" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:246 msgid "``# pip install qrcode``" -msgstr "``# pip install qrcode``" +msgstr "\" # pip install qrcode \"" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:249 msgid "Access Rights" @@ -1318,15 +1318,15 @@ msgstr "驱动需要获得打印机和条码扫描仪设备的原始访问。这 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:255 msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``" -msgstr "``# groupadd usbusers``" +msgstr "\" # groupadd usbusers \"" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:257 msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``" -msgstr "然后，我们添加谁将会运行OpenERP的服务器``USB users``用户" +msgstr "然后, 我们添加谁将会运行OpenERP的服务器\" USB users \"用户" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:259 msgid "``# useradd -G usbusers USERNAME``" -msgstr "``# useradd -G usbusers USERNAME``" +msgstr "\" # useradd -G usbusers USERNAME \"" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ msgid "" "``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called " "``99-usbusers.rule`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the " "following content::" -msgstr "然后我们需要生成一个udev 规则，这将自动允许\"usdusers\"成员访问原始的USB设备。为此生成一个带有以下内容的叫\"99-usbusers.rule\"的文件在``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` 目录中。" +msgstr "然后我们需要生成一个udev 规则, 这将自动允许\" usdusers\\ \\ \"成员访问原始的USB设备。为此生成一个带有以下内容的叫\" 99-usbusers.rule\\ \\ \"的文件在\" /etc/udev/rules.d/ \"目录中。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:269 msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine." @@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ msgid "" "``$ ./odoo.py " "--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale, " "hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" -msgstr "``$ ./odoo.py --load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale, hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" +msgstr "\" $ ./odoo.py --load=web, hw_proxy, hw_posbox_homepage, hw_posbox_upgrade, hw_scale, hw_scanner, hw_escpos \"" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:279 msgid "Test the instance" @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ msgid "" "errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths expected by " "the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, " "the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others." -msgstr "请将所有的硬件设备插到机器的USB端口，然后转到``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` ``刷新页面几次，看看是否所有的设备都显示为*连接*。错误的可能来源是：linux上的路径和驱动所期望的路径不同，另一个进程已经抢到了设备的独占访问时，udev规则不适用或他被人取代。" +msgstr "请将所有的硬件设备插到机器的USB端口, 然后转到\" http ://localhost: 8069/hw_proxy/status \"\" 刷新页面几次, 看看是否所有的设备都显示为 *连接* 。错误的可能来源是 :linux上的路径和驱动所期望的路径不同, 另一个进程已经抢到了设备的独占访问时, udev规则不适用或他被人取代。 " #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:289 msgid "Automatically start Odoo" @@ -1379,14 +1379,14 @@ msgid "" " boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on your " "particular setup. Using the init system provided by your distribution is " "probably the easiest way to accomplish this." -msgstr "你必须确保Odoo 安装是在启动后自动开始。有多种方式可以实现，如何做取决于你的特定设置.使用你的操作系统提供的安装系统可能使最简单的方式。" +msgstr "你必须确保Odoo 安装是在启动后自动开始。有多种方式可以实现, 如何做取决于你的特定设置.使用你的操作系统提供的安装系统可能使最简单的方式。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:299 msgid "" "The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` " "or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine " "that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty." -msgstr "在POS的IP地址字段必须配置``127.0.0.1`` or ``localhost``，如果你将在作为零售点的Odoo 服务器的机器上运行，你也可以留空。" +msgstr "在POS的IP地址字段必须配置\" 127.0.0.1 \"or\" localhost \", 如果你将在作为零售点的Odoo 服务器的机器上运行, 你也可以留空。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:305 msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation" @@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ msgid "" "power adapter. 2A is needed to give enough power to the barcode scanners. " "The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card. All this " "hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors." -msgstr "该POSBox的硬件是基于`Raspberry Pi 2`_，一个普遍的单片机。Raspberry PI 2使用2A微型USB电源适配器。需要提供2A的足够电源给条码扫描器。软件安装在8G的10级或更高的SD卡。所有这些硬件都很容易从世界性的独立供应商处获得。" +msgstr "该POSBox的硬件是基于 `Raspberry Pi 2` _, 一个普遍的单片机。Raspberry PI 2使用2A微型USB电源适配器。需要提供2A的足够电源给条码扫描器。软件安装在8G的10级或更高的SD卡。所有这些硬件都很容易从世界性的独立供应商处获得。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:322 msgid "Compatible Peripherals" @@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ msgstr "兼容外设" msgid "" "Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page " "`_." -msgstr "官方支持的硬件，列在'POS硬件页`_上。" +msgstr "官方支持的硬件, 列在 'POS硬件页 `_上。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:328 msgid "The POSBox Software" @@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ msgid "" "used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored " "on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` " "branch." -msgstr "该POSBox运行一个重大的修改Raspbian Linux，是Raspberry Debian的衍生物。它还可以运行Odoo的准系统安装，提供网络服务器和驱动程序。硬件驱动被作为为Odoo模块。这些模块都前缀``hw_*``，他们是POSBox运行的唯一模块。 Odoo仅用于所提供的框架。没有业务数据被处理或存储在POSBox。该Odoo实例是``8.0``克隆。" +msgstr "该POSBox运行一个重大的修改Raspbian Linux, 是Raspberry Debian的衍生物。它还可以运行Odoo的准系统安装, 提供网络服务器和驱动程序。硬件驱动被作为为Odoo模块。这些模块都前缀\" hw_ * \", 他们是POSBox运行的唯一模块。 Odoo仅用于所提供的框架。没有业务数据被处理或存储在POSBox。该Odoo实例是\" 8.0 \"克隆。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -1456,18 +1456,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:355 msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:" -msgstr "Odoo服务器的运行Log可以在如下地方找到：" +msgstr "Odoo服务器的运行Log可以在如下地方找到 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:357 msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" -msgstr "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" +msgstr "\" /var/log/odoo/odoo.log \"" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:359 msgid "" "Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the " "POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with " "``posbox_*``." -msgstr "各种在POSBox运行的相关的脚本(如无线网络相关的脚本)将记录到/ var / log / syslog上，那些消息都标有``posbox_*``。" +msgstr "各种在POSBox运行的相关的脚本(如无线网络相关的脚本)将记录到/ var / log / syslog上, 那些消息都标有\" posbox_ * \"。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:364 msgid "Accessing the POSBox" @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ msgid "" " you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you can " "use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various administration " "tasks, like viewing some logs." -msgstr "如果你插入一个QWERTY USB的键盘到POSBox的USB端口中，如果你的计算机显示器连接到* HDMI *的POSBox的端口，你可以使用它作为一个小的GNU / Linux计算机并执行各种管理任务，如查看一些日志。" +msgstr "如果你插入一个QWERTY USB的键盘到POSBox的USB端口中, 如果你的计算机显示器连接到 * HDMI * 的POSBox的端口, 你可以使用它作为一个小的GNU / Linux计算机并执行各种管理任务, 如查看一些日志。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:374 msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty." @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr "远程访问" msgid "" "If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the " "POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``." -msgstr "如果你有POSBox的IP地址和SSH客户端，你可以远程访问POSBox的系统。登录凭据``pi``/``raspberry``。" +msgstr "如果你有POSBox的IP地址和SSH客户端, 你可以远程访问POSBox的系统。登录凭据\" pi \"/\" raspberry \"。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:384 msgid "Updating The POSBox Software" @@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ msgid "" "official POSBox image page `_. This " "method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of " "the POSBox software." -msgstr "更新POSBox软件的最好方法是下载镜像的新版本，并更新SD卡。该操作的详细描述在``_，只需用最新一期的'官方POSBox镜像页面找到替换的标准Raspberry Pi 镜像`_。这种升级方法将确保您正在运行最新版本的POSBox软件。" +msgstr "更新POSBox软件的最好方法是下载镜像的新版本, 并更新SD卡。该操作的详细描述在 `` _, 只需用最新一期的 '官方POSBox镜像页面找到替换的标准Raspberry Pi 镜像 `_。这种升级方法将确保您正在运行最新版本的POSBox软件。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:398 msgid "" @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ msgid "" "like this is that you don't have to flash a new image. This upgrade method " "is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. update installed " "configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:" -msgstr "升级的第二个方法是通过内置的升级界面访问POSBox主页。这样升级的好处是，你不必换一个新镜像。这种升级方法受限于有些不能做。例如不能更新安装配置文件(/etc/hostapd.conf)。它只能升级：" +msgstr "升级的第二个方法是通过内置的升级界面访问POSBox主页。这样升级的好处是, 你不必换一个新镜像。这种升级方法受限于有些不能做。例如不能更新安装配置文件(/etc/hostapd.conf)。它只能升级 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:405 msgid "The internal Odoo application" @@ -1537,11 +1537,11 @@ msgstr "内部Odoo应用" msgid "" "Scripts in the folder " "``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" -msgstr "脚本在文件夹``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" +msgstr "脚本在文件夹\" odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/ \"" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:408 msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading." -msgstr "如有疑问，一定要使用升级的第一个方法。" +msgstr "如有疑问, 一定要使用升级的第一个方法。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:411 msgid "Troubleshoot" @@ -1557,20 +1557,20 @@ msgid "" "with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error " "if encountered or the POSBox's IP address in case of success. If no receipt " "is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "最简单的方法确保POSBox是正确的设置,是把它与打印机插入，因为它会在POSBox的IP地址设置成功的情况下打印收据显示任何遇到的错误。如果不打印收据，请执行下列步骤：" +msgstr "最简单的方法确保POSBox是正确的设置, 是把它与打印机插入, 因为它会在POSBox的IP地址设置成功的情况下打印收据显示任何遇到的错误。如果不打印收据, 请执行下列步骤 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:420 msgid "" "Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " "LED." -msgstr "确保POSBox是通电的，明亮的红色状态指示灯亮。" +msgstr "确保POSBox是通电的, 明亮的红色状态指示灯亮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:422 msgid "" "Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " "status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be ready" " ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "确保POSBox已经准备好，这是由一个红色电源状态指示灯后面的绿色状态指示灯指示。在启动后的POSBox应该准备〜2分钟。" +msgstr "确保POSBox已经准备好, 这是由一个红色电源状态指示灯后面的绿色状态指示灯指示。在启动后的POSBox应该准备〜2分钟。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:425 msgid "" @@ -2135,15 +2135,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`" -msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/register`" +msgstr " :doc:`../advanced/register` " #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`" -msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`" +msgstr " :doc:`../advanced/reprint` " #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`transfer`" +msgstr " :doc:`transfer` " #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3 msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?" @@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何设置PoS餐馆？" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40 msgid ":doc:`table`" -msgstr ":doc:`table`" +msgstr " :doc:`table` " #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 msgid "How to handle split bills?" @@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 msgid "How to configure your table map?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何配置桌台地图？" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6 msgid "Make your table map" @@ -2426,7 +2426,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "How to handle tips?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何处理提示？" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63 @@ -2494,7 +2494,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "How to set up cash control?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何建立现金管理？" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2577,19 +2577,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`invoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoice`" +msgstr " :doc:`invoice` " #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr ":doc:`refund`" +msgstr " :doc:`refund` " #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" -msgstr ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" +msgstr " :doc:`seasonal_discount` " #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?" @@ -2705,7 +2705,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102 msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :" -msgstr "在客户信息视图上，点击 **已开票** 按钮：" +msgstr "在客户信息视图上, 点击 **已开票** 按钮 :" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -2717,7 +2717,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19 #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91 msgid ":doc:`cash_control`" -msgstr ":doc:`cash_control`" +msgstr " :doc:`cash_control` " #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to return and refund products?" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 86776bc14..dd45b1390 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-21 13:33+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ msgid "" "which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email." " This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be" " closed more quickly." -msgstr "例如，作为一家提供软件服务的IT公司，你可以跟客户邮件处理技术问题。Odoo提供了这项功能，她可以在收到客户需要支持的邮件后，自动匹配到相应的项目上并生成任务。这样的话，问题就会分派给对应的人员来尽快解决。" +msgstr "例如, 作为一家提供软件服务的IT公司, 你可以跟客户邮件处理技术问题。Odoo提供了这项功能, 她可以在收到客户需要支持的邮件后, 自动匹配到相应的项目上并生成任务。这样的话, 问题就会分派给对应的人员来尽快解决。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 @@ -84,13 +84,13 @@ msgid "" "**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the" " Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client " "will be able to follow his claim in his portal)." -msgstr "第一步是为了配置问题管理系统，需要建立一个项目来与这些投诉相关联。我们可以简单地从创建一个 **支持项目** 开始。进入项目菜单仪表盘，创建并命名为 **支持** 。勾选 **问题** 选项框，如果你想给给这些问题标上客户，也可以在这里重命名 （例如 **Bugs** 或者 **例子** ）。因为问题是面向客户的任务，你可能需要设置 **隐私/可见** （这样你的客户就能够在他界面跟踪他的投诉了）。" +msgstr "第一步是为了配置问题管理系统, 需要建立一个项目来与这些投诉相关联。我们可以简单地从创建一个 **支持项目** 开始。进入项目菜单仪表盘, 创建并命名为 **支持** 。勾选 **问题** 选项框, 如果你想给给这些问题标上客户, 也可以在这里重命名 （例如 **Bugs** 或者 **例子** ）。因为问题是面向客户的任务, 你可能需要设置 **隐私/可见** （这样你的客户就能够在他界面跟踪他的投诉了）。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43 msgid "" "You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to " "handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty." -msgstr "如果这个项目是用来处理客户问题，你可以把它跟客户相关联。相反，则留空它。" +msgstr "如果这个项目是用来处理客户问题, 你可以把它跟客户相关联。相反, 则留空它。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51 msgid "Invite followers" @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click" " on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add " "others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)." -msgstr "问题一旦被创，你就可以决定通知到你的员工。在“聊天室” （屏幕下方），你可以看到两个按钮“加入”（绿色）“不加入”（白色）。点击第一个就可以收到私人通知，第二个可以添加其他员工作为项目的使用者。" +msgstr "问题一旦被创, 你就可以决定通知到你的员工。在“聊天室” （屏幕下方）, 你可以看到两个按钮“加入”（绿色）“不加入”（白色）。点击第一个就可以收到私人通知, 第二个可以添加其他员工作为项目的使用者。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63 msgid "Set up your workflow" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "" "dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " "edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on " "your desired stage." -msgstr "你可以根据你的工作流来个性化你的项目状态，通过创建新栏目。在”看板“里面，你可以添加新的项目状态。如果你想更改状态的顺序，你只需要通过拖拉的动作即可。同时你也可以修改，隐藏你想要隐藏的状态。" +msgstr "你可以根据你的工作流来个性化你的项目状态, 通过创建新栏目。在”看板“里面, 你可以添加新的项目状态。如果你想更改状态的顺序, 你只需要通过拖拉的动作即可。同时你也可以修改, 隐藏你想要隐藏的状态。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77 msgid "Generate issues from emails" @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ msgid "" "When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing " "in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is " "automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias." -msgstr "当你的项目设置完毕后并保存，你就可以在你的仪表盘上看到它。一个基于这个项目的邮件地址自动生成，并以这个项目的名字为前缀。" +msgstr "当你的项目设置完毕后并保存, 你就可以在你的仪表盘上看到它。一个基于这个项目的邮件地址自动生成, 并以这个项目的名字为前缀。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -137,28 +137,28 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias " "domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you " "will now see the email address under the name of your project." -msgstr "如果你没法在这个项目上看到相对应的地址，你可以去“设置”里面设置域名，然后回到“项目”界面，这时你就可以看到以你项目名字为前缀的邮箱地址。" +msgstr "如果你没法在这个项目上看到相对应的地址, 你可以去“设置”里面设置域名, 然后回到“项目”界面, 这时你就可以看到以你项目名字为前缀的邮箱地址。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92 msgid "" "Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a " "new issue will be created." -msgstr "每当客户往这个邮箱发送邮件，新的问题就会自动创建。" +msgstr "每当客户往这个邮箱发送邮件, 新的问题就会自动创建。" #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96 #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr " :doc:`../configuration/setup` " #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`" +msgstr " :doc:`../configuration/collaboration` " #: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:98 #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`external`" -msgstr ":doc:`external`" +msgstr " :doc:`external` " #: ../../project/advanced/external.rst:3 msgid "How to collaborate with external people?" @@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ msgid "" "Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " "performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " "customers using Odoo." -msgstr "作为经理，跟踪你的团队做的每一件事并不容易。得到客户的回复对于改善团队绩效是很有帮助的。你可以很轻松的通过客户使用Odoo来收集反馈。" +msgstr "作为经理, 跟踪你的团队做的每一件事并不容易。得到客户的回复对于改善团队绩效是很有帮助的。你可以很轻松的通过客户使用Odoo来收集反馈。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" "An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " "just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " "Sad)." -msgstr "在项目实施期间，可以发送邮件来获取客户反馈。他可以通过三种表情来评估你的工作（微笑，自然，悲伤）。" +msgstr "在项目实施期间, 可以发送邮件来获取客户反馈。他可以通过三种表情来评估你的工作（微笑, 自然, 悲伤）。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" @@ -199,13 +199,13 @@ msgid "" "Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " "necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " "apps module and install it." -msgstr "在做必要的设置之前，首先要安装“项目”这个模块。只需到应用程序界面下载并安装。" +msgstr "在做必要的设置之前, 首先要安装“项目”这个模块。只需到应用程序界面下载并安装。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " "module." -msgstr "而且，在相同的界面，你也要安装“项目评级”模块。" +msgstr "而且, 在相同的界面, 你也要安装“项目评级”模块。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ msgid "" "**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " "Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " "completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "下一步，进入后台项目模块。选择“设置”按钮并在下拉菜单中选择“设置”。然后选择“项目客户评级”，不要忘记保存设置。" +msgstr "下一步, 进入后台项目模块。选择“设置”按钮并在下拉菜单中选择“设置”。然后选择“项目客户评级”, 不要忘记保存设置。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" @@ -222,12 +222,12 @@ msgstr "如何获得客户反馈？" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 msgid "" "A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "在项目进行期间，邮件可以在任何阶段发给客户。" +msgstr "在项目进行期间, 邮件可以在任何阶段发给客户。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 msgid "" "First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "首先，你需要选出从哪个项目你想得到回馈" +msgstr "首先, 你需要选出从哪个项目你想得到回馈" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 msgid "Project configuration" @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "项目配置" msgid "" "Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " "**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "进入“项目”模块，在项目设置里面勾选“客户满意”选项。" +msgstr "进入“项目”模块, 在项目设置里面勾选“客户满意”选项。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 msgid "Email Template" @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " "column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." " You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "去项目状态设置（点击这个图标，在状态栏的上方，然后选择”编辑“）。选择一个邮件模版，你也可以直接编辑。" +msgstr "去项目状态设置（点击这个图标, 在状态栏的上方, 然后选择”编辑“）。选择一个邮件模版, 你也可以直接编辑。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ msgid "" "The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" " your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " "will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "客户只需要点击笑脸（微笑，自然，悲伤）来评价你的工作。客户也可以回复邮件并添加更多的信息。这将会在加入到任务的聊天室。" +msgstr "客户只需要点击笑脸（微笑, 自然, 悲伤）来评价你的工作。客户也可以回复邮件并添加更多的信息。这将会在加入到任务的聊天室。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 msgid "Reporting" @@ -285,22 +285,22 @@ msgstr "首先有必要安装“网站构建器”模块。只需要去模块菜 msgid "" "Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" " Issue** module." -msgstr "而且，在同一个菜单，你必须安装“项目问题网站评级”模块。" +msgstr "而且, 在同一个菜单, 你必须安装“项目问题网站评级”模块。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 msgid "" "Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" " the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" " end of the website." -msgstr "然后，你就能够可以在网站上公布你的结果了，你可以在网站右上角上点击确认按钮。" +msgstr "然后, 你就能够可以在网站上公布你的结果了, 你可以在网站右上角上点击确认按钮。" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`" -msgstr ":doc:`claim_issue`" +msgstr " :doc:`claim_issue` " #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr " :doc:`invoicing` " #: ../../project/advanced/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice time spent?" @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ msgid "" "In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " "management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " "from sales order lines." -msgstr "在这部分里，我们可以看到Odoo“项目管理”和“销售”这两个的整合模块的整合，准确一点说是如何从销售条目中直接产生任务。" +msgstr "在这部分里, 我们可以看到Odoo“项目管理”和“销售”这两个的整合模块的整合, 准确一点说是如何从销售条目中直接产生任务。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ msgid "" " needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " "task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " "and Services departments." -msgstr "在项目管理中，任务需要在一个规定的时间内完成。对于一个服务型公司，任务就会被定义为卖给客户，并交付到客户。这就是为什么要从销售销售订单中生成任务来组织销售和服务部门。" +msgstr "在项目管理中, 任务需要在一个规定的时间内完成。对于一个服务型公司, 任务就会被定义为卖给客户, 并交付到客户。这就是为什么要从销售销售订单中生成任务来组织销售和服务部门。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ msgid "" "the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " "will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" " overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "作为例子，你可以卖25000美元50个小时的服务。固定价格并已支付。但是你需要追踪你的之前为客户做过的服务。在销售订单上，可以直接生成任务，并且顾问可以直接输入工单，如有需要也可以再向客户收取超时服务费。" +msgstr "作为例子, 你可以卖25000美元50个小时的服务。固定价格并已支付。但是你需要追踪你的之前为客户做过的服务。在销售订单上, 可以直接生成任务, 并且顾问可以直接输入工单, 如有需要也可以再向客户收取超时服务费。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 msgid "Install the required applications" @@ -350,14 +350,14 @@ msgid "" "In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " "install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" " the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "你需要安装\"销售管理“和”项目”模块才可以在销售订单上生成任务。只需安装模块即可。" +msgstr "你需要安装\" 销售管理“和”项目”模块才可以在销售订单上生成任务。只需安装模块即可。 " #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 msgid "" "Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " "spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." " Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "而且，如果你想基于工单为客户开发票，也是必须要安装“工单”模块。" +msgstr "而且, 如果你想基于工单为客户开发票, 也是必须要安装“工单”模块。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 msgid "Create and set up a product" @@ -369,43 +369,43 @@ msgid "" "generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " "the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " "the`following setup:" -msgstr "你需要在产品上配置服务用来在每次产品卖出后生成任务。从销售模块的菜单里面，销售-产品，创建并配置新产品。" +msgstr "你需要在产品上配置服务用来在每次产品卖出后生成任务。从销售模块的菜单里面, 销售-产品, 创建并配置新产品。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "**名称**: 技术支持" +msgstr " **名称**: 技术支持" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "**产品类型**: 服务" +msgstr " **产品类型**: 服务" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 msgid "" "**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " "sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "“测量单位”：小时，在菜单 - 设置 的“测量单位”，查看按钮“有些产品可以以不同的测量单位买卖”。" +msgstr "“测量单位” :小时, 在菜单 - 设置 的“测量单位”, 查看按钮“有些产品可以以不同的测量单位买卖”。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 msgid "" "**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " "quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" " that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "“发票形式”：你可以基于订单数量，也可以按发货数量产生发票。你可以简单地依据时间总量来发货或开发票给客户。" +msgstr "“发票形式” :你可以基于订单数量, 也可以按发货数量产生发票。你可以简单地依据时间总量来发货或开发票给客户。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 msgid "" "**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " "service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " "product to hours as well." -msgstr "“跟踪服务”：创建任务，跟踪时间，如果你的产品是以时间来开发票给客户， 你需要把你的测量时间设置成小时。" +msgstr "“跟踪服务” :创建任务, 跟踪时间, 如果你的产品是以时间来开发票给客户, 你需要把你的测量时间设置成小时。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 msgid "" "Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " "product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " "will then create a project per SO." -msgstr "把你的任务与已存在的项目相关联或者建一个新的，如果这个产品是只针对这一个项目。否则，你就空着，Odoo会根据销售订单创建一个新的项目。" +msgstr "把你的任务与已存在的项目相关联或者建一个新的, 如果这个产品是只针对这一个项目。否则, 你就空着, Odoo会根据销售订单创建一个新的项目。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 msgid "Create the Sales Order" @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ msgid "" "Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " "the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " "sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "一旦商品配置好，你就可以建询价单或者销售订单。一旦询价单确认变成销售订单后，任务就会被生成。" +msgstr "一旦商品配置好, 你就可以建询价单或者销售订单。一旦询价单确认变成销售订单后, 任务就会被生成。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" @@ -424,39 +424,39 @@ msgstr "从销售单生成相应任务" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "在项目模块，你的新任务将会显示。" +msgstr "在项目模块, 你的新任务将会显示。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 msgid "" "either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "可以在一个相关的项目，如果你已经选择了一个产品表格。" +msgstr "可以在一个相关的项目, 如果你已经选择了一个产品表格。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 msgid "" "either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " "(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " ":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "在新的项目与对应的销售订单相关联,你只需点击“更多”按钮来设置。" +msgstr "在新的项目与对应的销售订单相关联, 你只需点击“更多”按钮来设置。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 msgid "" "On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" " your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "对于任务自身，你可以在任务上记录记工单并根据开票原则给客户开票。" +msgstr "对于任务自身, 你可以在任务上记录记工单并根据开票原则给客户开票。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 msgid "" "On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " "source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "在Odoo中，销售订单是一切的中心，也就意味着任务的源文档和销售订单关联。" +msgstr "在Odoo中, 销售订单是一切的中心, 也就意味着任务的源文档和销售订单关联。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice` " #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support` " #: ../../project/application.rst:3 msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" @@ -475,21 +475,21 @@ msgstr "台本" msgid "" "Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" " spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "超级棒的记工单是一个移动应用，它能让你在继续要简单的点击几下就可以在项目上记录花费的时间。" +msgstr "超级棒的记工单是一个移动应用, 它能让你在继续要简单的点击几下就可以在项目上记录花费的时间。" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 msgid "" "Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " "the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" " works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "先不考虑设备的问题，Timesheet的记录只需一个简单的点击 。可以看一下谷歌浏览器插件，不需要登陆，只需要点击一下便可开启 。运行平顺，并且能离线工作并且能和Odoo账号自动同步。" +msgstr "先不考虑设备的问题, Timesheet的记录只需一个简单的点击 。可以看一下谷歌浏览器插件, 不需要登陆, 只需要点击一下便可开启 。运行平顺, 并且能离线工作并且能和Odoo账号自动同步。" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 msgid "" "Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" " further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" " per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "另外通过移动端或者谷歌浏览器插件我就可以得到我自己的工时的统计分析 。在我的Odoo账号中我们可以进一步进行分析 。我能收到报表以及每个用户的记工单，用这些深入分析项目以及更多 " +msgstr "另外通过移动端或者谷歌浏览器插件我就可以得到我自己的工时的统计分析 。在我的Odoo账号中我们可以进一步进行分析 。我能收到报表以及每个用户的记工单, 用这些深入分析项目以及更多" #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ msgstr "神奇的记工单和ODoo的开票系统进行了集成。客户的账 #: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "现在就下载神奇的记工单并提供生产力吧 。" +msgstr "现在就下载神奇的记工单并提供生产力吧 。" #: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 msgid "Configuration and basic usage" @@ -516,20 +516,20 @@ msgstr "责任人" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "在Odoo中，你可以分配任务的负责人。" +msgstr "在Odoo中, 你可以分配任务的负责人。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 msgid "" "When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " "this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " "suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "当创建一个任务，默认的你是他的负责人。你可以通过下拉菜单或输入其他人的名字来改变它。" +msgstr "当创建一个任务, 默认的你是他的负责人。你可以通过下拉菜单或输入其他人的名字来改变它。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 msgid "" "If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " "order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "如果你添加新用户，你可以“创建&编辑**一个新用户，你需要管理员权限来做这件事。" +msgstr "如果你添加新用户, 你可以“创建&编辑 **一个新用户, 你需要管理员权限来做这件事。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 msgid "Followers" @@ -545,11 +545,11 @@ msgid "" "notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " "take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " "whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "在一个任务中，你可以添加其他用户作为**关注者**。添加一个关注者意味着当任务有任何变更时这个人会被通知到。目的是允许来自谈话的外部贡献。当你需要从其他部门同事的意见时这是非常宝贵的。你也可以邀请客户参与部分任务，他们会被邮件通知，并通过回复邮件来参与任务。关注者可以像你一样看到整个任务的描述和交谈。" +msgstr "在一个任务中, 你可以添加其他用户作为 **关注者** 。添加一个关注者意味着当任务有任何变更时这个人会被通知到。目的是允许来自谈话的外部贡献。当你需要从其他部门同事的意见时这是非常宝贵的。你也可以邀请客户参与部分任务, 他们会被邮件通知, 并通过回复邮件来参与任务。关注者可以像你一样看到整个任务的描述和交谈。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "项目：通过关注一个项目来关注管道" +msgstr "项目 :通过关注一个项目来关注管道" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -558,22 +558,22 @@ msgid "" "another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " "in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " "see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "你可以决定关注一个项目。在这个情形下，你会被通知各种项目的变更：比如任务从一个阶段到另一个，交流的内容，等等。你会在inbox里收到所有的信息。这个功能对于想要随时看到全局的项目经理是很不错的。" +msgstr "你可以决定关注一个项目。在这个情形下, 你会被通知各种项目的变更 :比如任务从一个阶段到另一个, 交流的内容, 等等。你会在inbox里收到所有的信息。这个功能对于想要随时看到全局的项目经理是很不错的。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "任务：关注特定任务。" +msgstr "任务 :关注一个指定的任务。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 msgid "" "Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " "focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " "that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "关注一个任务和关注一个项目其实是一样的，除了你只是关注着项目的某个特殊部分而已。所有的任务的变化通知会显示在你的inbox里。" +msgstr "关注一个任务和关注一个项目其实是一样的, 除了你只是关注着项目的某个特殊部分而已。所有的任务的变化通知会显示在你的inbox里。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "选择关注哪个动作" +msgstr "选择哪个行为要被关注。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -586,17 +586,17 @@ msgid "" "By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " "notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " "to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "默认情况下，你可以跟进讨论，但你也可以选择当记录创建一个任务，锁住或待发，任务的阶段改变时得到通知。" +msgstr "默认情况下, 你可以跟进讨论, 但你也可以选择当记录创建一个任务, 锁住或待发, 任务的阶段改变时得到通知。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "时间管理：分析账户" +msgstr "时间管理 :分析账户" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 msgid "" "Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " "or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "是否能帮你预估项目的账单或发票数据，项目管理的时间跟踪是真正有用的。" +msgstr "是否能帮你预估项目的账单或发票数据, 项目管理的时间跟踪是真正有用的。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo 工时单模块完美地结合了Odoo项目能帮你方便地跟踪 msgid "" "Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " "available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "一旦安装Odoo工时单，工时单选项在项目和任务自动可用。" +msgstr "一旦安装Odoo工时单, 工时单选项在项目和任务自动可用。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ msgid "" "account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" " or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " "automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "为了避免混淆，Odoo使用分析帐户。一个分析帐户，将永远被命名为特定项目或合同的参考。每一个项目创建时，分析帐户将自动根据同名创建。" +msgstr "为了避免混淆, Odoo使用分析帐户。一个分析帐户, 将永远被命名为特定项目或合同的参考。每一个项目创建时, 分析帐户将自动根据同名创建。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" @@ -636,27 +636,27 @@ msgid "" "today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " "Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " "it, or not." -msgstr "在Odoo工时单。点击创建，一个带有今天的日期和时间的行会出现。项目名称被自动选择为分析帐号。没有任务设置，您可以选择是否添加一个特定的任务。" +msgstr "在Odoo工时单。点击创建, 一个带有今天的日期和时间的行会出现。项目名称被自动选择为分析帐号。没有任务设置, 您可以选择是否添加一个特定的任务。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 msgid "" "If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" " timesheets." -msgstr "如果你现在去Odoo时间表，你的行会在你的其他时间表中被记录下来。" +msgstr "如果你现在去Odoo时间表, 你的行会在你的其他时间表中被记录下来。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "在任务上记录工时单：" +msgstr "在任务上记录工时单 :" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "在一个任务，工时单选项也可用的。" +msgstr "在一个任务, 工时单选项也可用的。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 msgid "" "In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " "Add an item." -msgstr "在任务中，单击编辑按钮。转到时间表选项卡，然后单击添加项目。" +msgstr "在任务中, 单击编辑按钮。转到时间表选项卡, 然后单击添加项目。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ msgstr "一条带有在分析帐号已选定的项目名称的时间行会出现 msgid "" "Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " "application." -msgstr "同样，你会在Odoo工时单里发现这些工时单行。" +msgstr "同样, 你会在Odoo工时单里发现这些工时单行。" #: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ msgstr "如何安装与配置项目管理?" msgid "" "Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " "and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "Odoo项目允许你和整个项目团队一起管理项目，与项目和任务成员中的任何一个人沟通。" +msgstr "Odoo项目允许你和整个项目团队一起管理项目, 与项目和任务成员中的任何一个人沟通。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -928,30 +928,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "隐私设置如：" +msgstr "隐私设置如 :" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "**客户项目 **：如果该客户是一个关注者那么就可以在门户中看到。" +msgstr " **客户项目**: 如果该客户是一个关注者那么就可以在门户中看到。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "**所有员工**:员工能看到所有的任务或者问题。" +msgstr " **所有员工**: 员工能看到所有的任务或者问题。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 msgid "" "**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "** 私有项目**：只有关注者能看到的任务或者问题" +msgstr " **私有项目**: 只有关注者能看到的任务或者问题" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " "**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "如果某个项目有特定的客户，就可以在项目中标明；如果不是客户的项目，那么**客户**字段留空。" +msgstr "如果某个项目有特定的客户, 就可以在项目中标明；如果不是客户的项目, 那么 **客户** 字段留空。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "输完所有必要的详细信息之后，点击**保存**。" +msgstr "输完所有必要的详细信息之后, 点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 msgid "Manage your project's stages" @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "创建自定义的项目阶段" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "在你项目仪表盘上。点击**＃任务**。" +msgstr "在你项目仪表盘上。点击 **＃任务** 。" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -1011,15 +1011,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr " :doc:`visualization` " #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr " :doc:`collaboration` " #: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr " :doc:`time_record` " #: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 msgid "How to record time spent?" @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "创建任务" msgid "" "Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply " "open the project and click on create a task." -msgstr "一旦你创建了一个项目，你就可以轻易的在该项目生成任务。只要打开项目并点击创建一个任务即可。" +msgstr "一旦你创建了一个项目, 你就可以轻易的在该项目生成任务。只要打开项目并点击创建一个任务即可。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ msgstr "对带有看板视图的活动进行查看" msgid "" "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " "to the Kanban view." -msgstr "一旦创建几个任务，在看板视图下可以对这些任务进行管理和追踪。" +msgstr "一旦创建几个任务, 在看板视图下可以对这些任务进行管理和追踪。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list " "view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "注意过了最后期限的日期会显示为红色(在列表视图中也是这样)，因此你就可以轻易的追踪不同的任务。" +msgstr "注意过了最后期限的日期会显示为红色(在列表视图中也是这样), 因此你就可以轻易的追踪不同的任务。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 @@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ msgid "" "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " "As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a " "single window." -msgstr "如果在任务总添加最后期限，在日历视图中就可以看到它们，作为经理，这能让你在一个窗口中就能看到所有的最后期限。" +msgstr "如果在任务总添加最后期限, 在日历视图中就可以看到它们, 作为经理, 这能让你在一个窗口中就能看到所有的最后期限。" #: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89 #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 @@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ msgstr "所有的任务都根据任务的所有者的不同而标记不同的颜 msgid "" "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " "dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "在日历视图中，通过退拽你可以轻易的变更最后期限。" +msgstr "在日历视图中, 通过退拽你可以轻易的变更最后期限。" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" @@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ msgstr "ODOO 项目管理介绍" msgid "" "As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " "To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "作为一个项目经理，我有很多有很多股东参与的大项目要想对你的项目进行无缝管理，你可以使用Odoo 项目管理模块" +msgstr "作为一个项目经理, 我有很多有很多股东参与的大项目要想对你的项目进行无缝管理, 你可以使用Odoo 项目管理模块" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ msgid "" "creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " "any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " "project manager too." -msgstr "在odoo的项目管理模块下，项目组团队成员可以便捷的计划和执行在加拿大发布一个新的产品线。我通过创建不同的项目阶段组织管理项目。该模块还能让我们无论何时都可以给任何用户任务定义清晰的状态。其余的项目经理也是如此" +msgstr "在odoo的项目管理模块下, 项目组团队成员可以便捷的计划和执行在加拿大发布一个新的产品线。我通过创建不同的项目阶段组织管理项目。该模块还能让我们无论何时都可以给任何用户任务定义清晰的状态。其余的项目经理也是如此" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -1230,14 +1230,14 @@ msgid "" " one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " "management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " "projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "如此好用的项目阶段可以根据我们的需要定制，现在我添加一个新的阶段，只需要简单的编辑和点几下鼠标。在我们的项目管理过程中，我来做最后的检查，所以我可以天剑该阶段。Odoo项目可以用来管理所有的项目。" +msgstr "如此好用的项目阶段可以根据我们的需要定制, 现在我添加一个新的阶段, 只需要简单的编辑和点几下鼠标。在我们的项目管理过程中, 我来做最后的检查, 所以我可以天剑该阶段。Odoo项目可以用来管理所有的项目。" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 msgid "" "Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." " That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " "stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "一旦任务完成，相关的项目组成员可以更改任务的状态。这个对项目经理在拖动该任务到下一阶段之前的查看非常有用。很简单，对吧？" +msgstr "一旦任务完成, 相关的项目组成员可以更改任务的状态。这个对项目经理在拖动该任务到下一阶段之前的查看非常有用。很简单, 对吧？" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ msgid "" "in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" " this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" " the progress of each task." -msgstr "我们也可以通过调整视图管理监控项目，现在我选择了列表视图，在列表视图下，我可以看到其余的信息例如，工作时间进度。如果我点一下我的任务，进入 任务的表单视图，在这里我可以编辑计划的时间并输入我的记工单。控制项目的时间进度并监控每个项目组成员花费的时间对于项目经理来说是一个很有用的工具。我在销售团队的培训上设置了24小时.今天，我已经准备了相关的培训材料，所以我会在记工单中记录4小时，随后我们看到工作时间进度会自动更新。 多亏了记工单和集成功能,项目经理可以深入的追踪每个任务的进度" +msgstr "我们也可以通过调整视图管理监控项目, 现在我选择了列表视图, 在列表视图下, 我可以看到其余的信息例如, 工作时间进度。如果我点一下我的任务, 进入 任务的表单视图, 在这里我可以编辑计划的时间并输入我的记工单。控制项目的时间进度并监控每个项目组成员花费的时间对于项目经理来说是一个很有用的工具。我在销售团队的培训上设置了24小时.今天, 我已经准备了相关的培训材料, 所以我会在记工单中记录4小时, 随后我们看到工作时间进度会自动更新。 多亏了记工单和集成功能, 项目经理可以深入的追踪每个任务的进度" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ msgid "" "prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " "deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " "planning." -msgstr "ODoo项目管理中另外一个很好的特性是预测工具，当该功能被激活后，我就可以在每个项目计划项目资源以及工作负载。因此对其余的项目的时间分配也就更加容易了。在该项目，我需要对几个销售团队进行培训，本周我讲花费50%的时间在该项目上，作为项目经理，我也可以对每个用户进行资源的分配并且根据其它的项目中该用户的工作负载状况做出调整， 这样可以有效的防止同一成员在不同项目中的时间重叠。我可以重新分配给其他人一个任务或者调整该任务的最后期限。Odoo项目管理是管理项目计划的最有效的可执行的应用" +msgstr "ODoo项目管理中另外一个很好的特性是预测工具, 当该功能被激活后, 我就可以在每个项目计划项目资源以及工作负载。因此对其余的项目的时间分配也就更加容易了。在该项目, 我需要对几个销售团队进行培训, 本周我讲花费50%的时间在该项目上, 作为项目经理, 我也可以对每个用户进行资源的分配并且根据其它的项目中该用户的工作负载状况做出调整, 这样可以有效的防止同一成员在不同项目中的时间重叠。我可以重新分配给其他人一个任务或者调整该任务的最后期限。Odoo项目管理是管理项目计划的最有效的可执行的应用" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ msgid "" "with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " "task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" " each team member." -msgstr "另外项目的所有方面都能通过报表功能进行分析。例如，我们可以得到对比计划时间和实际花费的时间的报表。我们可以访问任何一个项目，任务，或者任何一个项目成员的盈利能力。我们还可以得到费配到每一个项目成员的时间等等。" +msgstr "另外项目的所有方面都能通过报表功能进行分析。例如, 我们可以得到对比计划时间和实际花费的时间的报表。我们可以访问任何一个项目, 任务, 或者任何一个项目成员的盈利能力。我们还可以得到费配到每一个项目成员的时间等等。" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ msgid "" "helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " "always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" " team." -msgstr "ODoo项目管理的另一个有用因素是沟通交流功能，沟通交流是所有项目的成败的关键因素。在项目的任务中所有股东直接的分享相关的项目文档非常有用。在Odoo项目管理中，我们可以在Chatter功能区讨论，而所需的操作仅仅是点几下鼠标而已。当然我们也可以跟项目组中的任何成员开启一个新的会话。" +msgstr "ODoo项目管理的另一个有用因素是沟通交流功能, 沟通交流是所有项目的成败的关键因素。在项目的任务中所有股东直接的分享相关的项目文档非常有用。在Odoo项目管理中, 我们可以在Chatter功能区讨论, 而所需的操作仅仅是点几下鼠标而已。当然我们也可以跟项目组中的任何成员开启一个新的会话。" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1292,14 +1292,14 @@ msgid "" "I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " "The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " "issues." -msgstr "Odoo项目管理还可以和客服和售后APP集成 配置了该功能，我们可以跟进客户的所有反馈的问题，甚至可以从该问题能创建一个新的支持项目该应用还会自动创建根据在任务或者问题上花费的时间的发票。" +msgstr "Odoo项目管理还可以和客服和售后APP集成 配置了该功能, 我们可以跟进客户的所有反馈的问题, 甚至可以从该问题能创建一个新的支持项目该应用还会自动创建根据在任务或者问题上花费的时间的发票。" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " "planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " "app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "ODoo项目管理是一个非常强大且易用的应用。首先我们用它设置我们的目标，然后对项目进行设置，一旦这些准备好，你的项目就可以快速的开始。" +msgstr "ODoo项目管理是一个非常强大且易用的应用。首先我们用它设置我们的目标, 然后对项目进行设置, 一旦这些准备好, 你的项目就可以快速的开始。" #: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ msgid "" "Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " "development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " "Done." -msgstr "根据过程的阶段分别创建栏。例如在开发项目中，阶段可能是：说明定义，开发，测试，完成。" +msgstr "根据过程的阶段分别创建栏。例如在开发项目中, 阶段可能是 :说明定义, 开发, 测试, 完成。" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -1405,13 +1405,13 @@ msgid "" "top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " "left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " "tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "在每列中，你可以根据任务的优先级进行排序。高优先级的任务会自动的被移动到列的上方。在看板视图中，点击任务卡右下方的星标记该任务为 **高优先级** 。对于没有标记的任务，Odoo会自动的根据他们的最后期限进行划分。" +msgstr "在每列中, 你可以根据任务的优先级进行排序。高优先级的任务会自动的被移动到列的上方。在看板视图中, 点击任务卡右下方的星标记该任务为 **高优先级** 。对于没有标记的任务, Odoo会自动的根据他们的最后期限进行划分。" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 msgid "" "Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " "view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "注意超过了最后期限的日期会显示红色(列表视图中也是)，所以你能很轻松的追踪每个任务的进展。" +msgstr "注意超过了最后期限的日期会显示红色(列表视图中也是), 所以你能很轻松的追踪每个任务的进展。" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." @@ -1435,18 +1435,18 @@ msgid "" "employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " "choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " "show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "作为经理，在列表视图下你可以查看所有员工花费在任务上的时间。要这样做，进入所选的项目中并点击列表视图图标(见下图)。最后一列可以看到每个任务的进展。" +msgstr "作为经理, 在列表视图下你可以查看所有员工花费在任务上的时间。要这样做, 进入所选的项目中并点击列表视图图标(见下图)。最后一列可以看到每个任务的进展。" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 msgid "" "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " "As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " "single window." -msgstr "如果在你的任务中添加最后期限，他就回显示在日历视图中。作为一个经理，这样的视图能够让你在一个窗口中查看所有的最后期限。" +msgstr "如果在你的任务中添加最后期限, 他就回显示在日历视图中。作为一个经理, 这样的视图能够让你在一个窗口中查看所有的最后期限。" #: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr " :doc:`forecast` " #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 msgid "How to forecast tasks?" @@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何创建预测？" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index bfaa1afc8..fdb2fd213 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-17 11:45+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-18 16:34+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "*等到起, 还没开始写...*" #: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "过程概览" +msgstr "过程检视" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3 msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "采购询价, 采购招标 还是 采购订单?" msgid "" "Although they are intimately related, Requests for Quotation, Purchase " "Tenders and Purchase Orders are not the same." -msgstr "虽然它们紧密的联系在一起，采购需求单，采购招标单和采购订单还是存在一定的差异。" +msgstr "虽然它们紧密的联系在一起, 采购需求单, 采购招标单和采购订单还是存在一定的差异。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ msgid "" "the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " "your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " "to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "**询价单**(RFQ)被用来计划采购产品时你想收到一份报价。在Odoo里，询价单用来发送你想要的产品清单给你的供应商。一旦你的供应商回复了你的需求，你可以选择继续按报价采购或调低报价。" +msgstr " **询价单** (RFQ)被用来计划采购产品时你想收到一份报价。在Odoo里, 询价单用来发送你想要的产品清单给你的供应商。一旦你的供应商回复了你的需求, 你可以选择继续按报价采购或调低报价。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:15 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:5 @@ -90,14 +90,14 @@ msgid "" "multiple suppliers, stating each are competing with one another, and that " "the best offer will win. The main interest is that it usually leads to " "better offers." -msgstr "**采购招标**(PT),也被称为招标，被用来驱动几个供应商之间的竞争，并获得最佳报价。相比较询价单，采购招标被发给多个供应商，表明每个都在和别的供应商竞争，最佳的报价会赢得招标。主要的好处是它通常带来最佳的报价。" +msgstr " **采购招标** (PT), 也被称为招标, 被用来驱动几个供应商之间的竞争, 并获得最佳报价。相比较询价单, 采购招标被发给多个供应商, 表明每个都在和别的供应商竞争, 最佳的报价会赢得招标。主要的好处是它通常带来最佳的报价。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:22 msgid "" "The **Purchase Order** (PO) is the actual order that you place to the " "supplier that you chose, either through a RfQ, a Purchase Tender, or simply " "when you already know which supplier to order from." -msgstr "**采购单**(PO)是真正的你发给你选择的供应商的订单，无论是一个询价单，一个采购招标，或者是干脆你已知是那个供应商。" +msgstr " **采购单** (PO)是真正的你发给你选择的供应商的订单, 无论是一个询价单, 一个采购招标, 或者是干脆你已知是那个供应商。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:27 msgid "When to use?" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ msgid "" " if you want to challenge your suppliers once you have a well-established " "relationship with them. You can also use it to assess the cost of a project " "and see if it makes it feasible." -msgstr "**采购询价**对你从没有买过的，不知道价格的产品是很有用的。同样当你和你的供应商已经建立了良好的关系时，它对于挑战你的供应商也很有用。你也可以用来评估项目的费用，看它是否可行。" +msgstr " **采购询价** 对你从没有买过的, 不知道价格的产品是很有用的。同样当你和你的供应商已经建立了良好的关系时, 它对于挑战你的供应商也很有用。你也可以用来评估项目的费用, 看它是否可行。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ msgid "" "matter which supplier it is. It may be used when your supplier has not been " "up to your standards and you would like to either push them to deliver a " "better service, or find a replacement in their competitors." -msgstr "**采购招标**用来需要从多个供应商获取公开报价。也可以用来为你的一次性采购获取最佳报价，无论供应商是谁。当你的供应商达不到你的标准，你可以用来推动他们提供更好的服务，或者在他们的竞争者中选择一个替代者。" +msgstr " **采购招标** 用来需要从多个供应商获取公开报价。也可以用来为你的一次性采购获取最佳报价, 无论供应商是谁。当你的供应商达不到你的标准, 你可以用来推动他们提供更好的服务, 或者在他们的竞争者中选择一个替代者。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:43 msgid "When not to use?" @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ msgid "" "supplier for each item, and will only increase the delay in the delivery of " "your items. In that case, the process will be simpler by starting straight " "from a Purchase Order." -msgstr "**询价单**\\s 并不是必须的当你已经建立了你满意的供应商时，而且会延迟你的产品交付。在这种情况下，采购流程将会直接从采购单开始。" +msgstr " **询价单** \\s 并不是必须的当你已经建立了你满意的供应商时, 而且会延迟你的产品交付。在这种情况下, 采购流程将会直接从采购单开始。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ msgid "" "this is not the way to go. Also, if you have a well-established relationship" " with one supplier, think twice before you initiate a PT with them as it " "might tear the relationship and finally lead to less interesting deals." -msgstr "**采购招标**是一个漫长而乏味的过程，它可能比最佳情况下多花好几个星期。如果你想快速采购到货物，不用这么做。如果你和某个供应商建立了良好的关系，在发起采购招标前请三思，这也许会搞僵你们的关系最终导致不好的结果。" +msgstr " **采购招标** 是一个漫长而乏味的过程, 它可能比最佳情况下多花好几个星期。如果你想快速采购到货物, 不用这么做。如果你和某个供应商建立了良好的关系, 在发起采购招标前请三思, 这也许会搞僵你们的关系最终导致不好的结果。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:58 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:139 @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ msgstr "例子" msgid "" "My company builds wooden furniture. For the new series of table we are " "designing, we need some screws, metal frames and rubber protections." -msgstr "我的公司生产木质家具。对那些新建的系列桌子，我们需要螺丝，金属框架和橡胶护角。" +msgstr "我的公司生产木质家具。对那些新建的系列桌子, 我们需要螺丝, 金属框架和橡胶护角。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -161,20 +161,20 @@ msgid "" "supplier, and send it by email. He answers back with an offer. However, I am" " not convinced by the offer, and I want to see if anyone can give a better " "one." -msgstr "我在Odoo里为这些产品创建了一个询价单并发邮件给我的供应商。他回复了一个报价。然而我对此并不满意，我想看看谁能提供一个更好的报价。" +msgstr "我在Odoo里为这些产品创建了一个询价单并发邮件给我的供应商。他回复了一个报价。然而我对此并不满意, 我想看看谁能提供一个更好的报价。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:68 msgid "" "I decide to push competition a bit and set up a Purchase Tender, that Odoo " "will send to a list of suppliers I specified. Out of the 8 offers I receive," " one gets my attention and I decide to go ahead with that one." -msgstr "我决定推动一点竞争并建立一个采购招标，Odoo会发送给我指定的供应商。在我收到的8个报价外，有一个引起了我的注意我决定和这个继续下去。" +msgstr "我决定推动一点竞争并建立一个采购招标, Odoo会发送给我指定的供应商。在我收到的8个报价外, 有一个引起了我的注意我决定和这个继续下去。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:72 msgid "" "I confirm the order to the supplier by creating a Purchase Order from the " "PT, and Odoo automatically asks delivery of the items to the supplier." -msgstr "我通过采购招标建立了一个采购订单并和供应商确认了订单，Odoo自动要求供应商交货。" +msgstr "我通过采购招标建立了一个采购订单并和供应商确认了订单, Odoo自动要求供应商交货。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16 @@ -195,19 +195,19 @@ msgstr "配置" msgid "" "If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Order**, read the " "documentation on :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "关于如何创建 **采购订单**， 请参阅： :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr "关于如何创建 **采购订单** , 请参阅 : : doc :`from_po_to_invoice` " #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:82 msgid "" "If you want to know how to create a **RfQ**, read the documentation on " ":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" -msgstr "关于如何创建 **采购需求**, 请参阅 :doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" +msgstr "关于如何创建 **采购需求** , 请参阅 :doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create` " #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:85 msgid "" "If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Tender**, read the " "documentation on :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`" -msgstr "如果你想知道如何创建一个**采购招标**，请阅读在:doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`上的文档。" +msgstr "如果你想知道如何创建一个 **采购招标** , 请阅读在 :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers` 上的文档。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions" @@ -218,20 +218,20 @@ msgid "" "For most of your everyday purchases, chances are you already know where to " "purchase and at what price. For these cases, a simple Purchase Order (PO) " "will allow you to handle the whole process." -msgstr "对于你大多数的日常采购，你已经知道在哪里采购并且是什么价格。对这类采购，一个简单的采购订单(PO)可以使你处理整个流程。" +msgstr "对于你大多数的日常采购, 你已经知道在哪里采购并且是什么价格。对这类采购, 一个简单的采购订单(PO)可以使你处理整个流程。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, a purchase order can be created as is, but can also be the result " "of a Request for Quotation or of a Purchase Tender. Therefore, every " "purchase made in Odoo has a PO." -msgstr "在Odoo里，一个采购单可以这样创建，也可以是一个询价单或是采购招标的结果。然而，每个采购都有个一个采购单。" +msgstr "在Odoo里, 一个采购单可以这样创建, 也可以是一个询价单或是采购招标的结果。然而, 每个采购都有个一个采购单。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:13 msgid "" "The PO will generate an invoice, and depending on the contract with your " "supplier, you will be required to pay the invoice before or after delivery." -msgstr "PO可以生产一个发票，按你和供应商的合同，你需要在交货前或后付款。" +msgstr "PO可以生产一个发票, 按你和供应商的合同, 你需要在交货前或后付款。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:18 msgid "Install the Purchase Management application" @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ msgstr "安装采购管理应用" msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search and install the **Purchase " "Management** application." -msgstr "从 **Apps** 中，搜索并安装 **采购管理** 应用。" +msgstr "从 **Apps** 中, 搜索并安装 **采购管理** 应用。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:27 msgid "Creating a Purchase Order" @@ -251,57 +251,57 @@ msgstr "创建采购订单" msgid "" "In the **Purchases** app, open the **Purchase** menu and click on **Purchase" " Orders**." -msgstr "在 **采购** 模块中，点开 **采购** 菜单并点击 **采购订单**。" +msgstr "在 **采购** 模块中, 点开 **采购** 菜单并点击 **采购订单** 。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:32 msgid "In the **Purchase Orders** window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "在 **采购订单** 窗体， 点击 **创建**。" +msgstr "在 **采购订单** 窗体, 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:37 msgid "" "From the new window, insert the **Vendor** and type in the **Order Date**." -msgstr "从新的窗口中，插入**供应商**并输入**订单日期**。" +msgstr "从新的窗口中, 插入 **供应商** 并输入 **订单日期** 。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:40 msgid "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "在 **产品明细** 表格里面， 点击 **添加**。" +msgstr "在 **产品明细** 表格里面, 点击 **添加** 。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:45 msgid "Select your product from the list and add a description if necessary." -msgstr "从列表中选择产品，如果有必要的话添加一个描述。" +msgstr "从列表中选择产品, 如果有必要的话添加一个描述。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:47 msgid "The **Scheduled Date** menu corresponds to the expected delivery date." -msgstr "**计划日期**菜单和预期交货日期保持一致。" +msgstr " **计划日期** 菜单和预期交货日期保持一致。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:49 msgid "" "Type in the quantity which you wish to purchase, then click on **Save** and " "on **Confirm Order**." -msgstr "输入你想采购产品的数量，然后点击**保存**和**确认订单**。" +msgstr "输入你想采购产品的数量, 然后点击 **保存** 和 **确认订单** 。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:53 msgid "" "If you wish to go through the complete flow and create a **Request for " "Quotation** for this order, refer to the document on " ":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" -msgstr "如果你想通过完整的流程，并为订单创建一个**申购单**，请参考文档：doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" +msgstr "如果你想通过完整的流程, 并为订单创建一个 **申购单** , 请参考文档 :doc :`../../purchases/rfq/create` " #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:57 msgid "" "As you can see, the status of the PO has switched to ``Purchase Order``." -msgstr "如你所见， 该采购订单的状态变成了 ``采购订单`` 。" +msgstr "如你所见, 该采购订单的状态变成了\" 采购订单 \"。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:63 msgid "Registering invoice, payments and receiving products" -msgstr "登记发票，付款并接收产品" +msgstr "登记发票, 付款并接收产品" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:65 msgid "" "Depending on the contract you have with your supplier, you can either pay " "for the purchase upon delivery of the goods, or get the goods delivered " "after payment." -msgstr "根据您与供应商签订的合同，您可以在交货时付款，或得到付款后交货。" +msgstr "根据您与供应商签订的合同, 您可以在交货时付款, 或得到付款后交货。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:70 msgid "Payment upon or after reception" @@ -309,34 +309,34 @@ msgstr "收货之前或者之后再付款" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:72 msgid "Still from your purchase order, click on **Receive Products**." -msgstr "还是在采购订单上，点击**接收产品**。" +msgstr "还是在采购订单上, 点击 **接收产品** 。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:74 msgid "" "In the next page, check that the number of products received corresponds to " "the number ordered, then manually enter the delivered quantity and click on " "**Validate**." -msgstr "在下一页面中，检查收到的产品数量是否和订单数量一致，然后手工的输入交货数量并点击**确认**。" +msgstr "在下一页面中, 检查收到的产品数量是否和订单数量一致, 然后手工的输入交货数量并点击 **确认** 。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:81 msgid "" "Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** and an **Invoice** button have " "appeared." -msgstr "回到采购订单，在采购订单中，会看到**收货**和**开票**两个按钮出现。" +msgstr "回到采购订单, 在采购订单中, 会看到 **收货** 和 **开票** 两个按钮出现。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:87 msgid "" "Click on the **Invoices** button, then click on **Validate**. The invoice is" " now registered in the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the " "detail of the payment, and click on **Validate**." -msgstr "点击**开票**按钮，燃火点击**确认**。发票已经在系统中被登记。点击**登记付款**，插入付款的详细信息，然后点击**确认**。" +msgstr "点击 **开票** 按钮, 燃火点击 **确认** 。发票已经在系统中被登记。点击 **登记付款** , 插入付款的详细信息, 然后点击 **确认** 。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:94 #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "Your products are now ready for picking and storage, and the invoice is " "marked as paid." -msgstr "你的产品现在显示为收货就绪并且已经入库，并且发票也标记为已经付款。" +msgstr "你的产品现在显示为收货就绪并且已经入库, 并且发票也标记为已经付款。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:98 msgid "Upfront payment" @@ -346,31 +346,31 @@ msgstr "预付款" msgid "" "From the **Purchase Order** page, open the **Invoices** tab, then click on " "**Create**." -msgstr "在**采购订单**页面，打开**发票**页签，然后点击**创建**。" +msgstr "在 **采购订单** 页面, 打开 **发票** 页签, 然后点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "In the next page, click on **Validate**. The invoice is now registered in " "the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the detail of the payment," " and click on **Validate**." -msgstr "在下一页中，点击**验证**。发票被注册在系统中了。点击**注册付款**，插入付款明细，然后点击**验证**。" +msgstr "在下一页中, 点击 **验证** 。发票被注册在系统中了。点击 **注册付款** , 插入付款明细, 然后点击 **验证** 。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:110 msgid "" "Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** tab and an **Invoice** tab have" " appeared." -msgstr "回到采购订单，在采购订单中，**收货单**和**发票**页签已经显示。" +msgstr "回到采购订单, 在采购订单中, **收货单** 和 **发票** 页签已经显示。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:116 msgid "" "Click on **Receive Products**, then in the new page, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "点击**接收产品**，然后在新的页面中点击**确认**。" +msgstr "点击 **接收产品** , 然后在新的页面中点击 **确认** 。" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:121 msgid "" "A window will appear, asking if you wish to process every item at once. " "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "会显示一个窗口，问你是否想要一次完成全部。点击**应用**。" +msgstr "会显示一个窗口, 问你是否想要一次完成全部。点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../purchase/overview/start.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -405,13 +405,13 @@ msgid "" "Big companies use to import supplier pricelists day to day. Indeed, prices " "are always changing and you need to get price up to date to deal with a high" " number of products." -msgstr "大公司往往每天导入供应商价格表。实际上价格一直在变化，你需要得到最新的价格来处理大量的产品。" +msgstr "大公司往往每天导入供应商价格表。实际上价格一直在变化, 你需要得到最新的价格来处理大量的产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:12 msgid "" "To manage supplier prices on product form, read this document " "(:doc:`suppliers`). Here we will show you how to import customer prices." -msgstr "在产品界面管理供应商价格，请参阅文档(:doc:`suppliers).我们会展现如何导入客户价格。" +msgstr "在产品界面管理供应商价格, 请参阅文档( :doc:`suppliers).我们会展现如何导入客户价格。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16 msgid "Required configuration" @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr "所需配置" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:18 msgid "In purchase settings, you have 2 options:" -msgstr "在采购设置中，你有2种选择：" +msgstr "在采购设置中, 你有2种选择 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:20 msgid "Manage vendor price on the product form" @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ msgstr "允许使用并导入供应商价格表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:24 msgid "Here we are selecting: **Allow using and importing vendor pricelists**" -msgstr "在此我们选择：**允许使用并导入供应商价格表**" +msgstr "在此我们选择 : **允许使用并导入供应商价格表** " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30 msgid "Import vendor pricelists" @@ -443,13 +443,13 @@ msgid "" "update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your " "product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price " "list of vendors for a given product." -msgstr "有两个场景：第一次导入供应商价格表，或者更新现有的供应商价格表。在这2个场景中：我们假设您的产品清单和供应商清单被更新了，你需要为给定的产品导入供应商价格表。" +msgstr "有两个场景 :第一次导入供应商价格表, 或者更新现有的供应商价格表。在这2个场景中: 我们假设您的产品清单和供应商清单被更新了, 你需要为给定的产品导入供应商价格表。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40 msgid "" "To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to get" " an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport." -msgstr "对于从文件导入价格表，最好的经验是首先导出一个正确格式的例子然后再导入。" +msgstr "对于从文件导入价格表, 最好的经验是首先导出一个正确格式的例子然后再导入。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50 msgid "Import the list for the first time" @@ -465,23 +465,23 @@ msgid "" "template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right " "format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it " "(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)" -msgstr "在：菜单选项：’采购-->采购-->供应商价格表-->‘，导出一个导入/导出兼容的正确格式的模板再来导入大量的数据。手动创建一个数据并导出(:'菜单选项：'选择-->行动-->导出')" +msgstr "在 :菜单选项: ’采购-->采购-->供应商价格表-->‘, 导出一个导入/导出兼容的正确格式的模板再来导入大量的数据。手动创建一个数据并导出( : '菜单选项: ' 选择-->行动-->导出 ')" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63 msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:" -msgstr "这里是你可以导入的字段的列表：" +msgstr "这里是你可以导入的字段的列表 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 msgid "**Header of the document to import (csv, xls)**" -msgstr "**导入文档的头(csv, xls)**" +msgstr " **导入文档的头(csv, xls)** " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 msgid "**Meaning and how to get it**" -msgstr "**意义和如何得到 **" +msgstr " **意义和如何得到** " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "**示例**" +msgstr " **示例** " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 msgid "name_id" @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ msgstr "price" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" -msgstr "供应商价格 -> 随意文本" +msgstr "供应商价格 -> 随意文本" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 msgid "1500" @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ msgstr "product_tmpl_id.id" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it" -msgstr "产品模板ID ->导出并获取产品列表 " +msgstr "产品模板ID ->导出并获取产品列表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" @@ -589,20 +589,20 @@ msgstr "2015-12-31" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87 msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices" -msgstr "你能得到一个能导入的文档，可以在其中填入供应商价格" +msgstr "你能得到一个能导入的文档, 可以在其中填入供应商价格" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92 msgid "" "Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and " "upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system " "tells you everything is ok, you can import the list." -msgstr "导入该文档到Odoo，点击列表视图中的**导入**并上传你的文档。你可以确认并查看错误。一旦系统告知你一切正常，你就可以导入列表。" +msgstr "导入该文档到Odoo, 点击列表视图中的 **导入** 并上传你的文档。你可以确认并查看错误。一旦系统告知你一切正常, 你就可以导入列表。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102 msgid "" "After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " "product form is filled in." -msgstr "在导入之后，在**库存**页签的**供应商**的位置已经被填好。" +msgstr "在导入之后, 在 **库存** 页签的 **供应商** 的位置已经被填好。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106 msgid "Update the vendor pricelist" @@ -612,14 +612,14 @@ msgstr "更新供应商价格表" msgid "" "When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update " "existing prices." -msgstr "当你的供应商的价格表变更，有必要更新当前的价格。" +msgstr "当你的供应商的价格表变更, 有必要更新当前的价格。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111 msgid "" "Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing data " "from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. Select " "everything, and export from the **Action** menu." -msgstr "跟随第一个场景的过程来导出数据从：菜单选项：'采购-->采购-->供应商价格表'.选择所有，然后从**行动**菜单导出。" +msgstr "跟随第一个场景的过程来导出数据从 :菜单选项: '采购-->采购-->供应商价格表' .选择所有, 然后从 **行动** 菜单导出。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -627,13 +627,13 @@ msgid "" " in Odoo. Thanks to the ID, the list will be updated. Either the id is " "recognized and the line is updated or the ID is not known by Odoo and it " "will create a new pricelist line." -msgstr "改变价格，结束日期，增加一行，改变供应商，...然后再导入。依照ID，价格表会被更新。\n如果ID可识别，价格行会被更新，如果ID不被Odoo识别，系统会创建一个新的价格行。" +msgstr "改变价格, 结束日期, 增加一行, 改变供应商, ...然后再导入。依照ID, 价格表会被更新。\n如果ID可识别, 价格行会被更新, 如果ID不被Odoo识别, 系统会创建一个新的价格行。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:120 msgid "" "After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " "product form is updated." -msgstr "导入后，产品界面的**库存**标签的**供应商**部分被更新了。" +msgstr "导入后, 产品界面的 **库存** 标签的 **供应商** 部分被更新了。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?" @@ -646,14 +646,14 @@ msgid "" "product. With Odoo you have the possibility to directly link vendors with " "the corresponding product and specify prices automatically the first time " "you purchase them." -msgstr "追踪你的供应商们是一个繁重的日常工作。价格会更改，而且每个产品你可能有好几个供应商。使用Odoo你可以用相关的产品和价格直接链接供应商当你第一次采购它们时。" +msgstr "追踪你的供应商们是一个繁重的日常工作。价格会更改, 而且每个产品你可能有好几个供应商。使用Odoo你可以用相关的产品和价格直接链接供应商当你第一次采购它们时。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 msgid "" "We will take the following example: We need to buy ``5 t-shirts``. We found " "a **Vendor**; called ``Bob&Jerry's`` and we want to issue a request for " "quotation." -msgstr "我们将采取下面的例子：我们需要买''5 T-shirts``。我们发现一个**供应商**;叫``Bob&Jerry's``，我们要发出的报价请求。" +msgstr "我们将采取下面的例子 :我们需要买 '' 5 T-shirts\" 。我们发现一个 **供应商** ;叫 \"Bob&Jerry 's\" , 我们要发出的报价请求。 " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:19 msgid "Install the purchase module" @@ -664,13 +664,13 @@ msgid "" "The first step to set your suppliers on your products is to install the " "purchase module. Go into your **App** module and install the **Purchase** " "module." -msgstr "第一步安装采购模块，在你的产品上设置你的供应商。去你的**App**模块安装**采购**模块。" +msgstr "第一步安装采购模块, 在你的产品上设置你的供应商。去你的 **App** 模块安装 **采购** 模块。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:29 msgid "" "By installing the purchase module, the inventory and invoicing module will " "be installed as well." -msgstr "通过安装采购模块，库存和发票模块也将被安装。" +msgstr "通过安装采购模块, 库存和发票模块也将被安装。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:33 msgid "Create a Vendor" @@ -681,13 +681,13 @@ msgid "" "The second step is to create a vendor. In this case we'll create the vendor " "``Bob&Jerry's``. Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Purchase " "--> Vendors` and create a new vendor." -msgstr "第二步创建一个供应商。在这个案列中我们将创建供应商\"Bob&Jerry's\".进入采购模块，选择：菜单选项：'采购-->供应商'然后创建一个新的供应商。" +msgstr "第二步创建一个供应商。在这个案列中我们将创建供应商\" Bob&Jerry 's\\ \\ \".进入采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项: ' 采购-->供应商 '然后创建一个新的供应商。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:39 msgid "" "You can choose if the contact is a company or a person, fill in basic " "information such as address, phone, email,..." -msgstr "你可以选择联系人是公司还是个人，填写例如地址，电话，邮件等基本信息。" +msgstr "你可以选择联系人是公司还是个人, 填写例如地址, 电话, 邮件等基本信息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ msgid "" "go in the **Sales and Purchases** tab as well and indicate that the contact " "is a **Vendor** (see picture below). If the contact is created from the " "purchase module this box will be ticked automatically." -msgstr "如果你不是从采购模块生成联系人，你需要到**销售采购**标签并标明联系人事**供应商**(如下图).如果联系人事是从采购模块创建的，它会自动勾选。" +msgstr "如果你不是从采购模块生成联系人, 你需要到 **销售采购** 标签并标明联系人事 **供应商** (如下图).如果联系人事是从采购模块创建的, 它会自动勾选。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:51 msgid "Create a product" @@ -706,19 +706,19 @@ msgid "" "Next we can create the product we want to buy. We don't know the price of " "the t-shirt yet because we still need to issue our **Request for " "Quotation**." -msgstr "接下来我们可以创建我们想买的产品。我们还不知道 t-shirt 的价格因为我们还需要发送我们的**询价单**。" +msgstr "接下来我们可以创建我们想买的产品。我们还不知道 t-shirt 的价格因为我们还需要发送我们的 **询价单** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:57 msgid "" "To create a product enter your purchase module select " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and create a new product." -msgstr "进入采购模块生成一个产品，选择：菜单选项：'采购-->产品' 来生成一个产品。" +msgstr "进入采购模块生成一个产品, 选择 :菜单选项: '采购-->产品' 来生成一个产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:60 msgid "" "We will call our product ``T-shirt`` and specify that the product can be " "sold and purchased." -msgstr "我们称我们的产品\"T-shirt\",并且指定它是可以销售和采购的。" +msgstr "我们称我们的产品\" T-shirt\\ \\ \", 并且指定它是可以销售和采购的。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:67 msgid "Add Vendors to the product" @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ msgid "" "handle this. If you issue a purchase order for the first time Odoo will " "automatically link the vendor and its price to the product. You can also add" " vendors manually" -msgstr "下一个给这个产品填加供应商。这里有两种方法来处理。如果你第一次创建采购单，Odoo会自动链接供应商和价格到这个产品。当然你也可以手动添加供应商。" +msgstr "下一个给这个产品填加供应商。这里有两种方法来处理。如果你第一次创建采购单, Odoo会自动链接供应商和价格到这个产品。当然你也可以手动添加供应商。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:75 msgid "By issuing a first Purchase Order to new vendor" @@ -742,14 +742,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically be linked to the product by Odoo. For our example let's say " "that we issue a first purchase order to ``Bob&Jerry's`` for ``5 t-shirts`` " "at ``12.35 euros / piece``." -msgstr "当第一次发送一个采购单给供应商，Odoo会自动帮你链接到产品。对我们的案例来说，让我们发送第一个采购单给”Bob&Jerry's\",\"5件 t-shirts\" 每件价格\"12.35 eruos/piece\"." +msgstr "当第一次发送一个采购单给供应商, Odoo会自动帮你链接到产品。对我们的案例来说, 让我们发送第一个采购单给”Bob&Jerry 's\" , \\ \\ \"5件 t-shirts\" 每件价格\\ \\ \"12.35 eruos/piece\" . " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:82 msgid "" "First create your purchase order with the correct product and supplier (see " "picture below, or the documentation page :doc:`../rfq/create` for more " "information)" -msgstr "首先使用正确的产品和供应商创建你的采购单(如下图，或者文档 :doc:`../rfq/create`获得更多信息)" +msgstr "首先使用正确的产品和供应商创建你的采购单(如下图, 或者文档 :doc:`../rfq/create` 获得更多信息)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -758,13 +758,13 @@ msgid "" "module, select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and select our T-shirt" " product. By opening the **Inventory** tab we notice that our vendor and its" " price has automatically been added." -msgstr "当你保存和验证采购单时供应商会自动加入到产品供应商清单。为了验证这一点，进入采购模块，选择：'菜单选项：'采购-->产品'选择我们的T-shirt 产品。点开**库存**标签我们注意到我们的供应商和它的价格已经被自动添加了。" +msgstr "当你保存和验证采购单时供应商会自动加入到产品供应商清单。为了验证这一点, 进入采购模块, 选择 : '菜单选项: ' 采购-->产品 '选择我们的T-shirt 产品。点开 **库存** 标签我们注意到我们的供应商和它的价格已经被自动添加了。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:98 msgid "" "Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " "will automatically link the contact and price with the product." -msgstr "每次当产品第一次从一个新的供应商处被采购，Odoo会自动链接联系人和价格。" +msgstr "每次当产品第一次从一个新的供应商处被采购, Odoo会自动链接联系人和价格。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:103 msgid "By adding manually" @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ msgid "" "We can of course also add vendors and vendors information manually. On the " "same page than previously, simply click on **Edit** and click the **Add an " "item** button." -msgstr "当然我们可以手动添加供应商和供应商信息。在先前的同一页面上，点击**编辑**并点击**增加一个项目**按钮。" +msgstr "当然我们可以手动添加供应商和供应商信息。在先前的同一页面上, 点击 **编辑** 并点击 **增加一个项目** 按钮。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ msgid "" " as the vendor product name or code, the validity of the price and the " "eventual minimum quantity required. These informations can be added and " "modified for existing vendors by simply clicking on the vendors line." -msgstr "当添加一个新**供应商**时，你也可以添加一些额外的信息例如产品名字或代码，价格有效期，最低采购数量。这些信息可以增加或修改通过点击供应商行。" +msgstr "当添加一个新 **供应商** 时, 你也可以添加一些额外的信息例如产品名字或代码, 价格有效期, 最低采购数量。这些信息可以增加或修改通过点击供应商行。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?" @@ -796,11 +796,11 @@ msgid "" " and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" " measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " "between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "在日常业务中，也许会发生你的供应商在销售时使用不同的计量单位，这可能会在销售和采购之间产生困惑甚至让你花大量时间转换数量。幸运的是在Odoo中，你可以在采购和销售中方便地处理不同的计量单位。" +msgstr "在日常业务中, 也许会发生你的供应商在销售时使用不同的计量单位, 这可能会在销售和采购之间产生困惑甚至让你花大量时间转换数量。幸运的是在Odoo中, 你可以在采购和销售中方便地处理不同的计量单位。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "让我们看如下例子：" +msgstr "让我们看如下例子 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -808,13 +808,13 @@ msgid "" "in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " "see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " "quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "你从供应商处买水，供应商是美国人，以**加仑**计量卖水。然而你的客户是欧洲人。因此你看到你的采购数量显示是**加仑**位单位，销售数量是**升**为单位。" +msgstr "你从供应商处买水, 供应商是美国人, 以 **加仑** 计量卖水。然而你的客户是欧洲人。因此你看到你的采购数量显示是 **加仑** 位单位, 销售数量是 **升** 为单位。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" " unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "您从供应商处购买窗帘。供应商卖给你窗帘的单位**卷**，你以**平方米**卖窗帘。" +msgstr "您从供应商处购买窗帘。供应商卖给你窗帘的单位 **卷** , 你以 **平方米** 卖窗帘。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ msgstr "安装采购和销售模块" msgid "" "The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " "correctly installed." -msgstr "第一步确认应用程序**销售**和**采购**已安装。" +msgstr "第一步确认应用程序 **销售** 和 **采购** 已安装。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom01|" @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ msgid "" "Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " "unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "进入采购模块，选择：菜单选项：配置-->设置'然后勾选**一些产品可能使用不同的计量单位销售/采购(高级)**。" +msgstr "进入采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项: 配置-->设置 '然后勾选 **一些产品可能使用不同的计量单位销售/采购(高级)** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ msgid "" "Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" " necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " "**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "让我们采用Odoo标准的计量单位作为第一个案例。请记住销售和采购的不同的计量单位必须在同一类型下。类型包括：**件**，**重量**，**工作时间**，**量**，等等。" +msgstr "让我们采用Odoo标准的计量单位作为第一个案例。请记住销售和采购的不同的计量单位必须在同一类型下。类型包括 : **件** , **重量** , **工作时间** , **量** , 等等。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -871,13 +871,13 @@ msgstr "可以创建你自己的类型和计量单位如果在Odoo标准中不 msgid "" "Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " "customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "假设我们从供应商处以**加仑**买水然后以**升**卖给客户。" +msgstr "假设我们从供应商处以 **加仑** 买水然后以 **升** 卖给客户。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 msgid "" "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Products`." -msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择：`采购 --> 产品`。" +msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择 :`采购 --> 产品` 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -885,13 +885,13 @@ msgid "" "information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" " be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " "purchase)." -msgstr "创建你的产品或选一个现成的。在产品一般信息中，你可以选择**计量单位**(会在销售，库存...中使用)和**采购计量单位**(采购用)。" +msgstr "创建你的产品或选一个现成的。在产品一般信息中, 你可以选择 **计量单位** (会在销售, 库存...中使用)和 **采购计量单位** (采购用)。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 msgid "" "In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " "**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "在这里选择**计量单位**为**升**以及**采购的计量单位**为**加仑**。" +msgstr "在这里选择 **计量单位** 为 **升** 以及 **采购的计量单位** 为 **加仑** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" @@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ msgid "" "Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " "supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " "curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "第二个案例(你从供应商处买窗帘,供应商卖给你的单位是**卷**，你以**平方米**销售)." +msgstr "第二个案例(你从供应商处买窗帘, 供应商卖给你的单位是 **卷** , 你以 **平方米** 销售)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ msgid "" "relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " "another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" " where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "这两个计量单位是不同的类型。记住，你不能关联一个现存的单位和不同类型的存在的单位。我们首先要创建一个共享的**单位类型**来处理这两个单位的转换关系。" +msgstr "这两个计量单位是不同的类型。记住, 你不能关联一个现存的单位和不同类型的存在的单位。我们首先要创建一个共享的 **单位类型** 来处理这两个单位的转换关系。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -918,13 +918,13 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" " selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " "below)." -msgstr "这么做，去销售模块，选择：菜单选项：'设置-->产品-->计量单位'通过下拉菜单点击创建和编辑来创建一个新的**单位类型**(如下图)." +msgstr "这么做, 去销售模块, 选择 :菜单选项: '设置-->产品-->计量单位' 通过下拉菜单点击创建和编辑来创建一个新的 **单位类型** (如下图)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " "**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "创建一个新的计量单位.在这个案例中，我们的类型被命名为**内部-类型-计算**." +msgstr "创建一个新的计量单位.在这个案例中, 我们的类型被命名为 **内部-类型-计算** ." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -932,11 +932,11 @@ msgid "" "measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " "purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " "of Measure`." -msgstr "下一步创建**卷**和**平方米**的计量单位并关联到新的类型。这么做，去采购模块，选择：菜单选项：' 设置-->产品-->计量单位'." +msgstr "下一步创建 **卷** 和 **平方米** 的计量单位并关联到新的类型。这么做, 去采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项: '设置-->产品-->计量单位' ." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "创建两个新的单位：" +msgstr "创建两个新的单位 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ msgid "" " is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " "measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" " meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "单位**卷**是内部-类型-计算的一部分并且是**参照单位类型**(见下图). 参照单位类型是在类型中被设为参照的单位。意思是其他单位会按照这个单位(例如：1 卷=10平米，2卷=20平米，等等)来转换的。" +msgstr "单位 **卷** 是内部-类型-计算的一部分并且是 **参照单位类型** (见下图). 参照单位类型是在类型中被设为参照的单位。意思是其他单位会按照这个单位(例如 :1 卷=10平米, 2卷=20平米, 等等)来转换的。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -953,17 +953,17 @@ msgid "" " of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " "meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " "``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "对于**平方米**，我们会指定\"1卷=10平米\"的窗帘。平米大于参照单位的话，必须指定类型。**更大比率**是\"10\"作为\"1卷=10平米\"." +msgstr "对于 **平方米** , 我们会指定\" 1卷=10平米\\ \\ \"的窗帘。平米大于参照单位的话, 必须指定类型。 **更大比率** 是\" 10\\ \\ \"作为\" 1卷=10平米\\ \\ \"." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 msgid "" "It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " "**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "现在可以在产品界面把**平方米**做为计量单位，把**卷**作为采购单位了。" +msgstr "现在可以在产品界面把 **平方米** 做为计量单位, 把 **卷** 作为采购单位了。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`configuration`" -msgstr ":doc:`configuration`" +msgstr " :doc:`configuration` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 msgid "Request for Quotations" @@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ msgid "" "If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " "useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " "track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "如果你的公司通常从几个供应商处采购产品，统计报告对于你的采购是很有帮助的。有多个原因来追踪和分析你的供应商的表现：" +msgstr "如果你的公司通常从几个供应商处采购产品, 统计报告对于你的采购是很有帮助的。有多个原因来追踪和分析你的供应商的表现 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ msgid "" "total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " "gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " "their future orders." -msgstr "例如，一个IT产品零售商每周发给多个供应商许多的采购订单，由此来比较付给每个供应商的总价和供货期。由公司收集到的信息将帮助更好地分析，预测和规划自己的未来的订单。" +msgstr "例如, 一个IT产品零售商每周发给多个供应商许多的采购订单, 由此来比较付给每个供应商的总价和供货期。由公司收集到的信息将帮助更好地分析, 预测和规划自己的未来的订单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17 @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ msgstr "安装采购管理模块" msgid "" "From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " "module." -msgstr "在**应用**菜单，搜索并安装**采购管理**模块。" +msgstr "在 **应用** 菜单, 搜索并安装 **采购管理** 模块。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 msgid "Issue some purchase orders" @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ msgid "" "some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**. " "If you want to know how to generate a purchase order, please read the " "documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`." -msgstr "当然，为了分析供应商的表现，你需要发布一些**询价单**(RFQ)并确认**采购单**。如果你样知道如何生成一个采购单，请阅读如下文档:doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`." +msgstr "当然, 为了分析供应商的表现, 你需要发布一些 **询价单** (RFQ)并确认 **采购单** 。如果你样知道如何生成一个采购单, 请阅读如下文档 :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` ." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44 msgid "Analyzing your vendors" @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ msgid "" "month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " "you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " "of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "你可以在报告菜单访问你的供应商的表现。默认的，这个报告是以你的采购单按**每个月**，**每个供应商**的**总价**，**产品数量**和**平均价**来分组的透析表。从这个基本报表中，你可以得到一个快捷你的变现的概况。你可以通过**衡量**图标添加许多其他数据到你的报告中。" +msgstr "你可以在报告菜单访问你的供应商的表现。默认的, 这个报告是以你的采购单按 **每个月** , **每个供应商** 的 **总价** , **产品数量** 和 **平均价** 来分组的透析表。从这个基本报表中, 你可以得到一个快捷你的变现的概况。你可以通过 **衡量** 图标添加许多其他数据到你的报告中。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ msgid "" "example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " "need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " "\"Products\"." -msgstr "通过点击**+**和**-**图标，你可以向上和向下更改信息的显示方式。例如，我要看到本月所有采购的产品，我需要点击**+**图标在纵轴的产品上。" +msgstr "通过点击 **+** 和 **-** 图标, 你可以向上和向下更改信息的显示方式。例如, 我要看到本月所有采购的产品, 我需要点击 **+** 图标在纵轴的产品上。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -1062,13 +1062,13 @@ msgid "" " in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " "These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " "below." -msgstr "对于你要突显的数据，你也许需要用更强的视觉感显示你的报告报告。你可以点击3个图形视图：**饼图**，**条形图**，**折线图**来转换你的报告：这些视图通过下面截屏上的突显的图标访问。" +msgstr "对于你要突显的数据, 你也许需要用更强的视觉感显示你的报告报告。你可以点击3个图形视图 : **饼图** , **条形图** , **折线图** 来转换你的报告: 这些视图通过下面截屏上的突显的图标访问。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:77 msgid "" "On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " "dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "相对于透视表，图形表只能用一个相关和一个非相关的衡量来计算。" +msgstr "相对于透视表, 图形表只能用一个相关和一个非相关的衡量来计算。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81 msgid "Customize reports" @@ -1084,21 +1084,21 @@ msgid "" "some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " "readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " "existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "你可以按你的需求方便地定制你的采购报告。为此，点击搜索栏最后的放大镜，使用在你右手边的**高级搜索视图**。**过滤**选项对显示数据的类别非常有用，**分组**选项可以提高你的报告的可读性。注意你可以过滤和分组现存的字段，使你的定制非常地弹性化和强大。" +msgstr "你可以按你的需求方便地定制你的采购报告。为此, 点击搜索栏最后的放大镜, 使用在你右手边的 **高级搜索视图** 。 **过滤** 选项对显示数据的类别非常有用, **分组** 选项可以提高你的报告的可读性。注意你可以过滤和分组现存的字段, 使你的定制非常地弹性化和强大。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:97 msgid "" "You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " "from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " "saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "您可以保存并再次使用定制的过滤，从**高级搜索视图**中点击**收藏**，然后**保存当前的搜索**。保存的过滤器将从**收藏**菜单访问。" +msgstr "您可以保存并再次使用定制的过滤, 从 **高级搜索视图** 中点击 **收藏** , 然后 **保存当前的搜索** 。保存的过滤器将从 **收藏** 菜单访问。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:132 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?" @@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ msgstr "采购的两步验证强迫当采购金额超过一定限度时采取验 msgid "" "Install **Purchase Management** module and then go to **General Settings** " "to configure the company data." -msgstr "安装**采购管理**模块到**常规设置**配置公司数据。" +msgstr "安装 **采购管理** 模块到 **常规设置** 配置公司数据。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ msgid "" "Logged as a purchase user, create a purchase order for more than the amount " "set above, and confirm it. The purchase order is set in a state **To " "Approve**" -msgstr "以采购用户登录，创建一个超过上述金额的采购单并确认。此时采购单被设为**等待批复**。" +msgstr "以采购用户登录, 创建一个超过上述金额的采购单并确认。此时采购单被设为 **等待批复** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:29 msgid "The manager gets the order to approve and validates the final order." @@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ msgstr "经理看到要验证的订单并确认最后的订单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:34 msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "一旦确认，采购订单就按照正常的步骤。" +msgstr "一旦确认, 采购订单就按照正常的步骤。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 msgid "How to control supplier bills?" @@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ msgstr "如何管理供应商账单？" msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "**采购**程序允许你在同一个地方无缝管理你的采购单，买入的产品，和供应商账单。" +msgstr " **采购** 程序允许你在同一个地方无缝管理你的采购单, 买入的产品, 和供应商账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1162,41 +1162,41 @@ msgid "" "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" " and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " "management processes." -msgstr "如果你要设置供应商订单控制流程，首先你要在Odoo里有采购数据.知道什么被采购和收到货是理解你的采购管理流程的第一步。" +msgstr "如果你要设置供应商订单控制流程, 首先你要在Odoo里有采购数据.知道什么被采购和收到货是理解你的采购管理流程的第一步。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "odoo标准工作流程：" +msgstr "odoo标准工作流程 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." -msgstr "从发送一个**申购单**(RFQ)给你的供应商(们)开始。" +msgstr "从发送一个 **申购单** (RFQ)给你的供应商(们)开始。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." -msgstr "一旦供应商接受这询价单，确认这询价单为 **采购订单(PO)**。" +msgstr "一旦供应商接受这询价单, 确认这询价单为 **采购订单(PO)** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." -msgstr "确认采购当生成一个**新进货物**如果你采购的是库存产品。" +msgstr "确认采购当生成一个 **新进货物** 如果你采购的是库存产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "一旦当你从你的供应商处收到一个**供应商账单**，和前一步收到的货物做一个验证来确保准确性。" +msgstr "一旦当你从你的供应商处收到一个 **供应商账单** , 和前一步收到的货物做一个验证来确保准确性。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." -msgstr "这个过程也许在同一家公司由三个人做，也可能只是一个人。" +msgstr "这个过程也许在同一家公司由三个人做, 也可能只是一个人。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "从**Apps**应用程序，搜索并安装**采购**模块。由于关联性，在安装采购时系统会自动安装**库存**和**财务**模块。" +msgstr "从 **Apps** 应用程序, 搜索并安装 **采购** 模块。由于关联性, 在安装采购时系统会自动安装 **库存** 和 **财务** 模块。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" @@ -1218,20 +1218,20 @@ msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," " and click **Create**." -msgstr "在Odoo里生成产品是快速高效的采购的前提。在**产品**子菜单下，点击**创建**。" +msgstr "在Odoo里生成产品是快速高效的采购的前提。在 **产品** 子菜单下, 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " "it is important:" -msgstr "当创建产品时，注意**产品类型**字段，这很重要：" +msgstr "当创建产品时, 注意 **产品类型** 字段, 这很重要 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " "keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " "and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "产品设成**库存产品**或**可消耗**将允许你追踪它们的库存情况。这些选择意味有库存管理和允许接收这些类型的产品。" +msgstr "产品设成 **库存产品** 或 **可消耗** 将允许你追踪它们的库存情况。这些选择意味有库存管理和允许接收这些类型的产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ msgid "" "will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " "inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " "of these designations." -msgstr "相反地，产品被设成**服务**或**电子产品**不会有库存管理，简单来说，实际上没有库存可以管理.你将不会收到在这些名称下的产品。" +msgstr "相反地, 产品被设成 **服务** 或 **电子产品** 不会有库存管理, 简单来说, 实际上没有库存可以管理.你将不会收到在这些名称下的产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ msgid "" "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " "management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" " type to **Service**." -msgstr "建议生成一个**杂项**产品对于那些不是经常采购的并且不需要库存评估和管理的产品。如果你创建类似产品，建议设置产品类型为**服务**." +msgstr "建议生成一个 **杂项** 产品对于那些不是经常采购的并且不需要库存评估和管理的产品。如果你创建类似产品, 建议设置产品类型为 **服务** ." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" @@ -1265,13 +1265,13 @@ msgid "" "Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " "Reference)" -msgstr "从采购程序，你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在**供应商 参考**字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" +msgstr "从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商 参考** 字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " "application." -msgstr "从**库存**程序验证采购单和接收产品。" +msgstr "从 **库存** 程序验证采购单和接收产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" @@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ msgid "" "after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " "should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " "button is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "如果你采购了你管理库存的可库存产品，在采购单被确认后你需要从**库存**中接收产品。\n在**库存**仪表盘，你可以看到一个按钮直接链接你到产品的转移，这个按钮在以下红色处概述：" +msgstr "如果你采购了你管理库存的可库存产品, 在采购单被确认后你需要从 **库存** 中接收产品。\n在 **库存** 仪表盘, 你可以看到一个按钮直接链接你到产品的转移, 这个按钮在以下红色处概述 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -1301,11 +1301,11 @@ msgid "" "group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" " from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " "the products." -msgstr "如果你有许多等待的订单，使用上面右边的搜索栏的过滤功能。你可以基于**供应商**(或**合作伙伴**),产品，源文档，或采购单参照来过滤。你也在**分组**中可以按不同的标准来对订单分组。从这个清单中选择一个项目会打开如下界面，然后你可以收取你的产品了。" +msgstr "如果你有许多等待的订单, 使用上面右边的搜索栏的过滤功能。你可以基于 **供应商** (或 **合作伙伴** ), 产品, 源文档, 或采购单参照来过滤。你也在 **分组** 中可以按不同的标准来对订单分组。从这个清单中选择一个项目会打开如下界面, 然后你可以收取你的产品了。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "采购**服务**类型的产品不会触发收货单。" +msgstr "采购 **服务** 类型的产品不会触发收货单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" @@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ msgid "" "record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " "need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " "order." -msgstr "当你收到一个以前采购的**供应商账单**，确认记录在**采购**程序下的的**控制菜单**中，你需要创建一个新的供应商账单即使你已经注册了一个采购订单。" +msgstr "当你收到一个以前采购的 **供应商账单** , 确认记录在 **采购** 程序下的的 **控制菜单** 中, 你需要创建一个新的供应商账单即使你已经注册了一个采购订单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -1330,17 +1330,17 @@ msgid "" "information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " "vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " "reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "在你创建**供应商**订单前，你需要选择正确的**供应商**这将带出相关的财务或价格表信息。从这里，你可以选择指定一个或多个采购单来填充采购供应商账单。当你从清单中选择一个采购单，Odoo会带出所有关联到采购单的没有开发票的产品并自动填补下列信息。如果你很难找到正确的供应商账单，你可以通过搜索供应商参考号或者你的内部采购单号。" +msgstr "在你创建 **供应商** 订单前, 你需要选择正确的 **供应商** 这将带出相关的财务或价格表信息。从这里, 你可以选择指定一个或多个采购单来填充采购供应商账单。当你从清单中选择一个采购单, Odoo会带出所有关联到采购单的没有开发票的产品并自动填补下列信息。如果你很难找到正确的供应商账单, 你可以通过搜索供应商参考号或者你的内部采购单号。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 msgid "" "While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" " (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "当发票是草稿状态时，你可以做任何更改(比如移走或添加产品行，更改数量，更改价格)" +msgstr "当发票是草稿状态时, 你可以做任何更改(比如移走或添加产品行, 更改数量, 更改价格)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" -msgstr "你的供应商也许寄给你几张同样产品的账单如果：" +msgstr "你的供应商也许寄给你几张同样产品的账单如果 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ msgid "" " product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" " you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" " validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "每次你记录一个新的采购账单，Odoo会自动弹出基于从供应商处收到的产品数量。如果数量是零，意味着你没有收到产品并简单提供一个提醒产品不在手，也许你需要进一步查询。在任何你验证供应商账单前的时间点，你可以重写这个零数量。" +msgstr "每次你记录一个新的采购账单, Odoo会自动弹出基于从供应商处收到的产品数量。如果数量是零, 意味着你没有收到产品并简单提供一个提醒产品不在手, 也许你需要进一步查询。在任何你验证供应商账单前的时间点, 你可以重写这个零数量。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" @@ -1368,14 +1368,14 @@ msgstr "供应商账单匹配" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "如果供应商的账单和你收到的产品不符，怎么办" +msgstr "如果供应商的账单和你收到的产品不符, 怎么办" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " "Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " "reasons:" -msgstr "如果你收到的账单和Odoo自动填写的数量不符，也许是由以下原因引起的：" +msgstr "如果你收到的账单和Odoo自动填写的数量不符, 也许是由以下原因引起的 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -1387,7 +1387,7 @@ msgstr "供应商错误地要你付你没有订购的产品/或服务。" msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "供应商给你开了你还没有收到产品的发票，如果开票控制是基于订购或收到数量。" +msgstr "供应商给你开了你还没有收到产品的发票, 如果开票控制是基于订购或收到数量。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." @@ -1398,19 +1398,19 @@ msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "在这些例子中，建议你验证账单和其他与此供应商有关的采购是准确的，并且知道哪些是你订购的，哪些是你已经收到的。" +msgstr "在这些例子中, 建议你验证账单和其他与此供应商有关的采购是准确的, 并且知道哪些是你订购的, 哪些是你已经收到的。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "如果你不能找到和供应商账单关联的定购单，也许是由以下原因之一造成的：" +msgstr "如果你不能找到和供应商账单关联的定购单, 也许是由以下原因之一造成的 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "供应商已经为这个采购单开了票，因此它不会再这里出现。" +msgstr "供应商已经为这个采购单开了票, 因此它不会再这里出现。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ msgstr "产品数量如何管理" msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "一般，服务是基于订单数量管理，而库存商品和消耗品都是基于到货数量管理。" +msgstr "一般, 服务是基于订单数量管理, 而库存商品和消耗品都是基于到货数量管理。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -1438,13 +1438,13 @@ msgid "" "information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" " modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " "Bills**." -msgstr "如果你需要管理产品基于订购数量而不是收到数量，你需要从**关于Odoo**处激活**开发者模式**。一旦开发者模式被激活，选择你要更改的产品(s)，你可以看到一个标签是**控制采购订单**的新字段显现。" +msgstr "如果你需要管理产品基于订购数量而不是收到数量, 你需要从 **关于Odoo** 处激活 **开发者模式** 。一旦开发者模式被激活, 选择你要更改的产品(s), 你可以看到一个标签是 **控制采购订单** 的新字段显现。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" -msgstr "然后你可以更改默认管理方法基于：" +msgstr "然后你可以更改默认管理方法基于 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" @@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ msgid "" "additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " "previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" " all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "当创建了一个供应商账单并选择了相应的采购单，你可以继续选择添加采购单，Odoo会添加新加的项目行到采购单。如果你没有删除先前的项目行，账单会关联到所有相应的采购单。" +msgstr "当创建了一个供应商账单并选择了相应的采购单, 你可以继续选择添加采购单, Odoo会添加新加的项目行到采购单。如果你没有删除先前的项目行, 账单会关联到所有相应的采购单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a purchase order?" @@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ msgid "" "necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" " it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " "warehouse." -msgstr "由于理解错误，误操作或者计划变更，有时必须取消发送给供应商的采购单。Odoo允许你取消一部分或者全部已定购的，甚至已到达你仓库的货物。" +msgstr "由于理解错误, 误操作或者计划变更, 有时必须取消发送给供应商的采购单。Odoo允许你取消一部分或者全部已定购的, 甚至已到达你仓库的货物。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ msgid "" "application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " "interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " "cancel." -msgstr "首先我们用一个你采购了**3个iPad mini**还没有调拨的例子。 由于使用**采购**模块时需要安装库存模块，这样也可以看看部分取消交货的情况。" +msgstr "首先我们用一个你采购了 **3个iPad mini** 还没有调拨的例子。 由于使用 **采购** 模块时需要安装库存模块, 这样也可以看看部分取消交货的情况。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 msgid "Create a Purchase Order" @@ -1497,13 +1497,13 @@ msgid "" "The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " "Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " "Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "第一步通过创建一个**询价单(RFQ)**来生成一个**采购单** ，通过菜单：菜单选项：'采购-->采购-->询价单'. 确认你的询价单生成采购单。" +msgstr "第一步通过创建一个 **询价单(RFQ)** 来生成一个 **采购单** , 通过菜单 :菜单选项: '采购-->采购-->询价单' . 确认你的询价单生成采购单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 msgid "" "To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation page " ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "要了解更多关于采购单的过程，可以阅读文档：:doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" +msgstr "要了解更多关于采购单的过程, 可以阅读文档 : : doc :`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" @@ -1511,29 +1511,29 @@ msgstr "取消你的采购订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:33 msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "用例 1：你还没有收到货物" +msgstr "用例 1 :你还没有收到货物" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:35 msgid "" "If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " "you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "如果你确认了你的采购单，但还没收到货物，你可以简单地通过取消按钮取消这个采购单。" +msgstr "如果你确认了你的采购单, 但还没收到货物, 你可以简单地通过取消按钮取消这个采购单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:41 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " "and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "Odoo 会自动取消和这个采购单相关的未完成的运输。**采购单**的状态栏上会变成**取消**" +msgstr "Odoo 会自动取消和这个采购单相关的未完成的运输。 **采购单** 的状态栏上会变成 **取消** " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:48 msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "用例 2：部分已交货" +msgstr "用例 2 :部分已交货" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:50 msgid "" "In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " "cancel the PO." -msgstr "在这个用例中，在你取消采购单前**3 个 iPad Mini**中的**2个**已经到货" +msgstr "在这个用例中, 在你取消采购单前 **3 个 iPad Mini** 中的 **2个** 已经到货" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54 msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" @@ -1545,25 +1545,25 @@ msgid "" "the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." " From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " "line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "第一要做的事是登记已收货物并取消准备发货的**第三个 iPad Mini**。 在采购单中，点击**收货**并在**iPad Mini 定单行**上，在**完成**栏，手动更改已收数量。" +msgstr "第一要做的事是登记已收货物并取消准备发货的 **第三个 iPad Mini** 。 在采购单中, 点击 **收货** 并在 **iPad Mini 定单行** 上, 在 **完成** 栏, 手动更改已收数量。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66 msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "更多内容请参阅 :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "更多内容请参阅 :doc:`reception` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:68 msgid "" "When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " "less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " "ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "当点击**验证**，Odoo 会提示你已完成的产品小于要求的(在这个例子中是2个而不是3个)，并会要求你生成一个欠单。" +msgstr "当点击 **验证** , Odoo 会提示你已完成的产品小于要求的(在这个例子中是2个而不是3个), 并会要求你生成一个欠单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:75 msgid "" "Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" " will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " "therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "点击**不需要欠单**来取消剩下的定购，你会发现要接收的货物数量已更改，交货情况变成**完成**。" +msgstr "点击 **不需要欠单** 来取消剩下的定购, 你会发现要接收的货物数量已更改, 交货情况变成 **完成** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:83 msgid "Create reverse transfer" @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ msgid "" " location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." " A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" " corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "现在，你需要返还你已经收到的iPad Minis 给你的供应商。点击**逆转**按钮。一个反向调拨窗口会跳出。输入数量和要返回的库位，点击**返还**" +msgstr "现在, 你需要返还你已经收到的iPad Minis 给你的供应商。点击 **逆转** 按钮。一个反向调拨窗口会跳出。输入数量和要返回的库位, 点击 **返还** " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -1588,16 +1588,16 @@ msgid "" "When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" " automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " "cancelled." -msgstr "当逆转调拨完成后，你的采购单的状态会自动变成完成，意味着你的采购单被完全取消了。" +msgstr "当逆转调拨完成后, 你的采购单的状态会自动变成完成, 意味着你的采购单被完全取消了。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr " :doc:`bills` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr " :doc:`reception` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create a Request for Quotation?" @@ -1610,14 +1610,14 @@ msgid "" "the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " "your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " "to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "询价单(RFQ)用来当你打算采购一些产品并希望收到报价。在Odoo中，询价单用来发送你想采购的产品清单给你的供应商。一旦供应商回复了你的请求，你可以选择继续以这个报价采购还是驳回。" +msgstr "询价单(RFQ)用来当你打算采购一些产品并希望收到报价。在Odoo中, 询价单用来发送你想采购的产品清单给你的供应商。一旦供应商回复了你的请求, 你可以选择继续以这个报价采购还是驳回。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:12 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12 msgid "" "For more information on best uses, please read the chapter " ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr "详阅章节 :doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" +msgstr "详阅章节 :doc:`../../overview/process/difference` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:19 msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" @@ -1627,14 +1627,14 @@ msgstr "创建一张询价单" msgid "" "In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " "Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "在采购模块，打开：菜单选择：'采购-->询价'点击**创建**" +msgstr "在采购模块, 打开 :菜单选择: '采购-->询价' 点击 **创建** " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:27 msgid "" "Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " "clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." -msgstr "在**供应商**菜单选择你的供应商，或者通过点击**创建并编辑**来创建。在**订单日期**字段，选择你实际希望处理的日期。" +msgstr "在 **供应商** 菜单选择你的供应商, 或者通过点击 **创建并编辑** 来创建。在 **订单日期** 字段, 选择你实际希望处理的日期。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 msgid "Incoming Shipments" @@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:35 msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在线演示中显示**询价单**" +msgstr "在线演示中显示 **询价单** " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1693,26 +1693,26 @@ msgid "" "date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " "**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " "supplier or enter a new one)." -msgstr "在**产品**，点击增加一个项目，在**产品**菜单中选择你要采购的产品。指定**数量**和单位。在**单价**字段，指定你想要得到的价格(你也可以留空，如果你不知道该是多少价格)，在计划日期字段填写希望的交货日期.点击**保存**，然后**打印询价单**或**通过邮件发送询价单**(确认邮件地址已经指定给这个供应商或者输入一个新的)" +msgstr "在 **产品** , 点击增加一个项目, 在 **产品** 菜单中选择你要采购的产品。指定 **数量** 和单位。在 **单价** 字段, 指定你想要得到的价格(你也可以留空, 如果你不知道该是多少价格), 在计划日期字段填写希望的交货日期.点击 **保存** , 然后 **打印询价单** 或 **通过邮件发送询价单** (确认邮件地址已经指定给这个供应商或者输入一个新的)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." -msgstr "点击**发送**后，你可以看到询价单的状态会从**草稿**到**询价单已发出**。" +msgstr "点击 **发送** 后, 你可以看到询价单的状态会从 **草稿** 到 **询价单已发出** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." -msgstr "一旦你的供应商回复了你的询价，点击**编辑**更新询价单来匹配这个询价(价格，税，预期交货时间，付款条款，等等.)然后点击**保存**来发布一个采购单。" +msgstr "一旦你的供应商回复了你的询价, 点击 **编辑** 更新询价单来匹配这个询价(价格, 税, 预期交货时间, 付款条款, 等等.)然后点击 **保存** 来发布一个采购单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:62 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." -msgstr "为了处理这个订单，点击**确认订单**发送订单给供应商。询价单的状态会变成**采购单**。" +msgstr "为了处理这个订单, 点击 **确认订单** 发送订单给供应商。询价单的状态会变成 **采购单** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -1732,14 +1732,14 @@ msgstr "如何控制产品收到了？(全部&部分)" msgid "" "The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " "products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "**采购**程序可以让你管理你的采购订单，控制产品收货和控制供应商账单。" +msgstr " **采购** 程序可以让你管理你的采购订单, 控制产品收货和控制供应商账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" " thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " "purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "如果你要控制产品预期和收货，第一步要做的是部署Odoo采购过程。知道已经买了什么是预期和收货控制的基础。" +msgstr "如果你要控制产品预期和收货, 第一步要做的是部署Odoo采购过程。知道已经买了什么是预期和收货控制的基础。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" @@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ msgid "" "Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " "will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " "others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "从安装采购程序开始，这将自动触发**库存**应用安装(除了别的以外)，这是**采购**所需要的。" +msgstr "从安装采购程序开始, 这将自动触发 **库存** 应用安装(除了别的以外), 这是 **采购** 所需要的。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 msgid "Create products" @@ -1761,22 +1761,22 @@ msgid "" "Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " "**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " "**Create**." -msgstr "然后，你需要生成一个你要采购的产品。在**采购**界面，：菜单选择：'采购-->产品',点击**创建**。" +msgstr "然后, 你需要生成一个你要采购的产品。在 **采购** 界面, :菜单选择: '采购-->产品' , 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "当创建产品时，**产品类型**字段是重要的：" +msgstr "当创建产品时, **产品类型** 字段是重要的 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 msgid "" "**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "**可库存&可消费**：产品需要在库存中收取。" +msgstr " **可库存&可消费**: 产品需要在库存中收取。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 msgid "" "**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " "installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "**服务&数字产品**(仅当**电子商务**程序已安装):对是否收货不控制。" +msgstr " **服务&数字产品** (仅当 **电子商务** 程序已安装) :对是否收货不控制。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ msgid "" "you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " "have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" " set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "对于很少采购或者不需要管理库存，或者不需要采购/销售统计的产品。创建**杂项**产品是个好方法。如果你创建了这样的产品，建议设置产品类型字段为**服务**。" +msgstr "对于很少采购或者不需要管理库存, 或者不需要采购/销售统计的产品。创建 **杂项** 产品是个好方法。如果你创建了这样的产品, 建议设置产品类型字段为 **服务** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 msgid "Control products receptions" @@ -1801,13 +1801,13 @@ msgid "" " **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " "with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " "include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "在采购界面，创建一个有一些产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个销售订单或是一个报价，把它的参照号放在**供应商参照**字段里。这可以帮你在稍后方便地对应交货单(因为交货单很可能包含他的销售订单**供应商参照**)" +msgstr "在采购界面, 创建一个有一些产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个销售订单或是一个报价, 把它的参照号放在 **供应商参照** 字段里。这可以帮你在稍后方便地对应交货单(因为交货单很可能包含他的销售订单 **供应商参照** )" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 msgid "" "See the documentation page :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " "for a full overview of the purchase process." -msgstr "参看文档：:doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` 关于采购全部流程。" +msgstr "参看文档 : : doc :`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` 关于采购全部流程。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:71 msgid "Receive Products" @@ -1819,7 +1819,7 @@ msgid "" "receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " "**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " "receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "如果你采购实际产品(可库存货可消费产品)，你可以从**库存**程序收取产品。从**库存**仪表盘，你可以在相关仓库的收货框中看到一个按钮**X 可以收货**。" +msgstr "如果你采购实际产品(可库存货可消费产品), 你可以从 **库存** 程序收取产品。从 **库存** 仪表盘, 你可以在相关仓库的收货框中看到一个按钮 **X 可以收货** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ msgid "" "source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" " the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " "the lines within it." -msgstr "如果你有很多等待的订单，你可以使用过滤功能来搜索你的采购单的参考信息，比如**供应商**(在Odoo中也叫**合作伙伴**)，产品或者源文档。你可以打开符合条件的交货单并处理它。" +msgstr "如果你有很多等待的订单, 你可以使用过滤功能来搜索你的采购单的参考信息, 比如 **供应商** (在Odoo中也叫 **合作伙伴** ), 产品或者源文档。你可以打开符合条件的交货单并处理它。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -1842,31 +1842,31 @@ msgid "" "button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " "**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " "it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "您可以通过点击**验证**按钮一次验证整个订单，也可以逐个控制所有的产品，通过手动更改**完成量**(实际上已收到)。当产品行是绿色，则表示已收和预期的量匹配。" +msgstr "您可以通过点击 **验证** 按钮一次验证整个订单, 也可以逐个控制所有的产品, 通过手动更改 **完成量** (实际上已收到)。当产品行是绿色, 则表示已收和预期的量匹配。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 msgid "" "If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " "quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " "the quantity received." -msgstr "如果你使用批次号或序列号，则不能直接设定已收的数量，你必须提供所有批次或序列号记录已收到的数量。" +msgstr "如果你使用批次号或序列号, 则不能直接设定已收的数量, 你必须提供所有批次或序列号记录已收到的数量。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:107 msgid "" "When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" " initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "当你验证已收的货物少于初始需求时，Odoo会要求你产生一个欠单。" +msgstr "当你验证已收的货物少于初始需求时, Odoo会要求你产生一个欠单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:114 msgid "" "If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " "Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " "you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "如果你打算将来收取剩下的产品，选择**创建欠单**。Odoo会产生一个文件为等待的产品。如果你选择**没有欠单**，这个订单会被认为已经完成了。" +msgstr "如果你打算将来收取剩下的产品, 选择 **创建欠单** 。Odoo会产生一个文件为等待的产品。如果你选择 **没有欠单** , 这个订单会被认为已经完成了。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`cancel`" -msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr " :doc:`cancel` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "How to manage sub-contracting (purchase of services)?" @@ -1888,14 +1888,14 @@ msgstr "激活采购招标功能" msgid "" "By default, the Purchase Tender is not activated. To be able to use PTs, you" " must first activate the option." -msgstr "默认下，采购招标是未激活的。为了使用采购招标，你首先要激活这个选项。" +msgstr "默认下, 采购招标是未激活的。为了使用采购招标, 你首先要激活这个选项。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:24 msgid "" "In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. " "In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the" " box Allow using call for tenders… (advanced), then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "在采购模块，打开设置菜单点击设置。在采购定单部分，选择**招标**并勾选允许使用招标框...(高级),然后点击**应用**." +msgstr "在采购模块, 打开设置菜单点击设置。在采购定单部分, 选择 **招标** 并勾选允许使用招标框...(高级), 然后点击 **应用** ." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33 msgid "Creating a Purchase Tender" @@ -1905,132 +1905,132 @@ msgstr "生成一个采购招标" msgid "" "To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase " "Tenders`." -msgstr "为了创建一个采购招标，打开:菜单选项：'采购-->采购招标'." +msgstr "为了创建一个采购招标, 打开 :菜单选项: '采购-->采购招标' ." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:40 msgid "" "In the Purchase Tenders window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase Tenders " "window opens." -msgstr "在采购投标窗口,点击**创建**.打开一个新的采购订单窗口。" +msgstr "在采购投标窗口, 点击 **创建** .打开一个新的采购订单窗口。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:43 msgid "By default, Odoo names PTs \"TEXXXXX\" but you can change it as you like." -msgstr "默认，Odoo 命名采购招标\"TEXXXXX\"但你可以按你喜欢更改。" +msgstr "默认, Odoo 命名采购招标\" TEXXXXX\\ \\ \"但你可以按你喜欢更改。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:48 msgid "" "In the **Responsible** field, you can select the person who will be in " "charge of the PT." -msgstr "在**负责人**字段里，你可以选择谁将作为这个采购招标的负责人。" +msgstr "在 **负责人** 字段里, 你可以选择谁将作为这个采购招标的负责人。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:51 msgid "In the **Tender Selection Type** menu, you can decide to:" -msgstr "在**招标选择类型**菜单中，你可以决定：" +msgstr "在 **招标选择类型** 菜单中, 你可以决定 :" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53 msgid "" "select only one RfQ and automatically cancel all other bid: *Select only one" " RFQ (exclusive)*" -msgstr "只选择一个询价单，自动取消其他招标：*只选择一个询价单(专属)*" +msgstr "只选择一个询价单, 自动取消其他招标 : *只选择一个询价单(专属)*" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55 msgid "allow multiple purchase orders for this PT: *Select multiple RFQ*" -msgstr "为这个采购招标选择多个采购单：*选择多个询价单*" +msgstr "为这个采购招标选择多个采购单 : *选择多个询价单*" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:57 msgid "" "Tick in the box **Multiple RFQ per vendor** if you wish to allow suppliers " "to send in more than one Request for Quotation." -msgstr "勾选**供应商的多个询价单**，如果你想允许供应商发送多于一个的询价单。" +msgstr "勾选 **供应商的多个询价单** , 如果你想允许供应商发送多于一个的询价单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:63 msgid "" "In the **Tender Closing Deadline** field, select the date to bids are closed" " for suppliers." -msgstr "在**招标截止期限**字段中，选择关闭供应商投标的日期。" +msgstr "在 **招标截止期限** 字段中, 选择关闭供应商投标的日期。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:66 msgid "" "In the **Scheduled Ordering Date** field, select the date to which you will " "place the order." -msgstr "在**计划订购日期**字段中，选择你下订单的日期。" +msgstr "在 **计划订购日期** 字段中, 选择你下订单的日期。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:69 msgid "" "In the **Scheduled Date** field, select the date to which the products " "should be delivered." -msgstr "在**预定日期**字段中，选择该产品应交付的日期。" +msgstr "在 **预定日期** 字段中, 选择该产品应交付的日期。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:72 msgid "" "In the **Source Document** field, you can insert a previous PO to use as a " "template." -msgstr "在**源文档**字段，你可以插入上一个采购单作为一个模板。" +msgstr "在 **源文档** 字段, 你可以插入上一个采购单作为一个模板。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:78 msgid "In the Products section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "在产品部分，点击**增加一个项目**。" +msgstr "在产品部分, 点击 **增加一个项目** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:80 msgid "" "Select the product in the **Product** list, then insert **Quantity**. You " "can add as many products as you wish." -msgstr "在**产品**清单中，选择产品，然后填写**数量**。你可以添加多个你需要的产品。" +msgstr "在 **产品** 清单中, 选择产品, 然后填写 **数量** 。你可以添加多个你需要的产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on **Save**, then on **Confirm Call**. Two new RFQs/Bids and Request a" " Quotation tabs have appeared on the right side of the window." -msgstr "点击**保存**，然后点击**确认招标**。两个新的询价单/招标 和报价需求已经在窗口的右边显示出来。" +msgstr "点击 **保存** , 然后点击 **确认招标** 。两个新的询价单/招标 和报价需求已经在窗口的右边显示出来。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on **Request a Quotation** and type in the names of the suppliers you " "wish to include in the PT, then click on **Create Request for Quotation**." -msgstr "点击**报价需求**并填写你希望包含在采购招标中的供应商名字，然后点击**创建一个询价单**。" +msgstr "点击 **报价需求** 并填写你希望包含在采购招标中的供应商名字, 然后点击 **创建一个询价单** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:98 msgid "" "A list of suppliers has appeared in the **Requests for Quotation** section." -msgstr "供应商清单已经显示在**询价单**部分。" +msgstr "供应商清单已经显示在 **询价单** 部分。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:104 msgid "" "To send the RfQs to your suppliers, click on the green V icon. You can also " "review the RfQ before sending them by clicking on them." -msgstr "点击绿色的图标，发送询价单给你的供应商。你也可以在发送前检查一下询价单然后再发送。" +msgstr "点击绿色的图标, 发送询价单给你的供应商。你也可以在发送前检查一下询价单然后再发送。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:107 msgid "" "When you receive offers, click on the RFQs/Bids tab. In the list view, " "select the company and click on **Edit** to adapt the details as stated in " "the offer." -msgstr "当你收到报价，点击询价单/招标标签。在列表视图中，选择公司并点击**编辑**来匹配在报价中声明的明细。" +msgstr "当你收到报价, 点击询价单/招标标签。在列表视图中, 选择公司并点击 **编辑** 来匹配在报价中声明的明细。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:114 msgid "When you have edited all the corresponding fields, click on **Save**." -msgstr "当你编辑完所有相关的字段，点击**保存**。" +msgstr "当你编辑完所有相关的字段, 点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the deadline has been reached, click on **Close Call for Tenders**. The" " status of the PT is now **Bid Selection**. Open the RFQs/Bids tab and open " "the RfQ(s) you wish to proceed with." -msgstr "当到达最后期限时，点击**关闭招标**。采购招标的状态现在是**投标选择**.打开询价单/投标页签并打开你希望处理的询价单(s)。" +msgstr "当到达最后期限时, 点击 **关闭招标** 。采购招标的状态现在是 **投标选择** .打开询价单/投标页签并打开你希望处理的询价单(s)。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:123 msgid "" "Click on **Approve Order** to convert the RfQ into a Purchase Order, the go " "back to your PT and click on **Done** to close the PT." -msgstr "点击**批准订单**来转化询价单到采购单，回到你的采购招标，点击**完成**来结束采购招标。" +msgstr "点击 **批准订单** 来转化询价单到采购单, 回到你的采购招标, 点击 **完成** 来结束采购招标。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:128 msgid "View *Purchase Tenders* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在我们的在线演示中显示**采购招标**" +msgstr "在我们的在线演示中显示 **采购招标** " #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../overview/process/difference` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3 msgid "" @@ -2042,17 +2042,17 @@ msgid "" "For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to " "select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is made" " possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module." -msgstr "对于某些采购招标(PT).也许有时你只需要从你收到的报价中选择一部分。在Odoo中，通过**采购**模式中的高级模式可以实现。" +msgstr "对于某些采购招标(PT).也许有时你只需要从你收到的报价中选择一部分。在Odoo中, 通过 **采购** 模式中的高级模式可以实现。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the " "document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`." -msgstr "如果你想知道如何处理一个简单的**采购招标**，请阅读文档:doc:`manage_multiple_offers`." +msgstr "如果你想知道如何处理一个简单的 **采购招标** , 请阅读文档 :doc:`manage_multiple_offers` ." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19 msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app." -msgstr "从**Apps**菜单，安装**采购管理**程序。" +msgstr "从 **Apps** 菜单, 安装 **采购管理** 程序。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25 msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode" @@ -2062,13 +2062,13 @@ msgstr "激活采购招标和采购招标高级模式。" msgid "" "In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the " "advanced mode." -msgstr "为了可以从一个报价中选择一部分，你必须激活高级模式。" +msgstr "为了可以从一个报价中选择一部分, 你必须激活高级模式。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30 msgid "" "To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu " "and click on **Settings**." -msgstr "在**采购**模块，打开**配置**菜单点击**设置**来激活高级模式。" +msgstr "在 **采购** 模块, 打开 **配置** 菜单点击 **设置** 来激活高级模式。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@ msgid "" " tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the **Advanced" " Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call for tender " "(...)** then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "在**招标**部分，勾选**允许使用从不同供应商(...)得到报价**,并且在**高级招标**部分，勾选**高级招标(...)**然后点击**应用**." +msgstr "在 **招标** 部分, 勾选 **允许使用从不同供应商(...)得到报价** , 并且在 **高级招标** 部分, 勾选 **高级招标(...)** 然后点击 **应用** ." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42 msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid" @@ -2087,13 +2087,13 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase " "tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the " "way to the **Bid Selection** status." -msgstr "在：菜单选择:'采购-->采购招标'.创建一个包含一些产品的采购招标,并按照通常的顺序一路到**投标选择**状态" +msgstr "在 :菜单选择 : '采购-->采购招标' .创建一个包含一些产品的采购招标, 并按照通常的顺序一路到 **投标选择** 状态" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49 msgid "" "When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the " "list of products and the bids received for all of them." -msgstr "当你结束招标，点击**选择产品行**进入所有产品清单和收到的投标。" +msgstr "当你结束招标, 点击 **选择产品行** 进入所有产品清单和收到的投标。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -2102,25 +2102,25 @@ msgid "" "The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When you're " "finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for each " "product and supplier." -msgstr "展开你收到的每种产品的列表，点击你希望与继续的报价后的* V *符号(**确认订单**)。对于确认订单会变成蓝色。完成后，点击**生成采购单**来为每一个产品和供应商生成采购订单。" +msgstr "展开你收到的每种产品的列表, 点击你希望与继续的报价后的 * V * 符号( **确认订单** )。对于确认订单会变成蓝色。完成后, 点击 **生成采购单** 来为每一个产品和供应商生成采购订单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64 msgid "" "When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has " "switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have" " a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**." -msgstr "当你会到采购招标，你可以看到状态已变成**PO 已生成** 并且**询价单**现在已经是**采购单**或**取消**状态。" +msgstr "当你会到采购招标, 你可以看到状态已变成 **PO 已生成** 并且 **询价单** 现在已经是 **采购单** 或 **取消** 状态。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72 msgid "" "From there, follow the documentation " ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the " "delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "按文档:doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`来进行交货和开票。" +msgstr "按文档 :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` 来进行交货和开票。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76 msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" -msgstr ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" +msgstr " :doc:`manage_multiple_offers` " #: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment" @@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ msgid "" "scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " "a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " "dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "计算计划日期是为了能够为交货，收货等做计划。按照您的公司的习惯，Odoo自动通过排程器生成计划日期。Odoo排程器按行计算每件事，无论是工单，交货单，销售订单，等等。日期按在Odoo中不同的提前期计算。" +msgstr "计算计划日期是为了能够为交货, 收货等做计划。按照您的公司的习惯, Odoo自动通过排程器生成计划日期。Odoo排程器按行计算每件事, 无论是工单, 交货单, 销售订单, 等等。日期按在Odoo中不同的提前期计算。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:13 msgid "Configuring lead times" @@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ msgid "" "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients. " "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "配置**提前期**是为了计算计划日期的重要步骤。提前期是(在交付，制造期限，......)时答应你的不同的合作伙伴和/或客户的延迟时间。不同的提前时间的配置是由如下：" +msgstr "配置 **提前期** 是为了计算计划日期的重要步骤。提前期是(在交付, 制造期限, ......)时答应你的不同的合作伙伴和/或客户的延迟时间。不同的提前时间的配置是由如下 :" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:21 msgid "On a product level" @@ -2171,25 +2171,25 @@ msgid "" "(from the Purchase module, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Product`), and" " go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a **Vendor** to your " "product in order to select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "供应商交货提前时间是供应商需要提供您购买的产品的时间。要配置供应商交货时间选择一个产品(从采购模块，请访问：菜单选择：`购买 - > Product`),并在**库存**标签。您要添加一个**供应商**添加到您的产品，并选择交货提前期。" +msgstr "供应商交货提前时间是供应商需要提供您购买的产品的时间。要配置供应商交货时间选择一个产品(从采购模块, 请访问 :菜单选择:`购买 - > Product` ), 并在 **库存** 标签。您要添加一个 **供应商** 添加到您的产品, 并选择交货提前期。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:36 msgid "" "It is possible to add more than one vendor per product and thus different " "delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "可以为一个产品添加多个供应商，然而不同的交货提前期对应不同的供应商。" +msgstr "可以为一个产品添加多个供应商, 然而不同的交货提前期对应不同的供应商。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:39 msgid "" "Once a vendor is selected, click on it to open its form and indicate its " "delivery lead time." -msgstr "当供应商被选定后，点击打开界面并制定交货提前期。" +msgstr "当供应商被选定后, 点击打开界面并制定交货提前期。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:46 msgid "" "In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days " "will be equal to: Date of the purchase order + Delivery Lead Time." -msgstr "在这种情况下，安全天数没有影响，计划交货天数将等于：采购订单日期+交货提前期。" +msgstr "在这种情况下, 安全天数没有影响, 计划交货天数将等于 :采购订单日期+交货提前期。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:50 msgid "Customer lead time" @@ -2202,7 +2202,7 @@ msgid "" "Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to " "indicate your customer lead time." -msgstr "客户提前期是货物从你的仓库到你的客人处的时间。它可以为任何产品配置。简单地选择一个产品(从**销售**模块，访问：菜单选择：'销售-->产品'), 并来到**销售**标签来制定你的客户提前期。" +msgstr "客户提前期是货物从你的仓库到你的客人处的时间。它可以为任何产品配置。简单地选择一个产品(从 **销售** 模块, 访问 :菜单选择: '销售-->产品' ), 并来到 **销售** 标签来制定你的客户提前期。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62 msgid "On the company level" @@ -2214,7 +2214,7 @@ msgid "" "cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " "is to subtract **backup** days from the computed scheduled date in case of " "delays." -msgstr "在公司层面，可以使用参数**安全天数**来应付最终可能的延误并保证满足你的约定。方法是在延迟的情况下，从所计算的预定日期减去**备份**天数。" +msgstr "在公司层面, 可以使用参数 **安全天数** 来应付最终可能的延误并保证满足你的约定。方法是在延迟的情况下, 从所计算的预定日期减去 **备份** 天数。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:70 msgid "Sales Safety days" @@ -2229,23 +2229,23 @@ msgid "" "days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " "the one you promised to your client. That way you are sure to be able to " "keep your commitment." -msgstr "销售安全天使就是**备份**天数，用来保证你能在约定期内及时交付产品给你的客户。它们是交货提前期的错误边际。安全天数和腕表提前是一个逻辑，为了及时到达。方法是从计算出来的计划日期中减去安全天数，并且计算一个比你承诺给你的客户的更早的计划日期。这样你可以保证实现你的承诺。" +msgstr "销售安全天使就是 **备份** 天数, 用来保证你能在约定期内及时交付产品给你的客户。它们是交货提前期的错误边际。安全天数和腕表提前是一个逻辑, 为了及时到达。方法是从计算出来的计划日期中减去安全天数, 并且计算一个比你承诺给你的客户的更早的计划日期。这样你可以保证实现你的承诺。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:80 msgid "" "To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> " "General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "设置安全天数，进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 **配置公司数据** 。" +msgstr "设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 **配置公司数据** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days" -msgstr "访问**配置**标签来制定安全日期天数。" +msgstr "访问 **配置** 标签来制定安全日期天数。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:93 msgid "" "Note that you can in this menu configure a default **Manufacturing** lead " "time." -msgstr "注意，你可以在这个菜单里配置一个默认的**生产**提前期。" +msgstr "注意, 你可以在这个菜单里配置一个默认的 **生产** 提前期。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:97 msgid "Purchase days" @@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ msgid "" "purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled in order to " "cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the " "same menu as the sales safety days (see screenshot above)." -msgstr "对供应商提前期有一些错误安全边际。当系统生成采购订单对产品进行补货的时候，它们可以被计划早一些天数用来应付供应商一些未知的不确定的延期。采购提前期可以在销售安全天数的同一个菜单下面看到(看上图的截图)。" +msgstr "对供应商提前期有一些错误安全边际。当系统生成采购订单对产品进行补货的时候, 它们可以被计划早一些天数用来应付供应商一些未知的不确定的延期。采购提前期可以在销售安全天数的同一个菜单下面看到(看上图的截图)。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:108 msgid "On route level" @@ -2277,13 +2277,13 @@ msgstr "内部调拨产生的仓库移动可能也会影响计算日期。" msgid "" "The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **Inventory** " "module when creating a new push rule for a new route." -msgstr "由内部调拨引起的延误可以在为新路线创建一个新的推式规则时在**仓储**模块中被定义。" +msgstr "由内部调拨引起的延误可以在为新路线创建一个新的推式规则时在 **仓储** 模块中被定义。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:117 msgid "" "Read the documentation " ":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` to learn more." -msgstr "阅读文档：文档:`../../../../库存/路线/概念/推式_规则` 了解更多." +msgstr "阅读文档 :文档 :`../../../../库存/路线/概念/推式_规则` 了解更多." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:125 msgid "On document level:" @@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ msgstr "在文档层面。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:128 msgid "Requested date" -msgstr "**需求日期**" +msgstr " **需求日期** " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ msgid "" "straight on the sale order, under the tab **Other information**. If this " "date is earlier than the theoretically computed date, Odoo will " "automatically display a warning." -msgstr "Odoo提供了在销售订单上**其他资料**的标签下直接指定客户的请求日期。如果这个日期比理论计算机日期早，Odoo会自动显示警告。" +msgstr "Odoo提供了在销售订单上 **其他资料** 的标签下直接指定客户的请求日期。如果这个日期比理论计算机日期早, Odoo会自动显示警告。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -2307,28 +2307,28 @@ msgid "" "order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." " In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " "on your configuration:" -msgstr "例如，你今天可以销售一辆汽车(一月1号)，该车是按订单补货方式，并且你已经承诺会在20天内给客户交货(一月20号)。在该情景下，排程器可能会根据你的配置触发以下事件：" +msgstr "例如, 你今天可以销售一辆汽车(一月1号), 该车是按订单补货方式, 并且你已经承诺会在20天内给客户交货(一月20号)。在该情景下, 排程器可能会根据你的配置触发以下事件 :" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146 msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "分录19:实际计划发货(销售安全天数的1天)" +msgstr "分录19 :实际计划发货(销售安全天数的1天)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:148 msgid "" "January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "分录1８:从供应商收货(采购天数的1天)" +msgstr "分录1８ :从供应商收货(采购天数的1天)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:151 msgid "" "January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " "lead time)" -msgstr "分录10:给供应商下单的最后期限(供应商交货提前期的9天)" +msgstr "分录10 :给供应商下单的最后期限(供应商交货提前期的9天)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:154 msgid "" "January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " "needs on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "分录8：触发一个采购需求给采购团队，因为采购部分平均需要2天询价并下单。" +msgstr "分录8 :触发一个采购需求给采购团队, 因为采购部分平均需要2天询价并下单。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "How to setup drop-shipping?" @@ -2347,14 +2347,14 @@ msgid "" "routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " "suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " "section." -msgstr "首先，配置**路线** 和**直销**。打开菜单：'库存'-->配置-->设置'.在**路线**部分选中**产品使用高级路线**并且在**直销**部分选择**允许供应商发货给你的客户**。" +msgstr "首先, 配置 **路线** 和 **直销** 。打开菜单 : '库存' -->配置-->设置 '.在 **路线** 部分选中 **产品使用高级路线** 并且在 **直销** 部分选择 **允许供应商发货给你的客户** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " "**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " "**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择，在销售模块，进入菜单选项：`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选**在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)**。" +msgstr "你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择, 在销售模块, 进入菜单选项 :`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" @@ -2364,19 +2364,19 @@ msgstr "如何使用直销？" msgid "" "Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " "concerned order lines." -msgstr "创建销售订单并在相关订单行上选择路线为**直销**。" +msgstr "创建销售订单并在相关订单行上选择路线为 **直销** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " "The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." -msgstr "一旦订单被确认，不会从你的仓库产生移动。货物会从供应商处直接发给客户。" +msgstr "一旦订单被确认, 不会从你的仓库产生移动。货物会从供应商处直接发给客户。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" " of your product on **Ordered quantities**." -msgstr "为了能给发货开发票，你必须在你的产品上设置你的开票政策为**已订数量**" +msgstr "为了能给发货开发票, 你必须在你的产品上设置你的开票政策为 **已订数量** " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 msgid "How to trigger the purchase of products based on sales?" @@ -2386,11 +2386,11 @@ msgstr "如何基于销售触发采购订单。" msgid "" "When you work in just-in-time, you don't manage stock so you directly order " "the product you need from your vendor." -msgstr "当你采用无库存方式生产方式时，你无须管理库存所以你直接从你的供应商处采购所需产品。" +msgstr "当你采用无库存方式生产方式时, 你无须管理库存所以你直接从你的供应商处采购所需产品。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:11 msgid "The usual flow is:" -msgstr "通常的流程是：" +msgstr "通常的流程是 :" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:13 msgid "Create a sale order" @@ -2421,14 +2421,14 @@ msgid "" "In the purchases application, open the **Purchase** menu and click on " "**Products**. Open the product on which you want to do your purchases based " "on sales." -msgstr "在采购模块，打开**采购**菜单并点击**产品**。打开你基于销售所要采购的产品。" +msgstr "在采购模块, 打开 **采购** 菜单并点击 **产品** 。打开你基于销售所要采购的产品。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:30 msgid "" "Next to Routes, tick **Buy** and **Make to order** as a procurement method. " "When you are generating sales order, Odoo will automatically reorder the " "same quantity through procurement." -msgstr "下一步到路线，勾选** 买** 和**按订单生产**作为补货方式。当你创建销售订单时，Odoo会通过补货自动重订购相同的数量。" +msgstr "下一步到路线, 勾选 **买** 和 **按订单生产** 作为补货方式。当你创建销售订单时, Odoo会通过补货自动重订购相同的数量。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:37 msgid "Don't forget to set a vendor otherwise the rule won't be triggered." @@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ msgstr "你也可以配置最小库存规则来触发采购订单。" msgid "" "To know how to configure a minimum stock rule, please read the document " ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`." -msgstr "为了知道如何设置最小库存规设则，请阅读文档:文档:'设置_库存_规则'." +msgstr "为了知道如何设置最小库存规设则, 请阅读文档 :文档: '设置_库存_规则' ." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:50 msgid "Sale order" @@ -2454,20 +2454,20 @@ msgstr "销售订单" msgid "" "To create a sale order, go to the **Sales** application, " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales order` and create a new sale order." -msgstr "为了创建一个销售订单，在**销售**模块,菜单选择:’销售-->销售订单'并创建一个新的销售订单。" +msgstr "为了创建一个销售订单, 在 **销售** 模块, 菜单选择 :’销售-->销售订单 '并创建一个新的销售订单。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:58 msgid "" "After confirming it, you will see one **Delivery** associated with this sale" " order on the **button** on the top of it." -msgstr "确认后，你会在顶部看到一个**发货****按钮**关联到这个销售订单。" +msgstr "确认后, 你会在顶部看到一个 **发货** **按钮** 关联到这个销售订单。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:64 msgid "" "Click on the **Delivery** button to see the transfer order. The status of " "the outgoing shipment is **Waiting Another Operation**. It won't be done " "until the purchase order is confirmed and received." -msgstr "点击**发货**按钮查看挑拨单，出去的运输状态是**等待另外的操作**。直到采购单被确认并收货后才会变成完成。" +msgstr "点击 **发货** 按钮查看挑拨单, 出去的运输状态是 **等待另外的操作** 。直到采购单被确认并收货后才会变成完成。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:69 msgid "Purchase order" @@ -2478,14 +2478,14 @@ msgid "" "The purchase order is automatically created. Go to the **Purchase** " "application :menuselection:`Purchase --> Request for Quotation`. The source " "document is the sale order that triggered the procurement." -msgstr "采购订单被自动创建了。来到**采购**模块:菜单项:'采购'-->报价需求'。源文档是触发了补货的销售订单。" +msgstr "采购订单被自动创建了。来到 **采购** 模块 :菜单项: '采购' -->报价需求 '。源文档是触发了补货的销售订单。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:79 msgid "" "If you make some more sales that trigger procurements to the same vendor, it" " will be added to the existing request for quotation. Once it is confirmed, " "the next procurements will create a new request for quotation." -msgstr "如果你做一些更多的销售触发补货到相同的供应商，它会被添加到现有的报价请求。一旦被证实，下一个补货将为生成一个新的报价请求。" +msgstr "如果你做一些更多的销售触发补货到相同的供应商, 它会被添加到现有的报价请求。一旦被证实, 下一个补货将为生成一个新的报价请求。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:85 msgid "Receipt and delivery" @@ -2495,36 +2495,36 @@ msgstr "收货和发货" msgid "" "Go the the **Inventory** application. Click on **# To Receive** on the " "**Receipts** tile." -msgstr "去到**库存**模块，在**接收**标题下点击**#收取**" +msgstr "去到 **库存** 模块, 在 **接收** 标题下点击 **#收取** " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:93 msgid "Select the receipt from your vendor and **Validate** it." -msgstr "选择从你的供应商处接收并**验证**。" +msgstr "选择从你的供应商处接收并 **验证** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:98 msgid "" "Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. In the delivery order, click on **# " "To Do**. The delivery order is now ready to ship." -msgstr "回到**库存**仪表盘。在交货单，点击**#待办**。发货单现在已经准备好可以被运输了。" +msgstr "回到 **库存** 仪表盘。在交货单, 点击 **#待办** 。发货单现在已经准备好可以被运输了。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:104 msgid "" "The status of the delivery changed from **Waiting Availability** to " "**Available**. Validate the transfer to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "交货的状态从**等待可用** 到**可用**。验证调拨确认交货。" +msgstr "交货的状态从 **等待可用** 到 **可用** 。验证调拨确认交货。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:111 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`replenishment_methods`" -msgstr ":doc:`replenishment_methods`" +msgstr " :doc:`replenishment_methods` " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr " :doc:`setup_stock_rule` " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`warning_triggering`" -msgstr ":doc:`warning_triggering`" +msgstr " :doc:`warning_triggering` " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/replenishment_methods.rst:3 msgid "What are the available automated replenishment methods?" @@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ msgid "" "sure you never run out of stocks (for example, products with a high demand, " "or large items requiring a lot of storage space meaning they're harder to " "stock)." -msgstr "对于某些库存的物品，设置规则保证来保证有库存是很有用的。(比如，产品有很高的要求，需要大量存储空间的不易于保存的物品)" +msgstr "对于某些库存的物品, 设置规则保证来保证有库存是很有用的。(比如, 产品有很高的要求, 需要大量存储空间的不易于保存的物品)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -2557,7 +2557,7 @@ msgid "" "Reordering Rules work best for items that have a high demand and high flow. " "It will relieve you from a lot of work to focus on the rest of your " "activities knowing that stocks will always be right." -msgstr "重订货规则最好用在高需求，高流动的物品上。这将把你从繁重工作中解放出来，更多地关注其他事情。" +msgstr "重订货规则最好用在高需求, 高流动的物品上。这将把你从繁重工作中解放出来, 更多地关注其他事情。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@ msgid "" " large items in stock. In this case, you can keep as little as 1 item in " "stock, and have a new one ordered as a stock replenishment as soon as the " "item in stock is sold." -msgstr "它也可以被用在你已经限制了存储空间并且你需要大量物品在仓库中的情况。你可以保持一部分在仓库中，当库存中的物品被卖出时，订购新的物品作为补充。" +msgstr "它也可以被用在你已经限制了存储空间并且你需要大量物品在仓库中的情况。你可以保持一部分在仓库中, 当库存中的物品被卖出时, 订购新的物品作为补充。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:26 msgid "When should I avoid Reordering Rules?" @@ -2576,7 +2576,7 @@ msgid "" "If you are offering a new product and don't know yet how fast it will go, " "you should handle stocks yourself first, and setup reordering rules only a " "few months into the sale to have better forecasts of the demand." -msgstr "如果你在卖一个不知道多久才能卖出的产品。你应该首先自己处理你的库存，并在销售中设置重订货规则来得到更好的预测。" +msgstr "如果你在卖一个不知道多久才能卖出的产品。你应该首先自己处理你的库存, 并在销售中设置重订货规则来得到更好的预测。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -2585,13 +2585,13 @@ msgid "" "to evolve, you have to be very well informed on when to stop automated " "replenishments, in order to avoid having to sell these items at a price that" " will not allow you to break even." -msgstr "如果你卖的东西具有一定的生命周期，例如流行物品，科技产品，或此产品只是为了某系统的共同发展所需的，你最好灵活地停止自动补货，以便避免你不得不低价出售它们。" +msgstr "如果你卖的东西具有一定的生命周期, 例如流行物品, 科技产品, 或此产品只是为了某系统的共同发展所需的, 你最好灵活地停止自动补货, 以便避免你不得不低价出售它们。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 msgid "" "My company sells modern furniture. We sell a set of table and chairs that " "are available in 4 seatings and 6 seatings." -msgstr "我公司销售的现代家具。我们卖了一套桌子和椅子，椅子配4把和6把两种。" +msgstr "我公司销售的现代家具。我们卖了一套桌子和椅子, 椅子配4把和6把两种。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -2601,14 +2601,14 @@ msgid "" "the chairs to make sure I always have at least 10 chairs in stock, but no " "more than 20. This way, I can sell up to 5 sets of table at once while " "keeping my stock low enough not to eat up all my storage space." -msgstr "为了简单起见，我们分开桌子和椅子的库存，但是卖给客人时作为一套卖。为了保证我们总能交货一套桌椅。我为椅子设置了一个重订货规则来保证总有10把椅子在仓库中，但不超过20把。这样我能卖一次卖出5套桌子，同时保证我的库存较低，不至于占用我所有的存储空间。" +msgstr "为了简单起见, 我们分开桌子和椅子的库存, 但是卖给客人时作为一套卖。为了保证我们总能交货一套桌椅。我为椅子设置了一个重订货规则来保证总有10把椅子在仓库中, 但不超过20把。这样我能卖一次卖出5套桌子, 同时保证我的库存较低, 不至于占用我所有的存储空间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:52 msgid "" "The last table I sold was a 4 seatings, and there were 12 chairs left in my " "stock. Because the stock in chairs is now only 8 chairs, Odoo will " "automatically order 12 new chairs to fill up my stock to the maximum amount." -msgstr "最后卖的桌子配4把椅子，在我的库存里只有12把椅子。因为库存只剩下8把椅子了，Odoo会自动订购12把新椅子来补充库存到最大数量。" +msgstr "最后卖的桌子配4把椅子, 在我的库存里只有12把椅子。因为库存只剩下8把椅子了, Odoo会自动订购12把新椅子来补充库存到最大数量。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:61 msgid "Set up your product" @@ -2619,23 +2619,23 @@ msgid "" "In the Purchases module, open the Purchase menu and click on Products. Open " "the product to which you would like to add a Reordering Rule (or create a " "new one)." -msgstr "在采购模块，打开采购菜单点击产品。打开你要添加重订货规则(或者创建一个新的)的产品。" +msgstr "在采购模块, 打开采购菜单点击产品。打开你要添加重订货规则(或者创建一个新的)的产品。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67 msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :" -msgstr "3 种情况修改重订货规则：" +msgstr "3 种情况修改重订货规则 :" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`General information --> Product type`, make the product " "stockable (as soon as this is done, the icon \"Reordering rule will appear)" -msgstr "在：菜单选项：'普通信息-->产品类型',设置产品为可库存(一旦设好，\"重订货规则\"图标会马上显现)" +msgstr "在 :菜单选项: '普通信息-->产品类型' , 设置产品为可库存(一旦设好, \" 重订货规则\\ \\ \"图标会马上显现)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:71 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Inventory --> route`, tick the \"Buy\" box (and untick " "the Make To Order box)" -msgstr "在：菜单选项:'库存-->路线'勾选\"买\"选项(同时不能勾选Make To Order 选项)" +msgstr "在 :菜单选项 : '库存-->路线' 勾选\" 买\\ \\ \"选项(同时不能勾选Make To Order 选项)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -2648,70 +2648,70 @@ msgstr "创建一个重订货规则" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78 msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens." -msgstr "点击重订货规则标签，点击创建。会打开新的创建页。" +msgstr "点击重订货规则标签, 点击创建。会打开新的创建页。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:83 msgid "" "By default, Reordering Rules in Odoo are named as \"OP/XXXXX\" but you are " "free to use any nomenclature. You can modify it via the **Name** field." -msgstr "默认情况下，重订货规则在Odoo里被命名为”OP/XXXXX\"但你也可以使用自己的命名规则。你能通过“名字“字段修改。" +msgstr "默认情况下, 重订货规则在Odoo里被命名为”OP/XXXXX\" 但你也可以使用自己的命名规则。你能通过“名字“字段修改。 " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86 msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for." -msgstr "**产品**字段是你要建的规则的产品。" +msgstr " **产品** 字段是你要建的规则的产品。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:88 msgid "" "Select the warehouse to which the product should be delivered in the " "**Warehouse** field." -msgstr "在仓库字段，选择该产品送货的仓库" +msgstr "在仓库字段, 选择该产品送货的仓库" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:91 msgid "" "If you have configured multiple warehouses and location, specify the " "location in which the product will be stored in the **Location** field." -msgstr "如果你设置了多仓库和库位，在**库位** 字段指定该产品储存的库位。" +msgstr "如果你设置了多仓库和库位, 在 **库位** 字段指定该产品储存的库位。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location` " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102 msgid "" "In the **Minimum Quantity** field, insert the quantity to which the system " "will trigger a new order for replenishment." -msgstr "在**最小数量**字段，写入系统要触发补货规则的数量。" +msgstr "在 **最小数量** 字段, 写入系统要触发补货规则的数量。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:105 msgid "" "In the **Maximum Quantity** field, insert the maximum of items that has to " "be stocked. The replenishing order will be based on that quantity to " "reorder." -msgstr "在**最大数量**字段，填写你要库存的最大数量。这个补货订单将基于数量来补货。" +msgstr "在 **最大数量** 字段, 填写你要库存的最大数量。这个补货订单将基于数量来补货。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:109 msgid "" "The **Quantity Multiple** is the lowest number of items that can be ordered " "at once. For instance, some items may be only available for purchase in a " "set of 2." -msgstr "**订购数量** 是每次采购的最低数量。比如，有些产品只适用于采购一套2个。" +msgstr " **订购数量** 是每次采购的最低数量。比如, 有些产品只适用于采购一套2个。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:113 msgid "" "In the Misc section, the **Active** box allows you to activate or deactivate" " the rule." -msgstr "在杂项部分，**激活**选项允许你激活或关闭这个规则。" +msgstr "在杂项部分, **激活** 选项允许你激活或关闭这个规则。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:116 msgid "In the **Lead Time** section, you can enter:" -msgstr "在**提前期**部分，你可以输入：" +msgstr "在 **提前期** 部分, 你可以输入 :" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:118 msgid "" "the number of Day(s) to purchase: correspond to the number of days for the " "supplier to receive the order" -msgstr "采购的天数(s)：是指供应商收到订单的天数" +msgstr "采购的天数(s) :是指供应商收到订单的天数" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:120 msgid "the number of Day(s) to get the products" @@ -2722,35 +2722,35 @@ msgid "" "By default, the lead times are in calendar days. You can change that in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Minimum Stock " "Rules`" -msgstr "默认，提前期是日历天数。你可在：菜单项：'库存-->配置-->设置-->最小库存规则' 处更改它。" +msgstr "默认, 提前期是日历天数。你可在 :菜单项: '库存-->配置-->设置-->最小库存规则' 处更改它。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:125 msgid "When you have entered all the info, click on Save." -msgstr "当你输入了所有的信息后，点击保存。" +msgstr "当你输入了所有的信息后, 点击保存。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:127 msgid "" "From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" " stock, the system will automatically send a RfQ to your supplier based on " "your maximum quantity to replenish your stock." -msgstr "从现在起，每次一个有重订货规则的产品达到最小库存时，系统会自动发送一个基于你的最大补货数量的请购单给你的供应商。" +msgstr "从现在起, 每次一个有重订货规则的产品达到最小库存时, 系统会自动发送一个基于你的最大补货数量的请购单给你的供应商。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:131 msgid "" "The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the Inventory " "module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " "12:00PM." -msgstr "补货会在库存模块的排程器运行时发生。默认情况下，排程器会在每天晚上12:00运行。" +msgstr "补货会在库存模块的排程器运行时发生。默认情况下, 排程器会在每天晚上12 :00运行。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:135 msgid "" "To know how to configure and run the schedulers manually, read the document " "on :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "知道如何配置并手动运行排程器，请阅读如下文档:doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr "知道如何配置并手动运行排程器, 请阅读如下文档 :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers` " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:142 msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers` " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:69 @@ -2761,7 +2761,7 @@ msgstr "如何触发一个警告当在一个指定的供应商采购时？" msgid "" "The **Warning Messages and Alerts** module allow you to configure alerts on " "the customers and vendors or products." -msgstr "**警告信息和提醒**模块允许你在客户，供应商或者产品处配置提醒。" +msgstr " **警告信息和提醒** 模块允许你在客户, 供应商或者产品处配置提醒。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2773,13 +2773,13 @@ msgstr "你可以选择如下类型的警告并对采购和销售创建不同的 msgid "" "Warning: This option displays the warning message during the process, but " "allows the user to continue." -msgstr "警告：这个选项在处理过程中显示警告信息，但允许用户继续执行。" +msgstr "警告 :这个选项在处理过程中显示警告信息, 但允许用户继续执行。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:17 msgid "" "Blocking Message: The message displays a warning message, but the user " "cannot continue the process further." -msgstr "锁定信息：这个信息会显示一个警告，用户将不能继续操作。" +msgstr "锁定信息 :这个信息会显示一个警告, 用户将不能继续操作。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:24 msgid "Module Installation" @@ -2789,7 +2789,7 @@ msgstr "模块安装" msgid "" "First, you need to install the **Warning Messages and Alerts** module. Go to" " **Apps** and look for it (don't forget to remove the **Apps** filter)." -msgstr "首先，你需要安装**警告信息和提醒**模块。在**Apps**中查找(别忘了移走**Apps**的过滤)。" +msgstr "首先, 你需要安装 **警告信息和提醒** 模块。在 **Apps** 中查找(别忘了移走 **Apps** 的过滤)。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:33 msgid "Vendor or Customer warnings" @@ -2799,32 +2799,32 @@ msgstr "供应商或客户警告" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendors` or to :menuselection:`Sales -->" " Customers`." -msgstr "转到:菜单:`采购 --> 供应商` 或者 到:菜单:`销售 --> 客户`." +msgstr "转到 :菜单:`采购 --> 供应商` 或者 到 :菜单:`销售 --> 客户` ." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:37 msgid "Open the vendor or the customer and click on the **Warnings** tab." -msgstr "打开供应商或客户，并且点击 **警告**页面。" +msgstr "打开供应商或客户, 并且点击 **警告** 页面。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:42 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:62 msgid "The available warnings are:" -msgstr "有效的警告是：" +msgstr "有效的警告是 :" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:44 msgid "Warning on the **Sales Order**" -msgstr "在**销售订单**上的警告" +msgstr "在 **销售订单** 上的警告" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:46 msgid "Warning on the **Purchase Order**" -msgstr "在**采购订单**上的警告" +msgstr "在 **采购订单** 上的警告" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:48 msgid "Warning on the **Picking**" -msgstr "**拣货**上的警告" +msgstr " **拣货** 上的警告" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:50 msgid "Warning on the **Invoice**" -msgstr "**发票**上的警告" +msgstr " **发票** 上的警告" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:53 msgid "Product Warnings" @@ -2834,11 +2834,11 @@ msgstr "产品警告" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products` or to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Products`." -msgstr "在:菜单:'采购-->产品'或在:菜单:销售-->产品'." +msgstr "在 :菜单: '采购-->产品' 或在 :菜单: 销售-->产品 '." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:57 msgid "Open the product and click on the **Notes** tab." -msgstr "打开产品并点击**便签**标签。" +msgstr "打开产品并点击 **便签** 标签。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:64 msgid "Warning when selling this product." @@ -2852,30 +2852,30 @@ msgstr "当采购产品时的警告。" msgid "" "Go to the Purchases application, click on :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Vendors`. Go to the **Warnings** tab." -msgstr "在采购应用下，点击:菜单:采购-->供应商'.进入**警告**标签。" +msgstr "在采购应用下, 点击 :菜单: 采购-->供应商 '.进入 **警告** 标签。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:74 msgid "" "Under **Warning on the Purchase Order**, choose **Warning** and write your " "warning." -msgstr "在**采购订单的警告**，选择**警告**并写你的警告信息。" +msgstr "在 **采购订单的警告** , 选择 **警告** 并写你的警告信息。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:80 msgid "" "Create a **Request for Quotation**. Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Request for Quotation` and click on **Create**. Choose the vendor on which a" " warning was set." -msgstr "创建一个**询价单**。在：菜单：'采购-->询价'并点击**创建**。选择一个设置了警告的供应商。" +msgstr "创建一个 **询价单** 。在 :菜单: '采购-->询价' 并点击 **创建** 。选择一个设置了警告的供应商。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:84 msgid "When choosing the vendor, the warning will appear." -msgstr "当选择供应商时，警告会显示。" +msgstr "当选择供应商时, 警告会显示。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:90 msgid "" "If you set a blocking message instead of a warning message, you won't be " "able to choose the vendor." -msgstr "如果你设置了锁定信息而不是警告信息，你将不能选择这个供应商。" +msgstr "如果你设置了锁定信息而不是警告信息, 你将不能选择这个供应商。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 msgid "Multi-Companies" @@ -2900,7 +2900,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " "everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " "on your sales and purchase orders." -msgstr "采购订单和销售订单能够被关联。如果你的集团下的子公司创建了一个采购订单或销售订单，相关的文档会自动生成。你要做的只是检查正确性并确认销售。你可以在你的销售或采购单上自动校验。" +msgstr "采购订单和销售订单能够被关联。如果你的集团下的子公司创建了一个采购订单或销售订单, 相关的文档会自动生成。你要做的只是检查正确性并确认销售。你可以在你的销售或采购单上自动校验。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." @@ -2914,11 +2914,11 @@ msgstr "管理内部公司规则。" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" " companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "在:菜单:'设置-->常规设置‘。选择**管理多公司**和**管理内部公司**。" +msgstr "在 :菜单: '设置-->常规设置‘。选择 **管理多公司** 和 **管理内部公司** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "点击**应用**" +msgstr "点击 **应用** " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 msgid "New options will appear." @@ -2927,25 +2927,25 @@ msgstr "新的选项会显示。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." -msgstr "在下拉菜单中，选择你要加规则的公司。" +msgstr "在下拉菜单中, 选择你要加规则的公司。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " "options." -msgstr "如果点击**为内部公司的SO 和 PO 设置**，你能得到额外的选项。" +msgstr "如果点击 **为内部公司的SO 和 PO 设置** , 你能得到额外的选项。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 msgid "" "When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " "for the other companies." -msgstr "当你完成后，点击**应用**，然后你可以对其他重复一样的步骤。" +msgstr "当你完成后, 点击 **应用** , 然后你可以对其他重复一样的步骤。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " "user has the rights to manage the companies." -msgstr "为了能管理内部公司规则，确认你的用户有权限管理公司。" +msgstr "为了能管理内部公司规则, 确认你的用户有权限管理公司。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3 msgid "Trouble-Shooting" @@ -2963,13 +2963,13 @@ msgstr "供应商账单" msgid "" "Even if you don't have the rights to the accounting application, you can " "still control the vendor bills." -msgstr "即使你没有财务的权限，你仍然可以控制供应商账单。" +msgstr "即使你没有财务的权限, 你仍然可以控制供应商账单。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor " "Bills`." -msgstr "在**采购**模块：菜单'控制-->供应商 账单’。" +msgstr "在 **采购** 模块 :菜单 '控制-->供应商 账单’。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17 msgid "Incoming Products" @@ -2979,13 +2979,13 @@ msgstr "入库产品" msgid "" "Even if you don't have the rights to the inventory application, you can " "still control the incoming products." -msgstr "即使你没有库存模块的权限，你仍然可以控制入库产品。" +msgstr "即使你没有库存模块的权限, 你仍然可以控制入库产品。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Incoming " "Products`." -msgstr "在**采购**模块：菜单：'控制-->入库产品'." +msgstr "在 **采购** 模块 :菜单: '控制-->入库产品' ." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:28 msgid "Procurements exceptions" @@ -2993,26 +2993,26 @@ msgstr "采购异常" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:30 msgid "Here, you need the **Inventory Manager** access rights." -msgstr "这里你需要有**采购经理**的权限。" +msgstr "这里你需要有 **采购经理** 的权限。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:32 msgid "" "Go to the **Inventory** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Procurement" " Exceptions`." -msgstr "在**库存**模块：菜单：‘控制-->采购异常’。" +msgstr "在 **库存** 模块 :菜单: ‘控制-->采购异常’。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:37 msgid "" "To understand why the procurement is not running, open the exception and " "check the message in the chatter." -msgstr "知道为什么采购没有运行，打开异常并检查信息。" +msgstr "知道为什么采购没有运行, 打开异常并检查信息。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:43 msgid "" "Usually, the problem is located on the procurement rules. Either there are " "no stock rules, or there are no vendor associated to a product." -msgstr "通常，问题在于采购规则，没有库存规则，或没有供应商关联到产品。" +msgstr "通常, 问题在于采购规则, 没有库存规则, 或没有供应商关联到产品。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/not_generated.rst:3 msgid "My purchase orders have not been generated, why?" -msgstr "我的采购订单没有生产，为什么？" +msgstr "我的采购订单没有生产, 为什么？" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 1a14a8d5f..22fc7e28e 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-21 13:21+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "销售" #: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "高级主题" +msgstr "主题" #: ../../sales/advanced/discount.rst:3 msgid "How to grant automatic discounts to loyal customers?" @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgstr "拥有门户登陆权限的用户能够登陆Odoo的环境。在系统 msgid "" "For Example: 1. A long term client who needs to view online quotations. 2." " Accounting consultant who needs to keep track of the company's financials." -msgstr "例如：1．一个长期客户需要查看在线报价单。2．财务经理需要对公司的财务进行管理。" +msgstr "例如 :1．一个长期客户需要查看在线报价单。2．财务经理需要对公司的财务进行管理。" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -76,30 +76,30 @@ msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " "Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." -msgstr "从主菜单中点击 **联系人** ， 如果该联系人在系统中不存在， 则需要点创建按钮来创建新的联系人，并在联系人页面中录入详细的数据并点击 \"保存\" 。" +msgstr "从主菜单中点击 **联系人** , 如果该联系人在系统中不存在, 则需要点创建按钮来创建新的联系人, 并在联系人页面中录入详细的数据并点击 \" 保存\\ \\ \"。" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:35 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." -msgstr "要选择联系人，点击页面上方的 **动作** 下拉列表按钮。" +msgstr "要选择联系人, 点击页面上方的 **动作** 下拉列表按钮。" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:38 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." -msgstr "选择了 **门户访问管理**。会有窗口弹出。" +msgstr "选择了 **门户访问管理** 。会有窗口弹出。" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:43 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " "**Apply** when you're done." -msgstr "进入登陆**电子邮件地址**，在**门户中**的下方选择勾选框并且在下方的文本框中添加邮件的内容。完成后点击**应用**。" +msgstr "进入登陆 **电子邮件地址** , 在 **门户中** 的下方选择勾选框并且在下方的文本框中添加邮件的内容。完成后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:49 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." -msgstr "所有的邮件会被发给特定的邮件地址，该邮件地址指明联系人是当前环境下的门户用户。" +msgstr "所有的邮件会被发给特定的邮件地址, 该邮件地址指明联系人是当前环境下的门户用户。" #: ../../sales/advanced/recurring.rst:3 msgid "How to automate recurring contracts?" @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "如何自动定期合同？" #: ../../sales/advanced/time_material.rst:3 msgid "Time & Material" -msgstr "时间和材料" +msgstr "记工单" #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" @@ -121,13 +121,13 @@ msgstr "上架产品没有变种" msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." -msgstr "为了上架一个产品，你需要点击 **eBay可用** 字段在产品的界面上，eBay 标签会可用。" +msgstr "为了上架一个产品, 你需要点击 **eBay可用** 字段在产品的界面上, eBay 标签会可用。" #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." -msgstr "当勾选 **使用库存数量** 字段，则eBay上的数量则会被设置为Odoo的 **预期数量** 。" +msgstr "当勾选 **使用库存数量** 字段, 则eBay上的数量则会被设置为Odoo的 **预期数量** 。" #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -135,13 +135,13 @@ msgid "" "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." " You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " "Description**." -msgstr "**描述 模板**允许你为你的上架产品使用模板.默认的模板仅使用产品的**eBay 描述**字段.你可以使用**描述 模板**和**eBay 描述**的内部html." +msgstr " **描述 模板** 允许你为你的上架产品使用模板.默认的模板仅使用产品的 **eBay 描述** 字段.你可以使用 **描述 模板** 和 **eBay 描述** 的内部html." #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." -msgstr "要在列表中使用图片，需要你在产品模板中把它们添加为 **附件** 。" +msgstr "要在列表中使用图片, 需要你在产品模板中把它们添加为 **附件** 。" #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ msgid "" "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" " the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." -msgstr "当在产品上的带变种的**使用 eBay**被选中并且**上架类型**为**固定价格**，eBay 界面有稍许不同。在变种列中，你可以选择哪个变种可以在eBay上上架，并且可以为每个变种设置价格和数量。" +msgstr "当在产品上的带变种的 **使用 eBay** 被选中并且 **上架类型** 为 **固定价格** , eBay 界面有稍许不同。在变种列中, 你可以选择哪个变种可以在eBay上上架, 并且可以为每个变种设置价格和数量。" #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "带项目细节的上架产品" msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." -msgstr "为了增加项目细节，你应该创建一个带数值的产品属性在产品的**变种**标签里。" +msgstr "为了增加项目细节, 你应该创建一个带数值的产品属性在产品的 **变种** 标签里。" #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ msgid "" "specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " "If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " "listing." -msgstr "在大多数的Ebay类别中需要产品识别码，例如EAN, UPC, Brand 或者 MPN。模块通过产品变型中的**条码**字段管理EAN 和 UPC 识别码。如果**条码**字段为空或者值不可用，EAN 和UPC会在Ebay上被推荐设置为'不可用'。Brand和MPN值需要在特定的产品维护，所以在产品**变量**上进行维护。如果这些值没有设置，Ebay列表中就会是'不可用'。" +msgstr "在大多数的Ebay类别中需要产品识别码, 例如EAN, UPC, Brand 或者 MPN。模块通过产品变型中的 **条码** 字段管理EAN 和 UPC 识别码。如果 **条码** 字段为空或者值不可用, EAN 和UPC会在Ebay上被推荐设置为 '不可用' 。Brand和MPN值需要在特定的产品维护, 所以在产品 **变量** 上进行维护。如果这些值没有设置, Ebay列表中就会是 '不可用' 。" #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ msgid "" "the `developer portal `_. Once you are " "logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " "clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "为了生成你的令牌，你需要在开发者门户`_.创建一个开发者账号。一旦你登陆，你可以点击按钮创建**沙箱 秘钥**和**成品 秘钥**" +msgstr "为了生成你的令牌, 你需要在开发者门户 `_.创建一个开发者账号。一旦你登陆, 你可以点击按钮创建 **沙箱 秘钥** 和 **成品 秘钥** " #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ msgid "" "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " "form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " "needed to configure the module in Odoo." -msgstr "在秘钥创建后，你可以得到你的用户令牌.这么做，点击在页面底部的链接**得到一个用户令牌**。通过界面，用你的eBay账号登陆，然后你可以得到需要在Odoo里配置模块的秘钥和令牌。" +msgstr "在秘钥创建后, 你可以得到你的用户令牌.这么做, 点击在页面底部的链接 **得到一个用户令牌** 。通过界面, 用你的eBay账号登陆, 然后你可以得到需要在Odoo里配置模块的秘钥和令牌。" #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" @@ -213,27 +213,27 @@ msgstr "在Odoo里设置令牌" msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "为了设置eBay集成，进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 。" +msgstr "为了设置eBay集成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 。" #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " "Key**. Apply the changes." -msgstr "首先选择你要使用的是成品还是eBay沙箱。然后填写字段**开发者秘钥**，**令牌**，**APP 秘钥**，**认证秘钥**。申请变更。" +msgstr "首先选择你要使用的是成品还是eBay沙箱。然后填写字段 **开发者秘钥** , **令牌** , **APP 秘钥** , **认证秘钥** 。申请变更。" #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." -msgstr "一旦页面被重新载入，你需要从eBay同步信息。**同步国家和货币**，然后你可以填写其他字段。" +msgstr "一旦页面被重新载入, 你需要从eBay同步信息。 **同步国家和货币** , 然后你可以填写其他字段。" #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." -msgstr "当所有的字段被填写后，你可以通过点击按钮同步种类和策略" +msgstr "当所有的字段被填写后, 你可以通过点击按钮同步种类和策略" #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" @@ -268,13 +268,13 @@ msgid "" "There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " "(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " "consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." -msgstr "有各种不同的销售服务：按小时/天数预付(比如 支持合同)，基于时间和物料的账单(例如 顾问小时数的账单)或者一个固定价格的合同(比如，一个项目)." +msgstr "有各种不同的销售服务 :按小时/天数预付(比如 支持合同), 基于时间和物料的账单(例如 顾问小时数的账单)或者一个固定价格的合同(比如, 一个项目)." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9 msgid "" "In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a " "project." -msgstr "在本节中，我们将看看如何按项目的里程碑开发票。" +msgstr "在本节中, 我们将看看如何按项目的里程碑开发票。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -284,19 +284,19 @@ msgid "" " hired for a new product launch could break down a project into the " "following milestones, each of them considered as one service with a fixed " "price on the sale order :" -msgstr "按里程碑开票可以用在昂贵的或大型项目上，每个里程碑代表了一个明确的工作序列号并将逐步建立来完成合同。例如，聘请的营销机构把一个产品的发布分解成以下的里程碑，其中每一个在销售订单中都被作为一个固定价格的服务。" +msgstr "按里程碑开票可以用在昂贵的或大型项目上, 每个里程碑代表了一个明确的工作序列号并将逐步建立来完成合同。例如, 聘请的营销机构把一个产品的发布分解成以下的里程碑, 其中每一个在销售订单中都被作为一个固定价格的服务。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19 msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros" -msgstr "里程碑1：市场营销战略审计 - 5000欧元" +msgstr "里程碑1 :市场营销战略审计 - 5000欧元" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21 msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros" -msgstr "里程碑2：品牌识别 - 10000欧元" +msgstr "里程碑2 :品牌识别 - 10000欧元" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23 msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros" -msgstr "里程碑3：活动启动及公关 - 8500欧元" +msgstr "里程碑3 :活动启动及公关 - 8500欧元" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ msgid "" "the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the " "project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress " "and pay in several times." -msgstr "在这种情况下，每当一个里程碑将成功地达到目标时发票被发送给客户。这种开票的方法对于想通过项目周期确保得到稳定的现金流的公司和想监控项目进度分几次付款的客户都觉得很舒服。" +msgstr "在这种情况下, 每当一个里程碑将成功地达到目标时发票被发送给客户。这种开票的方法对于想通过项目周期确保得到稳定的现金流的公司和想监控项目进度分几次付款的客户都觉得很舒服。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ msgid "" "For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a 15% " "upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract " "conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one milestone." -msgstr "你也可以使用里程碑的方式按项目的百分比开票。比如，对于一个百万欧元的项目，你的公司也许需要预付15%的款项，在中点再付30%，合同结束时付余清余款。在这种情况下，每个付款都被看作一个里程碑。" +msgstr "你也可以使用里程碑的方式按项目的百分比开票。比如, 对于一个百万欧元的项目, 你的公司也许需要预付15%的款项, 在中点再付30%, 合同结束时付余清余款。在这种情况下, 每个付款都被看作一个里程碑。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26 @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ msgstr "安装销售管理" msgid "" "In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the " "**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon." -msgstr "为了销售服务和发送发票，你需要从**Apps** 图标安装**销售**模块。" +msgstr "为了销售服务和发送发票, 你需要从 **Apps** 图标安装 **销售** 模块。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51 msgid "Create products" @@ -348,29 +348,29 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the" " **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, " "create a new product with the following setup:" -msgstr "在Odoo中，你的项目的每个里程碑都被看作一个产品. 从 **销售模块** 中，使用菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)`，按以下步骤生成一个产品：" +msgstr "在Odoo中, 你的项目的每个里程碑都被看作一个产品. 从 **销售模块** 中, 使用菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` , 按以下步骤生成一个产品 :" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57 msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit" -msgstr "**名字**：战略审计" +msgstr " **名字**: 战略审计" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50 msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "**产品类型**: 服务" +msgstr " **产品类型**: 服务" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61 msgid "" "**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your " "milestone after it has been delivered" -msgstr "**开票策略**：已发货的数量，你将在发货后开票。" +msgstr " **开票策略**: 已发货的数量, 你将在发货后开票。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64 msgid "" "**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each " "milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** " "tab on your sale order" -msgstr "**跟踪服务**：手动在订单上设置数量，当你完成了每个里程碑，你将手动在销售订单的\"已发货“标签更新他们的数量。" +msgstr " **跟踪服务**: 手动在订单上设置数量, 当你完成了每个里程碑, 你将手动在销售订单的\" 已发货“标签更新他们的数量。 " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72 msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones." @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ msgid "" "completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale " "order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the " "corresponding milestone has been achieved." -msgstr "现在你的里程碑(或产品)生成了，你能创建一个报价或者订单，每行对应一个里程碑。每行设置**订购量**为1当每个里程碑完成时。当报价被确认并转化成一个销售订单，你可以更改发货数量当对应的里程碑达到目标时。" +msgstr "现在你的里程碑(或产品)生成了, 你能创建一个报价或者订单, 每行对应一个里程碑。每行设置 **订购量** 为1当每个里程碑完成时。当报价被确认并转化成一个销售订单, 你可以更改发货数量当对应的里程碑达到目标时。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91 msgid "Invoice milestones" @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ msgid "" "successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the " "sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the " "related product to ``1``." -msgstr "让我们假设你的第一个里程碑(战略审计)已成功交付并要其开具发票给客户。在销售订单，点击**编辑**，并设置相关产品的**交货数量**为 1。" +msgstr "让我们假设你的第一个里程碑(战略审计)已成功交付并要其开具发票给客户。在销售订单, 点击 **编辑** , 并设置相关产品的 **交货数量** 为 1。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -412,14 +412,14 @@ msgid "" "color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be " "invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from " "**Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**" -msgstr "当上述修改已经保存，你会发现，线的颜色变为蓝色，这意味着该服务现在可以开具发票。在同一时间，所以发票的状态已经从**没有可开发票**到**可开票**" +msgstr "当上述修改已经保存, 你会发现, 线的颜色变为蓝色, 这意味着该服务现在可以开具发票。在同一时间, 所以发票的状态已经从 **没有可开发票** 到 **可开票** " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104 msgid "" "Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select " "**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft " "status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable." -msgstr "点击**创建发票**，并在新的弹出窗口中选择**开票线**和验证。这将创建一个新的发票(处于草案状态)，只有在**战略审核**产品为客户开具发票。" +msgstr "点击 **创建发票** , 并在新的弹出窗口中选择 **开票线** 和验证。这将创建一个新的发票(处于草案状态), 只有在 **战略审核** 产品为客户开具发票。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -427,14 +427,14 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a " "chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: " ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`" -msgstr "为了能够为产品开票，你需要设置的**会计**模块和配置会计日记账和科目表。点击以下链接了解详情：：doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "为了能够为产品开票, 你需要设置的 **会计** 模块和配置会计日记账和科目表。点击以下链接了解详情 :: doc :`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117 msgid "" "Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of " "your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice Status**" " is back to **Nothing to Invoice**." -msgstr "回到您的销售订单上，你会发现，你的订单行的**开具发票**的列进行了相应的更新，而且**发票状态**回到了**没有可开发票**。" +msgstr "回到您的销售订单上, 你会发现, 你的订单行的 **开具发票** 的列进行了相应的更新, 而且 **发票状态** 回到了 **没有可开发票** 。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121 msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones." @@ -443,22 +443,22 @@ msgstr "按一样的流程为你剩下的里程碑开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124 #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`recurring`" -msgstr ":doc:`recurring`" +msgstr " :doc:`recurring` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`time_materials`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_materials`" +msgstr " :doc:`time_materials` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`reinvoice`" +msgstr " :doc:`reinvoice` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:127 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185 msgid ":doc:`support`" -msgstr ":doc:`support`" +msgstr " :doc:`support` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/recurring.rst:3 msgid "How to manage recurring invoices (through contracts)?" @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ msgid "" "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " "employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company," " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." -msgstr "如果你的员工在为您的客户的项目工作时经常花自己的个人的钱。别如，在与您的客户开会时我们的员工支付了停车位费用。作为一家公司，你希望能够将此花费开票给你的客户。" +msgstr "如果你的员工在为您的客户的项目工作时经常花自己的个人的钱。别如, 在与您的客户开会时我们的员工支付了停车位费用。作为一家公司, 你希望能够将此花费开票给你的客户。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -482,11 +482,11 @@ msgid "" "consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for " "a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses " "entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer." -msgstr "在该文档中，我们将看到两个用例。第一，非常基本的，一个简单的费用的开票给您的客户就像为一个产品所做的那样。第二个，更先进，由您的员工进入你的费用系统直接开票给你的客户。" +msgstr "在该文档中, 我们将看到两个用例。第一, 非常基本的, 一个简单的费用的开票给您的客户就像为一个产品所做的那样。第二个, 更先进, 由您的员工进入你的费用系统直接开票给你的客户。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18 msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing" -msgstr "用例 1：简单的费用开票" +msgstr "用例 1 :简单的费用开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ msgid "" "for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of " "copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to " "invoice them." -msgstr "以下作为示例，你正在给其中的一个客户(``Agrolait``)升级并且你需要打印很多复印件，这些复印件作为公司的费用并且需要为之开票" +msgstr "以下作为示例, 你正在给其中的一个客户(\" Agrolait \")升级并且你需要打印很多复印件, 这些复印件作为公司的费用并且需要为之开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35 msgid "Create product to be expensed" @@ -509,17 +509,17 @@ msgstr "那么现在你就需要创建一个命名为“复印”的产品" msgid "" "From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and " "create a product as follows:" -msgstr "在 **销售** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` 并创建一个如下产品： " +msgstr "在 **销售** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` 并创建一个如下产品 :" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42 msgid "**Product type**: consumable" -msgstr "**产品类型**: 耗用品" +msgstr " **产品类型**: 耗用品" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44 msgid "" "**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the " "quantities to invoice on the sale order)" -msgstr "**开票原则 **：基于发货数量(你需要对销售订单的发票手工设定数量)" +msgstr " **开票原则**: 基于发货数量(你需要对销售订单的发票手工设定数量)" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51 msgid "Create a sale order" @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ msgid "" "the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the" " sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered " "quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer." -msgstr "现在产品已经设置好了，就可以创建该产品的销售订单(从 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` )，数量设置为0。点击 **确认订单** 确认为销售订单。随后你可以手工的在销售订单上更改产品数量在同一张发票单上给客户重复开票" +msgstr "现在产品已经设置好了, 就可以创建该产品的销售订单(从 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` ), 数量设置为0。点击 **确认订单** 确认为销售订单。随后你可以手工的在销售订单上更改产品数量在同一张发票单上给客户重复开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64 #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177 @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ msgid "" "on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and" " click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready" " to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**." -msgstr "到了月末，你已经为客户打印了1000份并且你想要对他们重新开票。就可以从相关的销售订单上点击**发货数量**，手工的输入复印件数量并点击***保存*。订单行就变为蓝色，意味着可以开票。然后点击***创建发票*" +msgstr "到了月末, 你已经为客户打印了1000份并且你想要对他们重新开票。就可以从相关的销售订单上点击 **发货数量** , 手工的输入复印件数量并点击 ***保存* 。订单行就变为蓝色, 意味着可以开票。然后点击** *创建发票*" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ msgid "" "The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the quantities " "and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the amount to be " "invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities." -msgstr "生成的发票是草稿状态，所以你总是可以控制数量并且变更总量。你能注意到要开票的数量是基于发货的数量" +msgstr "生成的发票是草稿状态, 所以你总是可以控制数量并且变更总量。你能注意到要开票的数量是基于发货的数量" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84 msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer." @@ -568,18 +568,18 @@ msgstr "点击确认让客户付款" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87 msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module" -msgstr "用例2：通过费用模块给费用开票" +msgstr "用例2 :通过费用模块给费用开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89 msgid "" "To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some " "consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed " "that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost." -msgstr "要解释这个，让我们假设你的公司卖给你的顾客``Agrolait``一些咨询服务并且双方都同意贵司顾问的路费作为成本来开票" +msgstr "要解释这个, 让我们假设你的公司卖给你的顾客\" Agrolait \"一些咨询服务并且双方都同意贵司顾问的路费作为成本来开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97 msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:" -msgstr "现在，你需要再安装两个模块" +msgstr "现在, 你需要再安装两个模块" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99 msgid "Expense Tracker" @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ msgstr "创建一个费用类别的产品" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110 msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``." -msgstr "现在你需要创建一个称之为 ``公里``的产品。" +msgstr "现在你需要创建一个称之为\" 公里 \"的产品。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115 msgid "Product can be expensed" @@ -605,19 +605,19 @@ msgstr "可以被报销的产品" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117 msgid "Product type: Service" -msgstr "产品类型: 服务" +msgstr "产品类型 : 服务" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119 msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "开票策略：基于记工单开票" +msgstr "开票策略 :基于记工单开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121 msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost" -msgstr "费用类的开票原则：基于成本" +msgstr "费用类的开票原则 :基于成本" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123 msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order" -msgstr "追踪服务：手工的在订单上设置数量" +msgstr "追踪服务 :手工的在订单上设置数量" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129 msgid "Create a sales order" @@ -627,14 +627,14 @@ msgstr "创建销售订单" msgid "" "Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` " "and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line." -msgstr "仍是从销售模块，进入菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` 并在订单行上添加产品 **咨询** 。" +msgstr "仍是从销售模块, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` 并在订单行上添加产品 **咨询** 。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135 msgid "" "If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from the " "SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create and " "edit** to configure it." -msgstr "如果产品还不存在，我们可以在销售订单上即时的创建。只需要在**产品**字段输入产品名称并点击**创建编辑**就可以创建" +msgstr "如果产品还不存在, 我们可以在销售订单上即时的创建。只需要在 **产品** 字段输入产品名称并点击 **创建编辑** 就可以创建" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -642,13 +642,13 @@ msgid "" "been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to " "link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale " "order." -msgstr "根据产品的配置，一个**分析科目**可以自动的生成，如果没有的话，你也可以容易的创建一个，用来在销售订单上链接费用。不要忘了确认销售订单" +msgstr "根据产品的配置, 一个 **分析科目** 可以自动的生成, 如果没有的话, 你也可以容易的创建一个, 用来在销售订单上链接费用。不要忘了确认销售订单" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148 msgid "" "Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` " "to learn more about that concept." -msgstr "参考文档\n：文档：`../../../会计/其余/辅助核算/使用` 中可以了解概念" +msgstr "参考文档\n :文档:`../../../会计/其余/辅助核算/使用` 中可以了解概念" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152 msgid "Create expense and link it to SO" @@ -659,36 +659,36 @@ msgid "" "Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of " "his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the " "related sales order thanks to the analytic account." -msgstr "假设你们公司的顾问在十月份在咨询项目上的路程是``1.000公里`` 。你就可以创建一个费用并且通过分析账户和相关的销售订单关联起来" +msgstr "假设你们公司的顾问在十月份在咨询项目上的路程是\" 1.000公里 \"。你就可以创建一个费用并且通过分析账户和相关的销售订单关联起来" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158 msgid "" "Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense " "as follows:" -msgstr "进入**费用**模块并点击**创建**。输入以下费用：" +msgstr "进入 **费用** 模块并点击 **创建** 。输入以下费用 :" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161 msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015" -msgstr "**费用描述** : 2015年10月份公里数" +msgstr " **费用描述**: 2015年10月份公里数" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163 msgid "**Product**: Kilometers" -msgstr "**产品**：公里数" +msgstr " **产品**: 公里数" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165 msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000" -msgstr "**数量**: 1.000" +msgstr " **数量**: 1.000" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167 msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait" -msgstr "**分析账户** : SO0019 - Agrolait" +msgstr " **分析账户**: SO0019 - Agrolait" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172 msgid "" "Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated " "and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense " "will automatically be generated on the sale order." -msgstr "点击**提交给经理**。只要费用被批准后就会传到会计分录，一个和费用一致的分录记录就会咋订单上自动生成" +msgstr "点击 **提交给经理** 。只要费用被批准后就会传到会计分录, 一个和费用一致的分录记录就会咋订单上自动生成" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179 msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer." @@ -696,11 +696,11 @@ msgstr "现在就可以把所有发票行开票给你的客户了" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:187 msgid ":doc:`milestones`" -msgstr ":doc:`milestones`" +msgstr " :doc:`milestones` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:188 msgid ":doc:`../products/delivery`" -msgstr ":doc:`../products/delivery`" +msgstr " :doc:`../products/delivery` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?" @@ -711,20 +711,20 @@ msgid "" "There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " "(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " "consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." -msgstr "有不同种类的销售服务：预付小时数／天数(例如支持合同)，基于记工单的开票(例如咨询顾问时间)以及固定价格合同(例如一个项目)。" +msgstr "有不同种类的销售服务 :预付小时数／天数(例如支持合同), 基于记工单的开票(例如咨询顾问时间)以及固定价格合同(例如一个项目)。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9 msgid "" "In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a pre-" "paid support contract." -msgstr "在本章节，我们来看一下如何销售和追踪预支付的支持合同" +msgstr "在本章节, 我们来看一下如何销售和追踪预支付的支持合同" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12 msgid "" "As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " "``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " "track of the support service you did for the customer." -msgstr "例如，你可以销售一个价格为``$25,000`的``50 小时`` 支持包。价格是固定的并且已经预先付款。但是你想跟踪你给客户的支持服务" +msgstr "例如, 你可以销售一个价格为\" $25, 000 `的 \"50 小时\" 支持包。价格是固定的并且已经预先付款。但是你想跟踪你给客户的支持服务 " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20 msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications" @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ msgid "" "In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, " "from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you " "want to track support services you worked on every contract." -msgstr "为了能销售服务，你需要从**APP**图标安装**销售**模块，并且安装从**记工单**应用" +msgstr "为了能销售服务, 你需要从 **APP** 图标安装 **销售** 模块, 并且安装从 **记工单** 应用" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33 msgid "Create Products" @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ msgid "" "**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** " "option." -msgstr "默认状况下，产品是根据单位数量销售的，为了能按 ``每小时`` 销售服务，必须使用产品的多种计量单位，在销售模块下，进入菜单选项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`，在本页面激活 多种 **计量单位** 选项。" +msgstr "默认状况下, 产品是根据单位数量销售的, 为了能按\" 每小时 \"销售服务, 必须使用产品的多种计量单位, 在销售模块下, 进入菜单选项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 在本页面激活 多种 **计量单位** 选项。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -756,29 +756,29 @@ msgid "" "support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following" " setup:" -msgstr "为了能够销售支持合同，必须创建一个所有支持合同都能销售的产品。从 **销售** 应用下，进入菜单选项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)`，用以下步骤创建新的产品：" +msgstr "为了能够销售支持合同, 必须创建一个所有支持合同都能销售的产品。从 **销售** 应用下, 进入菜单选项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` , 用以下步骤创建新的产品 :" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48 msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "**名称**: 技术支持" +msgstr " **名称**: 技术支持" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52 msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours" -msgstr "**计量单位** : 小时" +msgstr " **计量单位**: 小时" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54 msgid "" "**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we " "will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on " "delivered quantities." -msgstr "**开票原则**：订单数量，因为服务是预先支付的，我们可以根据订单数量开票，而不是根据实际发货数量" +msgstr " **开票原则**: 订单数量, 因为服务是预先支付的, 我们可以根据订单数量开票, 而不是根据实际发货数量" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58 msgid "" "**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will " "automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you" " can track hours in the related account." -msgstr "**追踪服务 **：合同上的记工单。一个分析科目会被自动创建用来追踪所有包含这个服务的进出项，然后就可以在相关的科目下追踪小时数了" +msgstr " **追踪服务**: 合同上的记工单。一个分析科目会被自动创建用来追踪所有包含这个服务的进出项, 然后就可以在相关的科目下追踪小时数了" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ msgid "" "product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support " "contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on " "timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders." -msgstr "有不同的方式来追踪和销售订单相关或者和产品相关的服务，根据上面的配置，只能够在一个订单上销售一个支持合同。如果客户同时订购不同的记工单的服务，就必须要把询价单分成不同的订单" +msgstr "有不同的方式来追踪和销售订单相关或者和产品相关的服务, 根据上面的配置, 只能够在一个订单上销售一个支持合同。如果客户同时订购不同的记工单的服务, 就必须要把询价单分成不同的订单" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ msgid "" "days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the" " **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to " "**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)." -msgstr "需要知道除了小时我们还可以使用别的计量单位，例如：天，40/周等。而这些只需要在**计量单位**类别下设置一个和**小时**的转换规则即可(例如：1天＝8小时)。" +msgstr "需要知道除了小时我们还可以使用别的计量单位, 例如 :天, 40/周等。而这些只需要在 **计量单位** 类别下设置一个和 **小时** 的转换规则即可(例如: 1天＝8小时)。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78 msgid "Managing support contract" @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ msgid "" " the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a" " sale order, your users will be able to record services related to this " "support contract using the timesheet application." -msgstr "一旦创建了产品，你就可以用该产品创建报价单或者销售订单。一旦报价单被确认掉并且转为小昂首订单，你的用户就可以使用记工单应用记录和支持合同相关的服务。" +msgstr "一旦创建了产品, 你就可以用该产品创建报价单或者销售订单。一旦报价单被确认掉并且转为小昂首订单, 你的用户就可以使用记工单应用记录和支持合同相关的服务。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93 msgid "Timesheets" @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ msgid "" "timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has " "been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here " "above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold." -msgstr "要跟踪一个特定合同上的服务，需要使用记工单应用 。一个和销售订单关联的分析账户自动创建， (屏幕上的``SO009 - Agrolait`` ),然后只要服务被销售掉就可以对之进行跟踪。" +msgstr "要跟踪一个特定合同上的服务, 需要使用记工单应用 。一个和销售订单关联的分析账户自动创建, (屏幕上的\" SO009 - Agrolait \"), 然后只要服务被销售掉就可以对之进行跟踪。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104 msgid "Control delivered support on the sale order" @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ msgid "" "related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**" " that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the " "timesheet." -msgstr "在 **销售** 应用下，使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` 来控制每张订单的进度。在和支持合同相关的销售订单行上，可以看到 **交货数量** 会根据记工单中的小时数自动更新。" +msgstr "在 **销售** 应用下, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` 来控制每张订单的进度。在和支持合同相关的销售订单行上, 可以看到 **交货数量** 会根据记工单中的小时数自动更新。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116 msgid "Upselling and renewal" @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ msgid "" "**Invoicing Status** is automatically set to **Upselling**. This means you " "have an opportunity to sell an extra contract to the customer since he used " "all his quota of service." -msgstr "如果在销售合同上记录的小时数大于或者等于客户采购的数量，销售订单的**开票状态**就会自动的被设置为**向上销售**。这样意味着你有一个额外合同的新的商机可以卖给该客户，因为他已经使用完了所购的服务" +msgstr "如果在销售合同上记录的小时数大于或者等于客户采购的数量, 销售订单的 **开票状态** 就会自动的被设置为 **向上销售** 。这样意味着你有一个额外合同的新的商机可以卖给该客户, 因为他已经使用完了所购的服务" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -856,14 +856,14 @@ msgid "" "order that are in an upselling status. To do this, go to the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Order` menu and use the **Upselling** filter" " to get all orders that are in upselling." -msgstr "定期地(最好每两周一次)，你可以检查在向上销售状态的销售订单。要这样做的话，进入菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` 菜单并使用 **向上销售** 过滤器收集所有在向上销售状态的订单。" +msgstr "定期地(最好每两周一次), 你可以检查在向上销售状态的销售订单。要这样做的话, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` 菜单并使用 **向上销售** 过滤器收集所有在向上销售状态的订单。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:130 msgid "" "If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for every " "sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track your " "upselling effort." -msgstr "如果你使用Odoo CRM，最好的联系就是为每个在向上销售开票状态的销售订单创建一个商机，这样你就可以容易追踪向上销售" +msgstr "如果你使用Odoo CRM, 最好的联系就是为每个在向上销售开票状态的销售订单创建一个商机, 这样你就可以容易追踪向上销售" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ msgid "" "create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new " "contract). To unmark the sale order as **Upselling**, you can set the sale " "order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list." -msgstr "如果你销售额外的支持合同，你还可以在目前的销售订单中添加新的订单行(因此，你可以继续在同一张合同上记工单)或者创建一个新的订单(这样，就需要在新建的合同上记工单)。取消标记销售订单的**向上销售**状态，并把销售订单设置完成状态，然后该订单就从向上销售列表中消失" +msgstr "如果你销售额外的支持合同, 你还可以在目前的销售订单中添加新的订单行(因此, 你可以继续在同一张合同上记工单)或者创建一个新的订单(这样, 就需要在新建的合同上记工单)。取消标记销售订单的 **向上销售** 状态, 并把销售订单设置完成状态, 然后该订单就从向上销售列表中消失" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:141 msgid "Special Configuration" @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr "特殊配置" msgid "" "When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track " "the service:" -msgstr "在创建产品表单的时候，选择不同方式跟踪该服务" +msgstr "在创建产品表单的时候, 选择不同方式跟踪该服务" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -891,18 +891,18 @@ msgid "" " sale order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the " "contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several " "service contracts within the same sale order." -msgstr "**创建任务并追踪小时数**：在该模式下，每个订单行都会创建一个任务。然后在你记录记工单的时候，不需要在销售订单／合同上输入。而是在每个任务(代表合同)上记录记工单。该方案的优点是能够在同一张销售订单上销售不同服务合同。" +msgstr " **创建任务并追踪小时数**: 在该模式下, 每个订单行都会创建一个任务。然后在你记录记工单的时候, 不需要在销售订单／合同上输入。而是在每个任务(代表合同)上记录记工单。该方案的优点是能够在同一张销售订单上销售不同服务合同。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:153 msgid "" "**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. " "The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded " "manually on the sale order line directly, in the delivered quantity field." -msgstr "**手工地**：如果你不在Odoo中记录记工单就可以使用该种模式。特定合同的工作时间手工地在销售订单行的交货数量字段直接记录。" +msgstr " **手工地**: 如果你不在Odoo中记录记工单就可以使用该种模式。特定合同的工作时间手工地在销售订单行的交货数量字段直接记录。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" +msgstr " :doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom` " #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice based on time and material?" @@ -931,14 +931,14 @@ msgstr "成绩单" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 msgid "" "As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple." -msgstr "作为一个销售经理，使用Odoo销售关闭商机非常简单" +msgstr "作为一个销售经理, 使用Odoo销售关闭商机非常简单" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16 msgid "" "I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The " "products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can" " adapt the offer to fit my clients needs." -msgstr "我选择了一个预先定义好的一个产品的报价单。产品以及详细的服务已经在报价单中，当然我可以根据客户的需求调整报价" +msgstr "我选择了一个预先定义好的一个产品的报价单。产品以及详细的服务已经在报价单中, 当然我可以根据客户的需求调整报价" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ msgid "" "such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within " "15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my " "opportunities more easily." -msgstr "界面很用起来很顺手，我可以添加参照，一些朗朗上口的语句例如关闭触发器(*如果在15天内签掉报价单，就能为你省下$500*)。我有一个漂亮且时尚的设计，这些能让我容易关闭商机。" +msgstr "界面很用起来很顺手, 我可以添加参照, 一些朗朗上口的语句例如关闭触发器( *如果在15天内签掉报价单, 就能为你省下$500* )。我有一个漂亮且时尚的设计, 这些能让我容易关闭商机。" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -957,32 +957,32 @@ msgid "" "sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major " "shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a " "delivery order automatically." -msgstr "还有，从手机端查看报价非常容易。真的非常容易。客户得到带有清晰表格的报价单。我们可以清晰的交流。我标记了一个向上销售的商机。所以我通过在报价单上添加更多产品调整报价。当报价单准备好，客户只是需要轻轻点几下鼠标就可以在线签核。销售和主要的货代服务商都有集成，例如UPS FedEx，US PS以及更多，签核的报价单会子佛纳甘的创建发货单。" +msgstr "还有, 从手机端查看报价非常容易。真的非常容易。客户得到带有清晰表格的报价单。我们可以清晰的交流。我标记了一个向上销售的商机。所以我通过在报价单上添加更多产品调整报价。当报价单准备好, 客户只是需要轻轻点几下鼠标就可以在线签核。销售和主要的货代服务商都有集成, 例如UPS FedEx, US PS以及更多, 签核的报价单会子佛纳甘的创建发货单。" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks." -msgstr "就是这样简单，我只是点击了记下鼠标就把产品卖掉了" +msgstr "就是这样简单, 我只是点击了记下鼠标就把产品卖掉了" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37 msgid "" "Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. " "It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And " "any information related to the transaction." -msgstr "只要指尖轻轻一点，我也可以得到事务和交流沟通的历史记录。这能让每一个股东都能清楚的了解过去的交易，以及与之关联的所有信息" +msgstr "只要指尖轻轻一点, 我也可以得到事务和交流沟通的历史记录。这能让每一个股东都能清楚的了解过去的交易, 以及与之关联的所有信息" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 msgid "" "If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, " "something like:" -msgstr "如果想要显示信息，我会从客户表达中来做，例如：" +msgstr "如果想要显示信息, 我会从客户表达中来做, 例如 :" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45 msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer" -msgstr "在 \"客户\" 看板视图上, 点击相应客户" +msgstr "在 \" 客户\\ \\ \"看板视图上, 点击相应客户" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47 msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation" -msgstr "点击商机，点击报价单" +msgstr "点击商机, 点击报价单" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)" @@ -998,19 +998,19 @@ msgid "" "salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to " "specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it " "to my dashboard in just a click." -msgstr "任何时候，我都可以得到基于我的销售活动的深度挖掘的报表。根据部门中销售人员的营收,更具产品种类的营收，甚至每月或者每季度卖出的每一样产品。我超级喜欢这些报表，我只需要点几下鼠标就可以加到我的仪表盘中" +msgstr "任何时候, 我都可以得到基于我的销售活动的深度挖掘的报表。根据部门中销售人员的营收, 更具产品种类的营收, 甚至每月或者每季度卖出的每一样产品。我超级喜欢这些报表, 我只需要点几下鼠标就可以加到我的仪表盘中" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58 msgid "" "Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales " "planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance." -msgstr "销售是一个强大并且易用的APP，首先我使用销售planer（向导）\n在这里我得到有趣的提示用来提高我的销售业绩" +msgstr "销售是一个强大并且易用的APP, 首先我使用销售planer（向导）\n在这里我得到有趣的提示用来提高我的销售业绩" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 msgid "" "Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and " "increase your success rate." -msgstr "现在就开始你的Odoo销售并且创建漂亮的报价单，神奇的仪表盘然后增加成功几率" +msgstr "现在就开始你的Odoo销售并且创建漂亮的报价单, 神奇的仪表盘然后增加成功几率" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" @@ -1024,47 +1024,47 @@ msgid "" "documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " "validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " "email)." -msgstr "基于你的业务场景以及你所使用的模块，在Odoo中有几种不同的方式去自动触发客户发票。通常，系统创建草稿发票(发票信息从其他单据例如销售订单或者合同)并且会计只需要确认草稿发票并且批量的发送即可(快递或者电子邮件)" +msgstr "基于你的业务场景以及你所使用的模块, 在Odoo中有几种不同的方式去自动触发客户发票。通常, 系统创建草稿发票(发票信息从其他单据例如销售订单或者合同)并且会计只需要确认草稿发票并且批量的发送即可(快递或者电子邮件)" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" -msgstr "基于你的业务场景，可以选择以下方式的其中之一创建草稿发票：" +msgstr "基于你的业务场景, 可以选择以下方式的其中之一创建草稿发票 :" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16 msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 发票(Invoice)`" +msgstr " :menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 发票(Invoice)` " #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "在大多数公司里面，销售人员创建报价单，并且确认后转换为销售就订单。然后基于销售订单创建草稿发票。可以选择如下集中方式：" +msgstr "在大多数公司里面, 销售人员创建报价单, 并且确认后转换为销售就订单。然后基于销售订单创建草稿发票。可以选择如下集中方式 :" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22 msgid "" "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" -msgstr "基于订单数量开票：在触发交货单之前给整张订单开票" +msgstr "基于订单数量开票 :在触发交货单之前给整张订单开票" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25 msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section" -msgstr "基于交货数量开票：见下章节" +msgstr "基于交货数量开票 :见下章节" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "发货之前开票通常用于电商应用中，通常都是客户先付钱之后我们发货给他们(预付)。" +msgstr "发货之前开票通常用于电商应用中, 通常都是客户先付钱之后我们发货给他们(预付)。" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready" " to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "对于其余大多数用例，建议手工开票。这能让销售人员有选择地开票：基于订单行开票，基于百分比开票(预付)，基于固定价格开票。" +msgstr "对于其余大多数用例, 建议手工开票。这能让销售人员有选择地开票 :基于订单行开票, 基于百分比开票(预付), 基于固定价格开票。" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." @@ -1072,11 +1072,11 @@ msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:38 msgid "Read more: *Invoice based on sales orders.*" -msgstr "详阅: *基于销售订单开票.*" +msgstr "详阅 : *基于销售订单开票.*" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41 msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 交货(Delivery) --> 开票(Invoice)`" +msgstr " :menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 交货(Delivery) --> 开票(Invoice)` " #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1084,29 +1084,29 @@ msgid "" "instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the " "quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods " "(invoice based on actual Kg)." -msgstr "零售和电商通常根据交货数量开票，而不是基于销售订单。此种方法适用于业务场景中实际发货数量和订单数量不一致的情况：食品(根据实际发出的公斤数开票)。" +msgstr "零售和电商通常根据交货数量开票, 而不是基于销售订单。此种方法适用于业务场景中实际发货数量和订单数量不一致的情况 :食品(根据实际发出的公斤数开票)。" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "该方法下，如果你部分发货，只需要为实际发出的数量开票。如果需要未完成订单的话(部分发货和稍晚剩余发出)，客户会收到基于两次发货生成的两个发票。" +msgstr "该方法下, 如果你部分发货, 只需要为实际发出的数量开票。如果需要未完成订单的话(部分发货和稍晚剩余发出), 客户会收到基于两次发货生成的两个发票。" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57 msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`再发性合同 (Recurring Contracts) --> 开票(Invoices)`" +msgstr " :menuselection:`再发性合同 (Recurring Contracts) --> 开票(Invoices)` " #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" " the contract." -msgstr "对于订阅，发票会定期地，自动地生成。生成发票频率以及服务／产品已经在合同上定义好了。" +msgstr "对于订阅, 发票会定期地, 自动地生成。生成发票频率以及服务／产品已经在合同上定义好了。" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67 msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`电商订单(eCommerce Order) --> 开票(Invoice)`" +msgstr " :menuselection:`电商订单(eCommerce Order) --> 开票(Invoice)` " #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@ msgid "" "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " "creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " "received." -msgstr "在全部付款完成后，电商订单也会触发订单的创建，如果允许通过支票和电汇付款，Odoo只会创建一张订单并且一旦付款完成发票会触发。" +msgstr "在全部付款完成后, 电商订单也会触发订单的创建, 如果允许通过支票和电汇付款, Odoo只会创建一张订单并且一旦付款完成发票会触发。" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" @@ -1125,13 +1125,13 @@ msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "用户也可以不通过合同或者销售订单手工的创建发票。如果没有使用销售模块(报价)以及仓库模块，建议使用手工创建发票。" +msgstr "用户也可以不通过合同或者销售订单手工的创建发票。如果没有使用销售模块(报价)以及仓库模块, 建议使用手工创建发票。" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "及时可以从销售订单中创建发票，在一些特殊场景中还是需要手工创建发票：" +msgstr "及时可以从销售订单中创建发票, 在一些特殊场景中还是需要手工创建发票 :" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85 msgid "if you need to create a refund" @@ -1159,11 +1159,11 @@ msgstr "一些特定的模块也可以生成草稿发票" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98 msgid "membership: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "会员：每年给会员开票" +msgstr "会员 :每年给会员开票" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100 msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services" -msgstr "维修：售后服务的开票" +msgstr "维修 :售后服务的开票" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 msgid "Sales terminologies" @@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" " environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "销售消耗品的时候，标价通常都包含税(例如，大多数的电商场景中)。但是一旦在B2B场景中，公司之间的价格谈判都不包含税" +msgstr "销售消耗品的时候, 标价通常都包含税(例如, 大多数的电商场景中)。但是一旦在B2B场景中, 公司之间的价格谈判都不包含税" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ msgid "" "manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " "easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " "that's easy." -msgstr "Odoo能容易地管理两种用例，不管你在产品的标价上是否包含税。如果你对所有产品都标含税价(或者不含税价)，你也可以在销售订单上报不含税价(含税价)：就是这么简单。" +msgstr "Odoo能容易地管理两种用例, 不管你在产品的标价上是否包含税。如果你对所有产品都标含税价(或者不含税价), 你也可以在销售订单上报不含税价(含税价) :就是这么简单。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -1212,47 +1212,47 @@ msgid "" "product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " "relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " "case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "本文档只是用在一个产品的价格的两种参照(含税价或者不含税价)特定用例中。复杂的理由是含税价和不含税价的不对称，例如本用例中，比利时的税率是21%：" +msgstr "本文档只是用在一个产品的价格的两种参照(含税价或者不含税价)特定用例中。复杂的理由是含税价和不含税价的不对称, 例如本用例中, 比利时的税率是21% :" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "电商业务中有一个标价为 **10€ (含税)**的产品" +msgstr "电商业务中有一个标价为 **10€ (含税)** 的产品" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "会做成**8.26€ (不含税)** 和** 1.74€的税**" +msgstr "会做成 **8.26€ (不含税)** 和 **1.74€的税** " #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "但是对于同一个用例，如果你在产品上的标价不含税(8.26€)，但是你确得到了一个含税的价格9.99€，原因是：" +msgstr "但是对于同一个用例, 如果你在产品上的标价不含税(8.26€), 但是你确得到了一个含税的价格9.99€, 原因是 :" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr " **8.26€ \\ * 1.21 = 9.99€* *" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" " taxes:" -msgstr "所以，基于你在产品信息中维护的价格，你将可以得到含税价和不含税价两种不同结果：" +msgstr "所以, 基于你在产品信息中维护的价格, 你将可以得到含税价和不含税价两种不同结果 :" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "不含税: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "不含税 : **8.26€ & 10.00€** " #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "含税价: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "含税价 : **8.26€ & 9.99€** " #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " "Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "如果以10€的含税价买了100片，结果看起来会很有意思。\n你会得到：**1000€ (含税价) = 826.45€ (单价) + 173.55€ (税)** ，这和\n不含税价格8.26€明显存在差异。" +msgstr "如果以10€的含税价买了100片, 结果看起来会很有意思。\n你会得到 : **1000€ (含税价) = 826.45€ (单价) + 173.55€ (税)** , 这和\n不含税价格8.26€明显存在差异。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ msgid "" " or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " "everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " "salespeople." -msgstr "在财务方面，你的产品卖到10€ 比9.99€ (21% 的税)对你的年营收来说并没有增加，因为对你来说你的营收和你卖9.99€时候是一样的。只是税高了0.01€。所以如果你在比利时营运着一家电子商务，为了讨好顾客，你可以把价格定为9.99€而不是10€ 。请注意此种状况对20€ 或者30€不一定适用。或者是别的税率，或者数量大于1的时候。当然这也忙了你很大忙，因为你可以对所有的东西都可以价外税管理，而这能让你的销售人员操作起来更加简单以及出错更少。" +msgstr "在财务方面, 你的产品卖到10€ 比9.99€ (21% 的税)对你的年营收来说并没有增加, 因为对你来说你的营收和你卖9.99€时候是一样的。只是税高了0.01€。所以如果你在比利时营运着一家电子商务, 为了讨好顾客, 你可以把价格定为9.99€而不是10€ 。请注意此种状况对20€ 或者30€不一定适用。或者是别的税率, 或者数量大于1的时候。当然这也忙了你很大忙, 因为你可以对所有的东西都可以价外税管理, 而这能让你的销售人员操作起来更加简单以及出错更少。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" @@ -1286,14 +1286,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " "contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " "and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "要避免此种复杂状况，最好的办法就是只选择一种方法管理价格并固定下来：价格含税或者不含税。在产品表单中设置为默认的(在产品相关的默认税上)，然后让Odoo根据价格表和财政位置自动计算其余的。只要专注于和客户谈判。这样就实现了开箱即用，而你不需要做特别的配置。" +msgstr "要避免此种复杂状况, 最好的办法就是只选择一种方法管理价格并固定下来 :价格含税或者不含税。在产品表单中设置为默认的(在产品相关的默认税上), 然后让Odoo根据价格表和财政位置自动计算其余的。只要专注于和客户谈判。这样就实现了开箱即用, 而你不需要做特别的配置。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " "must:" -msgstr "如果你实在做不来并且把价格谈定为价外税，但是对其余的客户却是含税价。这时必须：" +msgstr "如果你实在做不来并且把价格谈定为价外税, 但是对其余的客户却是含税价。这时必须 :" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -1318,17 +1318,17 @@ msgstr "把价格表和财政位置分别设置在需要使用它们的客户上 #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "对于本文当的目的,我们会使用以上的用例：" +msgstr "对于本文当的目的, 我们会使用以上的用例 :" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded" -msgstr "产品的默认价格是8.26€，不含税价" +msgstr "产品的默认价格是8.26€, 不含税价" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" -msgstr "但是我们却想在我们店铺或者电商应用中卖10€，含税价" +msgstr "但是我们却想在我们店铺或者电商应用中卖10€, 含税价" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:97 msgid "Setting your products" @@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ msgid "" "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " "Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " "Accounting application." -msgstr "你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置，但是你可以会计模块的 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 中勾选 **默认销项税** 。" +msgstr "你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置, 但是你可以会计模块的 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 中勾选 **默认销项税** 。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1348,21 +1348,21 @@ msgid "" "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " "per customer segment**." -msgstr "一旦完成，你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)`。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" +msgstr "一旦完成, 你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " "default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "一旦完成，从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表：销售模块菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 价格表(Pricelists)` 。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" +msgstr "一旦完成, 从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表 :销售模块菜单项 : menuselection :`配置(Configuration) --> 价格表(Pricelists)` 。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:116 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "然后，创建一个标价为8.26€的产品，税是 21%(不含税价)，并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` " +msgstr "然后, 创建一个标价为8.26€的产品, 税是 21%(不含税价), 并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` " #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " "result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "在销售模块下创建一个报价单，使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 报价单(Quotations)` 菜单。你会得到以下结果：8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€。" +msgstr "在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 报价单(Quotations)` 菜单。你会得到以下结果 :8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ msgid "" "position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " "have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " "8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "然后，创建一个报价单但是在添加产品之前把报价单上的**价格表更改为B2C并且财政位置也更改为B2C**。你会得到预期的结果：总价是10€，对客户就是：8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€。" +msgstr "然后, 创建一个报价单但是在添加产品之前把报价单上的 **价格表更改为B2C并且财政位置也更改为B2C** 。你会得到预期的结果 :总价是10€, 对客户就是: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:153 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." @@ -1409,13 +1409,13 @@ msgid "" "included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal " "position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at " "every sale of this customer." -msgstr "如果你和客户谈下来一个合同，不管谈下来的价格是否含税，你可以在客户的信息中维护价格表和财政位置，然后该客户的所有订单都会自动带出正确的价格和税。" +msgstr "如果你和客户谈下来一个合同, 不管谈下来的价格是否含税, 你可以在客户的信息中维护价格表和财政位置, 然后该客户的所有订单都会自动带出正确的价格和税。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:163 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "价格表在客户的**销售 & 采购**标签页面，财政位置在客户的会计标签页面" +msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售 & 采购** 标签页面, 财政位置在客户的会计标签页面" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ msgid "" "included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " "wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " "to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "注意有一个错误的倾向：如果你要设置一个价内税的财政位置但是使用一个不含税的价格表，你可能会得出错误的价格。这就是我们建议公司只用一个价格参照" +msgstr "注意有一个错误的倾向 :如果你要设置一个价内税的财政位置但是使用一个不含税的价格表, 你可能会得出错误的价格。这就是我们建议公司只用一个价格参照" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/discount.rst:3 msgid "How to apply discounts and limited offers?" @@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ msgstr "如何确保零售价总是有利润？" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/version.rst:3 msgid "How to create different versions of a product (size, colour, etc.)?" -msgstr "如何创建产品的不同版本(尺寸，颜色等)？" +msgstr "如何创建产品的不同版本(尺寸, 颜色等)？" #: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3 msgid "Quotation" @@ -1474,13 +1474,13 @@ msgid "" "To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the " "Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will " "prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already." -msgstr "为了发送网上报价，你必须首先激活在线报价功能在销售模块中，从：菜单选项：'配置-->设置'.这样做会提示你安装网站模块，如果你还没装过的话。" +msgstr "为了发送网上报价, 你必须首先激活在线报价功能在销售模块中, 从 :菜单选项: '配置-->设置' .这样做会提示你安装网站模块, 如果你还没装过的话。" #: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18 msgid "" "You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling " "this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation." -msgstr "在报价的顶部选择**预览**后，你可以查看每个报价的网站版本。" +msgstr "在报价的顶部选择 **预览** 后, 你可以查看每个报价的网站版本。" #: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25 msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations" @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ msgid "" "Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From " "within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the " "corresponding page of your website." -msgstr "通过：菜单选项：'配置-->报价模板'，可以编辑网上报价。在报价模板中选择和你的网上报价相关的模板。" +msgstr "通过 :菜单选项: '配置-->报价模板' , 可以编辑网上报价。在报价模板中选择和你的网上报价相关的模板。" #: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@ msgid "" "dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A " "table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you " "add." -msgstr "您可以从左侧边栏菜单上的托盘拖动，放置模块来添加文本，图像，结构元素到报价页中。\n表的内容会根据你添加的内容自动生成。" +msgstr "您可以从左侧边栏菜单上的托盘拖动, 放置模块来添加文本, 图像, 结构元素到报价页中。\n表的内容会根据你添加的内容自动生成。" #: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1508,20 +1508,20 @@ msgid "" "online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product " "page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through " "the inline text editor." -msgstr "每个产品的进一步的描述显示在网页的报价上。这些描述继承于你的电子商店的产品页，并且可以直接通过内嵌文本编辑器的页面上被编辑" +msgstr "每个产品的进一步的描述显示在网页的报价上。这些描述继承于你的电子商店的产品页, 并且可以直接通过内嵌文本编辑器的页面上被编辑" #: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45 msgid "" "You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the" " quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template." -msgstr "你可以选择允许立即支付，当客户通过在报价模板上选择付费模式验证这个报价后。" +msgstr "你可以选择允许立即支付, 当客户通过在报价模板上选择付费模式验证这个报价后。" #: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48 msgid "" "You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web" " page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only " "affect the individual quotation." -msgstr "您可以通过点击**编辑**按钮，为任何网页编辑单个报价。以这种方式进行的更改只会影响个别报价。" +msgstr "您可以通过点击 **编辑** 按钮, 为任何网页编辑单个报价。以这种方式进行的更改只会影响个别报价。" #: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52 msgid "Using Online Quotations" @@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "使用网上报价" msgid "" "To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online " "quotation, then share it with customer." -msgstr "让你的客人分享你的网上报价，复制这个网上报价的链接，然后共享给你的客户。" +msgstr "让你的客人分享你的网上报价, 复制这个网上报价的链接, 然后共享给你的客户。" #: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ msgid "" "reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You " "will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the " "customer views the quotation." -msgstr "此外，客户可以通过客户门户网站登录到您的网站访问他们的网上报价。您的客户可以接受或拒绝的报价，打印，或在聊天框中协商条款。您也可在内部Odoo聊天工具收到通知，当客户查看报价时。" +msgstr "此外, 客户可以通过客户门户网站登录到您的网站访问他们的网上报价。您的客户可以接受或拒绝的报价, 打印, 或在聊天框中协商条款。您也可在内部Odoo聊天工具收到通知, 当客户查看报价时。" #: ../../sales/quotation/online/followup.rst:3 msgid "How to follow up a quotation sent to a opportunity?" @@ -1563,14 +1563,14 @@ msgid "" "It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " "This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple" " locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location." -msgstr "可以给发票和交货分别配置不同的地址。这很有用，因为你的顾客有时候会会这样的状况：会有多个和发票地址不同的交货地址。" +msgstr "可以给发票和交货分别配置不同的地址。这很有用, 因为你的顾客有时候会会这样的状况 :会有多个和发票地址不同的交货地址。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16 msgid "" "First, go to the Sales application, then click on " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable" " the multiple address configuration from menu**." -msgstr "首先，进入销售模块，然后点击：`配置 --> 设置`并激活**从菜单可以进行多个地址配置**。" +msgstr "首先, 进入销售模块, 然后点击 :`配置 --> 设置` 并激活 **从菜单可以进行多个地址配置** 。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24 msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form" @@ -1581,19 +1581,19 @@ msgid "" "Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the " "contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer " "and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**" -msgstr "发票和／或交货地址以及其余的地址都可以在联系表单中添加。要这样做，进入联系人应用，选择客户并并在**联系人和地址**页面点击**创建**。" +msgstr "发票和／或交货地址以及其余的地址都可以在联系表单中添加。要这样做, 进入联系人应用, 选择客户并并在 **联系人和地址** 页面点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33 msgid "" "A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice " "address." -msgstr "在新打开的窗口，你能指定交货地址或者发票地址。" +msgstr "在新打开的窗口, 你能指定交货地址或者发票地址。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39 msgid "" "Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & " "addresses** tab with distinctive logos." -msgstr "一旦你确认了地址，就会以不同头像呈现在**联系人和地址**页面。" +msgstr "一旦你确认了地址, 就会以不同头像呈现在 **联系人和地址** 页面。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46 msgid "On the quotations and sales orders" @@ -1604,17 +1604,17 @@ msgid "" "When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and" " a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be " "filled in when selecting the customer." -msgstr "在创建新的报价单时，能看到选择发票地址和交货地址的选项。在选择客户的时候两个字段都会自动的被填入内容。" +msgstr "在创建新的报价单时, 能看到选择发票地址和交货地址的选项。在选择客户的时候两个字段都会自动的被填入内容。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" "Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by " "selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu." -msgstr "注意你还可以通过在下拉菜单中选择**创建并编辑**随手创建发票和交货地址。" +msgstr "注意你还可以通过在下拉菜单中选择 **创建并编辑** 随手创建发票和交货地址。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59 msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses." -msgstr "打印销售订单的时候，你会看到有两个地址。" +msgstr "打印销售订单的时候, 你会看到有两个地址。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3 msgid "How to create my first quotation?" @@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ msgid "" "Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a " "particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, " "in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it." -msgstr "报价单是发送给客户的用于提供产品或者服务预估成本的文档。客户可以接收报价，这时候销售人员就需要发布一个销售订单。或者客户不接受。" +msgstr "报价单是发送给客户的用于提供产品或者服务预估成本的文档。客户可以接收报价, 这时候销售人员就需要发布一个销售订单。或者客户不接受。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1633,7 +1633,7 @@ msgid "" "showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I " "would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of " "``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount." -msgstr "例如，我们的公司销售电子产品并且我的客户Agrolait有兴趣购买 ``3 iPads`` 。我会发给他们一个这些Ipad的报价单，报价 ``320 USD``，``5%`` 的折扣。" +msgstr "例如, 我们的公司销售电子产品并且我的客户Agrolait有兴趣购买\" 3 iPads \"。我会发给他们一个这些Ipad的报价单, 报价\" 320 USD \",\" 5% \"的折扣。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18 msgid "This section will show you how to proceed." @@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ msgstr "安装 销售管理 模块" msgid "" "In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install " "the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend." -msgstr "为了能发出你的第一个报价单，你需要在Odoo后台的APP模块中安装**销售管理**模块。" +msgstr "为了能发出你的第一个报价单, 你需要在Odoo后台的APP模块中安装 **销售管理** 模块。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34 msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line" @@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ msgstr "允许指定销售行的折扣信息" msgid "" "Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the " "chances to convert the prospect into a client." -msgstr "在报价单上允许设置折扣是一个常见的销售活动，它可以改进把潜在客户变成正式客户的机会。" +msgstr "在报价单上允许设置折扣是一个常见的销售活动, 它可以改进把潜在客户变成正式客户的机会。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ msgid "" "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations " "and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture " "below) and apply your changes." -msgstr "在我们的示例中，我们想要给 ``Agrolait`` 一个 ``5%`` 的销售折扣。要想使用该特性，进入 **销售** 应用，选择 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 然后在 **报价和销售** 勾选 **允许在销售订单行折扣** (见下图)并且 ``应用`` 变更。 " +msgstr "在我们的示例中, 我们想要给\" Agrolait \"一个\" 5% \"的销售折扣。要想使用该特性, 进入 **销售** 应用, 选择 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 然后在 **报价和销售** 勾选 **允许在销售订单行折扣** (见下图)并且\" 应用 \"变更。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49 msgid "Create your quotation" @@ -1677,7 +1677,7 @@ msgid "" "To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as " "follows:" -msgstr "要创建你的第一个报价单，点击 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 报价单(Quotations)` 并点击 **创建** 。然后，按照以下步骤完成报价：" +msgstr "要创建你的第一个报价单, 点击 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 报价单(Quotations)` 并点击 **创建** 。然后, 按照以下步骤完成报价 :" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55 msgid "Customer and Products" @@ -1691,13 +1691,13 @@ msgid "" " under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do" " not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** " "and the discount if applicable." -msgstr "添加到报价单中的基本信息是客户(你要发送的那个人)和要卖的产品。\n从报价单视图中，在 **客户** 的下拉列表中选择客户，并且在 **订单行** 点击 **添加一个新的项目** 并选择产品。不要忘了在 **订单数量** 手工的更改数量以及折扣(如果安装了此特性)。" +msgstr "添加到报价单中的基本信息是客户(你要发送的那个人)和要卖的产品。\n从报价单视图中, 在 **客户** 的下拉列表中选择客户, 并且在 **订单行** 点击 **添加一个新的项目** 并选择产品。不要忘了在 **订单数量** 手工的更改数量以及折扣(如果安装了此特性)。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67 msgid "" "If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment " "yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :" -msgstr "如果在你的Odoo环境中还没有客户或者产品，你可以在创建报价单的时候随手创建客户或者产品：" +msgstr "如果在你的Odoo环境中还没有客户或者产品, 你可以在创建报价单的时候随手创建客户或者产品 :" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ msgid "" " **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the" " customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of " "contact." -msgstr "添加一个新的客户，点击**客户**的下拉菜单并且点击**创建和编辑**。在新的窗口中，你将能记录客户所有的详细信息，例如地址，网址，电话号码和个人联系信息" +msgstr "添加一个新的客户, 点击 **客户** 的下拉菜单并且点击 **创建和编辑** 。在新的窗口中, 你将能记录客户所有的详细信息, 例如地址, 网址, 电话号码和个人联系信息" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ msgid "" "**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your" " product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, " "etc.) along with a picture." -msgstr "要添加一个新的产品，在**订单行**中点击添加一个新项目并在下拉列表中选择**创建和编辑**。你就可以记录按照以下图片记录产品信息(产品类型，成本，销售价格，开票规则等)" +msgstr "要添加一个新的产品, 在 **订单行** 中点击添加一个新项目并在下拉列表中选择 **创建和编辑** 。你就可以记录按照以下图片记录产品信息(产品类型, 成本, 销售价格, 开票规则等)" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82 msgid "Taxes" @@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ msgid "" "click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are " "subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in " "percentage) and save." -msgstr "要设置税的参数，只需要在产品行的税字段点击**创建和编辑**。填写详细信息(例如你们的销项税是``21%`` )并保存。" +msgstr "要设置税的参数, 只需要在产品行的税字段点击 **创建和编辑** 。填写详细信息(例如你们的销项税是\" 21% \")并保存。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93 msgid "Terms and conditions" @@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ msgid "" "If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click " "on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable " "PDF version with all your quotation details." -msgstr "在发送报价单之前，如果想预览报价单。可以点击**打印**按钮(右上角)。它会给你呈现出一个带有详细信息的PDF版本" +msgstr "在发送报价单之前, 如果想预览报价单。可以点击 **打印** 按钮(右上角)。它会给你呈现出一个带有详细信息的PDF版本" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -1754,26 +1754,26 @@ msgid "" "your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on " "click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> " "Configure company data`." -msgstr "更新你的公司的会显示在报价单上的详细信息(地址，网址，图标等)：进入 **设置** 菜单 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings) --> 配置公司的数据(Configure company data)` 。" +msgstr "更新你的公司的会显示在报价单上的详细信息(地址, 网址, 图标等) :进入 **设置** 菜单 : menuselection :`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings) --> 配置公司的数据(Configure company data)` 。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118 msgid "" "Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer " "with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before " "sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it." -msgstr "点击**通过电邮发送**可以自动的把报价单作为电子邮件的附件发送给你的客户。你可以在发送邮件之前调整邮件内容，甚至可以把它保存，作为以后可以重复使用的模板" +msgstr "点击 **通过电邮发送** 可以自动的把报价单作为电子邮件的附件发送给你的客户。你可以在发送邮件之前调整邮件内容, 甚至可以把它保存, 作为以后可以重复使用的模板" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../online/creation`" +msgstr " :doc:`../online/creation` " #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`optional`" -msgstr ":doc:`optional`" +msgstr " :doc:`optional` " #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`" -msgstr ":doc:`terms_conditions`" +msgstr " :doc:`terms_conditions` " #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3 msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?" @@ -1787,14 +1787,14 @@ msgid "" "like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can" " be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen " "purchase in one of several locations." -msgstr "建议产品的使用是一种营销策略，能够吸引客户在购买过程中花费更多。例如，当客户购买手机的时候，一些配件，例如保护盖，保护屏，耳机等可以作为配套出现。在Odoo中，客户可以和额外的产品一并呈现出来。" +msgstr "建议产品的使用是一种营销策略, 能够吸引客户在购买过程中花费更多。例如, 当客户购买手机的时候, 一些配件, 例如保护盖, 保护屏, 耳机等可以作为配套出现。在Odoo中, 客户可以和额外的产品一并呈现出来。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18 msgid "" "Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce " "platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will" " need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:" -msgstr "”建议产品“能被直接加到报价中，或者通过每个产品界面到电商平台。为了使用”建议产品“，你需要安装**电商**模块。" +msgstr "”建议产品“能被直接加到报价中, 或者通过每个产品界面到电商平台。为了使用”建议产品“, 你需要安装 **电商** 模块。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23 msgid "Quotations" @@ -1806,14 +1806,14 @@ msgid "" "quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you " "haven't already." -msgstr "要添加建议产品到报价单，您必须首先从销售应用程序启用网上报价：菜单选项：`配置 - > 设置`。这样做会提示你安装的网站应用程序，如果你还没装的话。" +msgstr "要添加建议产品到报价单, 您必须首先从销售应用程序启用网上报价 :菜单选项:`配置 - > 设置` 。这样做会提示你安装的网站应用程序, 如果你还没装的话。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32 msgid "" "You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual " "quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a" " quotation." -msgstr "然后你可以添加建议产品到你的各个报价或在**建议产品**标签页的报价模板中。" +msgstr "然后你可以添加建议产品到你的各个报价或在 **建议产品** 标签页的报价模板中。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39 msgid "Website Sales" @@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ msgid "" "Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on " "the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* " "page prior to checkout." -msgstr "你可以添加建议产品到产品的界面，在网站的**销售**页签下。**建议产品**会显示在**产品**页，**配套产品**会在结账前显示在*购物车*页。" +msgstr "你可以添加建议产品到产品的界面, 在网站的 **销售** 页签下。 **建议产品** 会显示在 **产品** 页, **配套产品** 会在结账前显示在 *购物车* 页。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/recurring.rst:3 msgid "How to create recurring quotations?" @@ -1841,28 +1841,28 @@ msgid "" "relationships between customer and seller. Every seller has to declare all " "the formal information which includes products and company policy so " "customer can read all those terms before committing to anything." -msgstr "要确保客户和卖家的良好关系，就需要指定条款。每个卖家都需要正式声明包含产品和公司政策的信息。以便于客户在承诺之前能读到所有这些。" +msgstr "要确保客户和卖家的良好关系, 就需要指定条款。每个卖家都需要正式声明包含产品和公司政策的信息。以便于客户在承诺之前能读到所有这些。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13 msgid "" "Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on " "every quotation, sales order and invoice. Moreover you can also include " "specific information regarding any products." -msgstr "有了Odoo，　你可以轻易的在每个报价单中，销售订单中，发票中包含默认的条款。当然还可以根据产品的不同指定特定的信息。" +msgstr "有了Odoo, 　你可以轻易的在每个报价单中, 销售订单中, 发票中包含默认的条款。当然还可以根据产品的不同指定特定的信息。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" "Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to " "restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and " "conditions on all your quotations:" -msgstr "我们看一下下面示例：你的公司给餐馆销售水瓶并且你需要在以下的报价单中添加标准条款：" +msgstr "我们看一下下面示例 :你的公司给餐馆销售水瓶并且你需要在以下的报价单中添加标准条款: " #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:21 msgid "" "*Payment is 30 days net upon delivery. Safe storage of the products of " "MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure their quality, MyCompany will not " "be held accountable in case of unsafe storage of the products.*" -msgstr "*发货后30天付款。从产品质量上考虑，我司需要在产品完全从质量上可以接收才做付款。*" +msgstr "*发货后30天付款。从产品质量上考虑, 我司需要在产品完全从质量上可以接收才做付款。*" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1887,14 +1887,14 @@ msgstr "通用条款在可以在公司数据中特别指定。这些会显示在 msgid "" "To specify your Terms and Conditions go into :menuselection:`Settings --> " "General Settings --> Configure your company data` (see picture below)." -msgstr "要定义条款，进入：`设置 --> 通用设置 --> 配置公司的数据 ` (见下图 )。" +msgstr "要定义条款, 进入 :`设置 --> 通用设置 --> 配置公司的数据 ` (见下图 )。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:51 msgid "" "In this new window you will be able to specify our general terms and " "conditions by editing the page and going in the configuration window (see " "picture below)." -msgstr "在这个新的窗口中，你能通过编辑页面并且进入配置窗口指定通用的条款(见下图)。" +msgstr "在这个新的窗口中, 你能通过编辑页面并且进入配置窗口指定通用的条款(见下图)。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:59 msgid "Information on the product" @@ -1905,13 +1905,13 @@ msgid "" "It is also possible to add specific information regarding a product on the " "quotation. To add information regarding the water bottle in your quotation, " "go into :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`." -msgstr "在报价单中也可以根据产品添加特定的信息。要在报价单中添加基于瓶颈的信息，进入：`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品`。" +msgstr "在报价单中也可以根据产品添加特定的信息。要在报价单中添加基于瓶颈的信息, 进入 :`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品` 。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:65 msgid "" "Select or create your waterbottle in the products. Click on your product, " "then click the edit button" -msgstr "在产品中选择或者创建仓库，点击产品，然后点击编辑按钮。" +msgstr "在产品中选择或者创建仓库, 点击产品, 然后点击编辑按钮。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ msgstr "报价单和销售订单" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:77 msgid "After saving, your terms and conditions appear on your quotation." -msgstr "保存之后，报价单上会显示条款和条件。" +msgstr "保存之后, 报价单上会显示条款和条件。" #: ../../sales/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index a0f12f072..76f42aba4 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ # # Translators: # 1226laf , 2016 +# 1226laf , 2016 # fausthuang, 2016 # fausthuang, 2016 # Gary Wei , 2016 @@ -17,8 +18,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 13:42+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-26 07:38+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 思昀 邹 <1025772003@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-31 04:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery Chenn \n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -38,13 +39,13 @@ msgstr "谷歌分析" msgid "" "To setup the signin process with Google, first you have to perform the " "following steps:" -msgstr "配置使用 Google 帐户登录，按以下步骤进行：" +msgstr "配置使用 Google 帐户登陆, 按以下步骤进行 :" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:10 msgid "" "Connect on your google account and go to " "https://console.developers.google.com" -msgstr "关联您的谷歌帐户请点击 https://console.developers.google.com" +msgstr "关联您的谷歌帐户请点击 https ://console.developers.google.com" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:12 msgid "Click on **Create Project** and enter a project name" @@ -56,13 +57,13 @@ msgid "" " and activate **\"Analytics API\"** by clicking on button \"OFF\". When it's" " done, check that the button of **\"Calendar API\"** is well in green and " "with text \"ON\"" -msgstr "在左侧的菜单中，选择子菜单的API(从菜单API和验证)并通过点击按钮“OFF”激活**“分析API”**。当它完成，检查的**“日历API”**按钮是绿色的，并且文本是“ON”" +msgstr "在左侧的菜单中, 选择子菜单的API(从菜单API和验证)并通过点击按钮“OFF”激活 **“分析API”** 。当它完成, 检查的 **“日历API”** 按钮是绿色的, 并且文本是“ON”" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:32 msgid "" "In the menu on left side, select the sub menu **\"Credentials\"** (from menu" " APIs and auth) and click on button **\"Create New Client ID\"**" -msgstr "在左侧的菜单，选择子菜单**\"资格证书\"**(从菜单API和验证)，并点击按钮**“创建新的客户端ID”**" +msgstr "在左侧的菜单, 选择子菜单 **\" 资格证书\\ \\ \"** (从菜单API和验证), 并点击按钮 **“创建新的客户端ID”** " #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -72,17 +73,17 @@ msgid "" "**\"Redirect RI\"** and set as value (your own domain followed by " "``/google_account/authentication``) : You can now click on **\"Create Client" " ID\"**" -msgstr "填写应用程序的名称，并检查该平台在**“Web应用程序”**是可用的。现在，您应该配置允许重定向的网页。要做到这一点，你需要完成字段**“重定向RI”**并将其设置为值(你自己的域名，后``/ GOOGLE_ACCOUNT/ authentication``)：现在，您可以点击**“创建客户端ID” **" +msgstr "填写应用程序的名称, 并检查该平台在 **“Web应用程序”** 是可用的。现在, 您应该配置允许重定向的网页。要做到这一点, 你需要完成字段 **“重定向RI”** 并将其设置为值(你自己的域名, 后\" / GOOGLE_ACCOUNT/ authentication \") :现在, 您可以点击 **“创建客户端ID”** " #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you will have the both informations (**Client ID** and **Client " "Secret**) that you need to insert in the 2 fields below !" -msgstr "一旦完成，你将有两个信息(**Client ID** and **Client Secret**)你需要在下面插入这2个字段。" +msgstr "一旦完成, 你将有两个信息( **Client ID** and **Client Secret** )你需要在下面插入这2个字段。" #: ../../website/google_analytics.rst:53 msgid "Click on **Apply**" -msgstr "点击 **应用**" +msgstr "点击 **应用** " #: ../../website/seo.rst:3 msgid "Search Engine Optimisation" @@ -97,14 +98,14 @@ msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " "short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." -msgstr "搜索引擎优化(SEO)是一种很好做法来优化你的网站，让你获得像谷歌搜索引擎更好的排名。总之，一个好的搜索引擎优化可以让你获得更多的游客。" +msgstr "搜索引擎优化(SEO)是一种很好做法来优化你的网站, 让你获得像谷歌搜索引擎更好的排名。总之, 一个好的搜索引擎优化可以让你获得更多的游客。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:12 msgid "" "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " "should have one and only one title ``

``, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." -msgstr "一些SEO的规则例子：您的网页应该加载速度更快，你的页面应该有且仅有一个标题``

``，你的网站应该有一个``/ sitemap.xml``文件等" +msgstr "一些SEO的规则例子 :您的网页应该加载速度更快, 你的页面应该有且仅有一个标题\"

\", 你的网站应该有一个\" / sitemap.xml \"文件等" #: ../../website/seo.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -112,7 +113,7 @@ msgid "" "consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " "users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO" " and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." -msgstr "Odoo网站生成器可能是SEO-ready CMS。我们认为，搜索引擎优化的重中之重。为了保证Odoo网站和电子商务Odoo用户有很强大的SEO，Odoo提炼了SEO的全部技术复杂性和为你用最好的方式处理一切。" +msgstr "Odoo网站生成器可能是SEO-ready CMS。我们认为, 搜索引擎优化的重中之重。为了保证Odoo网站和电子商务Odoo用户有很强大的SEO, Odoo提炼了SEO的全部技术复杂性和为你用最好的方式处理一切。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:23 msgid "Page speed" @@ -132,45 +133,45 @@ msgid "" "divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost " "$1.6b to Amazon in sales `__." -msgstr "加载页面的时间是谷歌的一个重要标准。更快的网页不仅提高了访问者的体验，而且谷歌给你一个比你的竞争对手更好的网页排名如果你的页面加载更快。一些研究表明，如果加载网页时减少一半(例如2秒代替4秒)，访问者放弃率也会降低一半。(25％至12.5％)。多一秒的网页载入时间会多花'$1.6billion'在Amazon的销售上`__。" +msgstr "加载页面的时间是谷歌的一个重要标准。更快的网页不仅提高了访问者的体验, 而且谷歌给你一个比你的竞争对手更好的网页排名如果你的页面加载更快。一些研究表明, 如果加载网页时减少一半(例如2秒代替4秒), 访问者放弃率也会降低一半。(25％至12.5％)。多一秒的网页载入时间会多花 '$1.6billion' 在Amazon的销售上 `__。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:40 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " "your website ranks using these two tools:" -msgstr "幸运的是，Odoo为您完成所有。下面，你会发现Odoo使用加快页面加载时间的小伎俩。您可以比较你的网站排名是如何利用这两个工具：" +msgstr "幸运的是, Odoo为您完成所有。下面, 你会发现Odoo使用加快页面加载时间的小伎俩。您可以比较你的网站排名是如何利用这两个工具 :" #: ../../website/seo.rst:44 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "`__" -msgstr "`谷歌网站速度 `__" +msgstr " `谷歌网站速度 ` __" #: ../../website/seo.rst:46 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test `__" -msgstr "`Pingdom的网站速度测试`__" +msgstr " `Pingdom的网站速度测试` __" #: ../../website/seo.rst:49 msgid "Static resources: CSS" -msgstr "静态资源: CSS" +msgstr "静态资源 : CSS" #: ../../website/seo.rst:51 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server side and browser side). The result:" -msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理，级联，精缩，压缩和缓存(服务器端和浏览器端)。 结果：" +msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理, 级联, 精缩, 压缩和缓存(服务器端和浏览器端)。 结果 :" #: ../../website/seo.rst:54 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "重新载入页面时， CSS文件仅加载一次" +msgstr "重新载入页面时, CSS文件仅加载一次" #: ../../website/seo.rst:56 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " "resource." -msgstr "这个CSS文件共享并缓存其间的页面，这样，当访问者点击另一页上，浏览器甚至不需要加载一个CSS资源。" +msgstr "这个CSS文件共享并缓存其间的页面, 这样, 当访问者点击另一页上, 浏览器甚至不需要加载一个CSS资源。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:60 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" @@ -184,19 +185,19 @@ msgid "" "directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, " "instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " "file." -msgstr "**预处理：**由Odoo9所使用的CSS框架是bootstrap3.虽然一个主题可能会使用另一个框架，大部分`Odoo主题`__延长并直接定制bootstrap。由于Odoo支持Less 和Sass，这样你就可以修改CSS 规则，而不是通过额外的CSS线覆盖他们，导致更小的文件CSS规则。" +msgstr " **预处理 :** 由Odoo9所使用的CSS框架是bootstrap3.虽然一个主题可能会使用另一个框架, 大部分 `Odoo主题` __延长并直接定制bootstrap。由于Odoo支持Less 和Sass, 这样你就可以修改CSS 规则, 而不是通过额外的CSS线覆盖他们, 导致更小的文件CSS规则。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:70 msgid "**Both files in the **" -msgstr "**中全部文件**" +msgstr " **中全部文件** " #: ../../website/seo.rst:70 msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "**访问者得到什么(只有一个文件)**" +msgstr " **访问者得到什么(只有一个文件)** " #: ../../website/seo.rst:72 msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\ * From bootstrap.css \\* /" #: ../../website/seo.rst:72 ../../website/seo.rst:73 ../../website/seo.rst:79 #: ../../website/seo.rst:121 @@ -205,19 +206,19 @@ msgstr ".text-muted {" #: ../../website/seo.rst:73 ../../website/seo.rst:80 ../../website/seo.rst:122 msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "color: #666;" +msgstr "color : #666;" #: ../../website/seo.rst:74 msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" +msgstr "color : #777;" #: ../../website/seo.rst:74 msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "background: yellow" +msgstr "background : yellow" #: ../../website/seo.rst:75 msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background : yellow;" #: ../../website/seo.rst:75 ../../website/seo.rst:76 ../../website/seo.rst:81 #: ../../website/seo.rst:123 @@ -226,7 +227,7 @@ msgstr "}" #: ../../website/seo.rst:78 msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\ * From my-theme.css \\* /" #: ../../website/seo.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -238,7 +239,7 @@ msgid "" " is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files " "like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the " "number of requests to be done than the actual file size." -msgstr "**级联：**每一个模块或库您可能会在Odoo使用有自己的一套的CSS，Less或Sass文件（电子商务，博客，主题等），有几个CSS文件的模块化是很好，但是对性能不太好，因为大多数浏览器只能执行并行6个请求载入的文件。等待时间来传送文件通常比实际的数据传输时间更长，对于像.JS和.CSS小文件。因此，加载的CSS资源的时间更多地取决于请求的数目要大于而不是实际的文件大小。" +msgstr " **级联 :** 每一个模块或库您可能会在Odoo使用有自己的一套的CSS, Less或Sass文件（电子商务, 博客, 主题等）, 有几个CSS文件的模块化是很好, 但是对性能不太好, 因为大多数浏览器只能执行并行6个请求载入的文件。等待时间来传送文件通常比实际的数据传输时间更长, 对于像.JS和.CSS小文件。因此, 加载的CSS资源的时间更多地取决于请求的数目要大于而不是实际的文件大小。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -266,67 +267,67 @@ msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " "avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " "themes fit below this limit." -msgstr "如果CSS 文件很大，Odoo会把他分成两个更小的文件，避免IE8每个表单最大4095个选择的限制。当然大多数能满足一下的限制。" +msgstr "如果CSS 文件很大, Odoo会把他分成两个更小的文件, 避免IE8每个表单最大4095个选择的限制。当然大多数能满足一下的限制。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:114 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." -msgstr "**精缩:**预先处理并且串联后，所得CSS将被减小其尺寸。" +msgstr " **精缩 :** 预先处理并且串联后, 所得CSS将被减小其尺寸。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:118 msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "**缩小前**" +msgstr " **缩小前** " #: ../../website/seo.rst:118 msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "**缩小后**" +msgstr " **缩小后** " #: ../../website/seo.rst:120 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "/\\ * some comments \\* /" #: ../../website/seo.rst:120 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr ".text-muted {color : #666}" #: ../../website/seo.rst:126 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "被传递到浏览器之前，最后结果被压缩。" +msgstr "被传递到浏览器之前, 最后结果被压缩。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:129 msgid "" "Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " "pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " "the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." -msgstr "然后，一个缓存版本存储在服务器端(所以我们没有预先处理，拼接，再压缩在每一个请求)，和浏览器端(所以同样的游客将只有一次加载CSS的，他将访问的所有页面)。" +msgstr "然后, 一个缓存版本存储在服务器端(所以我们没有预先处理, 拼接, 再压缩在每一个请求), 和浏览器端(所以同样的游客将只有一次加载CSS的, 他将访问的所有页面)。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:135 msgid "" "If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " "minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" -msgstr "如果你在调试模式下，CSS资源既不串联，也不缩小的。这样一来，它更容易调试(但它是慢得多)" +msgstr "如果你在调试模式下, CSS资源既不串联, 也不缩小的。这样一来, 它更容易调试(但它是慢得多)" #: ../../website/seo.rst:140 msgid "Static resources: Javascript" -msgstr "静态资源: Javascript" +msgstr "静态资源 : Javascript" #: ../../website/seo.rst:142 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," " compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." -msgstr "如同CSS资源，JavaScript资源也被连接在一起，精缩，压缩和缓存(服务器端和浏览器端)。" +msgstr "如同CSS资源, JavaScript资源也被连接在一起, 精缩, 压缩和缓存(服务器端和浏览器端)。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:145 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "Odoo创建3个javascript包:" +msgstr "Odoo创建3个javascript包 :" #: ../../website/seo.rst:147 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " "validation, …)" -msgstr "一个用于网站的所有网页(包括视差效果代码，验证格式，...)" +msgstr "一个用于网站的所有网页(包括视差效果代码, 验证格式, ...)" #: ../../website/seo.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -345,7 +346,7 @@ msgid "" "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " "As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." -msgstr "大多数游客到您的网站将只需要前两个包，造成了最大的两个JavaScript文件加载来渲染一个页面。由于这些文件在所有网页共享，同一个访问者的进一步点击就不会加载任何其他JavaScript资源。" +msgstr "大多数游客到您的网站将只需要前两个包, 造成了最大的两个JavaScript文件加载来渲染一个页面。由于这些文件在所有网页共享, 同一个访问者的进一步点击就不会加载任何其他JavaScript资源。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -371,7 +372,7 @@ msgid "" "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " "unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " "performance." -msgstr "点“上传”按钮时，如果比起上传效率你更注重图片质量，那你可以选择保持原有图片不变。" +msgstr "点“上传”按钮时, 如果比起上传效率你更注重图片质量, 那你可以选择保持原有图片不变。" #: ../../website/seo.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -390,7 +391,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:195 msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "当您点击这个链接后， 将会弹出以下窗口：" +msgstr "当您点击这个链接后, 将会弹出以下窗口 :" #: ../../website/seo.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -469,7 +470,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:252 msgid "``

My Text

``" -msgstr "``

一些文本

``" +msgstr "\"

一些文本

\"" #: ../../website/seo.rst:254 msgid "" @@ -479,7 +480,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:257 msgid "``

My Text

``" -msgstr "``

一些文本

``" +msgstr "\"

一些文本

\"" #: ../../website/seo.rst:260 msgid "Responsive Design" @@ -567,7 +568,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:321 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = 协议" +msgstr " **https ://** = 协议" #: ../../website/seo.rst:323 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" @@ -635,15 +636,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:362 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https ://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" #: ../../website/seo.rst:364 msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "在上面的例子:" +msgstr "在上面的例子 :" #: ../../website/seo.rst:366 msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" -msgstr "公司新闻：博客的标题" +msgstr "公司新闻 :博客的标题" #: ../../website/seo.rst:368 msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" @@ -658,7 +659,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:374 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https ://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" #: ../../website/seo.rst:377 msgid "" @@ -693,15 +694,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:394 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" #: ../../website/seo.rst:396 msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" -msgstr "将自动重定向到:" +msgstr "将自动重定向到 :" #: ../../website/seo.rst:398 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" #: ../../website/seo.rst:400 msgid "" @@ -725,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:414 msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" -msgstr "链接: nofollow 策略" +msgstr "链接 : nofollow 策略" #: ../../website/seo.rst:416 msgid "" @@ -783,13 +784,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " "default)" -msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (英文 = 默认)" +msgstr "https ://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (英文 = 默认)" #: ../../website/seo.rst:450 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " "version)" -msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (法文)" +msgstr "https ://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (法文)" #: ../../website/seo.rst:452 msgid "" @@ -990,7 +991,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/seo.rst:587 msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "站点地图: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "站点地图 : https: //www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" #: ../../website/seo.rst:590 msgid "Content is king" @@ -1092,7 +1093,7 @@ msgstr "过程" msgid "" "Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" " many different languages as you want." -msgstr "一旦你的网站建立之后，你就有机会用所有你想用的各种不同语言去翻译它了。" +msgstr "一旦你的网站建立之后, 你就有机会用所有你想用的各种不同语言去翻译它了。" #: ../../website/translate_website.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1113,7 +1114,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " "click on **Load.**" -msgstr "选择你想用来翻译你的网站的语言，然后点击“加载”。" +msgstr "选择你想用来翻译你的网站的语言, 然后点击“加载”。" #: ../../website/translate_website.rst:35 msgid ""